Sanskrit Dictionary

Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.

Grammar Search

"mat" has 4 results

mat: neuter nominative singular stem: ṅāṃai

mat: feminine nominative singular stem: ṅāṃai

mat: neuter accusative singular stem: ṅāṃai

mat: deictic ablative singular stem: asmad

Amarakosha Search

Results for mat

Word	Reference	Gender	Number	Synonyms	Definition

ajñānam		Neuter	Singular	avidyā, ahammatiḥ	ignorance

arālam	3.1.70	Masculine	Singular	bhugnam, natam, jihmam, vakram, kuṭilam, kuñcitam, vṛjinam, vellitam, āviddham, ūrmimat

avagaṇitam	3.1.107	Masculine	Singular	avamatam, avajñātam, avamānitam, paribhūtam

baliśam	1.10.16	Neuter	Singular	matsyavedhanam	goad

bhāṇḍam	2.9.34	Neuter	Singular	āvapanam, pātram, amatram, ‍bhājanam

bhrāntiḥ	1.5.4	Feminine	Singular	mithyāmatiḥ, bhramaḥ	mistake

bhūḥ	2.1.2-3	Feminine	Singular	kṣmā, mahī, dhātrī, kumbhinī, ratnagarbhā, bhūmiḥ, rasā, dharā, kṣoṇī, kṣitiḥ, vasudhā, gotrā, pṛthvī, medinī, gahvarī, ilā, bhūtadhātrī, sāgarāmbarā, anantā, sthirā, dharaṇī, kāśyapī, vasumatī, vasundharā, pṛthivī, avaniḥ, vipulā, gauḥ, kṣamā, jagatī, acalā, viśvambharā, dharitrī, jyā, sarvaṃsahā, urvī, kuḥ

brāhmī		Feminine	Singular	somavallarī, matsyākṣī, vayasthā

buddhiḥ	1.5.1	Feminine	Singular	pratipat, upalabdhiḥ, śemuṣī, dhiṣaṇā, cetanā, saṃvit, prekṣā, prajñā, manīṣā, jñaptiḥ, cit, matiḥ, dhīḥ	understanding or intellect

dṛḍhaḥ	3.3.51	Masculine	Singular	pramathaḥ, saṅghātaḥ

dṛk	3.3.225	Feminine	Singular	suraḥ, matsyaḥ

hastī	2.8.35	Masculine	Singular	padmī, karī, gajaḥ, anekapaḥ, dantī, stamberamaḥ, vāraṇaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, dviradaḥ, hāthī, ibhaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, dvipaḥ, dantāvalaḥ

havaḥ	3.3.215	Masculine	Singular	satāṃmatiniścayaḥ, prabhāvaḥ

hṛṣṭaḥ	3.1.103	Masculine	Singular	prītaḥ, mattaḥ, tṛptaḥ, prahlannaḥ, pramuditaḥ

iḍā	3.3.48	Feminine	Singular	aśvābharaṇam, amatram

kadalī		Feminine	Singular	rambhā, mocā, aṃśumatphalā, kāṣṭhilā, vāraṇavusā

kapitthaḥ	2.4.21	Masculine	Singular	dantaśaṭhaḥ, dadhitthaḥ, grāhī, manmathaḥ, dadhiphalaḥ, puṣpaphalaḥ

karaṭaḥ	3.3.40	Masculine	Singular	akāryam, matsaraḥ, tīkṣṇaḥ, rasaḥ

karkaśaḥ	3.1.75	Masculine	Singular	mūrtimat, krūram, mūrttam, kaṭhoram, niṣṭhuram, dṛḍham, jaraṭham, kakkhaṭam

kaṭiḥ	2.6.75	Feminine	Singular	śroṇiḥ, kakudmatī

kaṭuḥ		Feminine	Singular	cakrāṅgī, kaṭaṃvarā, śakulādanī, aśokarohiṇī, kaṭurohiṇī, matsyapittā, kṛṣṇabhedī

klamaḥ	3.4.10	Masculine	Singular	klamathaḥ

madanaḥ	1.1.25-26	Masculine	Singular	brahmasūḥ, māraḥ, kandarpaḥ, kāmaḥ, sambarāriḥ, ananyajaḥ, makaradhvajaḥ, viśvaketuḥ, pradyumnaḥ, darpakaḥ, pañcaśaraḥ, manasijaḥ, puṣpadhanvā, ātmabhūḥ, manmathaḥ, mīnaketanaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, smaraḥ, kusumeṣuḥ, ratipatiḥ	kamadeva

māraṇam	2.8.118	Neuter	Singular	nirbahaṇam, pravāsanam, nihiṃsanam, nirgranthanam, nihānanam, nirvāpaṇam, pratighātanam, krathanam, piñjaḥ, unmāthaḥ, nikāraṇam, parāsanam, nirvāsanam, apāsanam, kṣaṇanam, viśasanam, udvāsanam, ujjāsanam, viśaraḥ, pramāpaṇam, viśāraṇam, niṣūdanam, saṃjñapanam, ni‍starhaṇam, parivarjanam, māraṇam, pramathanam, ālambhaḥ, ghātaḥ

matallikā		Feminine	Singular	uddhaḥ, tallajaḥ, macarcikā, prakāṇḍam	excellence or happiness

matsaraḥ	3.3.180	Masculine	Singular	karparāṃśaḥ

matsyādhānī		Feminine	Singular	kuveṇī	a fish basket

matsyaṇḍī	2.9.44	Feminine	Singular	phāṇitam, khaṇḍavikāraḥ

mattaḥ	3.1.22	Masculine	Singular	śauṇḍaḥ, utkaṭaḥ, kṣīvaḥ

mattaḥ	2.8.36	Masculine	Singular	prabhinnaḥ, garjitaḥ

pārāvatāṅghriḥ		Feminine	Singular	latā, kaṭabhī, paṇyā, jyotiṣmatī

pracchadikā	2.6.55	Feminine	Singular	vamiḥ, vamathuḥ

prājñā	2.6.12	Feminine	Singular	‍dhīmatī

prakāśaḥ	3.3.226	Masculine	Singular	kākaḥ, matsyaḥ

pṛthuromā		Masculine	Singular	visāraḥ, jhaṣaḥ, śakalī, matsyaḥ, mīnaḥ, vaisāriṇaḥ, aṇḍajaḥ	a fish

rajasvalā	2.6.20	Feminine	Singular	ātreyī, malinī, puṣpavatī, ṛtumatī, strīdharmiṇī, udakyā, aviḥ

rupyam	2.9.92	Neuter	Singular	harinmaṇiḥ, gārutmatam, aśmagarbhaḥ

śāntiḥ	3.2.3	Feminine	Singular	damathaḥ, damaḥ

varārohā	2.6.4	Feminine	Singular	uttamā, varavarṇinī, mattakāśinī

vidārigandhā		Feminine	Singular	aṃśumatī, śālaparṇī, sthirā, dhruvā

vivekaḥ	2.7.42	Masculine	Singular	pṛthagātmatā

vyaktiḥ	1.5.1	Feminine	Singular	pṛthagātmatā	individual

pramathāḥ	1.1.39-40	Masculine	Plural		attendants of shiva

anumatiḥ	1.4.8	Feminine	Singular		moon,a little gibbous

unmattaḥ		Masculine	Singular	kanakāhvayaḥ, mātulaḥ, madanaḥ, kitavaḥ, dhūrtaḥ, dhattūraḥ

unmattaḥ	2.6.61	Masculine	Singular	unmādavān

brahmatvam	2.7.55	Neuter	Singular	brahmabhūyam, brahmasāyujyam

vamathuḥ	2.8.37	Masculine	Singular	karaśīkaraḥ

śamathaḥ	3.2.3	Masculine	Singular	śamaḥ, śāntiḥ

grāmatā	2.4.42	Feminine	Singular	padyaḥ, yaśaḥ

Monier-Williams Search

Results for mat

mat

See 3. ma- and 1. m/ad-.

mat

in compound for 1. mad-.

mata

mataṃ-ga- etc. See under man-, .

mata

mfn. thought, believed, imagined, supposed, understood

etc.

mata

mfn. regarded or considered as, taken or passing for (Nominal verb or adverb)

etc.

mata

mfn. thought fit or right, approved

mata

mfn. honoured, esteemed, respected, liked (with genitive case

)

mata

mfn. desired, intended

mata

m. Name of a son of śambara-

(varia lectio mana-)

mata

n. a thought, idea, opinion, sentiment, view, belief. doctrine

etc.

mata

n. intention, design, purpose, wish

mata

n. commendation, approbation, sanction

mata

n. knowledge

mata

n. agallochum

matabheda

m. difference of opinion between (genitive case and instrumental case with saha-)

matabhedana

n. Name of work

matacatuṣṭayaparikṣā

f. Name of work

matajña

mfn. knowing a person's intention,

matakhaṇḍanastotra

n. Name of work

matākṣa

mfn. one well skilled in dice (as śakuni-)

matallī

f. anything excellent etc. (equals prec.)

matallikā

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') anything excellent of its kind (exempli gratia, 'for example' go-m-,"an excellent cow") gaRa matallikādi- (

)

matallikā

f. a kind of metre

mataṃga

See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order

mataṃga

m. "going wilfully"or"roaming at will", an elephant

mataṃga

m. a cloud

mataṃga

m. Name of a dānava-

mataṃga

m. of a muni- and (plural) his family

mataṃgadeva

m. Name of a fabulous being

mataṃgahataka

m. Name of a man

mataṃgaja

m. an elephant ( mataṃgajatva -tva- n.)

mataṃgajā

f. (in music) a particular mūrchanā-

mataṃgajatva

n. mataṃgaja

mataṃgānucara

m. the keeper or driver of an elephant

mataṃgapārasnesvara

m. Name of work

mataṃgapura

n. Name of a city

mataṃgasarasa

m. Name of a lake

mataṃgatīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

mataṃgavāpī

f. Name of a sacred tank or bathing-place

mataṃgavṛtti

f. Name of work

mataṃgayajñāgni

m. fire from the sacrifice of mataṃga-

mataṃginī

f. Name of a daughter of mandara-

matāntara

n. another opinion or creed or sect

matānujñā

f. admission of a fault in one's own reasoning while insisting on a similar one in that of the opponent

mataparīkṣā

f. Name of work

matasna

n. dual number Name of particular internal organs of the body

(hṛdayobhaya-pārśva-sthe asthinī-,two bones situated on either side of the heart,

)

matavacas

mfn. heeding words or prayers (said of the aśvin-s)

(see mātavacasa-).

matāvalambana

n. the embracing a particular doctrine

matāvalambin

mfn. holding the doctrines of a particular sect

matavat

(mat/a--) mfn. having an aim or purpose

matayogīśa

m. Name of a man

math

or manth- (q.v) cl.1.9. P. (

) māthati-, m/anthati-, mathn/āti- (Ved. and Epic also A1. m/athate-, m/anthate-and mathnīte-; imperative mathnadhvam-

; perfect tense mamātha-

;3. plural mamathuḥ-

; methuḥ-, methire-

; mamantha-, nthuḥ-

; Aorist mathīt-

; amanthiṣṭām-

; amathiṣata-

; future mathiṣyati-, te- manthiṣyati-

etc.; mathitā-

; infinitive mood mathitum-

etc.; tos-

; m/anthitav/ai-

; ind.p. mathitv/ā-, -m/athya-

etc.; manthitvā-,

; -manthya-and -mātham-

etc.) . to stir or whirl round

etc. ; (with agnim-), to produce fire by rapidly whirling round or rotating a dry stick (araṇi-) in another dry stick prepared to receive it

; (with araṇim-), to rotate the stick for producing fire

; (with ūrum-, hastam-etc.) , to use friction upon any part of the body with the object of producing offspring from it

; to churn (milk into butter) , produce by churning

etc. (also with two accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' sudhāṃ- kṣīra-nidhim mathnāti-,"he churns nectar out of the ocean of milk"

) ; to mix, mingle

; to stir up, shake, agitate, trouble disturb, afflict, distress, hurt, destroy

etc. etc.: Passive voice mathy/ate- (Epic also ti-), to be stirred up or churned etc.

etc. etc.: Causal manthayati- (

), māthayati- (

), to cause to be stirred up or churned etc.: Desiderative mimathiṣati-, mimanthiṣati- grammar : Intensive māmathyate-, māmantti- etc.

[ confer, compare Greek ; Latin mentha,menta; Lit.mentu4re; German minza,Minze; Anglo-Saxon minte; English mint.]

math

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') destroying, a destroyer (see madhumath-)

math

m. See mathin-.

matha

m. equals mātha- gaRa jvalādi-.

mathā

ind. a nidhana- formula

mathādhyakṣa

m. idem or 'm. the superintendent of a monastery, principal of a college etc. ' a monastery, college

mathaka

m. Name of a man

mathaka

m. plural his descendants gaRa yaskādi- (varia lectio for, manthaka-).

mathan

(only instrumental case mathnā-), a piece of wood for producing fire by attrition

mathana

mf(ī-,once ā-)n. rubbing, stirring, shaking, harassing, destroying (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

etc.

mathana

m. Premna Spinosa (the wood of which is used to produce fire by attrition)

mathana

n. the act of rubbing, friction

mathana

n. stirring or whirling round, churning or producing by churning

mathana

n. hurting, annoying, injury, destruction

mathanācala

m. the mountain (mandara- q.v) used as a churning-stick (by the gods and dānava-s in churning the ocean of milk)

(see mantha-śaita-).

mathara

mfn. (see gaRa kaḍārādī-) insisting on (locative case)

mathara

mfn. hard, harsh (of sound)

mathara

mfn. intoxicated

mathara

m. Name of a man (prob. of a saint)

(see gaRa bidādi-and gargādi-)

mathara

m. hardness, harshness

mathāta

See māthāta-.

mathavya

prob. wrong reading for madh-

mathāya

Nom. P. y/ati-, to produce fire by friction

; to tear off (a head)

; to shake

mathi

(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see

) See urā--, vastra-- and havir-m/athi- (mathīn/ān-

wrong reading for matīn/ām-; see math/in-).

mathikā

f. a hut, cell

mathin

m. (strong stem, m/anthan-,older m/anthā-; middle math/in-or math/i-[q.v.]; sg. Nominal verb m/anthās- accusative m/anthām-[for mantkānam-See manthāna-under manth-]; instrumental case math/ā- dual number math/ibhyām- plural math/ibhyas-etc.[ see pathin-and

] ; for mathīn/ām-See mathi-above) a churning-stick, any stick or staff for stirring or churning

etc.

mathin

m. the penis

mathin

m. a thunderbolt

mathin

m. wind

mathina

nati- (artificial Nom.fr. mathin-), Siddh. on

mathita

mfn. stirred round, churned or produced by churning

mathita

mfn. shaken, agitated, afflicted, hurt, destroyed

mathita

mfn. dislocated, disjointed

mathita

m. Name of a descendant of yama- (and supposed author of

)

mathita

n. buttermilk churned without water

mathitapādapa

mfn. (a wood) whose trees are damaged or destroyed

mathitorasa

mfn. one whose breast is pierced or wounded (by arrows)

(varia lectio vyath-).

mathitṛ

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') crushing, destroying

mathna

(only mathn/ā-

), prob. wrong reading for mathr/a-.

mathra

mfn. shaken, agitated, whirling

(see mathn/a-).

mathu

m. a proper N. (equals madhu-; see māthav/a-).

mathura

m. ( math-?) Name of a man (see māthura-)

mathurā

f. See next.

mathurā

f. Name of various towns (especially of an ancient town now called Muttra and held in great honour as the birthplace of kṛṣṇa-;situated in the province of agra- on the right bank of the yamunā- or Jumna;described in

as having been founded by śatru-ghna-; according to to

it forms part of a district called brahmarṣi-, belonging to śūra-sena-)

mathūrā

f. equals mathurā- above

mathurācampū

f. Name of work

mathurādāsa

m. Name of the author of the drama vṛṣabhānujā-.

mathurāguhyavarnaṇa

n. Name of work

mathurākāṇḍa

n. Name of work

mathurāmāhātmya

n. Name of work

mathurāmāhātmyasaṃgraha

m. Name of work

mathurāmahiman

m. Name of work

mathurānāṭaka

n. Name of a drama.

mathurānātha

m. (also ra-n-) "lord of mathurā-", Name of kṛṣṇa-

mathurānātha

m. Name of various men and authors (also with śukla-, cakravartin-and tarka-vāg-īśa-)

mathurānāthajāsimālā

f. Name of work

mathurānātharāya

m. Name of a man

mathurānāthīya

n. Name of work

mathurāśa

m. "lord of mathurā-", Name of kṛṣṇa-

mathurāśa

m. of various authors (also with vidyālaṃkāra-)

mathurāsetu

m. Name of work

mathurātīrthamahātmya

n. Name of work

mathya

mfn. to be rubbed out of (See ulmuka-m-)

mathya

mfn. to be extracted or produced from (See sindhu-m-).

mati

f. (in

also m/ati-) devotion, prayer, worship, hymn, sacred utterance

mati

f. thought, design, intention, resolution, determination, inclination, wish, desire (with locative case dative case or infinitive mood)

etc. ( matyā matyā- ind.wittingly, knowingly, purposely; matiṃ- kṛ-or dhā-or dhṛ-or ā-dhā-or samā-dhā-or ā-sthā-or sam-ā-sthā-,with locative case dative case accusative with prati-,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',to set the heart on, make up one's mind, resolve, determine; matim-with Causal of ni-vṛt-and ablative of a verbal noun, to give up the idea of; āhita-mati- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' -having resolved upon; vinivṛtta-mati-with ablative = having desisted from)

mati

f. opinion, notion, idea, belief, conviction, view, creed

etc. ( matyā matyā- ind.at will; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',"under the idea of" exempli gratia, 'for example' vyāghra-m-,"under the idea of its being a tiger")

mati

f. the mind, perception, understanding, intelligence, sense, judgement

etc. etc. (in

also "that which is sensible", intelligent, mindful, applied to aditi-, indra- and agni-)

mati

f. esteem, respect, regard

mati

f. memory, remembrance

mati

f. Opinion personified (and identified with subalātmajā- as one of the mothers of the five sons of pāṇḍu-, or regarded as a daughter of dakṣa- and wife of soma-, or as the wife of viveka-)

mati

f. a kind of vegetable or pot-herb

mati

m. Name of a king

[ confer, compare Latin mens; Anglo-Saxon ge-mynd; English mind.]

matibhadragaṇi

m. Name of a scholar

matibheda

m. change of opinion

matibhrama

m. (

) confusion of mind, perplexity, error, misapprehension, hallucination .

matibhrānti

f. (

) confusion of mind, perplexity, error, misapprehension, hallucination .

maticitra

m. Name of aśva-ghoṣa-

matidā

f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum or equals śimṛḍī-

matidarśana

n. the act or faculty of seeing into the thoughts or intentions (of others)

matidatta

m. Name of a man

matidhvaja

m. Name of a nephew of śaskyapaṇḍita-

matidvaidha

n. difference of opinion

matigarbha

mfn. "filled with intelligence", clever, intelligent

matigati

f. "mental course", mode of thought

matihīna

mfn. deprived of sense, stupid

matikarman

n. a matter of the intellect

matīkṛ

See under matya-.

matīkṛ

P. -karoti-, to harrow, roll, make even by rolling

(see dur-matī-kṛta-).

matila

m. Name of a king

matimānuṣa

(?) m. Name of work

matimat

mfn. clever, intelligent, wise

etc.

matimat

m. Name of a son of janam-ejaya-

matimukura

m. Name of work

matināra

m. Name of a king

matināra

m. Name of a king

matinirṇaya

m. Name of work

matiniścaya

m. a firm opinion

matipatha

m. the path of reflection

matipathaṃnī

to think over

matiprakarṣa

m. superiority of mind, cleverness, talent

matipura

n. Name of a town

matipūrva

mfn. purposed, intended

matipūrvaka

mfn. purposed, intended

matipūrvakam

ind. purposingly, wittingly

matipūrvakam

ind. purposingly, wittingly

matipūrvam

ind. purposingly, wittingly

matipūrve

ind. purposingly, wittingly

matirāja

m. Name of a poet

matiratnamuni

m. Name of an author

matisaciva

m. a wise counsellor,

matiśālin

mfn. "possessing intelligence", clever, wise

matīśvara

m. "lord of mind", the wisest of the wise (viśva-karman-)

mativardhana

m. Name of an author (also na-gaṇi-)

mativat

wrong reading for -mat-.

mativibhrama

m. equals -bhrama-

mativibhraṃśa

m. failure or infatuation of mind

mativibhrānti

f. idem or 'm. equals -bhrama- '

mativid

mfn. knowing (one's) devotion or mind

mativiparyaya

m. an erroneous opinion, illusion

matka

m. (for 2.See) a bug

matka

mfn. (for 1.See) mine, my

matkoṭaka

m. a termite

matkṛta

(m/at--) mfn. done by me

matkuṇa

m. a bug

( matkuṇatva -tva- n.

)

matkuṇa

m. a beardless man

matkuṇa

m. an elephant without tusks or of small stature

matkuṇa

m. a buffalo

matkuṇa

m. a cocoa-nut

matkuṇā

f. pudendum (of a young girl equals ajāta-loma-bhaga-)

matkuṇā

f. Name of a river

matkuṇa

n. armour for the thighs or legs, greaves

matkuṇagandha

mfn. having the smell of a bug

matkuṇāri

m. "bug-enemy", hemp

matkuṇatva

n. matkuṇa

matkuṇikā

f. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda-

(Bombay edition kulikā-).

matpara

mfn. devoted to me

matparama

mfn. devoted to me

matparāyaṇa

mfn. devoted to me

matprasūta

mfn. produced from me

matpūrva

mfn. one who has lived before me

matpūrva

m. my elder brother

matputra

m. the son of me, my son

matsa

m. (fr.2. mad-,"the gay one") a fish (= matsya-; see maccha-)

(f(ī-).a female fish

)

matsa

m. the king of the

(Bombay edition matsya-).

matsādṛśya

n. likeness or resemblance of me

matsagaṇḍha

m. a kind of fish-sauce

(see matsya-ghaṇṭa-).

matsagaṇṭa

m. a kind of fish-sauce

(see matsya-ghaṇṭa-).

matsakāśe

ind. in my presence

matsakhi

(m/at-.) m. my companion, my friend

matsamakṣana

ind. in my sight or presence

matsamatva

n. likeness or resemblance of me

matsaṃdeśa

m. news or tidings of me

matsaṃsthā

f. union with me

matsara

mfn. (prob. fr.2. mad-; see

) , exhilarating, intoxicating

matsara

mfn. cheerful, joyous, gay

matsara

mfn. selfish, greedy, envious, jealous, hostile, wicked

matsara

m. the exhilarater, gladdener (soma-)

matsara

m. selfishness, envy, jealousy, hostility

etc.

matsara

m. wrath, anger

matsara

m. passion for (locative case or compound)

matsara

m. Name of a sādhya-

matsara

mf. a fly, mosquito

matsara

(ī-) f. (in music) a particular mūrchanā-

matsara

rin- See p.176, col, 2.

matsaramanas

mfn. of envious disposition,

matsaravat

(r/a--) mfn. exhilarating, intoxicating

matsarīkṛtā

f. (in music) a particular mūrchanā-

matsarin

mfn. exhilarating, intoxicating

(superl. rīn-tama-)

matsarin

mfn. jealous, envious, wicked, bad

etc.

matsarin

mfn. addicted to, fond of (locative case)

(see a-m-)

matsarin

m. an enemy

matsin

mfn. containing fish, marked by water (as a boundary)

matsodarī

varia lectio for matsyādarī- q.v

matsya

m. (see matsa-and maccha-) a fish

etc. etc. (personified as a prince with the patronymic sāmmada-

)

matsya

m. a particular species of fish

matsya

m. (in astronomy) the figure of a figure (equals timi-)

matsya

m. a particular luminous appearance

matsya

m. (dual number) the 12th sign of the zodiac (Pisces)

matsya

m. a particular figure (equals svastikamadhyākṛti-)

matsya

m. (plural) Name of a people and country (which according to to

forms part of brahmarṣi-)

etc. etc.

matsya

m. a king of the

(see matsa-)

matsya

m. Name of virāṭa- (as having been found by fishermen, along with his sister matsyā- or satya-vatī-, in the body of the apsaras- adrikā-, metamorphosed into a fish)

matsya

m. Name of a pupil of deva-mitra- śākalya-

matsyā

f. a female fish

matsyā

f. Name of the sister of king virāṭa- (see above)

matsyabandha

m. fish-catcher, a fisherman

matsyabandhana

n. a fish-hook

matsyabandhanī

f. a fish-basket

matsyabandhin

m. equals -bandha-

matsyabandhinī

f. a fish-basket (varia lectio for -bandhanī-)

matsyād

mfn. "fish-eating", feeding on fish

matsyāda

mfn. idem or 'mfn. "fish-eating", feeding on fish '

matsyādanī

f. Commelina Salicifolia

matsyadeśa

m. the country of the

(see above)

matsyadhānī

f. "fish-holder", a fish-basket or a kind of snare for catching fish

matsyadhvaja

m. a fish-basket-banner

matsyadhvaja

m. Name of a mountain,

matsyadvādaśī

f. Name of the 12th day in one of the halves of the month mārgaśīrṣa-

matsyadvādaśikā

f. Name of the 12th day in one of the halves of the month mārgaśīrṣa-

matsyadvīpa

m. "fish-island", Name of a dvīpa-

matsyagandha

mf(ā-)n. having the smell of fish

matsyagandha

m. (plural) Name of a race

matsyagandhā

f. Name of satya-vatī- (mother of vyāsa-, also called mīna-gandha-;See matsya-above )

matsyagandha

m. Commelina Salicifolia

matsyaghaṇṭa

m. a kind of fish-sauce or a dish of fish

(see matsagaṇṭa-).

matsyaghāta

m. the killing or catching of fish

matsyaghātin

mfn. killing fish

matsyaghātin

m. a fisherman

(also with puruṣa-

)

matsyagu

m. Name of cyavana-

matsyahan

m. "fish-killer", a fisherman

matsyajāla

n. a fishing-net

matsyajīvat

(varia lectio) mfn. living by catching fish. a fisherman

matsyajīvin

(varia lectio) mfn. living by catching fish. a fisherman

matsyaka

m. a little fish

matsyakaraṇḍikā

f. a fish-basket, any receptacle for fish

matsyākṣaka

m. "fish-eyed (?)", a species of soma- plant

matsyākṣakā

f. idem or 'm. "fish-eyed (?)", a species of soma- plant '

matsyākṣī

f. equals prec. m.

matsyākṣī

f. Hincha Repens

matsyākṣī

f. Solanum Indicum

matsyākṣī

f. a kind of grass (equals gaṇḍa-dūrvā-)

matsyākṣikā

f. a kind of grass

matsyakūrmādyavatārin

m. "descending (and become incarnate) as a fish, tortoise etc.", Name of viṣṇu-

matsyamādhava

n. Name of a tīrtha-

matsyamāṃsa

n. fish-flesh

matsyanārī

f. "fish-woman id est half fish half woman ", Name of satya-vatī-

matsyanāśaka

m. "fish-destroyer", a sea-eagle, osprey

matsyanāśana

m. "fish-destroyer", a sea-eagle, osprey

matsyanātha

m. "fish-lord", Name of a man

(see matsyāndra-).

matsyāṇḍa

n. fish-roe

matsyaṇḍī

f. idem or 'f. inspissated juice of the sugar-cane '

matsyaṇḍikā

f. inspissated juice of the sugar-cane

matsyāṅgī

wrong reading for matsyākṣī-.

matsyapittā

f. Helleborus Niger

matsyaprādurbhāva

m. "fish-basket-manifestation", viṣṇu-'s fish incarnation, Name of ch, of the

(see matsyāvatāra-).

matsyapurāṇa

n. "fish- purāṇa-s", Name of one of the 18 purāṇa-s (so called as communicated by viṣṇu- in the form of a fish to the 7th manu-; see matsy/āvatāra-and

matsyarāja

m. plural fish-kings, the best of fishes

matsyarāja

m. Cyprinus Rohita

matsyarāja

m. a king of the

matsyaraṅga

m. a halcyon, king-fisher

matsyaraṅgaka

m. a halcyon, king-fisher

matsyaraṅka

m. a halcyon, king-fisher

matsyasagandhin

mfn. equals -gaudha-

matsyasakalā

f. Helleborus Niger

matsyasaṃghāta

m. a shoal of young fry or small fish

matsyasaṃtānika

m. a particular dish of fish (eaten with condiments or oil)

matsyāśana

m. "feeding on fish", a halcyon, king-fisher

matsyāśin

mfn. eating fish, living on fish

matsyasūkta

n. Name of work

matsyāsura

m. "fish- asura-", Name of an asura-

matsyāsuraśailavadha

m. Name of chapter of

matsyatantra

n. Name of work (prob. equals -silkta-).

matsyāvatāra

m. "fish-descent", Name of the first of the 10 incarnations of viṣṇu- (who became a fish to save the 7th manu- from the universal deluge;the conversation between them forms the matsya-purāṇa- q.v;in

the fish is represented as an incarnation of brahmā-; see

)

matsyāvatārakathana

n. Name of work

matsyāvatāraprabandha

m. Name of work

matsyavedhana

n. "fish-piercing", a fish-hook, angle

matsyavedhanī

f. idem or 'n. "fish-piercing", a fish-hook, angle '

matsyavedhanī

f. a cormorant

matsyavid

mfn. knowing fish, an ichthyologist

matsyavinnā

f. a species of plant

matsyavratin

mfn. one who lives in water

matsyendra

m. Name of a teacher of yoga-

matsyendra

m. of an author ( matsyendramuhūrta -muhūrta- mn.Name of his work )

matsyendramuhūrta

mn. matsyendra

matsyeśvaratīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

matsyī

f. See matsa- and gaRa gaurādi-.

matsyodarī

f. "sprung from a fish-belly", Name of satya-vatī-

(See under matsya-above)

matsyodarī

f. Name of a sacred bathing-place in Benares

matsyodarin

m. Name of matsya- or virāṭa- (as the brother of matsyodarī-)

matsyodarīya

mfn. relating to a fish-belly

matsyodarīya

m. Name of vyāsa- (son of matsyodarī- q.v)

matsyopajīvin

m. "living by fish", a fisherman

(see matsya-jīvat-, vin-).

matsyotthā

f. "sprung from a fish", Name of satyavatī-

(See under matsya-above) .

matta

mfn. excited with joy, overjoyed, delighted, drunk, intoxicated (literally and figuratively)

etc.

matta

mfn. excited by sexual passion or desire, in rut, ruttish (as an elephant)

etc.

matta

mfn. furious, mad, insane

matta

m. a buffalo

matta

m. the Indian cuckoo

matta

m. a drunkard

matta

m. a ruttish or furious elephant

matta

m. a madman

matta

m. a thorn-apple

matta

m. Name of a rākṣasa-

mattā

f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous or vinous liquor

; Name of a metre

([ confer, compare Latin mattus,drunk]) .

mattadantin

m. a furious or ruttish elephant

mattagāminī

f. "having the gait of an elephant in rut", a woman with a rolling walk, a bewitching or wanton woman

mattahastin

m. equals -dantin-

mattaka

mfn. somewhat drunk or intoxicated

mattaka

mfn. somewhat proud or overbearing

mattaka

m. Name of a Brahman

(perhaps sumanom-in one word).

mattakāla

m. Name of a king of lāṭa-

mattakāśinī

f. "appearing intoxicated", a bewitching or wanton woman (especially used in address)

(also written -kāsinī-or -kāṣiṇī-).

mattakīśa

m. an elephant

mattākrīḍā

f. Name of a metre

mattālamba

m. a fence or hedge round the house of a rich man

mattamātaṃgalīlākara

m. or n. (?) Name of a metre

mattamayūra

m. a peacock intoxicated with joy or passion

mattamayūra

m. Name of a man

mattamayūra

m. plural equals next

mattamayūra

n. a kind of metre

mattamayūraka

m. plural Name of a warrior-tribe

mattanāga

m. idem or 'm. a furious or ruttish elephant '

mattanāga

m. Name of an author

mattara

mfn. Comparative degree

mattavāṅmaunamūlikā

f. Name of work

mattavāraṇa

m. equals -dantin-

( mattavāraṇavikrama -vikrama- mfn.having the might of a mad elephant

)

mattavāraṇa

mn. equals mattālamba-

mattavāraṇa

n. a turret, pinnacle, pavilion

mattavāraṇa

n. a peg or bracket projecting from a wall

mattavāraṇa

n. a bedstead

mattavāraṇavikrama

mfn. mattavāraṇa

mattavāraṇīya

mfn. attached to the turret (of a car)

mattavilāsinī

f. Name of a metre

mattebha

m. equals matta-dantin-

mattebhagamanā

f. equals mattā-gāminī-

mattebhakumbhapariṇāhin

mfn. round as the frontal globes of an elephant in rut

mattebhāsya

n. (?) Name of work

mattebhavikrīḍita

n. Name of a metre

matula

m. or n. (?) a particular high number

matutha

m. ( man-) an intelligent person

(equals medhāvin-

) .

matya

n. (for 2.See) a harrow, roller

matya

n. a club (perhaps with iron points)

matya

n. harrowing, rolling, making even or level

matya

n. (for 1.See) the means of acquiring knowledge (equals jñānasya kāraṇam-)

matyā

ind. mati

matyā

ind. mati

abdhimathana

n. Name (also title or epithet) of a work in Apabhran6s3a

abdimat

mfn. possessed of clouds (abdi- equals abda-)

abhaktimat

mfn. undevoted to, unbelieving.

abhavanmatasambandha

m. want of fitness between words and the ideas expressed by them (a defect in composition).

abhavanmatayoga

m. want of fitness between words and the ideas expressed by them (a defect in composition).

abhimata

mfn. longed for, wished, desired

abhimata

mfn. loved, dear

abhimata

mfn. allowed

abhimata

mfn. supposed, imagined

abhimata

n. desire, wish.

abhimatatā

f. agreeableness, desirableness

abhimatatā

f. desire, love.

abhimati

f. self reference, referring all objects to self (as the act of ahaṃkāra- or personality)

abhipattimat

mfn. possessed of,

abhipramath

Caus. -manthayati-, to churn thoroughly

abhirāmatā

f. loveliness, beauty

abhirāmatā

f. the state of being agreeable to (in compound)

abhirāmatva

n. equals -tā-.

abhisammata

mfn. honoured, esteemed

abhiṣṭimat

mfn. rendering assistance

abhīṣumat

mfn. "having rays of light", radiant, bright

abhīṣumat

m. the sun

abhrātṛmatī

f. brotherless

abhyātmataram

ind. more towards one's self

abrahmatā

f. want of devotion

abuddhimat

mfn. unwise, foolish.

acalamati

m. Name of a māraputra-.

adabdhavratapramati

(/adabdha--) mfn. of unbroken observances and superior mind (or"of superior mind from having unbroken observances")

adharmatas

ind. unrighteously, unjustly.

ādimat

mfn. having a beginning

etc.

ādimattva

n. the state of having a beginning

ādimatva

n. the state of being first, etc.

āgamatattvasaṃgraha

m. Name (also title or epithet) of work (confer, compare

-208)

āgatamatsya

mfn. (

/ā-gata-matsyā-)

agnimat

mfn. being near the fire

(

has v/at-)

agnimat

mfn. having or maintaining a sacrificial fire

etc.

agnimat

mfn. having a good digestion

ahammamatā

f. idem or 'mfn. egoistic, arrogant, '

ahammati

f. idem or 'm. equals -buddhi- before '

ahammati

mfn. egoistic, arrogant,

ahimat

mfn. "possessed of snakes", the base of āhimata- q.v

āhimata

mfn. (fr ahi-mat-), belonging to (a country) abounding in snakes commentator or commentary on

ahimatviṣ

m. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. "having hot rays", the sun ' '

aikamatya

n. (fr. eka-mata-), unanimity, conformity or sameness of opinions

etc.

aikamatya

mfn. having conformity of opinions, conforming, agreeing

aindumateya

m. a descendant of indumatī-, Name of daśaratha-

aiṣumata

m. a descendant of iṣu-mat-, Name of trāta-

akāmatā

f. freedom from desire, etc.

akāmatas

ind. unintentionally, unwillingly.

ākāramat

mfn. with vah-,"to behave with a particular behaviour", affect a gesture or appearance

ākrāntamati

mfn. mentally overcome, having the mind engrossed or deeply impressed.

ākṛtimat

mfn. (equals ākāra-vat- q.v) having a shape, embodied

akṣamatā

f. impatience, envy

akṣamatā

f. incompetence, inability (with infinitive mood)

akṣayamati

m. Name of a Buddhist.

akṣimat

mfn. possessing eyes.

alakṣyajanmatā

f. being of insignificant birth or origin

alamatardana

mfn. easy to perforate

alīkamatsya

m. a kind of dish tasting like fish ("mock-fish", made of the flour of a sort of bean fried with Sesamum oil)

alimat

mfn. swarming with bees,

alpamati

mfn. equals -buddhi- above

alpasvamat

mfn. possessing little, poor,

f. disinterestedness

f. indifference.

n. disinterestedness

n. indifference.

f. unpleasantness

m. sickness, disease

m. death

m. time

m. dust commentator or commentary on

amata

mfn. ( man-), not felt, not perceptible by the mind

amata

mfn. not approved of, unacceptable.

āmatā

f. rawness

āmatā

f. unpreparedness

amatapadārtha

mfn. having an unacceptable second sense

āmath

or ā-manth- P. (perfect tense -mamantha-) to whirl round or stir with velocity, agitate, shake about

āmathya

ind.p. having shaken, having twirled or whirled

amati

f. want, indigence

amati

f. "unconsciousness", generally

amati

f. form, shape, splendour, lustre

amati

f. time

amati

f. moon

amatipūrva

mfn. unconscious, unintentional.

amatipūrvaka

mfn. unconscious, unintentional.

amatis

mfn. poor, indigent

amatīvan

mfn. poor, indigent

amatra

mfn. violent, strong, firm

amatra

n. a large drinking vessel

amatra

m. idem or 'n. a large drinking vessel '

amatra

See am-.

amatraka

n. a drinking vessel, vessel

amatrin

mfn. having the large drinking vessel called /amatra-

amatsara

mfn. unenvious, disinterested

amatsara

n. disinterestedness

amatsarin

mfn. disinterested

amatsarin

mfn. not sticking to, not having one's heart set upon (locative case)

amatyā

ind. instrumental case unconsciously

ambumat

mfn. watery, having or containing water

ambumatī

f. Name of a river

amitamati

mfn. of unbounded wisdom,

amṛtamati

f. (equals -gati- q.v) Name of a metre.

aṃśumat

mfn. fibrous, rich in filaments

aṃśumat

mfn. rich in soma- plants or soma- juice

aṃśumat

mfn. radiant, luminous

aṃśumat

mfn. pointed

aṃśumat

m. the sun, the moon

aṃśumat

m. Name of various persons, especially of a prince of the solar race, son of a-samañjas-, grandson of sagara-

aṃśumatī

f. Name of a river (yamunā-?)

aṃśumatī

f. Hedysarum Gangeticum

aṃśumatphalā

f. Musa Paradisiaca.

amūrtimat

m. equals amurta-rajas- q.v

anabhimata

mfn. not to one's mind, disliked

anādimat

mfn. having no beginning.

anāmatva

n. namelessness.

anaṃśumatphalā

f. the plantain (= aṃśumat-phalā-).

anantamati

m. Name of a bodhisattva-.

ananumata

mfn. not approved or honoured, not liked, disagreeable, unfit.

anātmatā

f. want of common sense,

aṅgavākpāṇimat

mfn. possessing mind (?), speech, and hands.

anikāmatas

([

]) or a-nik/āmam- ([

]) ind. involuntarily, unintentionally.

aṇimatas

ind. from the thin side,

añjimat

mfn. coloured, bright, adorned

anubhayātmatā

(f.)

ānumata

mf(ī-)n. belonging to the goddess anu-mati- (q.v)

anumata

mfn. approved, assented to, permitted, allowed, agreeable, pleasant

anumata

mfn. loved, beloved

anumata

mfn. concurred with, being of one opinion

anumata

n. consent, permission, approbation

anumatakarmakārin

mfn. doing what is allowed. acting according to an agreement.

anumatavajra

mfn. one who has received the thunderbolt by consent (?),

anumate

ind. with consent of.

anumati

f. assent, permission, approbation

anumati

f. personified as a goddess

etc.

anumati

f. the fifteenth day of the moon's age (on which it rises one digit less than full, when the gods or manes receive oblations with favour)

anumati

f. also personified as a goddess

, oblation made to this goddess.

anumatipattra

n. (in law) a deed expressing assent.

anunmatta

mfn. not mad, sane, sober, not wild.

anupamamati

m. Name of a contemporary of śākya-muni-.

anyāyamati

mfn. having improper thoughts,

apacitimat

(/apaciti--) mfn. honoured

apramatta

mfn. not careless, careful, attentive, vigilant

apramattavat

mfn. idem or 'mfn. not careless, careful, attentive, vigilant '

apsumat

mfn. possessed of or shining in the waters (exempli gratia, 'for example' the lightning which does not lose its brilliant nature in the clouds)

etc.

apsumat

having always water,

apsumat

mfn. containing the word aps/u-

apsumat

mfn. Name of an agni-

aptumat

mfn. containing the word apt/u-

aramati

mfn. without relaxation or repose

aramati

f. "readiness to serve, obedience, devotion"(generally personified as) a goddess protecting the worshippers of the gods and pious works in general

aramati

(mfn.) patient [

]

araṇimat

mfn. being contained in the araṇi-s (as fire)

arcimat

mfn. (m. dual number -m/antā-) shining, blazing

arcisārciṣmat

mfn. brilliant, resplendent

etc.

arcisārciṣmat

m. fire, the god of fire

arcisārciṣmat

m. a flame

arcisārciṣmatī

f. one of the ten stages (through which a bodhisattva- must rise before becoming a buddha-)

ardhaphālakamata

n. (its doctrine), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

ariṣṭamathana

m. "killer of the asura- ariṣṭa-", Name of śiva- (id est viṣṇu-) .

arthamatta

mfn. proud of money

ārtimat

mfn. having or suffering pain

ārtimat

m. a mantra- or spell (against snakes)

asamatā

f. the being unequal led

asamatva

n. unfair or ungracious behaviour

asaṃmata

mfn. not respected, despised

asaṃmata

mfn. un-authorized, without the consent of (in compound)

asaṃmatādāyin

mfn. taking without the consent (of the owner)

asaṃmati

f. dishonour

aśanimat

(aś/ani--) mfn. possessing the thunderbolt

asanmati

f. a wrong opinion

asanmati

f. "no intention" accusative tim- with 1. kṛ-, not to care for (locative case)

asanmati

and -mantr/a- See /a-sat-.

asimat

mfn. furnished with knives or daggers

asmat

(in compound for asmad-below) .

aśmatā

f. the state (hardness) of a stone

asmatpreṣita

(asm/at--) mfn. sent or driven towards us

asmatrā

ind. (for asmat-tr/ā-by defective spelling) , to us, with us, among us

asmatrāñc

mfn. turned towards us

asmatsakhi

(asm/at--) m(Nominal verb khā-)fn. having us as friends

aśrimat

mfn. cornered

aśrīmat

mfn. inglorious, unpleasant

(edition Bomb.)

asthimat

mfn. having bones, vertebrated

astimat

mfn. possessed of property, opulent

astrakṣatimat

mfn. wounded by arrows,

asumat

mfn. (/asu--) living

asumat

m. (ān-) life, the principle of vitality, the portion of the spirit connected with the attributes of existence

āśumat

mfn. quick

āśumat

ind. quickly

āsutimat

mfn. (gaRa madhv-ādi-

) mixed with liquors (?).

aśvamatallikā

and - macarcikā-, f. (= - kuñjara-), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding ii, 1, 66,

aśvimat

mfn. (any mantra-) containing the word aśvin-

atimati

f. (/ati--) haughtiness

atimati

mfn. exceedingly wise

atisaktimat

mfn. excessively attached.

ativepathumat

mfn. trembling excessively.

ātmatā

f. essence, nature

ātmatantra

n. the basis of self

ātmatantra

mfn. depending only on one's self, independent

(see sva-tantra-.)

ātmatattva

n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit

ātmatattvajña

mfn. knowing or versed in the vedānta- doctrines

ātmatattvaviveka

m. Name (also title or epithet) of work

ātmatrāṇa

n. a means of saving one's self

ātmatrāṇaparigraha

m. a body guard

ātmatṛpta

mfn. self-satisfied

ātmatva

n. essence, nature

ātmatyāga

m. self-forgetfulness, absence of mind

ātmatyāga

m. suicide

ātmatyāgin

mfn. committing suicide

([ ātmanas tyāgin-

])

avadhimat

mfn. limited, bounded

avamata

mfn. despised, disregarded, contemned

avamatāṅkuśa

mfn. "disdaining the hook", a restive elephant

avamath

(ind.p. -mathya-) to cleanse (as a wound) by pricking or stirring (with an instrument),

avamati

f. version, dislike

, disregard, contempt

avamati

m. a master, owner

avamatya

ind.p. despising

avīcimat

m. (sc. naraka-) idem or 'm. a particular hell '

avimat

(/avi--.) mfn. possessing sheep

avimatta

m. plural Name of a family (gaRa kārtakaujapādi- q.v)

aviplutamati

mfn. whose mind is not deviating

aviramat

mfn. not desisting from (ablative)

ayakṣmatāti

(ayakṣm/a-.) f. health

ayakṣmatva

n. idem or '(ayakṣm/a-.) f. health '

āyāmatas

ind. in length,

ayātayāmatā

(ayācayām/a--) f. unweakened strength, freshness

and

ayātayāmatva

(/ayatayāma--) n. idem or '(ayācayām/a--) f. unweakened strength, freshness and '

āyatimat

mfn. long, extended

āyatimat

mfn. stately, dignified

āyatimat

mfn. self-restrained

āyuṣmat

mfn. possessed of vital power, healthy, long-lived

āyuṣmat

mfn. alive, living

etc.

āyuṣmat

mfn. lasting

āyuṣmat

mfn. old, aged

āyuṣmat

m. (ān-) "life-possessing", often applied as a kind of honorific title (especially to royal personages and Buddhist monks)

āyuṣmat

m. the third of the twenty-seven yoga-s or divisions of the ecliptic

āyuṣmat

m. the yoga- star in the third lunar mansion

āyuṣmat

m. Name of a son of uttānapāda-

āyuṣmat

m. of saṃhrāda-

āyuṣmatpuruṣaka

mfn. giving long life to men

bahirmatṛkā

f. Name of work

bāhumat

mfn. having (strong) arm (said of indra-)

bahumata

mfn. much thought of, highly esteemed, valued

etc.

bahumata

mfn. having many different opinions

bahumati

f. high opinion or esteem

bāhumatī

f. Name of a river

bahumatsya

mfn. having many fish

bahumatsya

n. a place abounding in fish

bālamati

mfn. of childish intellect

balapramathanī

f. Name of a form of durgā-

bālapramathanī

f. a particular sakti-

balavipulahetumati

n. Name of an asura-

balimat

mfn. receiving taxes or tribute (said of agni-)

balimat

mfn. provided with food -oblations (said of a house)

bāliśamati

mfn. childish-minded, foolish

balotamatta

mfn. intoxicated with power

bandhumat

mfn. (b/andhu--) having relations

etc.

bandhumat

mfn. surrounded by relations

bandhumat

m. Name of a king

bandhumat

m. of another man

bandhumatī

f. (atī-) Name of several women

bandhumatī

f. of a town

bandhumatīyaka

mfn. belonging to this town

barhiṣmat

mfn. (h/iṣ--) accompanied or provided with sacrificial grass

barhiṣmat

mfn. having fire or light, blazing, shining

barhiṣmat

m. one who has or spreads sacrificial grass, a worshipper, sacrificer

barhiṣmat

m. Name of prācīna-barhis-

barhiṣmatī

f. (atī-) Name of a wife of priya-vrata- and daughter of viśvakarman-

barhiṣmatī

f. Name of a city in brahmāvarta-

bauddhamata

n. Buddha doctrine, Name of work

bauddhamatadūṣaṇa

n. Name of work

bauddhamatanivarhaṇa

n. Name of work

bhadantadharmatrāta

m. Name of 2 Buddhist teachers.

bhāgavatīmatapaddhati

f. Name of work

bhagnaprakramatā

f. bhagnaprakrama

bhaktimat

mfn. equals -bhāj-

etc.

bhaktimat

mfn. accompanied by devotion or loyalty

bhāmatī

f. (fr. bhā-mat-) Name of a commentator or commentary by vācaspati-miśra- on śaṃkarācārya-'s commentator or commentary on the brahma-sūtra-s (also tī-nibandha-)

bhāmatīkāra

m. Name of vācaspati-miśra-

bhāmatītilaka

n. Name of Comm. on the bhāmatī-.

bhāmatīvilāsa

m. Name of Comm. on the bhāmatī-.

bhaṅgimat

mfn. possessing undulations, curled (as hair)

bhānumat

mfn. luminous, splendid, beautiful

etc.

bhānumat

mfn. containing the word bhānu-

bhānumat

m. the sun

bhānumat

m. Name of a man with the patronymic aupamanyava-

bhānumat

m. of a warrior on the side of the kuru-s (son of kaliṅga- Scholiast or Commentator)

bhānumat

m. of a son of kuśa-dhvaja- or keśi-dhvaja-

bhānumat

m. of a son of bṛhad-aśva-

bhānumat

m. of a son of bharga-

bhānumat

m. of a son of kṛṣṇa-

bhānumat

m. of a daughter of kṛta-vīrya- (wife of ahaṃ-yāti-)

bhānumat

m. of a daughter of the yādava- bhānu-

bhānumat

m. of a daughter of vikramāditya-

bhānumat

m. of the mother of śaṃkara- (Scholiast or Commentator on

)

bhānumataliṅgaśāstra

n. Name of work

bhānumataśilpaśāstra

n. Name of work

bhānumatī

f. Name of a daughter of aṅgiras-

bhānumatin

m. (fr. bhānumat-or -matī-) Name of a man

bhānumatīpariṇaya

m. Name of a poem.

bhartṛmatī

f. possessing a husband, a married woman

bhasmatā

f. the state or condition of ashes (accusative with yā-,to become ashes)

bhasmatas

ind. out of the ashes id est from death

bhasmatūla

n. frost, snow

bhasmatūla

n. a shower of dust

bhasmatūla

n. a number of villages

bhavāntaraprāptimat

mfn. one who has obtained another existence

bhīmat

mfn. fearful

bhīmatā

f. terribleness

bhīmatithi

f. equals bhīmaikādaśī-

bhinnajātimat

mfn. idem or 'mfn. plural of different rank commentator or commentary '

bhītimat

mfn. timid, shy

bhrājathumat

mfn. shining, beautiful (said of a woman)

bhrājiṣmat

mfn. splendid, shining

bhramat

mfn. wandering about, roaming

bhramatkuṭi

f. a sort of umbrella

(see bhramakuṭī-).

bhramatva

n. (in philosophy) the being an error, erroneousness.

bhrāntimat

mfn. roaming or wandering about

bhrāntimat

mfn. turning round, rolling (as a wheel)

bhrāntimat

mfn. mistaking any one or anything for (compound),

bhrāntimat

mfn. a particular figure of rhetoric (describing an error)

bhrātṛmat

mfn. having a brother or brothers

bhṛṣṭimat

mfn. pronged, toothed

bhṛṣṭimat

m. Name of a ṛṣi-.

bhuktimatī

f. Name of a river

(varia lectio mukti-m-).

bhūmat

m. "possessing the earth", a king, prince

bhūmimat

mfn. possessing land gaRa yavādi-.

bhūtalonmathana

m. "earth-shaker", Name of a dānava-

bhūtimat

mfn. possessing welfare, fortunate, happy

bhuvanamatī

f. Name of a princess

bhūyaskāmatā

f. bhūyaskāma

bījamati

f. (in algebra) a mind capable of analysis or of comprehending causes

bījasaṃhṛtimat

mfn. containing the germ and catastrophe (of a play)

bindumat

mfn. having drops or bubbles or clots, formed into balls or globules

bindumat

m. Name of a son of marīci- by bindu-matī-

bindumat

m. of a drama

bindumat

m. of the wife of marīci- (see above)

bindumat

m. of a daughter of śaśa-bindu- and wife of māndhātṛ-

bindumat

m. of the murderess of vidūratha-,

bindumat

m. of a fisherman's daughter

bindumatī

f. Name of a kind of verse

brahmamati

m. Name of a demon

brāhmaṇimatā

brahmatā

f. the state or condition of a Brahman,"Brahmanhood"

brahmatā

f. the state or nature of brahma- divine nature

brahmatāla

m. (in music) a kind of measure,

brahmatantra

n. all that is taught in the veda-

brahmatantregāyatrīpañjara

n. Name of work

brahmatarkastava

m. Name of a vedānta- work

brahmatarkastavavivaraṇa

n. Name of a commentator or commentary on it.

brahmatas

ind. from the Brahmans

brahmatattva

n. the true knowledge of brahma-

brahmatattvapraśnottararatnāvalī

f. Name of work

brahmatattvasaṃhitoddipanī

f. Name of work

brahmatattvasubodhinī

f. Name of work

brahmatattvavivaraṇa

n. Name of work

brahmatejas

n. the power and glory of brahma-

etc. ( brahmatejomaya jo-maya- mf(ī-)n.formed of brahma-'s glory

)

brahmatejas

n. the glory or lustre supposed to surround a Brahman

brahmatejas

n. (br/ahma--) having the glory or power of brahma- (

) or of a Brahman (

)

brahmatejas

m. Name of a buddha-

brahmatejomaya

mf(ī-)n. brahmatejas

brahmatīrtha

n. Name of a place of pilgrimage on the revā- or narmadā- river

brahmatīrtha

n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus

brahmatulya

n. Name of a jyotiṣa-

n. Name of work

m. Name of work

f. Name of work

m. Name of a mountain

brahmatva

n. the office of the Brahman or chief priest

brahmatva

n. Brahmanhood

brahmatva

n. the state of or identification with brahma-

brahmatvac

m. or f. (?) Alstonia Scholaris

brahmatvapaddhati

f. Name of work

brahmatvaprayoga

m. Name of work

bṛhadasṛnmati

m. "having a great inclination for blood", a particular demon

bṛhanmati

mfn. high-minded

bṛhanmati

m. Name of the author of

bṛhaspatimat

mfn. accompanied by bṛhaspati-,

bṛhaspatimata

n. Name of work

buddhimat

mfn. endowed with understanding, intelligent, learned, wise

etc.

buddhimat

mfn. humble, docile

buddhimat

mfn. famed, known (?)

buddhimat

m. a rational being, man

buddhimat

m. the large shrike

buddhimatikā

f. Name of a woman

buddhimattā

f. (

) intelligence, wisdom.

buddhimattara

mfn. more or very intelligent

buddhimattva

n. (

) intelligence, wisdom.

cakṣuṣmat

mfn. (c/akṣ-) endowed with the faculty of sight, furnished with eyes, seeing

etc.

cakṣuṣmat

mfn. representing the eye

cakṣuṣmattā

f. the faculty of sight

cakṣuṣmattva

n. idem or 'f. the faculty of sight '

camat

ind. "an interjection of surprise", only in compound

camatkāra

m. astonishment, surprise

etc.

camatkāra

m. show, spectacle

camatkāra

m. riot, festive turbulence

camatkāra

m. high poetical composition

camatkāra

m. Achyranthes aspera

camatkāracandrikā

f. Name of a grammar

camatkāracintāmaṇi

m. Name of work

camatkaraṇa

n. astonishment

camatkaraṇa

n. producing wonder, causing surprise

camatkaraṇa

n. spectacle, festival

camatkaraṇa

n. high poetical composition

camatkāranagara

n. Name of a town (equals vṛddha-n-)

n. a kind of dance.

mfn. astonishing

mfn. astonished

f. the producing of astonishment,

camatkṛ

to express astonishment

; to produce astonishment

camatkṛta

mfn. equals -kārita-

camatkṛta

mfn. become proud

camatkṛti

f. astonishment, surprise.

cañcumat

m. idem or '"having a beak", a bird '

caṇḍavegāsaṃgamatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

candramata

n. the doctrine of the moon(-worshippers)

caramatas

ind. at the outermost end

carmāsimat

mfn. having shield and sword

carmataraṃga

m. a fold of skin

carmatila

mfn. having the skin covered with pimples resembling the seeds of sesamum

Va1rtt. 1

cārumat

mfn. lovely

cārumat

m. Name of a cakra-vartin-

cārumat

m. of a female attendant

cārumatī

f. Name of a daughter of kṛṣṇa-

cārumati

m. Name of a parrot

cārvākamata

n. idem or 'n. the doctrine of cārvāka- '

cārvākamatanibarhaṇa

n. "refutation of cārvāka-'s doctrine", Name of

caturdaśamataviveka

m. "disquisition on the 14 philos. systems", Name of work by śaṃkara-

caturviṃśatimata

n. "views of the 24 chief legislators", Name of work

cetomat

mfn. endowed with consciousness, living

chadiṣmat

mfn. having a cover or roof (a carriage)

chadmatāpasa

m. a pretended ascetic

chandomatrikakud

m. Name of a try-aha- rite

citimat

mfn. having the faculty of thought

citrapakṣmatā

f. the having beautiful eyelashes (confer, compare - keśatā-),

codayanmati

mfn. (fr. d/ayat-, parasmE-pada cud-, Causal) promoting devotion

dagdhamatsya

m. a grilled fish

daivamati

m. patronymic fr. deva-mata- and -mitra gaRa taulvay-ādi-.

dakṣamakhamathana

ri.,"destruction of dadhīca-'s sacrifice", Name of

dakṣamathana

m. "destroyer of dadhīca-", śiva-

dalmimat

mfn. having a thunderbolt

damatha

m. (

) "self-control" See tri--

damatha

m. punishment

damathu

m. self-control

punishment

damatra

See mahā-.

dāmatūṣa

mfn. having threads for fringes

daṇḍamatsya

m. Name of a fish

daṇḍanītimat

mfn. familiar with judicature

daṇḍimat

mfn. having club-bearers (an army),

dānumat

(d/ā-) mfn. trickling, fluid

darīmat

mfn. abounding with caves

dārumatsyāhvaya

m. a lizard

daśapramati

(d/as-) mfn. (agni-) taken care of by the 10 (fingers)

dasmatama

(sm/a--) mfn. most wonderful,

dasmatkṛ

to make wonderful,

daurmatya

n. bad disposition,

devamata

m. "god-approved", Name of a ṛṣi-

devamati

m. Name of a man

devamati

f. of a woman

devasumati

f. favour of the gods

devīmata

n. Name of a tantra-.

dhanasammata

m. Name of a prince

dhanuṣmat

mfn. armed with a bow, an archer

etc.

dhanuṣmat

m. Name of a mountain to the north of madhya-deśa-

dhanuṣmatī

f. Name of the tutelary deity in the family of vyāghra-pād-

dhanuṣmattā

f. archery

dhāraṇīmati

m. (?) Name of a samādhi-

dharmamati

m. "pious-minded", Name of a prince and of a god of the bodhi- tree.

dharmamativinanditarāga

m. Name (also title or epithet) of a tathāgata-,

dharmamatsara

mfn. jealous of merit,

dharmatā

f. essence, inherent nature

dharmatā

f. the being law or right

dharmatantra

n. sg. and plural the beginning and end of the law, summum jus

dharmatantra

m. Name of a man

dharmatas

ind. according to law or rule, rightly, justly

dharmatas

ind. from a virtuous motive

dharmatas

ind. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals dharmāt-, from the rules of.

dharmatattva

n. the real essence of the law ( dharmatattvatas -tas- ind.in a manner entirely corresponding to the law

)

dharmatattva

n. Name of work by kamalākara-

dharmatattva

n. of a modern work

dharmatattvaprakāśa

m. Name of work

dharmatattvārthacintāmaṇi

m. Name of work

dharmatattvasaṃgraha

m. Name of work

dharmatattvatas

ind. dharmatattva

dharmatattvavid

mfn. knowing the truths of laws or religion

dharmatayā

ind. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' by way or means of.

dharmatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

dharmātmatā

f. religious-mindedness, justice, virtue

dharmatrāta

m. "law-protected", Name of a Buddhist author.

dharmatva

n. inherent nature, peculiar property,

dharmatva

n. morality, piety

dharmatyāga

m. abandonment of religion, apostacy

dhātumat

mfn. containing elements

dhātumat

mfn. abounding in minerals or metals

dhātumattā

dhaumata

m. or n. myrrh

dhaumatāyana

gaRa arīhaṇādi- (not in

)

dhaumatāyanaka

gaRa arīhaṇādi- (not in

)

dhenumat

mfn. containing or yielding a nourishing beverage

dhenumat

mfn. containing the word dhenu-

dhenumatī

f. Name of the wife of deva-dyumna-

dhīmat

mfn. intelligent, wise, learned, sensible

etc.

dhīmat

m. Name of bṛhaspati-

dhīmat

m. of a son of virāj-

dhīmat

m. of a ṛṣi- in the 4th manv-antara-

dhīmat

m. of a son of purū-ravas-

dhīmat

m. a bodhi-sattva-

dhrajīmat

mfn. gliding, moving

dhrākṣāmat

mfn. gaRa yavādi-.

dhṛtamatī

wrong reading for dhṛti-m-.

dhṛtimat

mfn. steadfast, calm, resolute ( dhṛtimattā -tā- f.)

etc.

dhṛtimat

mfn. satisfied, content

dhṛtimat

m. Name of a form of agni-

dhṛtimat

m. of a son of manu- raivata- and savarṇa-

dhṛtimat

m. of one of the saptarṣi-s in the 13th manv-antara-

dhṛtimat

m. of a son of kīrti-mat- (son of aṅgiras-)

dhṛtimat

m. of a son of yavīnara-

dhṛtimat

m. of a Brahman

dhṛtimat

n. Name of a varṣa- in kuśa-dvīpa-

dhṛtimatī

f. Name of a river (varia lectio ta-m-)

dhṛtimattā

f. dhṛtimat

dhruvānandamatavyākhyā

f. Name of commentator or commentary on dhruvānanda-'s work

dhūmatā

f. state of being smoke

dhūmatānta

(m/a--) mfn. choked by smoke

dhundhumat

mfn. Name of a son of kevala-

(varia lectio bundh-).

dhunimat

(dh/u-) mfn. roaring, noisy

dhvanimat

mfn. containing a hint or an allusion

dhvanimattā

dīdhitimat

mfn. having splendour, shining, brilliant,

dīdhitimat

m. the sun

dīdhitimat

m. Name of a muni-

ḍiṇḍimatva

n. ḍiṇḍima

dīptimat

mfn. bright, splendid, brilliant

etc.

dīptimat

m. Name of a son of kṛṣṇa-

dīptimatī

f. (in music) Name of a śruti-.

divitmat

mfn. going in or to the sky, heavenly

divitmatā

ind. instrumental case heavenwards

dolāyāmānamati

mfn. doubtful in mind

doṣmat

mfn. having arms

drākṣāmat

mfn. furnished with grapes gaRa yavādi-.

dravyaśaktimat

mfn. possessed of the power to produce matter,

dṛḍhabhaktimat

mfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. "firm in devotion", faithful ( dṛḍhabhaktitā -tā- f. )' '

dṛḍhamati

mfn. firm-minded, strong-willed, resolute

dṛśimat

mfn. seeing, beholding

dṛṣṭimat

mfn. having eyes or intellect, wise, knowing

drumat

mfn. furnished with wood gaRa yuvādi-.

duhitṛmat

mfn. having a daughter,

duḥsamatikrama

mfn. difficult to be surmounted

dumatī

f. Name of a river

durātmatā

f. meanness, wickedness

durmatakhaṇḍana

n. Name of work

durmati

f. bad disposition of mind, envy, hatred

durmati

f. false opinion or notions

durmati

mfn. weak-minded, silly, ignorant (rarely"malicious","wicked")

durmati

m. fool, blockhead (rarely"scoundrel","villain")

etc.

durmati

m. Name of the 55th year of the cycle of Jupiter (lasting 60 years)

durmati

m. of a demon

durmati

m. of a blockhead, bharat-.

durmatīkṛta

mfn. (fr. maty/a-and kṛ-) badly harrowed or rolled

durvāsasomatatantra

n. Name of work

duṣkramatā

f. duṣkrama

duṣṭamati

mfn. equals -cetas-

dvaimatya

m. patron. (also plural)

dvisamatribhuja

m. an isosceles quadrangle or triangle, algebra

dyumat

mfn. bright, light, brilliant, splendid, excellent

dyumat

mfn. clear, loud, shrill

dyumat

mfn. brisk, energetic, strong

dyumat

m. Name of a son of vasiṣṭha-

dyumat

m. of divo-dāsa- (= pratardana-),

dyumat

m. of manu- svārociṣa-

dyumat

m. Name of a minister of sālva-

dyumat

n. eye

dyumat

ind. clearly, brightly, loudly

dyumatsena

m. Name of a prince of śālva-, father of satyavat-

dyutimat

mfn. resplendent, bright

dyutimat

mfn. splendid, majestic, dignified

etc.

dyutimat

m. Name of a prince of the Madras and father-in-law of saha-deva-

dyutimat

m. of a prince of the śālva-s and father of ṛcīka-

dyutimat

m. of a son of madirāśva- and father of su-vīra-

dyutimat

m. of a son of priya-vrata- and king of krauñca-dvīpa-

dyutimat

m. of a son of prāṇa- (pāṇḍu-)

dyutimat

m. of a ṛṣi- under the first manu- meru-sāvarṇa- (

) or under manu- dākṣasāvarṇi-

dyutimat

m. of a son of manu- svāyam-bhuva-

dyutimat

m. of a mountain

dyutimatī

f. Name of a woman

dyutimati

mfn. of brilliant understanding, clear-minded

ekāgramati

mfn. idem or 'mfn. fixing one's mind on one object, closely attentive '

ekāgramati

m. Name of a man

ekamati

f. concentration of mind

ekamati

mfn. unanimous

ekāntamati

mfn. having the mind fixed on one object

ekārāmatā

f. the state of the above

ekātmatā

f. the unity of spiritual essence, the doctrine of one universal spirit.

eramattaka

m. Name of a man

gabhastimat

mfn. shining, brilliant

gabhastimat

m. the sun

gabhastimat

m. a particular hell

gabhastimat

m. (gabhas-tala-

)

gabhastimat

m. n. Name of one of the nine divisions of bhāratavarṣa-

gālimat

mfn. uttering execrations

gamatha

m. a traveller

gamatha

m. a road

gaṇimat

m. Name of a siddha-

garutmat

mfn. (gar/ut--) (in veda- only found in connection with su-parṇ/a-,and apparently applied to a heavenly bird or to the sun) winged (?)

garutmat

mfn. winged

garutmat

m. the bird garuḍa-

etc.

garutmat

m. a bird (in general)

gārutmata

mfn. (fr. gar/ut-mat-), coming from or sacred or relating to the bird garuḍa-

gārutmata

mfn. (aśman- equals garuḍāśman- q.v)

gārutmata

n. (m.

) an emerald

gārutmatapattrikā

f. "emerald-leaved", Name of a plant

gatimat

mfn. possessed of motion, moving

gatimat

mfn. having issues or sores

gatimat

mfn. connected with a preposition or some other adverbial prefix

Va1rtt. 4

gātumat

mfn. spacious, commodious ("having good moving-space"

)

gaumata

mfn. coming from the gomatī- village gaRa palady-ādi-

gaumata

mfn. being in the gomatī- river (as fishes)

gaumatāyana

mfn. fr. go-mat- gaRa arīhaṇādi-.

gaumatāyanaka

mfn. fr. na-

gaumathika

mfn. fr. go-matha- (equals parvata-or hrada-or go-medha-

) gaRa 2. kumudādi- (maṭhika-

and

)

gaumatī

f. for gautamī- (Name of a river) .

gaurimat

m. Name of a man gaRa śārṅgaravādi-

gaurimatī

f. Name of a woman

gavīdhumat

n. Name of a town

Va1rtt. 4

gharmatanu

f. Name of 2 sāman-s

gharmatanu

f. (rmasya tanvau-)

and

gharmatanū

f. Name of 2 sāman-s

gharmatanū

f. (rmasya tanvau-)

and

gharmatapta

mfn. perspiring

gharmatoya

n. equals -jala-

(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).).

gharmatva

n. the condition of a cauldron

ghoṣamati

m. Name of a man

gomat

mfn. (g/o--) possessing or containing cattle or cows or herds, rich in cattle, consisting of cattle

gomat

mfn. containing or mixed with milk

gomat

n. possession of cattle

gomata

Nom. tati-, to behave like a cattle-owner

gomatallikā

f. (

) an excellent cow

gomatha

gaRa kumudādi-.

gomatī

f. (g/o-matī-) a place abounding in herds of cattle

gomatī

f. Name of a village in the north gaRa palady-adi-

gomatī

f. (go-mat/ī-) Name of a river falling into the indu-s

gomatī

f. another river falling into the Ganges

(metrically ti-,

etc.

gomatī

f. (with or without vidyā-) Name of a Vedic hymn or formula to be repeated during expiation for killing a cow

gomatī

f. Name of dākṣāyaṇī- in the go-manta- mountain

gomati

for tī- See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order -mat-.

gomatī

f. of -mat- q.v

gomatīputra

m. Name of a prince

gomatīsāra

m. Name of work

gomatītīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

gomatsya

m. a kind of fish living in rivers

gomatya

Nom. P. tyati- equals gomantam icchati-

and

; A1. tyate-, to behave like a cattle-owner

Va1rtt. 25

goptṛmat

mfn. having a protector

grāmatā

f. plural (

) a multitude of villages

grāmatakṣa

m. equals -gṛhyaka-

grāmatas

ind. from a village

grāmatva

n. idem or 'f. plural () a multitude of villages '

granthimat

mfn. tied, bound

granthimat

m. "knotty", Heliotropium indicum

granthimatphala

m. "bulb-fruited", Artocarpus Lacucha

gṛtsamati

m. "clever-minded", Name of a son of su-hotra-

guḍaliṇmat

mfn. having sugar-lickers

gulmatarapaṇya

in compound wharf- and ferry-dues

guṇamata

n. the doctrine of those who worship the qualities

guṇamati

m. Name of a

teacher

guptamati

m. "hidden-minded", Name of a merchant

gurumat

mfn. containing a vowel which is long by nature or position

gurumatī

f. pregnant

gurumattā

f. heaviness, 7, 27.

hanumat

m. "having (large) jaws", Name of a monkey-chief (one of the most celebrated of a host of semi-divine monkey-like beings, who, according to

,were created to become the allies of rāma-candra- in his war with rāvaṇa-; hanumat- was held to be a son of pavana- or māruta-,"the Wind";and is fabled to have assumed any form at will, wielded rocks, removed mountains, mounted the air, seized the clouds, and rivalled garuḍa- in swiftness of flight;according to other legends, hanumat- was son of śiva-;his mother's name was añjanā- q.v;in modern times hanumat- is a very common village god in the Dekhan, Central and Upper India see

)

etc.

hanumat

m. a particular sort of monkey, Simia Sinica

hanūmat

m. etc. equals hanu-mat-.

hanumatkalpa

m. Name of a chapter of the sudarśana-saṃhitā-.

hanumatkavaca

n. " hanumat-'s breast-plate", Name of various hymns (addressed to the five-headed hanumat- in various purāṇa-s).

hanumatkāvya

n. Name of work

hanumatkīrtana

n. Name of work

hanumatpaddhati

f. Name of work in 5 chapters (four of which are taken from the sudarśana-saṃhitā- and the last from the rāmāyaṇa-) describing the rites to be observed in the worship of hanumat-.

hanumatpañcāṅga

n. Name of work

hanumatpaṭala

mn. Name of work

hanumatprabandha

m. Name of work

hanumatprātaḥstotra

n. Name of work

hanumatpratiṣṭhā

f. Name of work

hanumatpratiṣṭhākalpa

m. Name of work

hanumatsahasranāman

n. Name of work

hanumatsaṃhitā

f. Name of a poem describing the festivities on the occasion of the presence of rāma- and sītā- at a pastoral dance (rāsotsava-) on the banks of the sarayū-.

n. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of a man

m. patronymic fr. haridru-mat-

harimat

m. "having bay horses", Name of indra-

harirāmatarkālaṃkāra

m. Name of a man.

harirāmatarkālaṃkārabhaṭṭācārya

m. Name of a man.

harirāmatarkavāgīśa

m. Name of a man.

harirāmatarkavāgīśabhaṭṭācārya

m. Name of a man.

haritmat

mfn. gaRa yavādi-.

harṣumat

mfn. (prob.) exciting, stimulating

hastimat

mfn. provided with elephants

hatamati

mfn. equals -citta-

havirmathi

mfn. destroying or disturbing sacrifices

haviṣmat

mfn. (hav/iṣ--) possessing or offering an oblation

haviṣmat

mfn. attended with or containing oblation

haviṣmat

m. Name of an āṅgirasa-

haviṣmat

m. of a devarṣi-

haviṣmat

m. of one of the 7 ṛṣi-s in the 6th manv-antara- or of one (or two) in the 11sth

haviṣmat

m. plural Name of a class of pitṛ-s (regarded as progenitors of kṣatriya-s and as descended from aṅgiras-)

hāviṣmata

n. (fr. haviṣ-mat-) Name of a sāman-

haviṣmatī

f. (atī-) Name of the mythical cow kāma-dhenu-

haviṣmatī

f. of a daughter of aṅgiras-

hemamarīcimat

mfn. having golden rays

hematāla

Name of a mountainous district in the north

hematāra

n. blue vitriol

hematāraka

m. plural Name of a people

hemataru

m. "golden tree", the Datura or thorn-apple

hematilakasūri

m. Name of a man

hetimat

mfn. armed with missiles, possessed of weapons

hetimat

mfn. illuminated by the sun

hetumat

mfn. having a reason or cause, proceeding from a cause

hetumat

mfn. accompanied with arguments, provided with reasons or proofs, well-founded

hetumat

mfn. having the hetu- (or second avayava- of a syllogism)

hetumat

mfn. controverted by arguments

hetumat

mfn. open to arguments, reasonable

hikmatpradīpa

m. Name of a med. work by the same author.

hikmatprakāśa

m. (fr. $) Name of a med. work translated from the Arabic by mahā-deva- paṇḍita-.

himanirjharavipruṣmat

mfn. mixed with or having drops of icy cold water-falls

himataila

m. camphor oil

himatala

Name of a kingdom

(more correctly hema-tāla-).

himatviṣ

(

) (

) m. "having cool rays", the moon.

hiṃsrātmatā

f. malevolence

hiraṇyavāśīmat

mfn. idem or 'mfn. (h/iraṇya--) wielding a gold axe or knife ' (only superl. -tama-,"most skilful wielder of the golden knife")

hirīmat

mfn. "tawny-horsed" (equals hari-vat-)

homatarpaṇavidhi

m. Name of work

homatattvavidhi

m. Name of work

homaturaṃga

m. the sacrificial horse

hotṛmat

(h/otṛ--) mfn. provided with a hotṛ-

hṛdayaṃgamatā

f. hṛdayaṃgama

hrīmat

mfn. bashful, modest, ashamed, embarrassed ( hrīmattva -tva- n.)

etc.

hrīmat

m. Name of a being reckoned among the viśve- devāḥ-

hrīmattva

n. hrīmat

hutmat

See vi-h/utmat-, .

icchāśaktimat

mfn. having the power of wishing,

ikṣumatī

f. Name of a river in kurukṣetra-

imathā

ind. in this way or manner

indrapramati

m. a pupil of paila- and author of some verses of the ṛg-- veda-

indumat

m. (/indu-) (in liturgical language) Name of agni- (because in the verses in which he is addressed the word indu-occurs)

indumatī

f. (tī-) day of full moon

indumatī

f. Name of the sister of bhoja- and wife of aja-

indumatī

f. Name of a river

indumatī

f. of a commentary.

iṣudhimat

mfn. possessed of a quiver

iṣumat

(/iṣu-) mfn. possessed of arrows

itaretaropakṛtimat

mfn. helping each other

jaḍamati

mfn. equals -dhī-

jaihmati

m. patronymic

jājamat

mfn. See jam-.

jalāmatra

n. equals la-droṇī-

jamat

mfn. (derived fr. m/ad-agni-) equals jvalat-

jambumat

m. "rich in jambu- trees", a mountain

m. a monkey

f. an apsaras-

n. movableness

mfn. having a wife or wives (soma-)

janimat

mfn. having an origin, produced

janimat

mfn. creature, man

janmatāra

(m.

) equals -bha-

janmatas

ind. according to birth

janmatas

ind. according to the age of life

janmatithi

mf. (

) birthday

jantumat

mfn. containing worms or insects

jaṭādhāriśaivamata

n. the doctrine of the śaiva-s who wear twisted hair, Govind. on

jātamanmatha

mfn. equals -kāma-

jātimat

mfn. of high birth or rank

jātimat

mfn. belonging to a genus, what may be subordinated to a generic idea

( jātimattva -tva- n.abstr.)

jātimattva

n. jātimat

jayamati

m. Name of a bodhi-sattva-,

jayamatī

f. (fr. -mat- equals -vat-) Name of several women,

jihmatā

f. equals -tva-

jihmatā

f. falsehood, dishonesty

jihmatva

n. crookedness, curvature

jīrṇamata

n. an old (antiquated) opinion.

jīvātumat

mfn. equals vana-vat-

jñānaśaktimat

mfn. possessing intellectual faculty

jñātimat

mfn. having near relations,

jūtimat

mfn. impetuous

jyotiṣīmat

mfn. (fr. dual number of tis-) possessing the two luminaries (moon and sun)

(see

)

jyotiṣīmat

m. Name of one of the 7 suns

jyotiṣīmat

m. (ṣ-mat-

)

jyotiṣmat

mfn. (jy/ot-) luminous, brilliant, shining, belonging to the world of light, celestial

etc. (tītriṣṭubh-,"the heavenly triṣṭubh-"of 3 x 12 and l x 8 syllables

)

jyotiṣmat

mfn. spiritual, pure

jyotiṣmat

m. the sun

jyotiṣmat

m. equals ṣī-mat- q.v

jyotiṣmat

m. the 3rd foot of brahmā-

jyotiṣmat

m. Name of a son (of manu- svāyambhuva-

;of manu- sāvarṇa-, 467;of priya-vrata- [king of kuśa-dvīpa-]

)

jyotiṣmat

m. of a mountain

jyotiṣmatī

f. (tī-) "star-illumined", night

jyotiṣmatī

f. a kind of sacrificial brick

jyotiṣmatī

f. a kind of triṣṭubh-

jyotiṣmatī

f. equals ṣkā-

jyutimat

mfn. varia lectio for dy-.

kacchūmatī

f. Carpopogon Pruriens (said to cause itching on being applied to the skin)

kadāmatta

m. Name of a man gaRa upakādi-

kādimata

n. Name of a tantra- work

kakudmat

mfn. having a projection or elevation, possessing a hump

etc.

kakudmat

m. a mountain

kakudmat

m. a bullock with a hump on his shoulders

kakudmat

m. Name of a medicinal plant

kakudmat

(

) n. a region of the sky,

kakudmatī

f. the hip and loins

kakudmatī

f. Name of a metre

kakudmatī

f. Name of the wife of pradyumna-

kakummatī

f. Name of a metre,

kakunmat

mfn. equals kak/ud-mat- q.v

kakunmat

(

) n. a region of the sky,

kalpadrumatā

f. state of possessing the qualities of a kalpa-druma-

kalpadrumatantra

n. Name of work

kaluṣamati

mfn. equals -cetas- above.

kamalamati

m. Name of a man

kāmatāla

m. the Indian cuckoo (considered as an incentive to love)

kāmatantra

n. Name of work

kāmataru

m. the god of love considered as a tree (see -vṛkṣa-)

kāmataru

m. the plant Vanda Roxburghii

kāmatas

ind. according to wish or affection, passionately, from passion or feeling (opposed to dharma-tas-)

kāmatas

ind. of one's own accord, of one's own free will, willingly, intentionally, by consent

(see a-kāma-tas-.)

kāmatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-.

kāmātmatā

f. passion, lust

kāmonmatta

mfn. mad with love

kandarpamathana

m. Name of śiva-

kaṇḍūmat

mfn. scratching, itching

kāntimat

mfn. lovely, splendid

kāntimatī

f. Name of a metre

kāntimatī

f. Name of a woman

kāntimattā

f. loveliness, beauty

kaṇvamat

mfn. prepared by the kaṇva-s (as the soma-

)

kaṇvamat

mfn. united with the praisers or with the kaṇva-s (as indra-

)

kareṇumatī

f. Name of the wife of nakula- (and daughter of a king of the cedi-s)

karkandhumatī

f. Name of a woman gaRa madhv-ādi-

karmatā

karmatattvapradīpikā

f. Name of work

karmatva

n. the state or effect of action etc.

etc.

karmatva

n. activity

karmatva

n. the state of being an object commentator or commentary on

karmatyāga

m. abandonment of worldly duties or ceremonial rites

kartṛmat

mfn. having a kartṛ- commentator or commentary on

kaśerumat

m. Name of a yavana- king

kaśerūmat

m. Name of a division of bhārata-varṣa-

kautomata

n. (fr. kuto matam-), an inquiry as to the origin of an opinion (?)

kautomata

m. the mantra- beginning with kautomatam- (?)

keśamathanī

f. equals -damanī-

keśimathana

m. idem or 'm. "slayer of the asura- keśin-", kṛṣṇa- (varia lectio -nisūdana-).'

ketumat

mfn. endowed with brightness

ketumat

mfn. (interpolation after

)

ketumat

mfn. clear (as a sound)

ketumat

m. a yakṣa-

ketumat

m. Name of a muni-

ketumat

m. of a dānava-

ketumat

m. of a regent of the western part of the world (son of rajas-)

ketumat

m. of a son of kṣema- and father of suketu-

ketumat

m. of a son of kṣemya- and father of varṣa-ketu-, 1750

ketumat

m. of a warrior

ketumat

m. of a son of dhanvantari-

ketumat

m. of ambarīṣa-, ix, 6, 1

ketumat

m. Name of a mountain

ketumat

m. of a palace of vāsu-deva-'s wife sunandā-

ketumatī

f. a metre (of 2 x 21 syllables)

ketumatī

f. Name of the wife of sumālin-

ketumatī

f. Name of a locality

khādatācamatā

f. (imperative 2. plural fr. ā-cam-) continual eating and rinsing the mouth

khādatavamatā

f. (imperative 2. plural fr. vam-) continual eating and vomiting

(varia lectio)

khaḍonmattā

f. Name of a woman gaRa śubhrādi-.

khāḍonmatteya

m. metron. fr. khaḍonmattā- gaRa śubhrādi-.

khamūrtimat

mfn. having a divine or celestial person or form

khyātimat

mfn. renowned

kīrtimat

mfn. praised, famous

etc.

kīrtimat

m. Name of one of the viśve- devā-s

kīrtimat

m. of a son of uttāna-pāda- and sūnṛtā-

kīrtimat

m. of a son of vasu-deva- and devakī-,

kīrtimat

m. of a son of aṅgiras-

kīrtimatī

f. Name of dākṣāyaṇī-

klamatha

m. fatigue, exhaustion

klamathu

m. idem or 'm. fatigue, exhaustion '

koṭimat

mfn. furnished with a point

krāmat

mfn. (pr. p. P.) walking, going, etc.

krāmat

See

kramatas

ind. gradually, successively

kramatas

ind. in order.

kramatrairāśika

a particular method of applying the direct rule of three (opposed to vyasta-tr-or viloma-tr-).

kratumat

mfn. (kr/atu--) intelligent, prudent, wise

kratumat

mfn. having power, vigorous (as indra-)

kratumat

m. (ān-) Name of a son of viśvā-mitra-

krīḍumat

mfn. idem or 'mfn. playing (soma-) ' (flames)

kriyāpathamatikrānta

mfn. "beyond medical treatment", incurable

kriyāśaktimat

mfn. possessing the power of action

kṛmimat

mfn. (gaRa yavādi-) affected or covered with worms

kṛṣṇamatsya

m. "black-fish", Name of a fish

kṛṣṭamatīkṛ

(fr. matya-), to plough and harrow

kṛtamati

mfn. one who has taken a resolution, who has resolved upon anything

kṛtimat

m. Name of a prince (son of yavī-nara-)

kṛtrimatā

f. shrewdness, cunningness

kṛtrimatva

n. the being made, factitiousness.

kruñcāmat

mfn. gaRa yavādi-.

kṣamatā

f. ability, fitness, capability.

kṣāmatā

f. emaciation, thinness

kṣāmatā

f. debility

kṣamatva

n. idem or 'f. ability, fitness, capability.' (with locative case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

commentator or commentary on

and on

kṣāmatva

n. idem or 'f. debility '

kṣāmimat

mfn.

kṣāntimat

mfn. patient, enduring, indulgent

kṣatimat

mfn. wounded

kṣematara

n. a more comfortable state, greater happiness

kṣemataru

m. Name of a tree

kṣīrodamathana

n. the churning of the ocean of milk (undertaken by the deva-s and asura-s to obtain the amṛta- etc.)

kṣitivṛttimat

mfn. "of a behaviour similar to that of the earth", patient like the earth

kṣudrāṇḍamatsyasaṃghāta

m. kṣudrāṇḍa

kṣudrapaśumat

mfn. possessed of small cattle

kṣumat

mfn. abounding in food, nourishing, nutritious

kṣumat

mfn. strong, powerful, robust

kṣumat

See 2. kṣ/u-.

kṣunmat

mfn. hungry

kubjimat

mfn. idem or 'mfn. crooked, curved.'

kuḍyamatsī

f. idem or 'f. a house-lizard '

kuḍyamatsya

m. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. a house-lizard ' '

kukṣimatī

f. far advanced in pregnancy,

kumata

n. a bad doctrine

kumata

-mati-, etc. See 1. ku-.

kumati

f. vile sentiment

kumati

f. weak intellect, folly

kumati

mfn. of slow intellect, foolish

kuṇḍalikāmata

n. Name of a tantra-.

kuṅkumatāmra

mfn. red, coppery red.

kuśāgrīyamati

mfn. of subtle intellect, possessing mental acumen

kuśalamataprasaṅga

m. Name (also title or epithet) of poem

kuṭilamati

mfn. crooked-minded, deceitful

lālamatī

f. Name of a princess

liṅgāgamatantra

n. Name of work

lomatas

ind. on the hairy side (of a skin; opp. to māma-tas-)

lumat

See under 2. luk-.

madamattā

f. Name of a metre

madamattaka

m. a kind of thorn-apple

madhumat

mfn. possessing or containing sweetness, sweet

madhumat

mfn. pleasant, agreeable ( madhumattama -tama- mfn.)

etc.

madhumat

mfn. mixed with honey

madhumat

mfn. rich in honey, richly provided with the juice of flowers

madhumat

mfn. containing the word m/adhu-

madhumat

m. Name of a country gaRa kacchādi- and sindhv-ādi-

madhumat

m. of a city (?)

madhumat

m. plural Name of a people

mādhumata

mf(ī-)n. derived from madhu-mat- gaRa kacchādi- on

mādhumata

m. plural the inhabitants of kaśmīra-

mādhumata

m. belonging to the river madhu-matī-

mādhumataka

mfn. (fr. madhumat-). gaRa kacchādi- on

madhumath

m. "crusher or destroyer of madhu-", Name of viṣṇu-

m. equals prec.

m. Name of work

f. Gmelina Arborea

f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana

madhumatī

f. a particular step or degree in the yoga-

madhumatī

f. a particular supernatural faculty belonging to a yogin-

madhumatī

f. a kind of metre

madhumatī

f. Name of a daughter of the asura- madhu- (wife of hary-aśva-)

madhumatī

f. of a female servant of lakṣmi- (?)

madhumatī

f. of a river

madhumatī

f. of a city in saurāṣṭra-

madhumatī

f. Name of several works.

madhumati

m. Mohammed

(wrong reading -pati-)

madhumatigaṇeśa

m. Name of an author

madhumatīsaṃgameśvaratīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

madhumatta

mfn. drunk with wine

madhumatta

mfn. intoxicated or excited by the spring

madhumatta

m. Name of a man

madhumatta

m. plural Name of a people

(varia lectio -mat-)

madhumattā

f. a species of karañja-

madhumattama

mfn. madhumat

madhvamata

n. the doctrine of madhva-

madhvamatakhaṇḍana

n. Name of work

madhvamatapradarśana

n. Name of work

madhvamataprakaraṇa

n. Name of work

madhvamatasaṃgrahaṭīkā

f. Name of work

madhvamatavidhvaṃsana

n. Name of work

madironmatta

mfn. drunk with wine or spirituous liquor

madonmatta

mfn. intoxicated with passion (rut) or pride

mahābhisyanditamatva

n. state of hypertrophy

mahādamatra

m. Name of a teacher

mahādhanuṣmat

m. (

) a great archer.

mahājyotiṣmatī

f. a species of plant

mahākālamata

n. Name of work

mahākālīmata

n. Name of work

mahāmahimatva

n. mahāmahiman

mahāmata

mfn. highly esteemed or honoured

mahāmati

mfn. great-minded, having a great understanding, clever

etc.

mahāmati

m. the planet Jupiter

mahāmati

m. Name of a king of the yakṣa-s

mahāmati

m. of a bodhi-sattva-

mahāmati

m. of a son of su-mati-

mahāmati

f. Name of a woman

mahāmatī

f. a particular lunar day personified as a daughter of aṅgiras-

mahāmatsya

m. a large fish

mahāmatta

mfn. being in excessive rut (as an elephant)

maharddhimat

mfn. maharddhi

mahāsammata

m. "highly honoured", (with Buddhists) Name of the first king of the present age of the world

mahāsammata

m. of a Turkish chief

mahāsammatīya

m. plural Name of a Buddhist school

mahemati

See under 1. mahi-, .

mahimat

mfn. much, abundant

mahimat

m. marriage-fire

mahimataraṃgaṭīkā

f. Name of work

mahimati

mfn. (only in vocative case mahe-mate-) high-minded (said of indra-)

mahiṣmat

mfn. (fr. mahiṣa-) rich in buffaloes

vArttika

mahiṣmat

m. Name of a king

māhiṣmateyaka

mfn. (fr. prec.) gaRa kattry-ādi-.

mahiṣmatī

f. Name of a particular lunar day (personified as a daughter of aṅgiras-)

māhiṣmatī

f. Name of a city (founded by mahiṣmat- or mucukunda-)

mahormimat

mfn. forming great waves,

maimata

m. patronymic fr. mimata-

maimatāyana

(gaRa naḍādi-) (

; see

) m. patronymic fr. mimata-.

maimatāyani

(

; see

) m. patronymic fr. mimata-.

makaraketumat

m. "having the makara- for an emblem"or"having a fish on his banner", Name of kāma-deva-

makhamathana

n. the disturbance of (dakṣa-'s) sacrifice

mamat

ind. (only repeated with can/a-,or cid-) no sooner-than etc.

mamatā

f. (mam/a--) the state of"mine", sense of ownership, self-interest, egotism, interest in (locative case)

mamatā

f. pride, arrogance

mamatā

f. Name of the wife of utathya- and mother of dīrgha-tamas-

(

)

mamatāśūnya

mfn. devoid of interest for us

mamatāyukta

mfn. filled with selfishness, a miser or egotist (= kṛpaṇa-)

māmateya

m. (fr. mama-tā-) metron of the mother of dīrgha-tamas-

mamattara

mfn. equals balavat-tara-

(

)

mamatva

n. equals -tā-

etc. (-tvaṃ-1. kṛ- P. -karoti-,to be attached to, with locative case

;to envy, with genitive case

)

mandamati

mfn. equals -dhī-

mandamati

m. Name of a wheelwright and a lion

mandoṣmatā

f. mandoṣman

maṇimat

mfn. adorned with jewel, jewelled

maṇimat

m. the sun

maṇimat

m. Name of a yakṣa-

maṇimat

m. of a servant of śiva-

maṇimat

m. of a rakṣas-

maṇimat

m. of a nāga-

maṇimat

m. of a king (who was vṛtra- in a former birth)

m. of a mountain

m. of a tīrtha-

m. of a river

f. Name of a town of the daitya-s

mañjumatī

f. "the beautiful one", Name of a princess

manmatha

m. (either an Intensive form fr. math-,or fr. man- equals manas-+ matha-,"agitating"; see mandeha-and mandhātṛ-) love or the god of love, amorous passion or desire (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).)

etc.

manmatha

m. Feronia Elephantum

manmatha

m. the 29th (3rd) year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter

manmatha

m. Name of a physician and various other men

manmathā

f. Name of dākṣāyaṇī-

mānmatha

mf(ī-)n. (fr. manmatha-) relating to or concerning love, produced by love, filled with love etc.

mānmatha

mf(ī-)n. belonging to the god of love

manmathabandhu

m. "friend of love", the moon

manmathakara

m. "causing love", Name of a being attending on skanda-

manmathālaya

m. "id.", the mango tree

manmathālaya

m. equals prec.

manmathalekha

m. a love-letter

manmathamanmatha

m. a god of love agitating the god of love

manmathamath

mfn. destroying the god of love

manmathānala

m. the fire of love,

manmathānanda

m. "love's joy", a kind of mango

manmathasakha

m. friend of love, the spring

manmathasamāna

mfn. feeling similar love

manmathasaṃjīvanī

f. "exciting love", Name of a surāṅganā-

manmathasuhṛd

m. equals -sakha-

manmathāvāsa

m. "id.", a kind of mango

manmathavat

mfn. being in love, enamoured

manmathāviṣṭa

mfn. penetrated or inflamed by love

manmathāyatana

n. "love's abode", pudendum muliebre

manmathayuddha

n. strife of love, amorous strife or contest

manmatheśvaratīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

manmathin

mfn. enamoured, impassioned, in love

manmathoddīpana

n. the act of kindling or inflaming love

manomathana

m. "heart-agitator", the god of love

mantumat

mfn. (only vocative case m/antu-mas-) wise, intelligent

manyumat

mfn. spirited, ardent, zealous, passionate, vehement, enraged (superl. -m/at-tanma-)

etc.

manyumat

m. Name of agni-

marīcimat

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having rays, radiant or shining with

marīcimat

m. the sun

marmatāḍana

mf(ā-)n. piercing or paining to the quick

marmatra

n. "vitals-protector", a coat of mail

mārṣṭimat

m. Name of a son of sāraṇa-

(varia lectio māṣi-mat-).

marutmat

mfn. equals -vat- (q.v) gaRa yavādi-.

mātṛcakrapramathana

m. "afflicter of the circle of divine mother"Name of viṣṇu-

mātṛmat

mfn. accompanied by a mother, possessing mother

maunasammati

f. tacit assent

māyālīlāmata

m. or n. (?) Name of work

mayamata

n. Name of work

māyāmata

m. or n. (?) Name of work

māyimatakhaṇḍana

n. Name of work

mīḍhuṣmat

(ḍh/uṣ--) mfn. bountiful, liberal, kind

mimata

m. Name of a man

(see maimata-).

mīnamatsya

m. dual number the zodiacal sign Pisces

mitamati

mfn. narrow-minded

mithyāmati

f. a false opinion, error

m. a, jackal

m. a jackal

m. a jackal

mfn. having death, subject to disease

mṛtyumat

mfn. dead

mūḍhamati

(

) (

) mfn. equals -dhī-

mugdhamati

mfn. equals dhī-

muktakacchamata

n. the doctrine of Buddhists

muktimatī

f. Name of a river

(varia lectio bhukti--and śukti-m-).

mūlavyasanavṛttimat

mfn. one who gain his living by an hereditary debasing occupation

muṇḍamathanā

f. Name of durgā-

munimata

(in the beginning of a compound), the opinion or doctrine of sages

munimatamaṇimālā

f. Name of work

munimatamīmāṃsā

f. Name of work

mūrtimat

mfn. having a material form (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = formed of) , corporeal, incarnate, personified

nadanumat

mfn. roaring, thundering

nāgamatī

f. Ocimum Sanctum

namat

mf(ntī-)n. bending, bowing, stooping

namata

mf(ā-)n. bent, crooked

m. master, lord

m. actor, mime

m. a cloud

n. felt, woollen stuff

(see 2. navata-).

nāmatas

ind. = ablative of nāman-

nāmatas

ind. by name, namely (often with 1. nāma-)

etc.

nāmatas

ind. with kṛ-, to give a person (accusative) a name, call by the name of (accusative)

nāmatas

ind. with prach-, to inquire after the name of (accusative)

nāmathā

ind. by name

nāmatika

mf(ī-)n. (fr. 2. namata-) dressed in woollen cloth

nāmatīrtha

m. Name of an author

namatra

n. an implement used by blacksmiths,

nānābrahmasāmatva

n. manifoldness of the brahma-sāman-

nānāmantraughasiddhimat

mfn. having plenty of various magic. formulas

nānāveṣākṛtimat

mfn. of different garb and shape

nārmata

m. patron. fr. nṛmat-

, vArttika

naṣṭamati

mfn. one who has lost his senses

nāstikamata

n. an atheistical opinion

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

mfn. requiring a high degree of prudence and resolution

netṛmat

mfn. containing the word, netṛ-

nidhimat

mfn. containing treasure or forming a store, abundant

nigamatattvasāra

m. Name of work

nijimat

mfn.

nikāmatapta

mfn. excessively burnt

nikṛtamati

mfn. (

) depraved in mind.

nikṛtimat

(

) mfn. dishonest, low, base, wicked.

nīlamata

(or -purāṇa-) n. Name of a

nimath

(ind.p. -mathya-), to strike down, kill

nirahammati

mfn. free from the sentiment of egotism

n. nirdharma

complete unselfishness or indifference (See n/is-)

nirmamatva

n. (

) complete unselfishness or indifference (See n/is-)

nirmamatva

mfn. free from selfishness, indifferent

nirmath

or manth- P. A1. -manthati-, te-

; -mathati-, te-

; -mathnāti-

(future -mathiṣyati- ind.p. -mathya-

etc.) ; to grind (fire) out of (wood), to produce (fire) by rubbing (wood together), rub or churn anything out of anything (double accusative)

etc. ; to stir or churn (the sea)

; to tear or draw or shake out of, extract

; to shake, agitate (the mind)

; to grind down, crush, destroy

etc.: Passive voice -mathyate- (parasmE-pada yamāna-), to be rubbed or churned etc.

nirmatha

m. rubbing

nirmathadāru

mfn. equals nirmantha-d-

nirmathana

n. rubbing, churning, making butter, lighting a fire by rubbing two pieces of wood together or by churning

nirmathita

mfn. stirred about, churned, agitated, crushed, destroyed

etc.

nirmathita

mfn. wiped off

nirmathita

m. a fire newly lighted by rubbing (wood)

nirmathya

mfn. to be (or being newly) excited by friction

nirmathyā

f. a particular fragrant bark

nirmathya

ind. having ground or churned etc.

nirmathya

ind. having discriminated or particularized

nirmathya

ind. forcibly, by force

nirmatsara

mfn. without envy or jealousy, unselfish

nirmatsya

mfn. fishless

nirmatsyatā

nirūṣmatva

n. coldness

nirvṛtimat

mfn. quite satisfied, happy

niṣkriyātmatā

f. inactivity, non-performance of religious acs or prescribed duties

niṣprapañcasadātmatva

n. niṣprapañcasadātman

niśumbhamathanī

m. "destroyer of ni-śumbha-", Name of durgā-

nītimat

mfn. of moral or prudent behaviour, eminent for political wisdom (Comparative degree -mat-tara-)

nītimat

mfn. describing political wisdom

nṛmat

mfn. abounding in men

nṛmat

m. Name of a man

nyāyamatakhaṇḍana

n. Name of work

nyubjimat

mfn. bent, crooked

oṣadhīmat

mfn. provided with herbs

padmatā

f. the state or condition of a lotus

padmatantu

m. the fibre of a lotus-stalk

paitṛmatya

mfn. sprung from one who has an illustrious father

paitṛmatya

m. the grandson of an illustrious man

(gaRa kurv-ādi-).

pākamatsya

m. a species of fish,

pākamatsya

m. a species of venomous insect

pākamatsya

m. a kind of fish sauce

pakṣadharmatāvāda

m. Name of work

pānamatta

mfn. intoxicated

pañcagatisamatikrānta

m. "having passed through the 5 forms of existence", Name of gautama- buddha-

(some reckon 6 formsSee

) .

pāṇimat

mfn. possessed of hand

pāṇinīyamatadarpaṇa

m. Name of work

pāpamati

mfn. idem or 'mfn. evil-minded '

paradharmatva

n. paradharma

paramamanyumat

mfn. deeply distressed

paramārthamatsya

m. a real fish

paramasammata

mfn. highly esteemed, much revered

paramata

n. a different opinion or doctrine, heterodoxy

paramatā

f. (m/a--) highest position or rank

paramatā

f. highest end or aim

paramatabhaṅga

m. Name of work

paramatabhañjana

n. Name of work

paramatakālānala

m. Name of a pupil of śaṃkara-

paramatakhaṇḍanasaṃgraha

m. Name of work

paramatas

ind. in the highest degree, excessively

paramatas

ind. worst of all

paramatattva

n. the highest truth

paramatattvaprakāśikā

f. Name of work

paramatattvarahasyopaniṣad

f. Name of work

parasparānumati

f. mutual concurrence or assent

paraśumat

mfn. having an axe

mfn.

(only imperfect tense -/amathnāt-), to pluck (the soma- plant)

parimathita

mfn. (agni-) produced by attrition

parimitimat

mfn. limited

pāriplavamati

mfn. fickle-minded

parisrunmat

mfn. parisrut

pariveṣṭrīmat

mfn. having a female servant

parokṣamanmatha

mfn. inexperienced in love

parśūmat

mfn. gaRa sidhmādi-.

paruṣmat

mfn. having knots or joints (parut-ka-)

paryavasitamati

mfn. thoroughly acquainted or familiar with (locative case)

pāśavamata

n. an erroneous doctrine

paścimatāna

(sc. āsana-) n. a particular manner of sitting

paścimatantra

n. Name of a tantra-.

paścimatas

ind. from behind

paśudhānyadhanarddhimat

(r-for ṛ-) mfn. rich in cattle and corn and money

paśumat

mfn. connected with or relating to cattle or animals, rich in cattle or animal

etc.

paśumat

mfn. connected with animal sacrifices

paśumat

mfn. containing the word paśu-

paśumat

m. an owner of herds or cattle

paśumat

n. possession of cattle

paśumata

n. erroneous or false doctrine

pathimat

mfn. containing the word pathin-

patimatī

f. having a husband, married

patimatī

f. having a lord or master in (instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' tvayā-)

paṭṭābhirāmatippaṇī

f. Name of work

paṭumat

m. Name of a prince

paṭumati

mfn. clever-minded

pauliśamata

n. Name of astronomy work

pauṇḍramatsyaka

m. Name of a prince

pavimat

mfn. Name of several sāman-s

phalamatsyā

f. the aloe plant

pīlumatī

(pīl/u--) f. (with dyaus-) the central or middle region of the sky (between udan-vatī- and pra-dyu-)

pīnakakudmat

mfn. having a fat hump

pīnāyatakakudmat

mfn. having a full and prominent hump

piṅgalāmata

n. Name of work

piṅgalamataprakāśa

m. Name of work

pitāsumatisaṃvāda

m. Name of chapter of

pitṛmat

mfn. (

pitṛ-mat-) having a father

etc.

pitṛmat

mfn. having an illustrious father

pitṛmat

mfn. accompanied by or connected with the pitṛ-s

etc.

pitṛmat

mfn. mentioning the pitṛ-s (as a hymn)

pitumat

mfn. abounding in or accompanied by meat and drink, nourishing

potimatsaka

m. Name of a prince

(varia lectio pautimatsyaka-and yotimatsaka-).

prācīnamata

n. an ancient belief, a belief sanctioned by antiquity

pradakṣiṇāvartaikaromatā

f. having single hairs on the body and all turning to the reverential

pradīptimat

mfn. bright, radiant, luminous

prajātimat

(pr/a--) mfn. containing words relating to generation

prakāmatas

ind. with delight, willingly, according to desire, sufficiently, very much, indeed

prakramatṛtīya

n. the third of a square pace

prakṛtimat

mfn. having the original or natural form or shape, natural, usual, common

prakṛtimat

mfn. in a natural or usual frame of mind

pralambamathana

m. (

)"slayer of pralamba-", Name of bala-rāma- and of kṛṣṇa-

pramāṇāyāmatas

ind. according to size and length

pramata

See pra-man-.

pramata

mfn. thought out, excogitated, wise

pramataka

m. Name of an ancient sage

pramath

(or manth-) P. -mathati-, or -mathnāti-, to stir up violently, churn (the ocean)

; to tear or strike off, drag away

; to handle roughly, harass, distress, annoy

etc. (ind.p. -mathya-,violently, forcibly) ; to destroy, lay waste

: Causal -māthayati-, to assault violently, harass, annoy

pramatha

m. "Tormentor", Name of a class of demons attending on śiva-

etc. (see

)

pramatha

m. of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra-

pramatha

m. a horse

pramathā

f. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina

pramathā

f. Name of the wife of kṣupa- and mother of vīra-

pramathā

f. pain, affliction

pramathādhipa

m. "ruler of the Pramathas", Name of śiva-

pramathādhipa

m. of gaṇeśa-

pramathālaya

m. "abode of torment", hell

pramathana

mf(ī-)n. harassing, tormenting, hurting, injuring

pramathana

mf(ī-)n. destroying

pramathana

m. Name of a magical formula pronounced over weapons

pramathana

m. Name of a dānava-

pramathana

m. hurting, destroying, killing

pramathana

m. agitating, churning

pramathanātha

m. "lord of the pramatha-s"Name of śiva- (

)

pramathapati

m. "lord of the pramatha-s"Name of śiva- (

)

pramathaprathama

m. "first of the Pramathas", Name of bhṛṅgiriṭi-

pramathin

mfn. harassing, annoying, tormenting

pramathita

mfn. well churned

pramathita

mfn. torn off, dragged away, harassed, annoyed, injured, killed

etc.

pramathitapuraḥsara

mfn. having the leader killed

pramathyā

f. a kind of paste or dough prepared by boiling any medicinal substance in water

pramati

f. (pr/a--) care, providence, protection

pramati

f. provider, protector.

pramati

m. Name of a ṛṣi- in the 10th manv-antara-

(varia lectio prām-)

pramati

m. of a son of cyavana- and father of ruru-

pramati

m. of a prince (son of janam-ejaya-)

pramati

m. of a son of prāṃśu-

prāmati

m. Name of one of the 7 sages in the 10th manv-antara-

(varia lectio pra-mati-and prāptati-).

prāmati

prāmāṇika- etc. See under 3. prā-, p.702.

pramatta

See pra-mad-.

pramatta

mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting

pramatta

mfn. drunken, intoxicated

pramatta

mfn. mad, insane

pramatta

mfn. inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, forgetful of (ablative or compound)

etc.

pramatta

mfn. indulging in (locative case)

pramatta

mfn. blundering, a blunderer

pramattacitta

mfn. careless-minded, heedless, negligent

pramattagīta

mfn. sung or recited by an intoxicated person

pramattarajju

f. (?)

pramattaśramaṇa

n. (with jaina-s) Name of the 6th among the 14 stages which lead to liberation

pramattatā

f. inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental inactivity (a-pram-)

pramattavat

mfn. inattentive, careless (a-pram-)

pramattavat

ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated

prāṇamat

mfn. full of vital power, vigorous, strong,

praṇetṛmat

mfn. containing the notion of leading

prāṇimat

mfn. possessed or peopled with living beings

prāṇimatṛ

f. the mother of a living beings

prāṇimatṛ

f. a kind of shrub

prāptakarmatva

n. prāptakarman

prāptimat

mfn. met with, found

prāptimat

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') one who has attained to or reached

praśāntacāritramati

m. Name of a bodhi-sattva-

prasiddhimat

mfn. universally known, famous

praṣṭimat

(pr/a-) mfn. having side-horses (as a chariot)

prasūmat

mfn. (

) furnished with flowers.

prathamasomatā

commentator or commentary

prathamataram

ind. first of all

prathamatas

ind. first, at first, firstly

etc.

prathamatas

ind. forthwith, immediately

prathamatas

ind. before, in preference to (with genitive case)

prathamatas

ind. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') before, sooner than

prathamatrisauparṇa

m. Name of viṣṇu-

pratihatamati

mfn. idem or 'mfn. hostile-minded, having hostile intentions '

pratilomānulomatas

ind. in an unfriendly and friendly manner

pratilomatas

ind. in consequence of the inverted order or course

pratilomatas

ind. invertedly, in inverted order or series

pratimatā

f. pratimā

pratimatsya

m. plural Name of a people

(varia lectio -māsya-).

pratimatva

n. pratimā

pratipattimat

mfn. possessing appropriate knowledge, knowing what is to be done, active, prompt

pratipattimat

mfn. celebrated, high in rank

pratisūryamatsya

m. a particular appearance in the sun

pratisūryamatsya

m. (according to to commentator or commentary) a mock sun and a comet

pratītimat

mfn. known, understood

pratyagātmatā

f. being an individual soul

pratyagātmatva

n. universal permeation of spirit

pratyutpannamati

mfn. ready-minded, sharp, confident, bold

( pratyutpannamatitva -tva- n.presence of mind

varia lectio)

pratyutpannamati

m. "Ready-wit", Name of a fish

pratyutpannamatitva

n. pratyutpannamati

pravṛttimat

mfn. devoted to anything,

pravṛttinivṛttimat

mfn. connected with activity and inactivity

prāyaścittimat

mfn. one who makes atonement or performs penance

prematattvanirūpaṇa

n. Name of a Bengali poem by kṛṣṇadāsa-.

prītimat

mfn. having pleasurable sensations, pleased, gratified, glad, satisfied

prītimat

mfn. having love or affection for (locative case genitive case or accusative), affectionate, favourable, loving

prītimat

mfn. kind (as words)

prītimatī

f. a kind of metre

priyāsūyamatī

f. Name of a woman

pronmath

( pra-ud-math-) Passive voice -mathyate-, to be disturbed

pṛśnimat

mfn. containing the word pṛśni-

pṛthagabhimati

mfn. regarding the world as separate (from God)

pṛthagātmatā

f. separateness, severalty

pṛthagātmatā

f. discrimination, judgement

pṛthumat

m. Name of a prince

pulimat

m. Name of a man

(see pulomat-).

pulomat

m. Name of two princes

(see pulimat-).

pulomatanayā

f. equals -ja-

punaruktimat

mfn. tautological

puramathana

(

) m. "destroyer of fortresses or of pura-", Name of śiva-.

purāmathanavallabha

n. a kind of Agallochum used as a perfume

puramathitṛ

(

) m. "destroyer of fortresses or of pura-", Name of śiva-.

purastājjyotiṣmatī

(

) f.

purīmat

m. Name of a king

pūrṇakāmatā

pūrṇaśaktimat

mfn. possessing that Energy (kṛṣṇa-)

purojanmatā

f. priority of birth

purorucruṅmat

mfn. furnished with parjanya-

puruṣottamatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

puruṣottamatīrthaprayogatattva

n. Name of work

pūrvapaścimatas

ind. adverb from the east to the, vest

puṣṭimat

mfn. thriving, abundant, prosperous, well off

etc.

puṣṭimat

mfn. containing the word puṣṭi- or any other derivative of 2. puṣ-

puṣṭimat

m. Name of a prince

puṣṭimati

m. Name of an agni-

pūtamati

m. "pure-minded", Name of śiva-

pūtātmatā

f. pūtātman

putradharmatas

ind. according to the ceremonies usual on the birth of a son

rahaskāmatā

f. rahaskāma

rājīmanmatīparityāga

m. Name of work

rājimat

mfn. possessing stripes, striped

rājimat

m. a species of snake

rājīmat

mfn. striped

rājīmat

mfn. a kind of snake

raktamatsya

m. a species of red fish

raktamatta

mfn. drunk or satiated with blood (said of a leech)

raktimat

mfn. charming, lovely

rāmānujamatadhvaṃsana

n. Name of work

rāmānujamatakhaṇḍana

n. Name of work

rāmatantra

n. Name of work

rāmatapana

n. Name of work

rāmatāpanī

rāmatāpanīya

rāmatāpanopaniṣad

f. Name of a well-known upaniṣad- (belonging to the atharva- - veda-).

rāmatāpinī

f. Name of a well-known upaniṣad- (belonging to the atharva- - veda-).

rāmatārakabrahmopaniṣad

f. Name of an upaniṣad-.

rāmatārakamantraṭīkā

f. Name of a commentator or commentary

rāmataraṇī

f. a species of plant

rāmataruṇī

f. a species of plant

rāmatattvabhāskara

m. Name of work

rāmatattvaprakāśa

m. Name of work

ramatha

m. joy, delight,

ramati

f. a place of pleasant resort

ramati

mfn. liking to remain in one place, not straying (said of a cow)

ramati

m. (only

) a lover

m. paradise, heaven

m. a crow

m. time

m. kāma-deva-, the god of love.

rāmatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

etc.

rāmatīrtha

m. Name of various authors and other men (also with yati-)

rāmatīrthamāhātmya

n. Name of work

rāmatoṣaṇa

m. (with śarman-) Name of a modern author

rāmatrailokyamohanakavaca

n. Name of work

rāmatrayodaśākṣarī

f. Name of work

rāmatriṃśannāmastotra

n. Name of work

rāmatva

n. the being rāma-

raṇamatta

mfn. furious in battle

raṇamatta

m. an elephant

raśmimat

mfn. having rays or beams, radiant

raśmimat

m. the sun

raśmimat

m. Name of a man

ratimanmatha

n. (prob.) Name of a nāṭaka-

ratimanmathapūjā

f. Name of work

ratimat

mfn. having enjoyment or pleasure, cheerful, glad, delighting in (locative case)

ratimat

mfn. enamoured

ratimat

mfn. accompanied by rati-

ratnacandrāmati

m. Name of a bhikṣu-

ratnakośakāramatavāda

m. Name of work

ratnakośamatarahasya

n. Name of work

ratnamati

m. Name of a grammarian

ratnamati

m. of another man

ratnayugmatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

rayimat

mfn. equals -vat- (q.v)

rayimat

mfn. containing the word rayi-

ṛbhumat

mfn. clever, skilful, prudent

ṛbhumat

mfn. accompanied by or connected with the ṛbhu-s

ṛddhimat

mfn. being in a prosperous state, prosperous, wealthy

etc.

ṛddhimat

mfn. bringing or bestowing prosperity or wealth

reṇumat

m. Name of a son of viśvāmitra- by reṇu-

reṣmamathita

mfn. idem or '(reṣm/a--) mfn. rent or torn up by a storm '

reṭṭamata

n. Name of an astronomy work

ṛgmat

mfn. having or praised in ṛc- verses

riktamati

mfn. empty-minded, thinking of nothing

ṛjumati

mfn. of honest mind, sincere

ṛṇamatkuṇa

m. money given as security, bail (sticking to the debtor like an insect)

rociṣmat

mfn. (fr. rocis-+ mat-) possessing or giving light

rociṣmat

m. Name of a son of manu- svārociṣa-

rohitamatsya

m. Cyprinus Rohitaka

romāñcodgatarājimat

mfn. surrounded with erect rows of bristling hair

romatyaj

mfn. losing hair (said of a horse)

ṛṣṭimat

mfn. furnished with spears (as the marut-s)

ṛtumat

mfn. coming at regular or proper times

ṛtumat

mfn. enjoying the seasons

ṛtumat

n. (at-) Name of varuṇa-'s grove

ṛtumatī

f. "having courses", a girl at the age of puberty, marriageable girl

etc.

ṛtumatī

f. a woman during her courses or just after them (during the period favourable for procreation)

etc.

rukmat

(r/uk--) mfn. possessed of brightness, shining (said of agni-)

ruṅmat

See .

ruṅmat

mfn. (ruṅ-for 2. ruc+mat-) containing the word ruc-

ruṅmatī

f. a verse containing that word

rūpamatī

(?) f. Name of a princess

ruṣṭimat

mfn. gaRa madhv-ādi-.

ruṣyamat

g., madhv-ādi-.

śabdādimat

mfn. having the quality of sound etc. (

)

sābhramatī

f. Name of a river flowing through Ahmedabad (commonly"Sabermattee")

sābhramatīmāhātmya

m. Name of work

sacamatkāram

ind. with astonishment or surprise

sacchandomatva

n. sacchandoma

sadāmatta

mfn. always excited with joy

sadāmatta

mfn. always in rut (as an elephant)

sadāmatta

m. Name of a man (plural of his family) gaRa yaskādi-

sadāmatta

m. plural Name of a class of divine beings

sadāmattaka

n. Name of a town

sadasadātmatā

f. the having the nature both of entity and non-entity

saddharmatattvākhyāhnika

n. Name of work

sādhakatamatva

n. sādhakatama

sadharmatva

n. the having a similar nature, homogeneousness

sādhumat

mfn. good

sādhumata

mfn. well thought of, highly prized

sādhumatī

f. one of the ten grades of a bodhi-sattva-

sādhumatī

f. Name of a tantra- deity

sādhusammata

mfn. approved by the good

sādhyasamatva

n. sameness with the point to be proved (tvāt-,"because it is the same with what is to be proved")

sāgaramati

m. Name of a bodhi-sattva-

sāgaramati

m. of a serpent-king

sāgaramati

m. of a man

sāhasakarmatā

f. rashness, temerity

sahasrākṣadhanuṣmat

mfn. provided with a rainbow

śaivavaiṣṇavamatamaṇḍana

n. Name of work

śākalyamata

n. Name of work

sakarmatā

f. sakarman

sakṛdupamathita

mfn. stirred or churned once

sākṣimat

mfn. having a witnesses, witnessed

śāktamataratnasūtradīpikā

f. Name of work

śaktimat

mfn. possessed of ability, powerful, mighty, able to (infinitive mood or locative case)

etc.

śaktimat

mfn. possessing a competence, one who has gained a fortune

śaktimat

mfn. possessed of or united with his sakti- or energy (as a god)

śaktimat

mfn. armed with a spear or lance

śaktimat

m. Name of a mountain (prob. wrong reading for śukti-mat-)

saktimat

mfn. attached or devoted to, fond of (in ati-s-)

śaktimatī

f. Name of a woman,

śaktimattva

n. power, might

śaktisaṃgamatantra

n. Name of Tantric work

śākyamati

m. Name of a scholar

śālagrāmatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

śālīkṣumat

mfn. sown with rice and sugar-cane

salomatva

n. the being with the grain etc.

sāmadharmārthanītimat

mfn. friendly and just and useful and wise (as speech)

samādhimat

mfn. absorbed in meditation

samādhimat

mfn. attentive

samādhimat

mfn. making a promise or assent or permission

samādhimatikā

f. Name of a woman

(varia lectio for samāhitikā-in Bombay edition)

samādhiyogarddhitapovidyāviraktimat

mfn. possessing or accompanied with meditation and self-abstraction and supernatural power and mortification and knowledge and indifference

samāhitamati

mfn. one who has an attentive mind

samakramatā

f. having the steps equal (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-)

samamati

mfn. even minded, equable

samānakṣematva

n. samānakṣema

samānayogakṣematva

n. samānayogakṣema

samanmatha

mfn. filled with love, enamoured

samantacāritramati

m. Name of a bodhi-sattva-

samanumata

mfn. consented to, agreed upon

samanumata

n. consent

samat

P. -atati-, to resort to, approach, visit

samatā

f. (sam/a--) sameness of level

samatā

f. equality, sameness, identity with (instrumental case genitive case,or compound)

etc.

samatā

f. fairness, impartiality towards (locative case or compound)

etc.

samatā

f. equableness, normal condition (tāṃ-nī-,"to decide or settle equitably")

etc.

f. equanimity.

f. mediocrity

f. benevolence

n. (with Buddhists) one of the 5 kinds of knowledge

sāmatantra

n. Name of work (also -bhāṣya-and -saṃgraha-).

sāmatas

ind. from or concerning sāma- chants

samataṭa

Name of a country in eastern India

sāmatejas

(s/āma--) mfn. having the glory of a sāman-

śamatha

m. quiet, tranquillity, absence of passion

śamatha

m. a counsellor, minister

samatha

wrong reading for śamatha-

śamathasambhāra

m. (with Buddhists) quietude as one of the equipments (one of the 4 sambhāra-s q.v)

śamathavipaśyanāvihārin

m. "enjoying quietude and right knowledge", Name of buddha-

samatī

( -ati-i-) P. -aty-eti-, to go or pass by entirely, go through or beyond, cross over

etc. ; to surpass, excel

samatikram

P. A1. -krāmati-, -kramate-, to go or pass by entirely, cross or step over

; to step out of (ablative)

; to transgress, neglect, disregard, lose

; to surpass, excel exceed

; to pass away, elapse (as time)

; to let pass by or elapse (dvau māsau samatikramya-,"after the lapse of two months")

samatikrama

m. going entirely over or beyond (See duḥ-s-)

samatikrama

m. deviating from, transgressing, omission

samatikramatikrānta

mfn. gone entirely over or beyond, gone through, fulfilled (as a promise)

samatikramatikrānta

mfn. passed away, elapsed

samatikramatikrānta

mfn. surpassed, exceeded

samatikramatikrānta

mfn. transgressed, neglected

samatikramatikrānta

n. omission, transgression

samatipraśaṃs

P. -śaṃsati-, to praise excessively

samatirikta

mfn. ( ric-) excessively redundant or abundant, exceeding, excessive, much

samatīrthaka

mf(ikā-)n. full to the brim

samatisṛṣṭa

mfn. ( sṛj-) one who has taken leave, allowed to go

samatisruta

mfn. ( sru-) entirely flowed asunder, become thoroughly liquid

samatīta

mfn. gone or passed by

samativah

Caus. -vāhayati-, to cause to be spent, pass, spend (as time)

samativṛt

A1. -vartate-, to pass by (accusative)

; to run away, escape from (accusative), avoid

samatiyā

P. -yāti-, to go completely beyond, pass by, elapse

samatraya

n. an equal quantity of 3 ingredients (viz. yellow myrobalan, dry ginger, and sugar)

samatribhuja

mfn. having 3 equal sides

samatribhuja

m. n. any figure containing 3 equal sides

samatribhuja

m. an equilateral triangle

samatṛṇamaṇiloṣṭakāñcana

mfn. one to whom grass and jewels and clods and gold are of equal value

samatryaṃśa

mfn. consisting of 3 equal parts

samatryaṃśā

f. a particular viṣṭuti-

samatsara

mfn. having envy or jealousy, envious, jealous of (uddiśya-)

samatsara

mfn. indignant, angry

samatulā

f. equal value

samatulita

mfn. of equal weight

samatva

n. equality with (instrumental case or genitive case)

etc.

samatva

n. equanimity

samatva

n. uniform conduct towards (locative case or compound)

samatva

n. equableness, normal condition

sāmatva

n. state or condition of (being) a sāmatva-.

samatviṣ

mfn. equally bright or lovely

saṃdhimat

mfn. containing a concurrence of two days or day periods or life periods (vayaḥsaṃdhi-matī- equals aprasūta-taruṇī-

)

saṃdhimat

mfn. being or existing in peace (said of viṣṇu-)

saṃdhimat

mfn. having an alliance, allied

saṃdhimat

m. Name of two ministers

saṃdhimati

m. Name of a minister

saṃdigdhamati

(

) mfn. having a doubtful mind, sceptical

saṃgamatantrarāja

m. Name of work

saṃgrāmatulā

f. the ordeal of battle

saṃgrāmatūrya

n. a war-drum

saṃhārabuddhimat

mfn. intending to destroy the world

saṃhṛtimat

mfn. containing the end of (compound)

sāṃkhyamata

n. Name of work

sammata

mfn. thinking together, being of the same opinion, agreed, consented or assented to, concurred in, approved by (genitive case or compound)

etc.

sammata

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') agreeing with

sammata

mfn. thought, supposed, considered or regarded as (Nominal verb)

sammata

mfn. thought highly of, esteemed, renowned, celebrated, highly honoured by (genitive case)

etc.

sammata

mfn. allowed, authorized (See a-sammata-)

sammata

m. Name of a son of manu- sāvarṇa-

sammata

m. (plural) of a school

sammatā

f. Name of a daughter of marutta-

sammata

m. of a treatise on the dhātu-pāṭha-

sammata

n. opinion, impression (e-or ena-with genitive case,"in the opinion of.""under the idea of")

sammata

n. consent, assent, approval, acquiescence, concurrence (e-,"with the consent or approval of")

sammath

(or manth-;only Passive voice -mathyate-), to bruise or pound together, crush to pieces

sammathita

mfn. bruised, pounded, dashed to pieces, destroyed

sammati

f. sameness of opinion, harmony, agreement, approval, approbation

f. opinion, view

f. respect, homage

f. wish, desire

f. self-knowledge

f. regard, affection, love

sammati

f. order, command

sammati

f. Name of a river

sammati

mfn. being of the same opinion, agreeing gaRa driḍhādi- ( sammatiman -man- m.

)

sammati

m. Name of a son of harṣa-

sammatiman

m. sammati

sammatīya

m. Name of one of the four divisions of the vaibhāṣika- system of Buddhism (said to have been founded by upāli-, a disciple of gautama- buddha-)

sammatta

mfn. completely intoxicated (literally and figuratively), exhilarated, enraptured, enamoured

sammatta

mfn. rutting, in rut

sāmmatya

n. (fr. sam-mati-) consent, agreement gaRa dṛdhādi-.

saṃnatimat

mfn. humble, modest towards (genitive case)

saṃnatimat

m. Name of a son of su-mati-

saṃnirmath

(only ind.p. -mathya-), to churn out, stir or shake about together, crush together

sampramath

(or manth-) P. -mathati-, -manthati-, or -mathnāti- (ind.p. -mathya- q.v), to stir about or agitate violently, violate, outrage, oppress, harass, annoy

; to tear out (the eyes)

sampramathya

ind. violently, by force

sampramatta

mfn. ( mad-) very excited (said of an elephant in rut)

sampramatta

mfn. very careless, thoughtless, neglectful

sampramatta

mfn. very fond of (infinitive mood)

(Bombay edition sam-pra-vṛtta-).

sampratipattimat

mfn. having presence of mind

samprītimat

mfn. satisfied, pleased, delighted

samṛddhimat

mfn. perfectly succeeding or successful or fortunate

samṛddhimat

mfn. richly furnished with (compound)

saṃskārādimat

mfn. one who has received consecration etc.

saṃśrāvayitṛmat

mfn. having an announcer

saṃtatimat

mfn. possessing offspring

samudramathana

m. Name of a daitya-

samudramathana

n. the churning of the ocean,

samudramathana

n. Name of a drama.

saṃvṛtimat

mfn. able to dissimulate

samyaṅmati

f. correct opinion

sanimat

mfn. rich in gifts, liberal

saniyamatva

n. saniyama

sañjimat

gaRa yavādi-.

śaṅkumat

mfn. filled with stakes or spikes

śaṅkumatī

f. Name of a metre

ṣaṇmatasthāpaka

m. "establisher of six sects or forms of doctrines", Name of śaṃkarācārya-

sanmati

f. See a-san-m-

sanmati

mfn. well-disposed, noble-minded

sannimat

mfn. desponding, despairing

śāntamati

m. "composed in mind", Name of a deva-putra-

śāntasumati

m. Name of a deva-putra-

(see śānta-mati-).

śāntimat

mfn. tranquil, calm,

sānumat

mfn. having a summit or ridge

sānumat

m. a mountain, hill

sānumatī

f. Name of an apsaras-

sapādamatsya

m. the shad-fish, Silurus

saptarṣimat

mfn.

saptarṣimata

n. Name of various works.

śaramarīcimat

mfn. having arrow's for rays

sāratamatva

n. sāratama

sarpiṣmat

(s/arpiṣ-.) mfn. provided or prepared with clarified butter

śarumat

(ś/aru--) mfn. armed with missiles

sarvadharmaramatā

f. Name of a samādhi-

sarvadharmasamatājñānamudrā

f. a particular position of the fingers

sarvajñānottamatantra

n. Name of work

sarvanāmatā

f. the being a pronoun or a pronominal

sarvanāmatva

n. the being a pronoun or a pronominal

sarvānumati

f. the consent of all

sarvasamatā

f. sameness or identity with all things

sarvasamatā

f. equality or impartiality towards everything

sarvasammataśikṣā

f. Name of work

sarvataḥsrutimat

mfn. having ears everywhere

sarvātmatva

n. the state or condition of the universal Soul

( sarvātmatvadarśana -darśana- n."the doctrine of the oneness of everything with Spirit"

)

sarvātmatvadarśana

n. sarvātmatva

sarvavādisammata

mfn. approved by all disputants, universally admitted

sarvoparamatva

n. sarvoparama

śaśidharamaṅgalamata

n. Name of work

śaśimat

mfn. possessing the moon

sāsnādimat

(sāsnād-) mfn. having a dewlap etc.

sasomatva

n. sasoma

ṣaṣṭimatta

m. an elephant which has reached she age of 60 years (or is in rut at that period),

śāstramati

mfn. having a well-informed mind, learned in the śāstra-

śatadūṣaṇīyamata

(for -yamana-?),

śataghnīpāśaśaktimat

mfn. having a śata-ghnī- and a noose and a spear

(but śata-ghnī-may also be, separate).

śaṭhamati

(

) mfn. wicked -minded, malicious.

sātmatā

f. (sātm/a--)community of essence or nature with (genitive case instrumental case,or compound)

sātmatā

f. absorption into the essence (of brahmā-)

sātmatva

n. the having a soul or essence

sattamatā

f. the first rank of all

ṣaṭtriṃśanmata

n. a collection of the precepts of 36 muni-s (held to be authors of as many law-books)

satyadharmatīrtha

m. Name of a scholar

satyakāmatīrtha

m. Name of a man

satyanāmatā

f. satyanāman

satyānandacidātmatā

f. satyānandacidātman

satyaparākramatīrtha

m. Name of a man

saumatāyana

m. patronymic fr. sumata- gaRa naḍādi-.

saumatāyanaka

mfn. (fr. prec.) gaRa arīhanādi-.

saurapaurāṇikamatasamarthana

n. Name of work

śauryādimat

mfn. endowed with heroic and other virtues

sauśromateya

m. a patronymic

sevitamanmatha

mfn. addicted to love or amorous enjoyments

siddhamata

n. the ideas or sentiments of the Blest

siddhāntanaiyāyikamata

n. Name of work

siddhārthamati

m. Name of a bodhisattva-

siddhāśramatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

siddhimat

mfn. successful

siddhimat

mfn. accomplished, perfect

siddhimat

mfn. possessing magical power

sijimat

mfn.

śikhaṇḍimat

mfn. rich in peacocks

sīmatas

ind. from the boundary or summit

siṃhamati

m. Name of a māra-putra-

sindhumathya

mfn. produced at the churning of the ocean

śiromaṇimathurānāthīya

n. Name of work

śīrṣaktimat

mfn. suffering from head-ache

śiśiramathita

mfn. pinched by cold

śiṣṭasammata

mfn. approved or loved by the learned

śiśumat

(ś/iśu--) mfn. accompanied by or possessed of children or young

śitāmatas

ind. śitāman

śītāṃśumat

m. the moon

sītārāmatattvaprakāśa

m. Name of work

śivarāmatīrtha

m. Name of a preceptor

skhalanmati

mfn. erring in judgement, weak-minded

śleṣmatyāga

m. discharging mucus or phlegm

smat

ind. (prob. connected with prec.; according to to

equals sum/at- q.v) together, at the same time, at once (is a preposition with instrumental case ="together or along with";often in compound = "having","possessing","provided with")

smatpuraṃdhi

(sm/at--) mfn. having abundance, munificent (said of indra-)

smṛtimat

mfn. having recollection or full consciousness

etc.

smṛtimat

mfn. having a good memory

etc.

smṛtimat

mfn. remembering a former life

smṛtimat

mfn. prudent, discreet

smṛtimat

mfn. versed in tradition or law

smṛtimat

mfn. anything which causes recollection

smṛtisammata

mfn. approved by law

śociṣmat

(śoc/iṣ--) mfn. flaming, shining, radiant

ṣoḍaśimat

(ś/i--or -m/at-) mfn. connected with the ṣoḍaśi-stotra-

śokonmathitacittātman

mfn. having the thoughts and mind agitated by sorrow

somatejas

(s/oma--) mfn. having the splendour or power of soma-

somatilakasūri

m. Name of a jaina- author

somatīrtha

n. Name of a place of pilgrimage

somatīrthamāhātmya

n. Name of work

somatva

n. the condition or state of the moon

somatva

n. condition of soma-

soṣmatā

f. heat, warmth

soṣmatā

f. the state or condition of being aspirated, aspiration

sphātimat

mfn. thriving, fat (superl. -m/attama-)

sphūrtimat

mfn. throbbing, thrilling (with joy or excitement), tremulous, agitated

sphūrtimat

mfn. tender-hearted

sphūrtimat

m. a follower or worshipper of śiva- (equals pāśupata-)

sraugmata

n. (fr. srug-mat-) Name of a sāman-

śraumata

m. plural See next.

śraumatya

m. patronymic fr. śru-mat-

(see

)

śraumatya

m. plural matāḥ-

(see

)

śreṇimat

mfn. having a number of followers, presiding over an association or guild

śreyaskāmatā

f. desirous of causing happiness or rendering happy

śrīkramatantra

n. Name of work

śrīlahanumat

m. the celebrated hanumat-

śrīmat

mfn. See 1100, column 2.

śrīmat

mfn. beautiful, charming, lovely, pleasant, splendid, glorious

etc.

śrīmat

mfn. possessed of fortune, fortunate, auspicious, wealthy, prosperous, eminent, illustrious, venerable (used, like śrī-,as a prefix before the names of eminent persons and celebrated works and sometimes corrupted into śrīmant-), of high rank or dignity (m."a great or venerable person")

etc.

śrīmat

mfn. decorated with the insignia of royalty (as a king)

śrīmat

mfn. abounding in gold (as meru-)

śrīmat

m. Name of viṣṇu-

śrīmat

m. of kubera-

śrīmat

m. of śākya-mitra-

śrīmat

m. of a son of nimi-

śrīmat

m. of a poet

śrīmat

m. Ficus Religiosa

śrīmat

m. another tree (equals tilaka-)

śrīmat

m. a parrot

śrīmat

m. a bull kept for breeding

śrīmat

m. of various women (especially of the mother of mādhavācārya-)

śrīmati

f. (for matī-?) Name of rādhā-

śrīmatī

f. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attendant on skanda-

śrīmatkumbha

n. gold

śrīmatottara

n. Name of work

śrīmattā

f. prosperity, thriving condition, beauty, splendour

śrīmattama

mfn. (superl.) most prosperous or eminent or illustrious

śrīnivāsabrahmatantraparakālasvāmyaṣṭottaraśata

n. Name of work

śrīpuruṣottamatattva

n. Name of a chapter of the smṛti-tattva-.

śromata

n. (confer, compare śru-mat-) renown, fame, celebrity, glory (instrumental case plural"gloriously")

[ confer, compare Zend sraoman; German liumunt,Leumund.]

śroṇimat

(śr/oṇi--) mfn. having strong hips (-tara-, Comparative degree)

sṛṣṭimat

mfn. engaged in the work of creation

srugmat

See sraugmata-.

śrumat

m. Name of a man

(see śromata-, śraumata-, tya-).

śruṣṭimat

mfn. obedient, willing

śrutimat

mfn. having ears

śrutimat

mfn. possessed of knowledge, learned (often varia lectio for the more correct śruta-vat-)

śrutimat

mfn. having the veda- as source or authority, supported by a Vedic text ( śrutimattva -tva- n.)

śrutimatānumāna

n. Name of a vedānta- work (by try-ambaka- śāstrin-).

n. śrutimat

mfn. dull-minded

or (wrong reading)

f. Name of a river

n. the thick end, broad part, breadth ( sthavimatas ma-t/as- ind."on the broad side")

sthavimatas

ind. sthavimat

sthavimatas

ind. sthaviman

sthiramati

f. a firm mind, steadfastness

sthiramati

mfn. firm-minded, steady

sthiramati

m. Name of a bhikṣu-

sthitamati

m. "firm-minded", Name of a teacher

sthitimat

mfn. possessing firmness or stability, firm, stable

sthitimat

mfn. lasting, enduring

sthitimat

mfn. keeping within limits (as the ocean)

sthitimat

mfn. keeping within the limits of morality, virtuous, honest

sthivimat

mfn. provided with bushels (or"ears") of grain

sthūlabuddhimat

mfn. idem or 'mfn. dull-witted, stupid '

sthūlamati

mfn. equals -buddhi- (according to to some "large-minded, intelligent")

stomataṣṭa

(st/oma--) mfn. fashioned or formed into a hymn (or into the subject of a hymn), composed by poets

strīmat

m. "wife-possessor", a married man

stutimat

mfn. possessing or knowing hymns of praise

śubhaveṇutriveṇumat

mfn. furnished with a tri-veṇu- (q.v) of excellent reeds

śubhramatī

(prob.) wrong reading for -vatī- q.v

subuddhimat

mfn. very intelligent or wise

śuciṣmat

mfn. (fr. śucis- equals śocis-+ mat-) shining, radiant

śuciṣmat

m. Name of a son of kardama-

śuciṣmatī

f. Name of the mother of agni-

śuddhamati

mfn. equals -dhī-

śuddhamati

m. Name of the 21st arhat- of the past utsarpiṇī-

śuddhimat

mfn. equals -bhṛt-

śuddhimat

mfn. innocent, acquitted

śūdradharmatattva

n. Name of work

sudurmati

mfn. very foolish or evil-minded

śuklamathurānātha

m. Name of an astronomer

sūkṣmamati

mfn. acute-minded

sūkṣmamatimat

mfn. acute-minded

sūkṣmatā

f. minuteness, subtlety, fineness

sūkṣmatama

mfn. very feeble, scarcely audible

sūkṣmatama

mfn. very subtle or minute

sūkṣmataṇḍula

m. "having small seeds", the poppy

sūkṣmataṇḍulā

f. long pepper

sūkṣmataṇḍulā

f. Andropogon Muricatus

sūkṣmatantra

n. Name of a tantra-.

sūkṣmatara

mfn. scarcely audible (varia lectio for prec.)

sūkṣmatara

mfn. more (or most) subtle or minute

sūkṣmatuṇḍa

m. a particular biting insect

sūkṣmatva

n. equals -tā-

śuktimat

m. Name of one of the seven principal mountains or mountainous ranges in India (see kula-giri-)

śuktimatī

f. Name of a river

śuktimatī

f. of the capital of the cedi-s

sumanomattaka

m. Name of a man

sumat

ind. (prob. for smat-) together, along with (instrumental case)

(according to to native authorities fr. 6. su-+ mat- equals kalyāṇa-, śobhana-,or equals svataḥ-, svayam-).

sumata

m. Name of a man gaRa naḍādi-.

sumati

f. good mind or disposition, benevolence, kindness, favour (accusative with kṛ-,"to make any one the object of one's favour")

sumati

f. devotion, prayer

sumati

f. the right taste for, pleasure or delight in (locative case)

sumati

mfn. very wise or intelligent

sumati

mfn. well versed in (genitive case)

sumati

m. Name of a daitya-

sumati

m. of a ṛṣi- under manu- sāvarṇa-

sumati

m. of a bhārgava-

sumati

m. of an ātreya-

sumati

m. of a son or disciple of sūta- and teacher of the purāṇa-s

sumati

m. of a son of bharata-

sumati

m. of a son of soma-datta-

sumati

m. of son of su-pārśva-

sumati

m. of a son of janamejaya-,

sumati

m. of a son of dṛḍha-sena-

sumati

m. of a son of nṛga-

sumati

m. of a son of ṛteyu-

sumati

m. of a son of vidūratha-

sumati

m. of the 5th arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī- or the 13th arhat- of the past utsarpiṇī-

sumati

m. of various other men

sumati

f. (also f(ī-)) Name of the wife of sagara- (mother of 60,000 sons)

sumati

f. (also f(ī-)) of a daughter of kratu-

sumati

f. (also f(ī-)) of the wife of viṣṇu-yaśas- and mother of kalkin-

sumatibhadra

m. Name of a man,

sumatibodha

m. Name of work on music

sumatiharṣa

m. Name of an author

sumatīkṛta

mfn. (See 1. matya-) well harrowed or rolled

sumatimerugaṇi

m. Name of a preceptor

sumatīndrajayaghoṣaṇa

n. Name of a poem

sumatīndrayati

m. Name of an author

sumatiratnārya

m. Name of a preceptor

sumatireṇu

m. Name of a serpent-demon

sumatiśīla

m. Name of a preceptor

sumatisvāmin

m. Name of a man

sumatitsaru

mfn. (said of a plough)

(see su-matī-kṛ-and 1. matya-; varia lectio somap/itsaru-

somas/atsaru-

)

sumativijaya

m. Name of an author

sumatīvṛdh

mfn. delighting in prayer or devotion

sumatkṣara

(m/at-) mfn. oozing, juicy

śumbhamathanī

f. " śumbha--destroying", Name of a durgā-

sunirmatha

m. (instrumental case ā-) complete production (of fire) by rubbing

sūnumat

mfn. having sons

suparamaturitā

f. (with Buddhists) Name of a deity

surabhimat

mfn. provided with perfumes, fragrant

surabhimat

mfn. containing the word surabhi-

surabhimat

m. Name of agni-

surabhimatī

f. a verse containing the word surabhi-

surāmatta

mfn. intoxicated by surā-

sūryamatī

f. Name of a princess

susambhramat

(

), (

) mf(ā-)n. greatly agitated or bewildered.

susammata

mfn. much honoured, highly approved

śuṣkamatsya

n. dried fish

suṣumat

mfn. (prop.) very stimulating (according to to

equals soma-vat-or śobhana-prasava-)

sūtimatī

f. bringing forth children

svadharmatyāga

m. dereliction or neglect of one's own duty

svadharmatyāga

m. abandoning one's own religion, apostasy

svādukāmatā

f. svādukāma

svamat

mfn. in alpa-sva-m-, having little property

svāmyasammata

mfn. unpermitted by a master, one who has not obtained an owner's permission

svapatibhrāntimatī

f. (a woman) mistaking anything for her husband,

svāpimat

mfn. containing the word svāpi-

svaratattvacamatkāra

m. Name of work

svastimat

mfn. being or faring well, happy, fortunate

etc.

svastimat

mfn. conferring happiness

svastimat

mfn. containing the word svasti-

svastimatī

f. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda-

svātmatā

f. svātman

svayammathita

mfn. self-churned

śvayathumat

mfn. suffering from swelling or intumescence

śyāmatā

f. (

) (

) blackness, dark colour.

śyāmatva

n. (

) blackness, dark colour.

taddharmatva

n. the having his or its peculiarity

(a-- negative)

tamata

mfn. desirous of.

tantumat

mfn. forming threads,"roping"(as a liquid)

tantumat

mfn. (a-- negative)

tantumat

mfn. "uninterrupted like a thread"(said of an agni-)

tantumatī

f. an oblation offered to that agni-

tantumatī

f. Name of murāri-'s mother,

tanumat

mfn. embodied

tapasyāmatsya

m. equals paḥ-kara-

tarasmat

for -vat- q.v

taratamatas

ind. more or less, 87, 19

taratamatas

ind. see tāratamya-.

tatprathamataram

ind. that first of all,

tatprathamatas

ind. idem or 'ind. equals -pūrvam- '

taviṣīmat

(t/av-) mfn. strong, violent

tigmatā

(m/a--) f. sharpness

tigmatejana

mfn. sharp-edged (an arrow)

tigmatejas

mfn. (m/a--) idem or 'mfn. sharp-edged (an arrow) '

tigmatejas

mfn. of a violent character

tigmatejas

m. the sun

tiryaggatimatin

n. an animal,

traidhātukasamatā

f. equilibrium of the three elements,

tridamathavastukuśala

m. "skilled in the threefold self-control (see -daṇḍa-) ", buddha-

trividhadamathavastukuśala

m. equals tri-dam-

trivikramatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

tṛptimat

mfn. satisfied, finding satisfaction in (locative case)

tsarumat

mfn. having a handle

tuṣṭimat

mfn. satisfied

tuṣṭimat

m. Name of a prince

tuviṣmat

(t/uv-) mfn. powerful

tvaṣṭīmatī

See ṣṭṛ-m-.

tvaṣṭṛmat

mfn. (tv/aṣ-) connected with or accompanied by tri-śiras-

tvaṣṭṛmat

mfn. (ṭri-m-)

and

tvaṣṭṛmat

mfn. (ṭu-m-)

tvaṣṭṛmat

f. ([ see

Va1rtt. 1

]) ṭrī-matī-

, ṭī-m-.

tvaṣṭumat

See ṣṭṛ-m-.

tviṣimat

(tv/iṣ-) See ṣī-m-.

tviṣīmat

mfn. vehemently excited, vehement, energetic

tviṣīmat

mfn. shining, brilliant, beautiful,

tviṣīmat

mfn. ṣi-m-

ubhayānumata

mfn. agreed to or accepted on both sides.

udanimat

mfn. abounding in waves or water

udāramati

mfn. noble-minded, highly intelligent, wise

ulkuṣīmat

mfn. accompanied by fiery phenomena

ulmukamathya

mfn. to be produced out of a firebrand (as fire)

unmath

or -manth- (ud-ma[n]th-) P. -mathnāti-, to shake up, disturb, excite

; to stir up, rouse

; to press hard upon, treat with blows, act violently, beat

; to shake or tear or cut off ; to pluck out, root up, rub open ; to strike, kill, annul

etc. ; to refute, confute commentator or commentary on

; to mix, mingle: Causal -mathayati-, to shake, agitate, excite

unmathana

n. the act of shaking off

unmathana

n. throwing off or down

unmathana

n. stirring up, churning

unmathana

n. rubbing open

unmathana

n. slaughter

unmathana

harassing, afflicting,

unmathāy

(derived fr. the simple root) P. -mathāyati-, to shake up, rouse

unmathita

mfn. shaken, agitated, etc.

unmathita

mfn. mixed, mingled

unmathya

ind.p. having shaken, shaking, etc.

unmatta

mfn. disordered in intellect, distracted, insane, frantic, mad

etc.

unmatta

mfn. drunk, intoxicated, furious

etc.

unmatta

m. the thorn-apple, Datura Metel and Fastuosa

unmatta

m. Pterospermum Acerifolium

unmatta

m. Name of a rakṣas-

unmatta

m. of one of the eight forms of bhairava-.

unmattabhairava

m. a form of bhairava-

unmattabhairavatantra

n. Name of work

unmattabhairavī

f. a form of durgā-

unmattacitta

mfn. disordered in mind a maniac,

unmattadarśana

mfn. maniac-like, mad.

unmattagaṅga

n. Name of a place

unmattagaṅgam

ind. where the gaṅgā- roars

mfn. insane, mad

mfn. drunk

m. the thorn-apple

m. Name of śiva-.

unmattaliṅgin

mfn. feigning madness.

unmattapralapita

n. the chatter of a madman

unmattarāghava

n. Name of work

unmattarūpa

mfn. maniac-like, mad.

unmattatā

f. insanity, intoxication.

unmattatara

mfn. more furious or mad

unmattatva

n. insanity, intoxication.

unmattāvanti

m. Name of a king

unmattavat

ind. like a madman, as if mad.

unmattaveṣa

m. "dressed like a madman", Name of śiva-.

unnatimat

mfn. elevated, projected

unnatimat

mfn. high, sublime, of rank, respectable

upabdimat

mfn. noisy, loud

upacārumat

m. idem or 'm. Name of a cakravartin-.' (

)

upadraṣṭṛmat

mfn. having witnesses

upadraṣṭṛmati

ind. locative case before witnesses

upakṛtimat

mfn. one who does a favour, helping, assisting

upalabdhimat

mfn. perceiving, understanding

upalabdhimat

mfn. perceptible, intelligible

upalabdhimattva

n. the condition or faculty of perceiving

upamath

P. -manthati-, to whirl around

; to stir, churn, mix

; 5.

upamathita

mfn. stirred, churned, mixed

upamathya

ind.p. having stirred

upamathya

churning, mixing

upapattimat

mfn. demonstrated, proved.

uparamatva

n. the state of ceasing from (all worldly desires and actions)

upariṣṭājjyotiṣmatī

f. Name of a variety of the jyotiṣmatī- (q.v) metre (having twelve instants in the last line, and eight instants in each of the three preceding lines).

urāmathi

mfn. killing sheep (as a wolf)

([

])

ūrdhvāgraromatā

f. having the hairs of the body erect [one of this 32 signs of perfection],

ūrmimat

mfn. wavy, undulating, billowy

ūrmimat

mfn. plaited, curled (as hair)

m. the ocean

m. crooked

f. undulation

f. crookedness

uṣmatā

f. heat

ūṣmatva

n. (in grammar) the state of being an ūṣman- (See above) commentator or commentary on

ūtimatī

f. (scilicet ṛc-) Name of a ṛc- (

) which contains the word ūti-

ūtimatī

f. the verse

utpattimat

mfn. produced, born

uttamatā

f. excellence, superiority

uttamatā

f. goodness, good quality.

uttamatejas

mfn. having extraordinary splendour, very glorious

uttamatva

n. excellence, superiority

uttamatva

n. goodness, good quality.

uttaramati

m. Name of a man.

vācaṃyamatva

n. silence

vadhrimatī

f. a woman who has an impotent husband

vadhūmat

(vadh/ū--) mfn. (prob.) drawn by mares

vahnimat

mfn. containing fire,

vahnimattva

vaikārimata

n. gaRa rāja-dantādi-.

vaikhānasamata

n. the rules for anchorites

(

)

vaimatāyana

(fr. vi-mata-) gaRa arīhaṇādi-.

vaimatāyanaka

mfn.

vaimatika

mfn. (fr. vi-mati-) mistaken, in mistake (?)

vaimattāyana

(fr. vi-matta-) mfn. gaRa arīhaṇādi-

vaimattāyanaka

mfn. ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

vaimatya

m. a patronymic gaRa kurv-ādi-

vaimatya

m. plural Name of a school of the White yajur-veda-

vaimatya

n. difference of opinion

vaimatya

n. aversion, dislike

vairāmatī

f. Name of a town

(varia lectio vairāvatī-).

vaiṣṇavamatābjabhāskara

m. Name of work

vaiyāsikamata

n. vaiyāsika

vājimat

mfn. joined or connected with the vājin-s

vājimat

m. Trichosanthes Dioeca

vajrakapāṭamat

mfn. having adamantine doors

vajramati

m. Name of a bodhi-sattva-

vakramati

mfn. equals -buddhi-

valimat

mfn. wrinkled shrivelled

valīmat

mfn. curled

vallimat

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having anything (as locks, eyebrows etc.) resembling a creeper

vāmatā

f. (also plural

) contrariety, disfavour, refractoriness, coyness.

vāmatantra

n. Name of a tantra-.

vāmatas

ind. from or on the left

vamathu

m. idem or 'm. the act of vomiting '

vamathu

m. qualmishness, nausea

vamathu

m. water ejected from an elephant's trunk

vamathu

m. a cough (?)

vamati

m. the act of vomiting

vāmatva

n. (for 2.See column 3) loveliness

vāmatva

n. (for 1.See column 2) contrariety, disfavour, refractoriness, coyness.

vañcanāmati

m. Name of a man

vāṅmatī

f. Name of a sacred river

vāṅmatsara

m. envious or jealous speech

vapuṣmat

mfn. having a body, embodied, corporeal

vapuṣmat

mfn. having a beautiful form, handsome

etc.

vapuṣmat

mfn. containing the word vapus-

vapuṣmat

m. Name of a deity enumerated among the viśve- devāḥ-

vapuṣmat

m. of a son of priya-vrata-

vapuṣmat

m. of a ṛṣi- in the 11th manv-antara-

vapuṣmat

m. of a king of kuṇḍina-

vapuṣmata

m. (only accusative -matam- mc. for -mantam-) Name of a king of kuṇḍina-

vapuṣmatī

f. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending upon skanda-

vapuṣmattā

f. beauty

vāramatha

m. Name of a prince

vardhamānamati

m. Name of a bodhi-sattva-

varimat

(

) (

) equals next.

varimat

(

) equals next.

vārimat

mfn. abounding in water

vārmateya

mfn. born in varmatī-

vārmateyaka

mfn. (fr. prec.) gaRa kattry-ādi-.

varmatī

f. Name of a place

varmimatsya

m. the fish varmi-

varuṇamati

m. Name of a bodhi-sattva-

vaśāmat

mfn. gaRa yavādi-.

vāśīmat

(v/āśī--) mfn. having a sharp knife, armed with an axe

vastramathi

mfn. tearing off or carrying off clothes

vastudharmatva

n. vastudharma

vasumat

mfn. (v/asu--) having or possessing or containing treasures, wealthy, rich (-tara-, Comparative degree)

etc.

vasumat

mfn. attended by the vasu-s

etc.

vasumat

m. Name of a son of manu- vaivasvata-

vasumat

m. of kṛṣṇa-

vasumat

m. of a king

vasumat

m. of various other persons

vasumat

m. of a mountain in the North

vāsumata

mfn. containing the word vasu-mat- gaRa vimuktādi-.

vasumatī

f. (atī-) See below

vasumati

m. Name of a Brahman

vasumatī

f. (of -mat-) the earth

vasumatī

f. a country, kingdom, region

etc.

vasumatī

f. the ground

vasumatī

f. Name of two kinds of metre

vasumatī

f. Name of various women

vasūmatī

(m. Calcutta edition vasu-m-) f. a rich or wealthy woman

vasumatīcitrāsana

n. Name of work

vasumatīcitrasenāvilāsa

m. Name of work

n. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. a prince, king

n. the surface of the (spherical) earth

vasumatīsūnu

m. metron. of naraka-

vasumattā

f. the state of being wealthy, wealth

vayaḥsaṃdhimatī

f. a girl arrived at puberty

vāyumat

mfn. attended with wind

vāyumat

mfn. containing the word vāyu- etc.

vedāntasammatakarmatattva

n. Name of work

vedasammata

mfn. conformable to the veda-

vedimatī

f. Name of a woman

veṇumat

mfn. provided with bamboo

veṇumat

m. Name of a mountain

veṇumat

m. of a son of jyotiṣ-mat-

veṇumat

n. Name of a mountain

veṇumat

n. of the varṣa- ruled by veṇu-mat-

veṇumatī

f. Name of a river

vepathumat

mfn. possessed of tremor, trembling

vibhavamati

f. Name of a princess

vibhramatantra

n. (equals -sūtra-)

vibhūmat

mfn. extending everywhere

vibhūmat

mfn. joined with the vibhu-s or ṛbhu-s

vibhumat

mfn. joined with the vibhu-s or ṛbhu-s

vibhūtimat

mfn. mighty, powerful, superhuman

vibhūtimat

mfn. smeared with ashes

vibudhamati

mfn. of wise understanding

vidharmatas

ind. wrongly, unlawfully

vidrumatā

f. the condition of a [fivefold] branch of coral [said of the hand]

vidrumataṭa

mfn. having banks of coral

viduṣmat

mfn. full of learned men

vidyamānamati

mfn. possessing understanding, wise

vidyunmat

(vidy/un--) mfn. containing lightning, gleaming, glittering

vigāḍhamanmatha

mfn. one whose passion has become deep or ardent

vihutmat

mfn. presenting no offerings

vihutmat

mfn. (

"offering, invoking")

vihutmatī

f. a special oblation

vijihmatā

f. crookedness, dishonesty, craftiness

vijihmatva

n. crookedness, dishonesty, craftiness

vikramatuṅga

m. Name of a prince of pāṭali-putra-

vikramatuṅga

m. of a prince of vikrama-pura-

vikṛtimat

mfn. liable to change

vikṛtimat

mfn. indisposed, ill

vikṣepaśaktimat

mfn. vikṣepaśakti

vilomatā

f. the being hairless, (and) perverseness

vilomatrairāśika

n. rule of three inverse

vimalamati

mfn. pure-minded, pure in heart

vimaleśvarapuṣkariṇīsaṃgamatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

vimata

See under vi-man-, column 3.

vimata

mfn. disagreed, at variance, of a different mind or disposition, hostile

vimata

mfn. slighted, offended

vimata

mfn. any that may please (="every")

vimata

m. an enemy

vimata

m. orn. (?) Name of a place on the river go-matī-

vimath

(or manth-) P. A1. -mathati-, te-, -mathnāti-, nīte- etc. (in veda- generally A1.; infinitive mood -mathitos-

; tum-

), to tear off, snatch away

; to tear or break in pieces, rend asunder, bruise

; to cut in pieces, disperse, scatter

; to confuse, perplex, bewilder

vimathita

mfn. crushed or dashed to pieces, scattered, dispersed, destroyed

vimathitṛ

m. a crusher, destroyer

vimati

mfn. (for 2.See viman-) of different opinion ( vimatiman -man- m.difference of opinion, disagreement) gaRa dṛḍhādi-

vimati

mfn. stupid, silly ( vimatitā -tā- f.stupidity, silliness)

vimati

vi-matsara- etc. See . For vi-mati-2 See column 3.

vimati

mfn. of different opinion gaRa dṛḍhādi-

vimati

f. difference of opinion. dissent, disagreement about (locative case)

vimati

f. dislike, aversion

vimati

f. doubt, uncertainty, error

vimatiman

m. (gaRa dṛḍhādi-) difference of opinion

vimatiman

m. vimati

vimatisamudghātin

m. Name of a prince

vimatitā

f. (

) difference of opinion

vimatitā

f. vimati

vimativikīraṇa

m. a particular samādhi-

vimatsara

mfn. free from envy or jealousy, unenvious, unselfish

etc.

vimatsarin

mfn. idem or 'mfn. free from envy or jealousy, unenvious, unselfish etc.'

vimatta

mfn. discomposed, perplexed

vimatta

mfn. being in rut, ruttish

vimatta

mfn. intoxicated

vinirmath

(or manth-;only ind.p. -mathya-), to churn out

; to crush, annihilate

vinītamati

m. Name of two men

viparītamati

mfn. (

) equals -citta-

viphalaśramatva

n. viphalaśrama

vipramatta

mfn. (prob.) not neglected

vipruṣmat

mfn. having or covered with drops

vipulamati

mfn. idem or 'mfn. () endowed with great understanding'

vipulamati

m. Name of a bodhi-sattva-

vīracakṣuṣmat

mfn. having the eye of a hero (said of viṣṇu-)

viraktimat

mfn. indifferent to (locative case)

viraktimat

mfn. connected with freedom from worldly attachment

virāmatā

f. cessation, abatement

vīramatī

f. Name of a woman

vīramatsya

m. plural Name of a people

viruddhamatikārin

mfn. suggesting contradictory notions

viruddhamatikāritā

f. a figure of speech which (by using ambiguous words) suggests contradictory notions (exempli gratia, 'for example' vidadhāti galagraham-,"she gives an embrace", where the word gala-graha-means also "a disease of the throat")

viruddhamatikṛt

mfn. (equals -kārin-)

viruddhamatikṛt

n. (equals -kāri-tā-)

viruddhopakramatva

n. viruddhopakrama

virukmat

mfn. shining

virukmat

m. a brilliant ornament, bright armour

virukmat

mfn. shining, brilliant, bright

virukmat

m. a bright weapon or ornament

vīryamatta

mfn. intoxicated by power

viṣamatribhuja

m. a scalene triangle

viṣamatva

n. inequality, difference

viṣamatva

n. dangerousness, terribleness

viśeṣamati

m. Name of a bodhisattva- and of another man

viṣṇumat

mfn. containing the word" viṣṇu-"

viṣṇumatī

f. Name of a princess

viśrāntimat

mfn. possessing rest, feeling at ease

viśuddhimat

mfn. possessing purity, free from sin or vice, pure

viśvacamatkṛti

f. Name of commentator or commentary

viśvamaheśvaramatācāra

m. Name of work (wrong reading cara-).

viśvamūrtimat

mfn. having or taking all forms

vītamatsara

mfn. free from envy or passion

vivṛddhamatsara

mfn. one whose anger or resentment is increased

vraihimatya

m. a king of the vrīhi-mata-s

vṛddhamata

n. an ancient precept

vṛddhimat

mfn. having increase, growing, increasing

vṛddhimat

mfn. become powerful or prosperous

vṛddhimat

mfn. (in gram.) causing the vowel-modification called vṛddhi- (q.v)

vrīhimat

mfn. mixed with rice

vrīhimat

mfn. grown with rice (as a field)

vrīhimata

m. plural Name of a people (not belonging to the Brahmanical order)

(see vraihi-matya-).

vrīhimatī

vṛṣṇimat

m. Name of a king

vṛṣṭimat

mfn. (or v/ṛṣṭi-mat-) rainy, raining

vṛṣṭimat

m. Name of a son of kavi-- ratha-

vṛthāmati

mfn. foolish-minded, wrong-minded

vṛttimat

mfn. following the practice of (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

vṛttimat

mfn. one who is engaged in a particular matter or has a particular way of thinking

vṛttimat

mfn. having a means of subsistence (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = "living on or by")

vṛttimat

mfn. exercising a particular function, active (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having anything as its function)

vyaktaromodgamatva

n. romodgama

vyapetamadamatsara

mfn. free from infatuation and selfishness

vyāptimat

mfn. spreading, extending.

vyāptimat

mfn. possessing pervasion, universally diffused or pervading

vyāptimat

mfn. pervaded, attended by

vyāptimattva

n. the capacity of extending or pervading

vyavahāracamatkāra

m. Name of work

vyūhamati

m. Name of a deva-putra-

vyuṣṭimat

mfn. bringing reward

vyuṣṭimat

mfn. endowed with grace or beauty

vyutpattimat

mfn. learned, cultured

yajimat

mfn. being denoted by the verb yajati-

yajuṣmat

(y/ajuṣ--) mfn. having or accompanied with a yajuṣ-

(tya iṣṭakāḥ-Name of particular bricks used in the building of the sacrificial altar

)

yājuṣmata

mf(ī-)n. (fr. yajuṣ-mat-)

yājuṣmatī

only (ī-) f. (with iṣṭakā-) Name of a kind of brick used for the sacrificial altar

yamatā

f. the being god of death (-tāṃ-yā-,to become god of death;with genitive case,to cause any one's death)

yamatarpaṇa

n. presenting libations to yama- on the 14th day of the dark half of the month āśvina-

yamatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

yāmatūrya

n. (

) a kind of drum or clock on which the night-watches are struck.

yamatva

n. the being yama-

yaśomatī

f. Name of the third lunar night

yaśomatya

m. plural Name of a people

yaṣṭimat

mfn. having a stick or staff furnished with a flag-staff (as a chariot)

yatamathā

ind. in which of many ways

(yatamathā kathamathā-,in the same way as always

)

yātayāmatva

n. uselessness, old age

yathābhimata

mfn. (thābh-) as desired, as pleasing or agreeable to each

yathābhimatam

ind. (am-) according to wish or will, at pleasure, wherever desire leads

yathāmati

ind. according to opinion, as seems fit to (genitive case)

yathāmati

ind. to the best of one's judgement

m. Name of work

f. Name of work

f. Name of work

mfn. practising witchcraft or sorcery, injurious, malignant

yauvanamattā

f. "intoxicated with (the pride of) youth", Name of a metre

yāvadamatram

ind. corresponding to the number of the vessels

yavamat

mfn. (y/ava--) containing barley, mixed with barley

etc.

yavamat

m. one who cultivates grain

yavamat

m. Name of a gandharva-

yavamat

m. of the author of

yavamat

n. abundance of grain

yavamatī

f. (atī-) a kind of metre

yavamatya

Nom. P. yati-, = yava-mān ivācarati-

yavanamatagolādhyāya

m. Name of work

yogasiddhimat

mfn. experienced in the art of magic

yonimat

mfn. (y/oni--) connected with the womb

yonimat

mfn. sprung from a womb

yonimat

mfn. descended from a good race

yotimatsaka

m. plural Name of a people

yuddhonmatta

mfn. "battle-mad", fierce or frantic in battle

yuddhonmatta

m. Name of a rākṣasa-

yugmat

mfn. even

yuktakarmatā

f. yuktakarman

yuktimat

mfn. joined or united or tied to (compound)

yuktimat

mfn. possessing fitness, ingenious, clever, inventive (with infinitive mood)

yuktimat

mfn. furnished with arguments, based on arguments, proved ( yuktimattva -tva-, n.)

yuktimat

mfn. suitable, fit

yuktimattva

n. yuktimat

yuṣmat

in compound for yuṣmad-.

yuṣmattas

ind. (afraid) of you

Apte Search

Results for mat214 results


mata	मत p. p. [मन्-क्त] 1 Thought, believed, supposed; स मे युक्ततमो मतः Bg.6.47. -2 Considered, regarded, deemed, looked upon. -3 Esteemed, honoured, respected; बभौ च सा तेन सतां मतेन श्रद्धेव साक्षाद्विधिनोपपन्ना R.2.16;8.8. -4 Commended, valued. -5 Conjectured, guessed. -6 Meditated upon, thought of, perceived, recognised. -7 Thought out. -8 Intended, aimed at. -9 Approved, sanctioned. -1 Wished or hoped for. -11 Perceived, observed, known, understood. (See मन्). -तम् 1 A thought, idea, opinion, belief, view; निश्चितं मतमुत्तमम् Bg.18.6; केषांचिन्मतेन &c. -2 Doctrine, tenet, creed, religious belief; ये मे मतमिदं नित्यमनुतिष्ठन्ति मानवाः Bg.3.31. -3 Advice, instruction, counsel. -4 Aim, design, intention, purpose; आत्मप्रभावेण मुने ज्ञातुमर्हसि मे मतम् Rām.7. 9.19. -5 Approbation, sanction, commendation. -6 Knowledge. -Comp. -अक्ष a. well-versed in playing at dice; कङ्को नाम द्विजो भूत्वा मताक्षः प्रियदेवनः Mb.4.1.24. -अनुज्ञा one of the निग्रहस्थानs known in न्यायशास्त्र; Bhāṣā P.; admission of a fault in one's own reasoning, while insisting on a similar one in that of the opponent. -अन्तरम् 1 a different view. -2 a different creed. -अवलम्बनम् adopting or holding a particular opinion. -भेदः difference of opinion.

matallī	मतल्ली See मतल्लिका.

matallikā	मतल्लिका A word used at the end of nouns to donate 'excellence or anything best of its kind'; गोमतल्लिका 'an excellent cow'; परिलसत्तृणशून्यमतल्लिका Rām. Ch. 4.32; cf. उद्धः.

mataṅgaḥ	मतङ्गः [माद्यति अनेन, मद्-अङ्गच् दस्य तः Tv.] 1 An elephant. -2 A cloud. -3 N. of a sage; मतङ्गशापादवलेप- मूलादवाप्तवानस्मि मतङ्गजत्वम् R.5.53. -4 The king त्रिशङ्कु; मतङ्गो धर्मात्मा राजर्षिर्व्याधतां गतः Mb.1.71.31.

mataṅgajaḥ	मतङ्गजः An elephant; न हि कमलिनीं दृष्ट्वा ग्राहमवेक्षते मतङ्गजः M.3; Ki.5.47; R.12.73. -जा A particular मूर्च्छना in music.

math	मथ् See मन्थ्.

matha	मथ = माथ q. v.

mathan	मथन् (मथ्ना instr. form) A piece of wood for producing fire by attrition.

mathana	मथन a. (-नी f.) [मथ् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Churning, stirring up. -2 Hurting, injuring. -3 Killing, destroying, a destroyer; मुग्धे मधुमथनमनुगतमनुसर राधिके Gīt.2. -4 Rubbing. -नः N. of a tree (गणिकारिका, used in producing fire by attrition). -नम् 1 Churning, stirring round, agitating. -2 Rubbing, friction. -3 Injury, hurting, destruction. -Comp. -अचलः, -पर्वतः the mountain Mandara used as a churning-stick.

mathiḥ	मथिः [मथ् इ] A churning-stick.

mathin	मथिन् m. [मथ्-इनि] (Nom. sing. मन्थाः, acc. pl. मथः) 1 A churning-stick; मुहुः प्रणुन्नेषु मथां विवर्तनैर्नदत्सु कुम्भेषु मृदङ्गमन्थरम् Ki.4.16; N.11.62;22.44. -2 Wind. -3 A thunderbolt. -4 The penis.

mathita	मथित p. p. [मथ्-क्त] 1 Churned, stirred round, agitated, shaken about. -2 Crushed, ground, pinched. -3 Afflicted, distressed, oppressed. -4 Killed, destroyed. -5 Dislocated; (see मन्थ्). -तम् Pure butter-milk (without water).

mathu	मथु (थू) रा [मथ्-उ-ऊ-रच्] N. of an ancient town situated on the right bank of the Yamunā, the birth-place of Kṛiṣṇa and the scene of his amours and exploits; it is one of the seven sacred cities in India (see अवन्ति), and is, to this day, the favourite resort of thousands of devotees. It is said to have been founded by Śatrughna; निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; कलिन्दकन्या मथुरां गता$पि गङ्गोर्मिसंसक्तजलेव भाति 6.48. -Comp. -ईशः, -नाथः epithets of Kṛiṣṇa.

mathya	मथ्य a. To be extracted or produced from; अमृतममर- वर्या नाशयत्सिन्धुमथ्यम् Bhāg.8.12.47.

matiḥ	मतिः f. [मन् भावे क्तिन्] 1 Intellect, understanding, sense, knowledge, judgment; मतिरेव बलाद्गरीयसी H.2.86; अल्पविषया मतिः R.1.2. -2 Mind, heart; मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् Bv.4.26; so दुर्मति, सुमति. -3 Thought idea, belief, opinion, notion, supposition, impression, view; ध्रुवा नीतिर्मतिर्मम Bg.18.78; विधिरहो बलवानिति मे मतिः Bh.2.98; Pt.2.19. -4 Intention, design, purpose; see मत्या. -5 Resolution, determination. -6 Esteem, regard, respect; बहुमतिमधिकां ययावशोकः Ki.1.9. -7 Wish, desire, inclination; तस्य तासु मतिं ज्ञात्वा धर्मात्मा वाक्य- मब्रवीत् Rām.7.25.17; प्रायोपवेशनमतिर्नृपतिर्बभूव R.8.94. -8 Counsel, advice. -9 Remembrance, recollection. -1 Ved. Devotion, prayer. -11 An adviser. -12 = प्राणः q. v.; केन विज्ञानयोगेन मतिश्चित्तं समास्थिता Mb.14.21. 11 (com.). -13 Activity or disposition of the mind; न मतेर्मन्तारं मन्वीथाः Bṛi. Up.3.4.2. -14 Blessing. (मतिं कृ, -धा, -आधा 'to set the heart on', 'resolve upon', 'think of'. मत्या is used adverbially in the sense of 1 knowingly, intentionally, wilfully; मत्या भुक्त्वाचरेत् कृच्छ्रम् Ms.4.222;5.19. -2 under the impression that; व्याघ्रमत्या पलायन्ते). -Comp. -ईश्वरः an epithet of Viṣvakarman. -कर्मन् a matter of the intellect. -गतिः f. mode of thought. -गर्भ a. full of intelligence, intelligent, clever. -दर्शनम् the faculty of seeing into the thoughts (of others). -द्वैधम् difference of opinion. -निश्चयः a settled belief, firm conviction. -पथः the path of reflection. -पूर्व a. intentional, wilful. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम् ind. purposely, intentionally, wilfully, willingly. -प्रकर्षः superiority of intellect, cleverness. -भेदः change of views. -भ्रमः, -भ्रान्तिः, -विपर्यासः 1 delusion, mental illusion, confusion of mind; स्वप्नो नु माया नु मतिभ्रमो नु Ś.6.9. -2 an error, a mistake, misapprehension. -विभ्रमः, -विभ्रंशः confusion or infatuation of mind, madness, frenzy. -शालिन् a. intelligent, clever. -हीन a. stupid, senseless, foolish.

matimat	मतिमत् a. Clever, intelligent; मतिमतां च विलोक्य दरिद्रताम् Bh.1.91.

matka	मत्क a. My, mine; संशृणुष्व कपे मत्कैः संगच्छस्व वनैः शुभैः Bk.8.16. -त्कः A bug.

matkoṭakaḥ	मत्कोटकः A termite (Mar. वाळवी.

matkuṇaḥ	मत्कुणः 1 A bug; मत्कुणाविव पुरा परिप्लवौ Śi.14.68. -2 An elephant without tusks. -3 A small elephant. -4 A beardless man. -5 A buffalo. -6 The cocoa-nut tree. -7 A flea. -णम् An armour for the legs or the thighs. -णी Pudendum (of a young girl, अजातलोमा). -Comp. -अरिः hemp. -गन्ध a. having the smell of a bug.

matsaḥ	मत्सः 1 A fish. -2 A lord of the Matsyas. -Comp. -गण्टः, -ण्ठः a kind of fish-curry.

matsara	मत्सर a. [मद्-सरन्; Uṇ.3.73] 1 Jealous, envious. -2 Insatiate, greedy, covetous. -3 Niggardly. -4 Wicked. -5 Selfish, self-interested. -6 Ved. Satisfying. -7 Intoxicating (Ved.). -रः 1 Envy, jealousy; अदत्ताव- काशो मत्सरस्य K.45; परवृद्धिषु बद्धमत्सराणाम् Ki.13.7; Śi.9. 63; Ku.5.17; निन्दन्ति मां सदा लोका धिगस्तु मम जीवनम् । इत्यात्मनि भवेद्यस्तु धिक्कारः स च मत्सरः Kriyāyogasāra. -2 Hostility, enmity; स चापमुत्सृज्य विवृद्धमत्सरः R.3.6. -3 Pride; इति धौतपुरंध्रिमत्सरान् सरसि मज्जनेन Śi.8.71. -4 Covetousness, greediness. -5 Anger, passion. -6 The Soma. -रः, -रा A gnat. -री (In music) a particular मूर्च्छना.

matsarin	मत्सरिन् a. [मत्सर-इनि] 1 Envious, jealous; परवृद्धि- मत्सरि मनो हि मानिनाम् Śi.15.1;2.115; दुष्टात्मा परगुणमत्सरी मनुष्यः Mk.9.37; R.18.19. -2 Hostile, inimical. -3 Greedy of, selfishly addicted to (with loc.) -4 Wicked. -5 Ved. Intoxicating. -6 Satisfying.

matsin	मत्सिन् a. Containing fish. -2 Marked by water (as a boundary).

matsyaḥ	मत्स्यः [मद्-स्यन्; Uṇ.4.2] 1 A fish; शूले मत्स्यानिवा- पक्ष्यन् दुर्बलान् बलवत्तराः Ms.7.2. -2 A particular variety of fish. -3 A king of the Matsyas. -त्स्यौ (dual) The sign Pisces of the zodiac. -त्स्याः (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants, the country of Virāṭa q. v.; Ms. 2.19. -Comp. -अक्षका, -अक्षी N. of a kind of Soma plant. -अद्, -अदन, -आद a. feeding on fish, a fisheater. -अवतारः the first of the ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; (during the reign of the seventh Manu, the whole earth, which, had become corrupt was swept away by a flood, and all living beings perished except the pious Manu and the seven sages who were saved by Viṣṇu in the form of a fish); cf. Jayadeva's description of this avatāra.; प्रलयपयोधिजले धृतवानसि वेदं विहित- वहित्रचरित्रमखेदम् । केशव धृतमीनशरीर जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1. -अशनः 1 a king-fisher. -2 one who eats fish. -अशिक a. fish-eater; मत्स्याशिका लासिका Mk.1.23. -असुरः N. of a demon. -आधानी, -धानी a fish-basket (used by fishermen). -उदरिन् m. an epithet of Virāṭa. -उदरी an epithet of Satyavatī. -उदरीयः an epithet of Vyāsa. -उद्वर्तनम् a kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -उप- जीविन् m., -आजीवः a fisherman. -करण्डिका a fishbasket. -कीशः an elephant; Gīrvāṇa. -गन्ध a. having the smell of fish. (-न्धा) N. of Satyavatī. -घण्टः a kind of fish-sauce. -घातः 1 the killing or catching of fishes, the occupation of a fisherman; मत्स्यघातो निषादानाम् Ms.1.48. -2 a fisherman. -घातिन्, -जीवत्, -जीविन् m. a fisherman. -जालम् a fishing-net. -देशः the country of the Matsyas. -द्वादशी N. of the twelfth day in the month of मार्गशीर्ष. -नारी 'half-fish, half-woman', an epithet of Satyavatī. -नाशकः, -नाशनः an osprey. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पित्ता Helleborus Niger (Mar. केदारकुटकी). -बन्धः, -बन्धिन् m. a fisherman; कदाचित्तं जलस्थायं मत्स्यबन्धाः समन्ततः Mb. 12.137.5. -बन्धनम् a fish-hook, an angle. -बन्ध (न्धि)नी a fish-basket. -मांसम् fish-flesh; द्वौ मासौ मत्स्यमांसेन Ms.3.268. -रङ्कः, -रङ्गः, -रङ्गकः a halcyon, king-fisher. -राजः 1 the Rohita fish. -2 N. of Virāṭa. -वेधनम्, -वेधनी an angle. -वेधनी a cormorant. -व्रतिन् one who lives in water. -संघातः a shoal of fish. -सन्तानिकः fish cooked with sauce; दग्धोङ्गारे सलवणो वेशवारैरुपस्कृतः । सार्द्रकः कटुतैलेन मत्स्यसन्तानिको भवेत् Śabdachandrikā. मत्स्यण्डिका matsyaṇḍikā मत्स्यण्डी matsyaṇḍī मत्स्यण्डिका मत्स्यण्डी Coarse or unrefined sugar; हीही इयं सीधुपानोद्वेजितस्य मत्स्यण्डिकोपनता M.3; इक्षो रसो यः संपक्वो घनः किंचिद् द्रवान्वितः । मदवत् स्यन्दते यस्मान्मत्स्यण्डीति निगद्यते Bhāva. P.

matsyalam	मत्स्यलम् A kind of fish-curry.

matta	मत्त p. p. [मद्-क्त] 1 Intoxicated, drunk, inebriated (fig. also); Ms.11.96; मत्तं प्रमत्तमुन्मत्तं ...... न रिपुं हन्ति धर्मवित् Bhāg.1.7.36; ज्योत्स्नापानमदालसेन वपुषा मत्ताश्चकोरा- ङ्गनाः Vb.1.11; प्रभामत्तश्चन्द्रो जगदिदमहो विभ्रमयति K. P.1; so ऐश्वर्य˚, धन˚, बल˚ &c. -2 Mad, insane. -3 In rut, furious (as an elephant); जयश्रीरन्तरा वेदिर्मत्तवारणयोरिव R.12.93. -4 Proud, arrogant. -5 Delighted, overjoyed, excited with joy. -6 Amorous, sportive, wanton. -7 Excited by sexual desire. -त्तः 1 A drunkard. -2 A mad man. -3 An elephant in rut. -4 A cuckoo. -5 A buffalo. -6 The thorn-apple or Dhattūra plant. -त्ता Spirituous or vinous liquor. -Comp. -आक्रीडा N. of a metre; मत्ताक्रीडा म्नौ त्नौ नौ नल्गिति भवति वसुशरदशयनियुता V. Ratna. -आम्लवः a fence round a large building (as of a rich man). -इभः an elephant in rut. ˚गमना a woman having the gait of an elephant in rut, e. g. with a lounging gait. ˚विक्रीडितम् N. of a metre; सभरा न्मौ यलगास्त्रयोदशयतिर्मत्ते भविक्रीडितम् V. Ratna. -काशि(सि)नी a handsome and very fascinating woman; दर्शितो$सौ चित्रपटस्तस्यै मत्तकाशिन्यै Dk.2.3. -कीशः an elephant. -गामिनी = 1 मत्तेभगमना above. -2 a bewitching or wanton woman. -दन्तिन् m., -नागः an elephant in rut. -पालकः a drunken wretch; दास्याः पुत्र मत्तपालक कुतो$त्र नवमालिका Nāg.3. -मयूरः a wild or amorous peacock. (-रम्) a kind of metre; वेदैरन्ध्रैर्मत्तौ यसगा मत्तमयूरम् V. Ratna. -वारणः an elephant in rut; R.12.93. (-णः, -णम्) 1 a fence round a large building or mansion. -2 a turret or small room on the top of a large building. -3 a veranda. -4 a pavilion. -5 a peg or bracket. -6 a bed-stead. (-णम्) pounded betel-nuts.

mattaka	मत्तक a. Somewhat drunk, intoxicated, or proud.

matyam	मत्यम् [मते समीकरणे साधु यत् Tv.] 1 A harrow. -2 The means of acquiring knowledge. -3 The exercise of knowledge. -4 Harrowing, making even or level (as a field).

aṃśumat	अंशुमत् a. [अंशु-अस्त्यर्थे मतुप्] 1 Luminous, radiant; ज्योतिषां रविरंशुमान् Bg.1.21. -2 Pointed. -3 Fibrous, abounding in filaments (Ved.) -m. (˚मान्) 1 The sun; वालखिल्यैरिवांशुमान् R.15.1; अंशुमानिव तन्वभ्रपटलच्छन्नविग्रहः Ki.11.6; जलाधारेष्विवांशुमान् Y.3.144; rarely the moon also; ततः स मध्यंगतमंशुमन्तं Rām.5.5.1. -2 N. of the grandson of Sagara, son of Asamañjasa and father of Dilīpa. -3 N. of a mountain; ˚मत्फला N. of a plant, कदली Musa sapientum or Paradisiaca. -ती 1 N. of a plant सालपर्णी (Mar. डवला, सालवण) Desmodium Gangeticum. -2 N. of the river Yamunā.

akāmataḥ	अकामतः adv. [अकाम-पञ्चम्यास्तसिल्] Unwillingly, reluctantly, unintentionally, unconsciously; इतरे कृतवन्तस्तु पापान्येतान्यकामत: Ms.9.242; अकामतः कृते पापे प्रायश्चित्तं विदुर्बुधा: 11.45; अकामतः कृतं पापं वेदाभ्यासेन शुध्यति 11.46.

akāmatā	अकामता Absence of desire; न चैवेहास्त्यकामता Ms.2.2.

agnimat	अग्निमत् वत् a. Ved. [अग्निः अस्त्यस्य मतुप्, मस्य वः P. VIII.2.15] 1 Having fire or enjoying it. -2 Maintaining the sacrificial fire; पितृयज्ञं तु निर्वर्त्य विप्रश्चन्द्रक्षये$- ग्निमान् Ms.3.122. -3 Having a good digestion.

atimatiḥ	अतिमतिः f. -मानः 1 Haughtiness, too great pride; अतिमानश्च बालश्च दुर्विनीतश्च Rām.6.87.27. अतिमाने च कौरवाः Chāṇ.5. -2 extent तरुणगणिकागणजेगीयमानयातिमानया Dk.1.

anaṃśumatphalā	अनंशुमत्फला [न अंशुमत् मोचकाभ्यन्तरस्थत्वात् फलं यस्याः] The plantain tree.

anādimat	अनादिमत् a. Not produced or effected, having no beginning.

anumatta	अनुमत्त p. p. Intoxicated with joy.

anumata	अनुमत p. p. 1 Approved, assented to, agreed to, permitted, allowed, granted &c. द्वारे नियुक्तपुरुषानुमतप्रवेशः M.1.12. भ्रूक्षेपमात्रानुमतप्रवेशाम् Ku.3.6. कृतमनुमतं दृष्टं वा यैरिदं गुरुपातकम् Ve.3.24; ˚गमना Ś4.1 allowed to depart; अनुमतो गृहाय R.5.1; उभय˚ तः साक्षी Y.2.72 admitted by both parties &c. -2 Liked, beloved, pleasant, loved, agreeable, desired by, dear to; वृष्टिं च कर्षकजनानुमतां करोति Bṛi. S.5.72. -3 Being of one opinion, agreeing or concurring with. -तः A lover; घनमतो नमतोनुमतान् प्रियाः Śi.6.65. -तम् Consent, approval, permission; प्रथमं कस्यानुमते चोरितमेतत्त्वया हृदयम् V.3.17.

anumatiḥ	अनुमतिः f. 1 Permission, consent, approval, assent. -2 The 15th day of the moon's age on which she rises one digit less than full, when the gods and manes receive oblations with favour; personified as a goddess or worshipped in the Rājasūya sacrifice (कलाहीन- चन्द्रवती शुक्लचतुर्दशीयुतपूर्णिमातिथिः); अनुमत्यै हविरष्टाकपालं पुरोडाशं निर्वपति Śat. Br.; Ms.3.86-87. -Comp. -प्रत्रम् a deed expressing assent.

apramatta	अप्रमत्त a. Not careless or inattentive, careful, attentive, vigilant, watchful; अप्रमत्तो बले कोशे दुर्गे जनपदे तथा (भवेथाः) Rām.2.52.72;3.33.2; युक्तश्चैवाप्रमत्तश्च परि- रक्षेदिमाः प्रजाः Ms.7.142.

abrahmatā	अब्रह्मता Want of devotion; अब्रह्मता यदसन् Rv.5.33.3.

abhimata	अभिमत p. p. 1 Desired, wished, liked, dear, beloved, favourite (person or thing); agreeable, desirable; नास्ति जीवितादन्यदभिमततरमिह जगति सर्वजन्तूनाम् K.35,58; अभिमतफलशंसी चारु पुस्फोर बाहुः Bk.1.27; यद्येवमभिमतम् Pt.1 if you like to do so; तयोरभिमतं वद Mv.6.21 choose which you will; इक्ष्वाकुवंशो$भिमतः प्रजानाम् U.1.44, Ś.3. 5, Ku.3.23, Pt.1.7, Me.51, Mu.3.4. -2 Agreed or assented to, liked, approved, accepted, admitted; न किल भवतां स्थानं देव्या गृहे$भिमतं ततः U.3.32; प्रसिद्ध- माहात्म्याभिमतानामपि कपिलकणभुक्प्रभृतीनाम् Ś. B. honoured, respected. -तम् Wish, desire. -तः A beloved person, lover; अभिमतमभितः कृताङ्गभङ्गा Śi.7.72.8.68,1.9.

abhimatiḥ	अभिमतिः f. 1 Desire. -2 Pride; न विक्रिया विश्वसुहृत्- सखस्य साम्येन वीताभिमतेस्तवापि Bhāg.5.1.25. -3 Respect, regard, see अभिमान below.

abhiṣṭimat	अभिष्टिमत् a. Ved. Desirable.

amataḥ	अमतः [अम्-अतच् Uṇ.3.11.] 1 Sickness, disease. -2 Death. -3 Time. -4 Dust, particle of dust.

amatiḥ	अमतिः [अम्-अति Uṇ.4.59.] 1 Time. -2 The moon. -3 (Ved.) Form, shape (Nir.). -4 Want, poverty. a. poor, indigent; अनापिरज्ञा असजात्यामतिः Rv.1.39.6. -अमतीवत् a. Ved. 1 Evil-minded, wicked (दुष्ट, अप्रशस्त- बुद्धिमत् Sāy.). -2 Poor, indigent; न मे स्तोतामतीवा न दुर्हितः स्यादग्ने न पापया Rv.8.19.26.

amata	अमत a. 1 Not felt, not perceptible by the mind, unknown. -2 Disliked, not agreed to, see under अम् also. -Comp. -परार्थता 'an unaccepted second sense', one of the faults of a word (शब्ददोष); अमतः प्रकृतविरुद्धः परार्थो यत्र; e. g. in राममन्मथशरेण ताडिता &c. (R.11.2) the second sense suggestive of शृङ्गाररस is opposed to the proper rasa of the passage which is either वीर or बीभत्स; K. P.7.

amati	अमति a. Evil-minded, wicked, depraved. -तिः A rogue, cheat. -तिः f. 1 Ignorance, unconsciousness, absence of knowledge, intention, or fore-thought; अमत्यैतानि षड् जग्ध्वा Ms.5.2;4.222. For some of the other senses see under अम्. -Comp. -पूर्व a. unconscious, unintentional.

amatra	अमत्र a. Ved. [अम् - अत्रन् Uṇ.3.15.] Overpowering (enemies), strong or disposed to march on (गमन- शील); स्वरिरमत्रो ववक्षे रणाय Rv.1.61.9. -त्रम्, -त्रकम् [अमति भुङ्क्ते अन्नमत्र, आधारे अत्रन्] 1 A pot, vessel, utensil. उत्तार्य गोपी सुशृतं पयः पुनः प्रविश्य संदृश्य च दध्यमत्रकम् Bhāg. 1.9.7. अन्येषां चाप्यमत्राणां सौवर्णानामनेकशः Śiva. B.29.59. -2 Strength, power.

amatrin	अमत्रिन् a. Ved. 1 Strong, powerful. -2 Having a drinking vessel.

amatsara	अमत्सर a. Unenvious, disinterested; यद्यद्रोचेत विप्रेभ्य- स्तत्तद्दद्यादमत्सरः Ms.3.231.

amatta	अमत्त a. Sober, sane.

amamatā	अममता त्वम् Indifference, disinterestedness.

amūrtimat	अमूर्तिमत् a.Formless &c. m. N. of Viṣṇu.

ambumat	अम्बुमत् a. Watery, containing water. -ती N. of a river. अम्बुरः, (-म्बरः) A threshold of a door.

araṇimat	अरणिमत् a. Related to the two Araṇis; to be produced by them.

aramati	अरमति a. 1 Not resting, active, going everywhere. -2 Patient; महीमरमतिं दधन्विरे Rv.1.92.5; अरमतिः सविता देव आगात् Rv. -तिः f. 1 Splendour. -2 Readiness to serve, obedience; devotion to God, hence personified in the Vedas as a Goddess protecting the worshippers of the gods and pious works in general.

arcimat	अर्चिमत् वत् a. Ved. Shining; उत त्या मे शैद्रावर्चिमन्ता Rv.1.61.15; उद्यन्नक्षत्रमर्चिवत् Rv.7.81.2.

arciṣmat	अर्चिष्मत् a. [अस्त्यर्थे मतुप्] Flaming, brilliant, bright; अर्चिष्मतीः सन्ध्यामङ्गलदीपिकाः V.3.2. m. 1 Fire, the god of fire; जज्ञे तेजो महार्चिष्मान् पञ्चवर्णः प्रभावतः Mb.3.22. 3. -2 The sun. अर्चिष्मानर्चितो$त्यर्थं ब्रह्मचर्यव्रते स्थितः Rām.5. 35.12. -3 A sort of subordinate deity. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -ती 1 N. of the town or world of Agni. -2 One of the 1 earths according to Buddhists.

ātmatā	आत्मता त्वम् Identity with self, spirituality.

ādimat	आदिमत् a. Having a beginning.

āmatā	आमता त्वम् Rawness, unreadiness.

āyatimat	आयतिमत् a. 1 Long, extended. -2 Dignified, majestic, stately. -3 Self-restrained.

āyuṣmat	आयुष्मत् a. [आयुस् मतुप्] 1 Alive, living. -2 Longlived; आयुष्मन्तं सुतं सूते Ms.3.263. (Generally used in dramas by elderly persons in addressing a nobly-born person; e. g. a charioteer addresses a prince as आयुष्मन्. A Brāhmaṇa is also so addressed in saluting; cf. Ms.2. 125; आयुष्मान् भव सौम्येति वाच्यो विप्रो$भिवादने). -3 Lasting; गायन्ति पृथगायुष्मन्निदं नो वक्तुमर्हसि Bhāg.11.22.3. -4 Old. m. 1 The third of the 27 Yogas or divisions of the ecliptic. -2 The Yoga star (कृत्तिका; the third lunar mansion.

ārtimat	आर्तिमत् a. Suffering from pain, afflicted.

āśīmat	आशीमत् m. [आशोर्भावः इमनिच्] Quickness.

ikṣumatī	इक्षुमती f. The name of a river in कुरुक्षेत्र.

indumat	इन्दुमत् m. An epithet of Agni.

indumatī	इन्दुमती 1 A day of full moon. -2 The wife of अज and sister of भोज.

imathā	इमथा ind. Ved. As here, as now, in this way or manner; तं प्रत्नथा पूर्वथा विश्वथेमथा Rv.5.44.1. cf. P.V.3.111.

īṇmat	ईण्मत् a. [ईट्-अस्त्यस्य मतुप्] Having a lord or master.

uttamatā	उत्तमता त्वम् 1 Excellence. -2 Goodness, good quality.

udyāmata	उद्यामत a. Instigated to action. आत्मनो मधुमदोद्यमितानाम् Ki.9.66.

unnatimat	उन्नतिमत् a. 1 Elevated, projecting, plump (as breasts); सा पीनोन्नतिमत्पयोधरयुगं धत्ते Amaru 34; Śi.9.72. -2 High, sublime.

unmath	उन्मथ् उन्मन्थ् 1., 9. P. 1 To shake up, disturb, excite, stir; pain. -2 To strike, kill, destroy; मीमां- साकृतमुन्ममाथ सहसा हस्ती मुनिं जैमिनिम् Pt.2.34; धैर्यमुन्मथ्य Māl.1.18; विकल्पनिद्रामुन्मथ्य Prab. -3 To tear, cut off, peel off; वन्यद्विपेनोन्मथिता त्वगस्य R.2.37. -4 To mix.

unmathana	उन्मथन a. Tearing, disturbing, paining. -नम् 1 Shaking off, throwing off or down. -2 Killing, slaughter; अन्योन्यसूतोन्मथनात् R.7.52.

unmatta	उन्मत्त p. p. 1 drunk, intoxicated. -2 Insane, frantic, mad; द्वावत्रोन्मत्तौ V.2; अहो उन्मत्तास्मि संवृत्ता U. 3,5.3; Ś.6; Ms.9.79. -3 (a) Puffed, elevated. (b) Furious, wild; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः Pt.1. 161; U.2; Śi.6.31. -4 Possessed by a ghost or an evil-spirit; Y.2.32; Ms.3.161 (वातपित्तश्लेष्मसंनिपातग्रह- संभवेनोपसृष्टः Mitā.). -5 Very great, abnormal. उन्मत्तवेगाः प्लवगा मधुमत्ताश्च हृष्टवत् Rām.5.62.12. -त्तः 1 the thorn apple (धत्तूर); N. of another tree (मुचकुन्द). -2 N. of one of the eight forms of Bhairava. -Comp. -कीर्तिः, -वेशः N. of Śiva. -गङ्गम् N. of a country (where the Gaṅgā roars furiously along). -दर्शन, -रूप a. maniac-like, mad in appearance. -प्रलपित a. spoken in drunkenness or madness. (-तम्) the words of a madman. -भैरवः A form of Bhairava. ˚वी A form of Durgā. -लिङ्गिन् a. pretending to be mad.

unmattaka	उन्मत्तक a. 1 Insane, mad. -2 Drunk, intoxicated.

ūrmimat	ऊर्मिमत् a. 1 Wavy, undulating. -2 Crooked. -3 Plaited, curled (as hair).

ṛgmat	ऋग्मत् ऋग्मिन् a. 1 Praising, jubilant with praise; ऋग्मिभिर्ऋग्मी गातुभिर्ज्येष्ठो Rv.1.1.4, -2 Worshipping, honouring.

ṛtumat	ऋतुमत् a. Ved. 1 Coming regularly; अग्निष्वात्तानृतुमतो हवामहे Vāj.19.61. -2 Enjoying the seasons. -ती 1 A woman during her courses. -2 A girl at the age of puberty, marriagable girl; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद् गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि Ms.9.89. ft.

ṛddhimat	ऋद्धिमत् a. Prosperous, wealthy, respectable, rich; ऋद्धिमन्तमधिकर्द्धिरुत्तरः पूर्वमुत्सवमपोहदुत्सवः R.19.5.

ṛbhumat	ऋभुमत् a. Skilful, prudent; आ नो यज्ञाय तक्षत ऋभुमद्वयः Rv.1.111.2.

ṛṣṭimat	ऋष्टिमत् a. Furnished with spears (as the Maruts).

aikamatyam	ऐकमत्यम् Unanimity, agreement, sameness of opinion; ऐकमत्यादमात्यवर्गः साकेतनाथं विधिवच्चकार R.18.36; अत्र सर्वेषामैकमत्यम् H.1 all are unanimous on this point.

aindumateyaḥ	ऐन्दुमतेयः A descendant of Indumati. N. of Daśaratha.

kakudmat	ककुद्मत् a. [अस्त्यर्थे मतुप्] 1 Furnished with a hump; अरंहत पद्याभिः ककुद्मान् Rv.1.12.7. Pt.1. -2 Running high (as a wave). m. 1 A mountain (having peaks). -2 A buffalo; मदोदग्राः ककुद्मन्तः R.4.22; a humped bull; 13.47; तुपारसंघातशिलाः खुराग्रैः समुल्लिखन् दर्पकलः ककुद्मान् Ku.1.56. -3 N. of a medicinal plant (ऋषभ). -ती The hip and the loins.

kacchumatī	कच्छुमती The plant Carpopogon Pruriens शूकशिम्बी (said to cause itching on being applied to the skin).

kaṇḍūmat	कण्डूमत् a. 1 Scratching. -2 Itching.

kaṇvamat	कण्वमत् a. United with a praiser or with the Kaṇvas (as Indra); आ तू षिञ्च कण्वमन्तम् Rv.8.2.22.

kāntimat	कान्तिमत् a. Lovely, beautiful, splendid; कला च सा कान्तिमती कलावतः Ku.4.5,5.71; Me.3. -m. The moon. -2 N. of Cupid.

kāmataḥ	कामतः कामेन ind. 1 Of one's own accord, willingly. -2 Voluntarily, knowingly, intentionally, wilfully; Ms.4.13; पदा स्पृष्टं च कामतः Y.1.168. -3 From passion or feeling, lustfully; भ्रातुर्मृतस्य भार्यायां यो$नुरज्येत कामतः Ms.3.173. -4 At will, freely, unrestrained.

koṭimat	कोटिमत् a. Edged, pointed; चापेन यस्य विनिवर्तितकर्म जातं तत्कोटिमत्कुलिशमाभरणं मघोनः Ś.7.26.

kramataḥ	क्रमतः ind. Gradually, successively.

gabhastimat	गभस्तिमत् m. The sun; घनव्यपायेन गभस्तिमानिव R.3.37. -n. One of the seven divisions of Pātāla.

gatimat	गतिमत् a. 1 In motion, moving; गिरिरिव गतिमानपक्ष- लोपात् V.3.3. -2 Having running sores, fistulous. -3 Possessing means (such as wealth, books &c.); अगाधाश्चाप्रतिष्ठाश्च गतिमन्तश्च नारद Mb.12.286.7. com. -4 Learned.

gamathaḥ	गमथः 1 A traveller. -2 A road.

garutmata	गरुत्मत a. Winged; गरुत्मदाशीविषभीमदर्शनैः R.3.57. -m. 1 Garuḍa; गरुत्मतां संहतिभिर्विहायः Ki.16.43. -2 A bird in general. -3 The fire.

gārutmata	गारुत्मत a. (-ती f.) [गरुत्मान् अस्त्यस्य अण्] 1 Shaped like Garuḍa. -2 Sacred or presided over by Garuḍa (as a missile); गारुत्मतं तीर गतस्तरस्वी भुजङ्गनाशाय समाददे$स्त्रम् R.16.77. -तम् An emerald.

gurumatī	गुरुमती A pregnant woman; स्त्रियाः स्वसुर्गुरुमत्या वधो$यम् Bhāg.1.2.21. -त्ता Heaviness; तमश्मानं मन्यमान आत्मनो गुरुमत्तया Bhāg.1.7.27.

gomat	गोमत् a. 1 Rich in cows. -2 Possessing or containing cattle. -3 Mixed with milk. -n. Possession of cattle, property consisting in herds. -ती 1 N. of a river falling into the Indus; गोमतीमव तिष्ठति Rv.8.24.3. -2 A place abounding in herds; यो वायुना जयति गोमतीषु Rv.4.21.4. -3 N. of a Vedic मन्त्र to be repeated during expiation for killing cows; Hch.1.7.

granthimat	ग्रन्थिमत् a. Knotty, tied by a knot; कृष्णत्वचं ग्रन्थिमतीं दधानम् Ku.3.46.

cakṣuṣmat	चक्षुष्मत् a. 1 Seeing, furnished with eyes, endowed with the faculty of sight; तदा चक्षुष्मतां प्रीतिरासीत्समरसा द्वयोः R.4.18; ˚ता 4.13. -2 Having a clear sight or good eyes. -3 Possessed of foresight; Kau. A.1.9.

camatkārin	चमत्कारिन् a. Astonishing, surprising. -2 Unusual, uncommon.

cetomat	चेतोमत् a. Living, sentient.

jantumatī	जन्तुमती The earth.

jambūmat	जम्बूमत् m. 1 A mountain. -2 A monkey. -ती A heavenly nymph.

jātimat	जातिमत् a. Nobly born, of high rank.

jyotiṣmat	ज्योतिष्मत् a. [ज्योतिरस्त्यस्य मतुप्] 1 Luminous, bright, shining, possessed of luminous bodies; नक्षत्रतारा- ग्रहसङ्कुलापि ज्योतिष्मती चन्द्रमसैव रात्रिः R.6.22. -2 Celestial. -m. 1 The sun. -2 N. of the third foot of Brahmā. -3 N. of one of the seven suns appearing at the destruction of the world. -ती 1 The night (as illuminated by the stars). -2 (In phil.) A state of mind pervaded by सत्त्वगुण i. e. a tranquil state of mind.

tamata	तमत a. [तम्-अतच् Uṇ3.11] 1 Desirous, longing for. -2 Wished, desired.

tṛptimat	तृप्तिमत् a. satisfied, finding satisfaction in; तृप्तिमान्भवति Ch. Up.7.1.2.

damathaḥ	दमथः थुः [दम्-भावे-अथच्] 1 Subduing or curbing the passions, self-restraint. -2 Punishment.

dasmat	दस्मत् a. Ved. 1 Desirable, acceptable. -2 Wonderful.

dīdhitimat	दीधितिमत् a. Brilliant. -m. The sun; प्रातर्दीधितिमानिव आविरभूत्) Ku.2.2;7.7.

dīptimat	दीप्तिमत् a. Splendid, brilliant, shining. -ती (in music) N. of a Śruti.

dyumat	द्युमत् a. 1 Bright, brilliant; वितानानि द्युमन्ति च Bhāg. 1.81.3. -2 Clear, loud. -3 Strong, vigorous. -4 Calm, serene. -Comp. -गानम् a mode of chanting the Sāmaveda. -सेनः N. of a king of Śālva, and father of Satyavat, husband of Śāvitrī.

dhanuṣmat	धनुष्मत् m. An archer.

dharmataḥ	धर्मतः ind. 1 According to law or rule, rightly, religiously, justly. -2 Virtuously, righteously. -3 From a virtuous or religious motive.

dharmatvam	धर्मत्वम् 1 Morality, virtue, righteousness. -2 Inherent property or nature.

dhātumat	धातुमत् a. Rich or abounding in metals. ˚ता richness in metals; अकालसंध्यामिव धातुमत्ताम् (शिखरैर्बिभर्ति) Ku.1.4.

dhīmata	धीमत a. Wise, intelligent, learned. -m. An epithet of Bṛishaspati.

dhṛtimat	धृतिमत् a. 1 Firm, steady, steadfast, resolute. -2 Satisfied, happy, glad, content; रामेण मैथिलसुतां दशकण्ठकृच्छ्रात्प्रत्युद्धृतां धृतिमतीं भरतो ववन्दे R.13.77.

namata	नमत a. [नम्-अतच्] Bent, bowed, crooked, curved. -तः 1 An actor, -2 Smoke. -3 A master, lord. -4 A cloud. -तम् Woollen stuff.

nāmataḥ	नामतः ind. By name, namely; तन्नामतो$न्यद्व्यवहारमूलम् Bhāg.5.12.8.

nītimat	नीतिमत् a. 1 Skilled in politics. -2 Wise, prudent, sagacious. -3 Moral.

patimatī	पतिमती वती A woman having a husband; उदीर्ष्वातः पतिवती ह्येषा Rv.1 85.21.

paramataḥ	परमतः ind. In the highest degree, exceedingly, very much.

paramatā	परमता 1 Highest rank, position; यद्यपि राजा परमतां गच्छति ब्रह्मैवान्तत उपनिश्रयति Bṛi. Up.14.11. -2 Highest aim or end.

pitṛmat	पितृमत् a. 1 Having a father. -2 Having an illustrious father. -3 Accompanied by or connected with the Manes. -4 Mentioning the Manes.

paitṛmatyaḥ	पैतृमत्यः 1 The son of an unmarried woman (पितृमत्याः पुत्रः). -2 The son of an illustrious person (पितृमतः पुत्रः). पैतृष्वसेयः paitṛṣvasēyḥ पैतृष्वस्रीयः paitṛṣvasrīyḥ पैतृष्वस्रेयः paitṛṣvasrēyḥ पैतृष्वसेयः पैतृष्वस्रीयः पैतृष्वस्रेयः The son of a paternal aunt; पैतृष्वस्रेयप्रीत्यर्थम् Bhāg.1.19.35. -यी the daughter of a paternal aunt; पैतृष्वसेयीं भगिनीम् Ms.11.171.

prakāmataḥ	प्रकामतः ind. 1 At will. -2 With pleasure, willingly.

prakṛtimat	प्रकृतिमत् a. 1 Natural, usual, common. -2 Having a सात्त्विक frame of mind; ततः प्रकृतिमान् वैद्यः पितुरेषां पुरोहितः Rām.2.77.21 (com. प्रकृतिमान् सत्त्वप्रकृतिः).

pratipattimat	प्रतिपत्तिमत् a. 1 Intelligent, -2 Active, prompt. -3 Celebrated, famous. -4 Noble, dignified.

pramata	प्रमत p. p. 1 Thought out. -2 Wise, prudent.

pramath	प्रमथ् मन्थ् 1, 9 P. To churn; प्रमथ्यमानो (समुद्रो) गिरिणेव भूयः R.13.14. -2 To harass, trouble excessively, annoy, torment. -3 To strike down, bruise, hurt. -4 To tear off or cut. -5 To lay waste, devastate. -6 To kill, destroy; प्रमथ्य क्रव्यादं मरणसमये रक्षितवतः Māl.4.9; 9.27. -7 To agitate, stir about. -8 Ved. To rob. -Caus. To harass, annoy.

pramathaḥ	प्रमथः 1 A horse. -2 N. of a class of Beings (said to be goblins) attending on Śiva; प्रमथमुखविकारैर्हासयामास गूढम् Ku.7.95. -Comp. -अधिपः, -नाथः, -पतिः an epithet of Śiva; तेनाहृताः प्रमथनाथमखाय भूपाः Bhāg.1.15.9. -आलयः hell.

pramathanam	प्रमथनम् 1 Hurting, injuring, tormenting. -2 Killing, slaughter. -3 Churning, stirring about.

pramathita	प्रमथित p. p. 1 Tormented, distressed. -2 Trampled down. -3 Slain, killed; प्रमथितश्च दंष्ट्रायुधः Māl.3.18. -4 Properly churned. -तम् Butter-milk without water.

pramathin	प्रमथिन् a. Destroying; तल्लक्ष्मीमिव चेतनाप्रमथनीमूढ्वा च वध्यस्रजम् Mu.2.21.

pramathyā	प्रमथ्या A kind of medicinal paste.

pramatta	प्रमत्त p. p. 1 Intoxicated, drunk; कथां प्रमत्तः प्रथमं कृतामिव (न स्मरिष्यति) Ś.4.1; -2 Mad, insane. -3 Careless, negligent, inattentive; heedless, regardless (generally with loc.); सुप्तां मत्तां प्रमत्तां वा रहो यत्रोपगच्छति Ms.3.34; मत्तं प्रमत्तमुन्मत्तं सुप्तं बालं स्त्रियं जडम् । प्रपन्नं विरथं भीतं न रिपुं हन्ति धर्मवित् ॥ Bhāg.1.7.36. -4 Swerving from, failing to do (with abl.) -5 Blundering. -6 wanton, lascivious. -Comp. -गीत a. sung carelessly. -चित्त a. negligent, heedless, careless.

pramattatā	प्रमत्तता Inattention, carelessness.

pramattavat	प्रमत्तवत् a. Inattentive, careless.

prītimat	प्रीतिमत् a. 1 Full of love or affection, loving, fond, affectionate. -2 Pleased, satisfied. -3 Content, glad. -4 Favourable.

pronmathin	प्रोन्मथिन् a. Destroying, annihilating.

bandhumat	बन्धुमत् a. Having relations or kinsmen.

barhiṣmat	बर्हिष्मत् m. A worshipper, sacrificer.

balimat	बलिमत् a. 1 Having materials of worship or oblation ready; बाष्पायमाणो बलिमन्निकेतमालेख्यशेषस्य पितुर्विवेशं R.14.15. -2 Receiving taxes. -3 Wrinkled.

bāhumat	बाहुमत् m. An epithet of Indra.

buddhimat	बुद्धिमत् a. 1 Endowed with understanding, intelligent, rational; बुद्धिमत्सु नराः श्रेष्ठाः Ms.1.96. -2 Wise, learned; मन्युपङ्कामनाधृष्यां नदीं तरति बुद्धिमान् Mb.12.235.12. -3 Sharp, clever, acute. -4 Humble, docile. बुद्धिमत्ता buddhimattā त्त्वम् ttvam बुद्धिमत्ता त्त्वम् Wisdom, sagacity.

brahmatā	ब्रह्मता त्वम् 1 Absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -2 Divine nature. -3 Godhead. -4 The state of a Brāhmaṇa, Brāhmaṇahood.

bhaktimata	भक्तिमत a. 1 Devout, having pious faith. -2 Loyally devoted or attached, faithful, loyal. -3 Religious, pious.

bhaṅgimat	भङ्गिमत् a. Wavy, crisped.

bhartṛmatī	भर्तृमती A married woman whose husband is living; जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17.

bhasmatā	भस्मता The state of ashes.

bhānumat	भानुमत् a. 1 Luminous, bright, splendid. -2 Beautiful, handsome. -m. 1 The sun; तुल्ये$पराधे स्वर्भानुर्भानुमन्तं चिरेण यत् Śi.2.49; Ku.3.65; R.6.36; Ṛs.5.2. -ती N. of the wife of Duryodhana.

bhūmat	भूमत् a. Possessed of land or earth. -m. A king, sovereign.

bhramat	भ्रमत् a. Wandering, roving &c. -Comp. -कुटी a kind of umbrella.

bhrāntimat	भ्रान्तिमत् a. 1 Revolving, turning round; भ्रान्तिमद्वारि- यन्त्रम् M.2.18. -2 Erring, mistaking, being under a delusion. -m. A figure of speech in which one thing is represented as being mistaken for another an account of the close resemblance between the two; भान्तिमानन्य- संवित्तत्तुल्यदर्शने K. P.1; e. g. कपाले मार्जारः पय इति करान् लेढि शशिनः &c.; see V.3.2; Māl.1.2 also.

maṇimat	मणिमत् a. Jewelled; गण्डस्थलोन्नतमुखं मणिमत्किरीटम् Bhāg. -m. 1 The sun. -2 N. of a mountain. -3 N. of a place of pilgrimage.

madhumat	मधुमत् a. 1 Sweet. -2 Pleasant, agreeable. -3 Mixed with honey, honied. -4 Rich in honey (as a flower); मधुमत् पार्थिवं रजः Ṛv.1.9.7.

madhumatī	मधुमती f. 1 N. of a river. -2 N. of a creeper, Clematis triloba (Mar. मोरवेल). -3 A mental stage in Yogaśāstra. -4 the 3 Ṛiks (मधु वाता ऋतायते &c.); Bṛi. Up.6.3.6.

manmathaḥ	मन्मथः 1 Cupid, the god of love; मन्मथो मां मथ्नन्निज- नाम सान्वयं करोति Dk.1; Me.75; न मन्मथस्त्वं स हि नास्ति- मूर्तिः N. 8.29. -2 Love, passion; प्रबोध्यते सुप्त इवाद्य मान्मथः Ṛs.1.8; so परोक्षमन्मथः जनः Ś.2.19. -3 The wood apple. -4 N. of a संवत्सर. -था N. of Dākṣāyaṇī. -a. Enchanting, attractive; साक्षान्मन्मथमन्मथः Bhāg. 1.32.2. -Comp. -आनन्दः a kind of mango tree. -आलयः 1 the mango tree. -2 pudendum muliebre. -कर a. exciting love. -बन्धुः the moon. -युद्धम् amorous strife, sexual union, copulation. -लेखः a love letter; क्लान्तो मन्मथलेख एष नलिनीपत्रे नखैरर्पितः Ś.3.26.

manmathin	मन्मथिन् a. Amorous, enamoured.

manyumat	मन्युमत् a. 1 Angry, wrathful. -2 Sorrowful, distressed. -3 Spirited, energetic; यशस्विनी मन्युमती कुले जाता विभावरी Mb.5.133.2. -4 Vehement, passionate. -m. An epithet of Agni. मप mapa (पु pu) ष्टः ṣṭḥ ष्टकः ṣṭakḥ मप (पु) ष्टः ष्टकः A kind of bean.

mamatā	ममता [मम भावः तल्] 1 The feeling of 'meum', the sense of ownership, self-interest, selfishness. -2 Pride, arrogance, self-sufficiency. -3 Individuality. -Comp. -युक्त a. 1 a miser. -2 an egoist. -शून्य a. devoid of interest (for us).

mamatvam	ममत्वम् 1 Regarding as 'mine' or one's own, sense of ownership. -2 Affectionate regard, attachment to, regard for; क्षुद्रे$पि नूनं शरणं प्रपन्ने ममत्वमुच्चैःशिरसां सतीव Ku.1.12. -3 Arrogance, pride; ममत्वं कृ 1 To be attached to. -2 To envy.

mahiṣmat	महिष्मत् a. Possessing, rich or abounding in, buffaloes.

mādhumatāḥ	माधुमताः (pl.) The province of Kashmir.

mānmatha	मान्मथ a. (-थी f.) [मन्मथ-अण] Relating to or caused by love; आचार्यकं विजयि मान्मथमाविरासीत् Māl.1.16;2.4.

māhiṣmatī	माहिष्मती N. of a city, the hereditary capital of the Haihaya kings; माहिष्मतीवप्रनितम्बकाञ्चीम् (रेवाम्) R.6.43.

mūrtimat	मूर्तिमत् a. 1 Material, corporeal. -2 Embodied, incarnate, personified; शकुन्तला मूर्तिमती च सत्क्रिया Ś.5. 15; तव मूर्तिमानिव महोत्सवः करः U.1.18; R.12.64; Māl.9.9. -3 Hard, solid. -m. The body.

yavamat	यवमत् a. Containing or mixed with barley.

yuktimat	युक्तिमत् a. 1 Clever, ingenious, fertile in using expedients, inventive. -2 Based on argument, logical. -3 Joined, united.

ramatiḥ	रमतिः [रम्-अतिच् Uṇ.4.65] 1 The god of love. -2 A lover. -3 Heaven. -4 Time. -5 A crow.

vapuṣmat	वपुष्मत् a. 1 Embodied, incarnate, corporeal; ददृशे जगतीभुजा मुनिः स वपुष्मानिव पुण्यसंचयः Ki.2.56. -2 Beautiful, handsome; वपुष्मान् वीतभीर्वाग्मी दूतो राज्ञः प्रशस्यते Ms. 7.64. -3 Well-built and fat (हृष्टपुष्ट); अरोगप्रसवा नार्यो वपुष्मन्तो हि मानवाः Rām.7.41.19. -4 Complete, whole, unbroken (अक्षत); शतं वाहसहस्राणां तण्डुलानां वपुष्मताम् Rām. 7.91.19 (com. अभग्नस्वरूपाणाम्). -5 Materialist (देहात्म- वादी); ततस्रेतायुगं नाम मानवानां वपुष्मताम् Rām.7.74.11. -m. N. of one of the Viśvedevas.

vamathuḥ	वमथुः 1 Ejecting, vomiting, spitting out; तेषां श्रमं च ग्लानिं च वमथुं वेपथुं व्रणान् सर्वं व्यपानुदत् कृष्णः Mb.7.1.14. -2 Water ejected by an elephant from his trunk. -3 A cough.

valimat	वलिमत् a. Wrinkled.

vasumat	वसुमत् a. Wealthy, rich. -ती 1 The earth; वसुमत्या हि नृपाः कलत्रिणः R.8.83. -2 A wealthy woman. -3 A country.

vāmatas	वामतस् ind. From or on the left.

vipariśramatā	विपरिश्रमता The state of being without fatigue; उरु सत्त्वमाह विपरिश्रमता Ki.6.35.

vimatsara	विमत्सर a. Free from jealousy, unenvious; Bg.4.22.

vimath	विमथ् विमन्थ् 9 P. 1 To disperse, scatter. -2 To destroy, annihilate. -3 To confound, confuse.

vimatta	विमत्त p. p. 1 Intoxicated. -2 Ruttish; furious, in rut.

vimata	विमत p. p. 1 Disagreeing, dissenting, differing in opinion. -2 At variance, inconsistent. -3 Slighted, despised, neglected; जहावसून् यद्विमतात्मजा सती मनस्विनी मानमभीक्ष्णमर्हति Bhāg.4.4.29. -4 Dubious, doubtful. -तः An enemy.

vimati	विमति a. Stupid, devoid of intelligence, foolish. -तिः f. 1 Dissent, disagreement, difference of opinion. -2 Dislike. -3 Stupidity. -4 A dispute; विधिं कलापौ विमते- रगाताम् N.7.22.

virukmat	विरुक्मत् m. A bright weapon.

vṛddhimat	वृद्धिमत् a. 1 Increased, increasing. -2 Rich, wealthy. -3 Prosperous, thriving.

vṛṣṭimat	वृष्टिमत् a. Raining, rainy. -m. A cloud.

vaimatyam	वैमत्यम् 1 Dissension, dissent; वैमत्यं परिहर्तव्यं कर्तव्यं मदुदीरितम् Śiva B.29.84. -2 Dislike, aversion.

śaktimat	शक्तिमत् a. 1 Strong, able, powerful, mighty. -2 Possessing a competence. -3 Armed with a weapon.

śamathaḥ	शमथः [शम्-अथच्] 1 Tranquillity, calmness; especially mental calmness, absence of passion. -2 A counsellor, minister.

śuciṣmat	शुचिष्मत् a. Bright. -m. An epithet of Agni.

śrīmat	श्रीमत् a. 1 Wealthy, rich. -2 Happy, fortunate, prosperous, thriving. -3 Beautiful, pleasing; श्रियः पतिः श्रीमति शासितुं जगत् Śi.1.1. -4 Famous, celebrated, glorious, dignified; (the word is often used as a respectful affix to celebrated or revered names of persons and things as श्रीमद्भागवत, श्रीमत्छंकराचार्य &c.). -m. 1 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 Of Kubera. -3 Of Śiva. -4 The Tilaka tree. -5 The Aśvattha tree. -6 A parrot. -7 A bull kept for breeding.

samatā	समता त्वम् 1 Sameness, identity; समेत्य ते मन्त्रयितुं समतागतबुद्धयः Rām.2.2.2. -2 Likeness, similarity. -3 Equality; स्वजातेः समतां गतम् Pt.2.87. -4 Impartiality, fairness. समतां नी 'to treat as equal'; पश्चाद्दृश्येत यत्किंचित्तत्सर्वं समतां नयेत् Ms.9.218. -5 Equanimity. -6 Perfectness. -7 Commonness. -8 Evenness.

samatikram	समतिक्रम् 1 U. 1 To go completely beyond, cross or step over. -2 To neglect, disregard, violate. -3 To surpass, excel. -4 To elapse, pass by (as time).

samatikramaḥ	समतिक्रमः Transgression, omission.

samatikrānta	समतिक्रान्त a. 1 Gone through, fulfilled (as a promise). -2 Passed away, elapsed. -3 Transgressed, neglected. -न्तम् Omission, transgression.

samatī	समती 2 P. 1 To go completely beyond. -2 To go through, cross over. -3 To surpass, excel. -4 To avoid. -5 To pass, elapse.

samatīta	समतीत p. p. Gone, passed by, past, (as time), समतीतं च भवञ्च भावि च R.8.78.

saṃmatta	संमत्त p. p. 1 Completely drunk. -2 Overjoyed, enraptured; प्रमत्तमत्तसंमत्तक्ष्वेडितोत्कृष्टसंकुलः Mb.14.59.1. -3 Rutting, being in rut, furious.

saṃmata	संमत p. p. 1 Agreed or consented to, approved of; बार्ह्लीकः सोमदत्तिश्च ये चान्ये वृद्धसंमताः Mb.3.249.15. -2 Liked, dear, beloved; द्वेष्यो$पि संमतः शिष्टस्तस्यार्तस्य यथौषधम् R.1.28. -3 Like, resembing. -4 Regarded, considered, thought. -5 Highly respected, honoured, esteemed; संमतो$हं प्रभोर्नित्यमिति मत्वा Pt.1.56. -6 Full of (युक्त, सहित); वाक्यं शौटीर्यसंमतम् Mb.9.55.44. -तम् 1 Agreement. -2 Consent, approval; see संमति. -3 Impression, opinion.

saṃmatiḥ	संमतिः f. 1 Agreement. -2 Concurrence, assent, approbation, approval. -3 Wish, desire. -4 Knowledge of self, knowledge of the soul, true knowledge. -5 Regard, respect, esteem; कथमिव तव संमतिर्भवित्री सममृतुभिर्मुनिनावधीरितस्य Ki.1.36. -6 Love, affection. -7 Command, order. -8 Honouring (संमानन); लोकानां स्वस्ति चैवं स्याद्भवेदस्य च संमतिः Rām.7.1.4. -Comp. -पत्रकम् the decree of an assembly of arbitration, (सभ्याधिकारि- प्रकृति); तत्पत्रं वाद्यमान्यं चेत् ज्ञेयं संमतिपत्रकम् Śukra.2.34.

sarpiṣmat	सर्पिष्मत् a. Dressed with clarified butter.

sādhumat	साधुमत् 1 Good. -2 Happy; देवानां प्रतिपत्तिश्च सत्यं साधु- मता सताम् Mb.5.191.11.

sānumat	सानुमत् m. A mountain; द्रुमसानुमतां किमन्तरं यदि वायौ द्वितये$पि ते चलाः R.8.9. -ती N. of an Apsaras; Ś.6.

surabhimat	सुरभिमत् m. N. of fire.

sūkṣmatā	सूक्ष्मता minuteness, subtlety, fineness; सूक्ष्मतां चान्व- वेक्षेत योगेन परमात्मनः Ms.6.65.

sthitimat	स्थितिमत् a. 1 Possessed of firmness, steady, firm; N.5.22. -2 Permanent; स्थितेरभेत्ता स्थितिमन्तमन्वयम् R. 3.27. -3 Virtuous, upright. -4 Keeping within limits (as the ocean).

sphūrtimat	स्फूर्तिमत् a. 1 Throbbing, tremulous, agitated. -2 Tender-hearted. -m. A follower or worshipper of Śiva (पाशुपत).

smṛtimat	स्मृतिमत् a. 1 Having full consciousness. -2 Remembering a former life. -3 Prudent, discreet. -4 Versed in law. -5 Anything which causes recollection.

svastimat	स्वस्तिमत् a. Doing well, happy, safe; भूतानुकम्पा तव चेदियं गौरेका भवेत् स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते R.2.48. स्वस्रीयः svasrīyḥ स्वस्रेयः svasrēyḥ स्वस्रीयः स्वस्रेयः A sister's son; Ms.3.148. स्वस्रीया svasrīyā स्वस्रेयी svasrēyī स्वस्रीया स्वस्रेयी A sister's daughter.

haviṣmat	हविष्मत् a. Possessed of oblations.

haviṣmatī	हविष्मती N. of the mythical cow Kāmadhenu; तस्मै स नरदेवाय मुनिरर्हणामाहरत् । ससैन्यामात्यवाहाय हविष्मत्या तपोधनः ॥ Bhāg.9.15.24.

hetumat	हेतुमत् a. 1 Having a reason or cause. -2 Having the hetu. -m. An effect.

Macdonell Vedic Search

Results for mat7 results


mathita	math-itá, pp. kindled by friction, viii. 48, 6.

mathyamāna	math-yá-māna, pr. pt. ps. being rubbed, v. 11, 6.

durmati	dur-matí, f. ill-will, ii. 33, 14 [dus̀ ill + matí thought].

dyumat	dyu-mát, adv. brilliantly, v. 11, 1 [n. of dyu-mánt, a. bright].

madhumattama	mádhu-mat-tama, spv. a. most honied, v. 11, 5; x. 14, 15.

sumati	su-matí, f. good-will, iii. 59, 3. 4; iv. 50, 11; viii. 48, 12; x. 14, 6.

stomataṣṭa	stóma-taṣṭa, a. (Tp.) fashioned into (= being the subject of) praise, x. 15, 9.

Macdonell Search

Results for mat122 results


mat	ab. (of aham) from me: °ree;-used as the base of aham.

mata	pp. √ man; n. opinion, view; doctrine.

matabheda	m. difference of opinion, between (g. and in. with saha).

matākṣa	a. skilled in dice; -½anu- gñâ, f. admission of a fallacy in one's own reasoning while insisting on a similar one in that of one's opponent.

matallikā	f. --°ree; paragon of a, splendid, excellent; -î, f. id.

mataṅga	m. [roaming at will], ele phant; N. of a Dânava; N. of a sage: pl. his race: -ga, m. elephant: -tva, n. state of an elephant; -deva, m. N. of a fabulous being; -pura, n. N. of a town.

math	a. (--°ree;) destroying; m. churning stick (weak base of mathí, q. v.).

mathana	a. (&asharp;, î) harassing, afflict ing; destroying; n. friction; churning; har assing; destruction: -½akala, m. mountain of churning, Mount Mandara (used by the gods and Dânavas as a churning-stick in churning the ocean).

mathāya	den. P. (V.) produce (fire) by friction; tear off; shake.

mathi	m. (?) churning-stick (middle base; wk. base math; nm. manthâs); -ita, pp. churned, etc.; m. N. of the composer of a hymn; n. buttermilk without the addition of water; -i-tri, m. crusher, destroyer; -i tos, g., inf. of √ math.

mathura	m. N.: â, f. N. of various cities, esp. of an ancient and famous one situ- ated on the Yamunâ and held in great sanc- tity among both Brâhmans and Buddhists, now called Muttra.

matikarman	n. matter of the intellect; -gati, f. way of thinking; -garbha, a. (having intellect within), intelligent, clever; -darsana, n. pl. recognition of other's thoughts or intentions; -patha, m.path of reflexion: -m nî, subject to mature consideration; -pûr va, a. intentional: -m, e, ad. intentionally, wilfully, wittingly; -pûrvakam, ad. id.; -prakarsha, m. superior cleverness, stroke of genius; -bheda, m. change of opinion; differ ence of opinion; -bhrama, m. mental confusion.

matimat	a. intelligent, wise, sensi ble; -vardhana, m. N. of a commentator; -víd, a. knowing one's devotion or mind; -viparyaya, m. erroneous opinion, illusion; -vibhrama, m. mental confusion; infatua tion; -sâlin, a. possessed of understanding, sensible, wise; -hîna, pp. destitute of under standing, witless, stupid.

matka	a. my.

matkṛta	pp. done by me.

matkuṇa	m. bug; tuskless elephant: -tva, n. condition of a bug or of a tuskless elephant.

matsakhi	m. (nm. â) my friend or companion (RV.1).

matsara	a. [√ mad] gladdening, intoxicating (V.); joyful (V.); selfish; jealous, envious; m. gladdener=Soma (V.); jealousy, envy, of (lc., --°ree;); enmity, hostility; wrath, anger; passion for (lc., --°ree;).

matsarin	a. gladdening (RV.); envious, jealous, of (lc. or --°ree;); addicted to, passionately fond of (lc.).

matsī	f. female fish (=matsyâ).

matsya	m. [lively: √ mad] fish; N. of a people (pl.); king of the Matsyas: du. Pisces (sign of the zodiac).

matsyadhvaja	m. fish-banner; -purâna, n. Purâna proclaimed by Vishnu as a fish; -prâdurbhâva, m. Vishnu's incar nation as a fish; -bandha, m. catcher of fish, fisherman; -bandhin, m. id.; -râga, m. best of fishes (pl.); king of the Matsyas; -hán, m. killer of fish, fisherman.

matsyaka	m. little fish; -ghâta, m. killing=catching of fish; -ghâtin, a. killing fish; m. fisherman; -gîvat, pr. pt., -gîvin, m. (subsisting on fish), fisherman.

matsyāṇḍa	n. fish-roe; -½âda, a. feeding or living on fish; -½âsin, a. id.; -½udar îya, a. coming from the belly of a fish; -½upa- gîvin, m. (subsisting on fish), fisherman.

matsyaṇḍikā	f. boiled down juice of the sugar-cane; -î, f. id.

matta	pp. √ mad: -ka, a. somewhat overbearing; m. N.; -kâsin-î, a. f. looking intoxicated (used of fascinating women, esp. as a term of address); -mayûra, m. peacock intoxicated with joy; -vârana, m. mad ele phant; n. (?) fence round a house: -vikrama, a. having the might of a mad elephant; n. turret, pinnacle: -vâranîya, a. attached to the turret (of a car).

matya	n. harrow or roller.

aṃśumat	a. radiant; m. sun; N.

akāmatā	f. freedom from desire or love.

akāmatas	ad. involuntarily; unwillingly.

aṅgavākpāṇimat	a. endowed with body, speech, and hands.

atimatimat	a. extremely clever.

anatikrāmat	pr. pt. not trans gressing.

anabhimata	pp. disagreeable, unwelcome.

anātmatva	n. not being soul.

anunmatta	pp. not mad, sane.

anumata	pp. approved; permitted; n. consent: lc. with the consent of (g.); (ánu) mati, f. approbation, assent; -mantri, m. one who assents; -mantrana, n. recitation of a verse to (g., --°ree;); -marana, n. following in death (esp. of widows).

apramatta	pp. not careless, careful, attentive; -tva, n. abst. n.

abhimata	pp. esteemed, loved; wished for, approved; n. wish, desire; -man tavya, fp. to be regarded as (nm.); -man tri, a. bringing objects into relation with it self; -mantrana, n. invocation; consecration.

amati	a. poor; f. poverty.

amati	f. appearance, brightness.

amata	pp. unlooked for; not approved.

amatsara	a. disinterested.

amati	f. ignorance: in. uninten tionally.

aramati	f. devotion, piety; god dess of devotion; a. indefatigable.

arciṣmat	a. radiant, flaming; m. fire.

alimat	a. covered with bees: (d)-dalin, a. having petals covered with bees; -mâlâ, f. swarm of bees.

asaṃmata	pp. not esteemed; not authorised; -mrishta, pp. uncleansed.

asmatrā	ad. among or with us.

asmatkūlīna	a. belonging to our family; -samîpa-tas, ad. near us.

imathā	ad. in this manner.

iṣumat	a. furnished with arrows; -mâtra, n. length of an arrow: (á)-m, ad. at arrow-shot distance; -varsha, m. shower of arrows.

unmathana	n. shaking; shooting down.

unmatta	pp. (√ mad) mad, frantic; intoxicated; m. thorn-apple: -ka, a. (ikâ) out of one's senses; mad; -darsana, a. of frantic aspect; -rûpa, a. maniac-like; -vat, ad. like a maniac; -vesa, a.dressed like a maniac; -½avanti, m. N. of a king.

kakudmat	a. having a hump; m. mountain; buffalo with a hump.

karmatā	f., -tva, n. effect; notion of karman; -danda, m. complete control of acts; -dushta, pp. acting badly; -dosha, m. sinful act; -dhâraya, m. compound in which the first word (generally an a.) describes the second.

kāmonmatta	pp. mad with love.

kṣumat	a. nutritious; strong, vigorous.

gātumat	a. spacious, commodious.

gārutmata	a. referable or sacred to Garuda: w. asman, emerald (as an antidote).

gomat	a. possessing cows, rich in, or consisting of cows; abounding in milk; n. property in cattle: -î, f. place abounding in cows; -&isharp;, f. N. of several rivers, esp. of a tribu tary of the Indus; -matallikâ, f. splendid cow.

gmat	V. pr. pt. of √ gam.

camatkaraṇa	n. astonishment, surprise; -kâra, m. id.; -kârita, cs. pp. as tonished; -kriti, f. astonishment.

jñānecchākriyāśaktimat	a. having the faculty of knowledge, will, and action.

taratamatas	ad. more or less.

tuviṣmat	a. mighty, powerful.

dīptimat	a. radiant, brilliant.

durmati	a. foolish; ill-disposed (rare); m. fool; miscreant; 1. -mada, m. false pride, overweening self-conceit; 2. -máda, a. intoxicated; extravagant, wild, mad; madly devoted to (--°ree;); -manas, n.wrong-mindedness, delusion; a. dispirited, dejected, sad: -tâ, f. -ness.

dṛśimat	a. seeing.

doṣmat	a. strong-armed, brave.

dhīmat	a. intelligent, sensible, wise.

dhenumat	a. yielding milk; con taining the word &open;dhenu.&close;

dhṛtimat	a. steadfast, firm, reso lute; contented, satisfied; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of strong will; -mush, a. robbing of steadfastness.

nāmatas	ad. by name: -kri, give the name of (ac.) to (ac.); -prakh, ask the name of (ac.); in nâma nâmatas one of the two words is redundant.

paramanyumat	a. deeply dis tressed; -marma-gña, a. knowing the secret designs of others.

paramatā	f. highest position, supremacy; summit, highest aim; -dâruna, a. very dreadful; -duhkhita, pp. deeply afflicted.

paramata	n. opinion of others.

pīnāyatakakudmat	a. having a fat and lofty hump.

puramathana	m. crusher of Pura, ep. of Siva; -mârga, m. street; -raksha, -rakshin, m. town watchman, policeman; -vâsin, m. citizen; -sâsana, m. chastiser of Pura, ep. of Siva.

pṛśnimat	a. containing the word &open;Prisni;&close; (prísni)-mâtri, a. having the earth or Prisni as a mother.

praṇimat	a. supplied with living beings (country); -vadha, m. killing of a living being.

bandhumat	a. possessed of kins folk; surrounded by kinsmen: -î, f. N.; -mitra, m. N.

barhiṣmat	a. accompanied or provided with sacrificial grass; having or strewing sacrificial grass=sacrificer; -yã, a. belonging to or suitable for the sacrificial grass or the sacrifice.

bindumat	a. having bubbles or clots; m. N. of a son of Marîki: -î, f. kind of verses; N.; -rekhâ, f. line of dots; -saras, n. N. of a sacred lake; -sâra, m. N. of a prince, son of Kandra-gupta.

bṛhaspatimat	a. accompa nied by Brihaspati; -vat, a. id.

brahmatā	f. nature of the absolute deity; -tegas, n. glory or power of Brah man; a. having the glory or power of Brah man; -tego-maya, a. formed of Brahman's glory; -tva, n. office of the Brahman priest; rank of a Brâhman; position of Brahman; -da, a. giving the Veda, imparting sacred knowledge; -danda, m. Brahman's staff (a kind of mythical weapon); curse of a Brâh man; -dandin, m. N. of an ancient sage; -dattá, m. given by the god Brahman; N.; -dâtri, m. imparter of the Veda, spiritual teacher; -dâna, n. gift of the Veda, impart ing of sacred knowledge; -dâya, 1. a. im parting the Veda; 2. m. sacred knowledge as a heritage; inheritance of a Brâhman; -dâya hara, a. receiving the Veda as an inherit ance from (g.); -dâyâda, a. enjoying sacred knowledge as his inheritance or m. son of Brahman; -dûshaka, a. falsifying the Veda; -deya, a. being given in marriage after the manner of Brahman or the Brâhmans: with vidhi, m. marriage of this kind; n. instruc tion in the Veda, imparting of sacred know ledge: -½anusamtâna, a. in whose familyteaching of the Veda is hereditary; -dvísh, a. hostile to devotion or religion, impious; m. hater of Brâhmans; -dvesha, m. hatred of religion, impiety; -dhara, a. possessed of sa cred knowledge; -dharma-dvish, a. hating the Vedas and the law; -dhâtu, m. compo nent part of Brahman.

bhaṅgimat	a. wavy (hair); -man, m. waviness; perversity; -vikâra, m. distor tion of the features (of the face).

bhānumat	a. luminous, bright, radiant; m. sun; N.: -î, f. N.; -maya, a. consisting of rays; -mitra, m. N.; -ratha, m. N.; -varman, m. N.; -vâra, m. Sunday.

manmatha	m. [agitator: intv. of √ math] love, god of love: -bandhu, m. (friend of love), moon; -math, a. destroying the god of love; -lekha, m. love-letter; -sa mâna, a. animated by similar love.

marīcimat	a. (--°ree;) having -as rays; m. sun; -mâlin, a. having a wreath of rays (sun); m. sun.

māmateya	m. met. (fr. mamatâ) of Dîrghatamas.

mānmatha	a. (î) relating to, pro duced by, or filled with love; belonging to the god of love.

yajuṣmat	a. attended with a sacrificial text: w. ishtakâ, pl. designation of certain bricks (consecrated with a special text).

yuṣmat	ab. pl. of prs. prn. of 2nd prs. (V.); °ree;-- in some cpds.; -tas, ad.=ab. from or of you; d-artham, ad. on your account; d-âyatta, pp. dependent on you.

rayimat	a. (V.) combined with wealth; wealthy.

rājimat	a. striped; m. kind of snake; -la, m. (striped), kind of snake.

vadhūmat	a. drawn by mares (RV.).

vamathu	m. vomiting; water squirted from an elephant's trunk; -ana, n. vomit ing; emission; emetic.

vapuṣmat	a. having a beautiful form, handsome; embodied, incarnate; con taining the word vapus.

vasumat	a. possessing or contain ing wealth, rich; accompanied by the Vasus; m. N.: -î, f. (C.) earth; country, region; ground; N.: -pati, m. lord of earth, king, -sûnu, m. son of Vasumatî, Naraka.

vadhrimatī	f. a. having an im potent husband (RV.).

vasumati	m. N. of a Brâhman; -mitra, m. N.; -rakshita, m. N.; -lakshmî, f. N. of Agnimitra's sister-in-law.

vikramatuṅga	m. N. of two kings; -nidhi, m. N. of a warrior; -patta na, n. Vikrama's city, Uggayinî; -pati, m. =Vikrama½âditya; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bâhu, m. N. of various kings; -râga, m. N. of a king; -lâñkhana, m.=Vikrama½âditya; -sakti, m. N. of various warriors; -simha, m. N. of various kings; -sena, m. id.; -sthâ na, n. walking-place, promenade; -½a&ndot;ka, m. =Vikramâditya: -deva,m. id.: -karita, n. Adventures of Vikramâ&ndot;ka-deva, T. of a poem; -½âditya, m. Sun of Valour, N. of various kings, esp. of one accounted the conqueror of the Sakas and founder of the Vikrama era (56 b. c.).

vimati	f. divergence of opinion, regarding (lc.); aversion; a. dull, stupid: -tâ, f. stupidity; -matsara, a. free from jealousy; -mada, a. free from intoxication, grown sober; free from rut; free from pride; á, m. N. of a protégé of the gods; N. of a composer of Vedic hymns; (ví)-madhya, n. (?) middle; -manas, a. out of one's senses, beside oneself, discomposed, downcast, dis consolate; -manâ-ya, den. Â. be disconsolate or downcast; -manî-kri, make angry; -man yu, a. free from anger; -marda, m. crush ing, bruising, rubbing, friction; trampling; conflict, encounter, scuffle, fight; destruction, devastation; interruption, disturbance of (--°ree;); contact (rare); refusal, rejection (rare); total eclipse (rare); -marda-ka, a. crushing, destroying; m. N.; -mardana, a. pressing, crushing; destroying; m. N. of a fairy; n. crushing; encounter, conflict; destruction, devastation; -mardin, a. (--°ree;) shattering, destroying, devastating; dispelling; -marsa, m. examination, consideration, reflection; discussion; intelligence (rare); crisis in the plot (of a play); -marsana, n. examination, reflection.

vaimatya	n. [vimati] difference of opinion.

śikhaṇḍimat	a. abounding in peacocks.

śuddhimat	a. pure, spotless; in nocent, proved guiltless, acquitted.

śromata	n. fair fame, celebrity (RV.): in. pl. gloriously.

sacamatkāram	ad. with as tonishment.

samatsara	a. angry with (samam); jealous, of (uddisya).

samatulā	f. equal value; -tva, n. equality, with (in., g.); equanimity; equa bility; uniform conduct, towards (lc., --°ree;); normal condition.

samatikrama	m. omission or neglect of (g.); -atikrânta, pp. √ kram; n. transgression, error; -atîta, pp. past, gone by etc.

samatā	f. V., C.: equality, same- ness, identity, with (in., g., --°ree;); C.: same- ness of level; fairness, impartiality, towards (lc., --°ree;); equableness, normal condition; mediocrity: -m nî, decide or settle equitably.

saṃmata	pp. √ man; n. opinion: in., lc. according to the view of (g.); lc. with the consent of (g.); -mati, f. opinion, view (rare); concurrence, approval; reverence, respect: in. with the assent of (g.); -matta, pp. in toxicated; -mada, m. joy, delight, at (--°ree;): -maya, a. (î) full of joy; (sám)-manas, a. unanimous (V.); -marda, m. friction; im pact; concourse, throng; trampling; encoun tering (--°ree;); conflict, with (--°ree;); -mardana, m. N. of a fairy; -mársana, n. (V.) stroking; -mâ, f. symmetry, equality in number; -mâ trí (AV. also sám-), a. having the same mother (V.); -mâna, m. (n.) respect, honour (also pl.; often incorrectly spelt san-); -mânana, n. honouring, showing respect to: â, f. id.; -mânita-vimânita, pp. first honoured and then disgraced; -mânin, a. having a sense of honour; -mârga, m. wiping, cleansing; whisp of grass for tying faggots (S.); -mârgaka, a. sweeping, cleansing; m. sweeper; -m&asharp;rgana, n. wiping, cleansing, sweeping: î, f. broom; (sám)-mita, pp. (√ mâ) commensurate, con formable etc.; m. N. of a mythical being; n.distance: -tva, n. complete parallelism (rh.); -misra, a. commingled, intermixed, joined, or provided with (in., --°ree;); -misrana, n. in termingling; (sám)-misla, a. mixing, united with (in., lc.; RV.); -mîlana, n. closing (of the eyes); cessation of activity.

sānumat	a. having a ridge or plateau (mountain); m. mountain: -î, f. N. of an Apsaras; -½anurâga, a. attached, af fectionate; enamoured, of (lc.); -½anusaya, a. repenting; irritable; having a remnant of the consequences of action which brings the soul from the other world to the earth; -½anû kâsa, a. together with the after-shine; -½anû pa, a. having well-watered soil; -½antaka, a. together with Yama.

sarpiṣmat	a. provided or prepared with ghee; ísh-vat, a. id.

sāmatva	n. name of Sâman; -dhvani, m. sound of the Sâman.

sumanomattaka	m. N.; -mano-latâ, f. flowering creeper; -mano hara, a. very charming or attractive; -mán tu, a. easily known, well-known (RV.); m. N. of a teacher; -mantra, a. following good counsels; m. N. of various men; -mantrita, pp. well-deliberated: n. imps. good counsel has been taken; n. good counsel: -m kri, take good counsel; -mantrin, a. having a good minister; -mánman, a. uttering good wishes, very devout (RV.); -marma-ga, a. deeply penetrating the joints, causing great agony (arrow); -marshana, a. easy to bear; (sú)-mahat, a. very great, huge, vast (of time, space, quantity, number, degree); very important; -mahas, a. glorious (RV., always vc.); -mahâ, °ree;--: a. extremely great; ad. very greatly; -mahâ-kaksha, a. very high-walled; -mahâ-tapas, a. extremely ascetic or pious; -mahâ-tegas, a. very glorious; -mahât man, a. very noble-minded or high-souled; -mahâ-bala, a. extremely powerful or effica cious; -mahâ-manas, a. very high-minded; -mahârha, a. very splendid; -mahausha dha, n. herb of marvellous efficacy; -mâyá, a. having noble counsels (Maruts; RV.); m. N. of a prince of the Asuras; N. of a fairy: â, f. N. of a daughter of Maya: (a)-ka, m. N. of a fairy; -mitrá, m. kind friend; N., esp. of kings: â, f. N. of a Yakshinî; N. of a wife of Dasaratha, mother of Satrughna and Lakshmana; -mukha, n. beautiful mouth; bright face: in. cheerfully; a. (î) fair-faced; bright-faced, glad; inclined or disposed to (--°ree;); m. N. of a king; -mundîka, m. N. of an Asura; -mridîká, -mrilîká, V. a. com passionate, gracious; -mrishta, pp. well polished; very dainty: -pushpa½âdhya, a. abounding in very bright flowers; -méka, V. a. well-established, firm; unvarying; -medhás, a.having a good understanding, intelligent, wise (ac. also -medh&asharp;m, RV.); -meru, m. N. of a mtn. (=Meru); N. of a fairy; -mná, a. [√ mnâ=√ man] well-dis posed, gracious (V.); n. (V.) benevolence, favour, grace; devotion, prayer; satisfac tion, gladness, peace: -yú, V. a. devout, be lieving; favourable; -mnâ-várî, a. f. gracious, bringing gladness (Dawn, RV.1).

sumati	f. V.: benevolence, grace, favour (ord. mg.); devotion, prayer; C.: pleasure (rare; in, lc.); a. (C.) wise; well versed in (g.); m. N.: &ibrevcirc;, f. N. of Sagara's wife; -madhura, a. very tender orlovely; singing very beautifully; -madhya, a. beau tiful waisted; -madhyama, a. 1. very mediocre; 2. fair-waisted: â, f. fair-waisted woman; -mánas, a. V.: (good-hearted), well disposed, favourable, gracious, benevolent; pleasing; V., C.: well-pleased, cheerful, glad, comfortable; C.: wise; m. N.; f. flower (pl. or in cpds.); N.

sumat	ad. (RV.) together; with (in.).

suṣumat	a. very stimulating (RV.1).

smat	ad. (RV.) together; at the same time; w. in. (together) with [cp. sumat]: °ree; of several cpds. in RV., having with one= provided with.

Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects

Results for mat122 resultsResults for mat19 results


matsya	‘ Fish,’ is mentioned only once in the Rigveda, but frequently later.

matsya	Appears to be the name of a people in one passage of the Rigveda, where they are ranged with the other enemies of Sudās, although it is possible to see merely the sense of fish ’ in that passage. In the list of Aśvamedhins, offerers of the horse sacrifice,’ in the śatapatha Brāhmana, Dhvasan Dvaitavana is mentioned as a Matsya king (Mātsya). The Matsyas as a people occur also in the Kauṣītaki Upaniṣad in connexion with the Vaáas, and in the Gopatha Brāhmana5 in connexion with śālvas. In Manu the Kurukçetra, the Matsyas, the Pancālas, and the śūrasβnakas comprise the land of the Brahmin "Rsis (brahmarsi-deśa). There is no reason to doubt that the Matsyas occupied much the same territory as in Epic times, say Ahvar, Jaipur, Bharatpur.

anumati	See Māsa

amatra	Amatra was a vessel into which the Soma, after being pressed, was poured, and out of which the libation to the god was made.

aṣāḍhi sauśromateya	Sauśromateya was a man who is stated in the śatapatha Brāhmana to have died because the heads for the sacrifice in connection with the laying of the bricks of the fire-altar had been obtained in an improper manner.

aṣādhi sauśromateya	According to the Satapatha Brāhmana, he was ruined because the heads were put on at the Agniciti in a certain manner, and not correctly.

aiṣumata	Descendant of Isumant,’ is the patronymic of Trāta in the Vamśa Brāhmana.

gomatī	‘Possessing cows,’ is mentioned as a river in the Nadī-stuti, or ‘Praise of Rivers,’ in the tenth Mandala of the Rigveda. In that hymn a river flowing into the Indus must be meant, and its identification with the Gomal, a western tributary of the Indus, cannot be doubted. In one other passage of the Rigveda the accentuation of Gomati shows that a river is meant. It is possible that in a third passage the reading should be changed to gomaiir from gomatīr. Geldner suggests that in the two last passages the Gumti, or rather its four upper arms (hence the use of the plural) is meant: this accords well with the later use of the name and with the general probability of the river here intended being in Kuruksetra, as the centre of Vedic civilization.

taimata	Is twice mentioned as a species of snake in the Atharvaveda.

trāta aiṣumata	(‘Descendant of Isumant ’) is mentioned in the Vamśa Brāhmana as a pupil of Nigada Pārnavalki.

pīlumatī	Is in the Atharvaveda the name of the intermediate heaven lying between the udanvatī, watery,’ and the pra-dyauh, farthest heaven.’ It presumably means * rich in Pīlu.’ Cf Div.

mamatā	Is, according to Sāyaṇa, in one passage of the Rigveda, the wife of Ucathya and the mother of Dīrg*hatamas. But the word may be merely an abstract noun meaning ‘ selfinterest,’ a sense which it often has in the later language. Oldenberg finds a mention of Mamata (masc.) in a verse of the Rigveda as the name of a Bharadvāja.

mahāmatsya	A ‘ great fish,’ is mentioned in the Brhadāraṇyaka Upanisad.

māmateya	‘Descendant of Mamatā,’ is the metronymic of Dīrghatamas in the Rigveda and the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa.

vadhrimatī	‘Having an impotent man as a husband,’ seems in the Rigveda to be the name of a woman who owed the restoration of her husband’s virility to the Aśvins, and obtained a son, Hiraṇyahasta. The word is, however, possibly only descriptive.

śraumatya	‘Descendant of śrumant,’ is the name of a teacher in the śatapatha Brāhmana

sumatitsaru	See Tsaru.

sauśromateya	‘Descendant of Suśromatā,’ is the metronymic of Aṣādhi in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. Cf. Áṣādhi.

hāridrumata	‘Descendant of Haridrumant,’ is the patronymic of a Gautama in the Chāndogya Upaniṣad.

Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance

Results for mat122 resultsResults for mat19 resultsResults for mat195 results


matasne	vāyavyair na mināti pittam VS.19.85d; MS.3.11.9d: 153.12; KS.38.3d; TB.2.6.4.3d.

matayaḥ	somapām urum RV.3.41.5a; AVś.20.23.5a.

mathavyān	stokān apa yān rarādha AVś.2.35.2c. See madhavyān, and madhavyau.

mathīd	yad īṃ viṣṭo (RV.1.71.4a, vibhṛto) mātariśvā RV.1.71.4a; 148.1a; MS.4.14.15a: 240.14. P: mathīd yad īm śś.14.57.13,14.

mathīr	ugro na śavasā RV.1.127.11g.

mathite	vyāhṛtīr juhuyāt Kauś.73.4c.

mathnā	rajāṃsy aśvinā vi ghoṣaiḥ RV.1.181.5d.

mathnanto	dāśā bhṛgavaḥ RV.1.127.7c.

mathnantv	anyo anyasmai AVP.5.10.6c.

mathrā	nemiṃ ni vāvṛtuḥ RV.8.46.23c.

mathyamānāyānubrūhi	Apś.7.13.1.

matī	juṣṭo dhiyā hitaḥ RV.9.44.2a.

matī	viprāḥ sam asvaran RV.9.63.21c.

matiḥ	kavīnām MS.4.9.6: 126.5; TA.4.7.4; 5.6.8.

matiṃ	vasiṣṭha mīḍhuṣe bharasva RV.7.88.1b.

matiṃ	viprasya vardhayad vivakṣase RV.10.25.10d.

matiṃ	kavīnām ṛṣabhaṃ janānām Apś.21.12.3b.

matiṃ	tarpayāmi śraddhāmedhe dhāraṇāṃ ca śG.4.9.3.

matīnāṃ	ca sādhanam RV.10.26.4c; N.6.29.

matir	uditayaḥ kutaḥ AVś.10.2.10d.

matir	nāmāsi (sc. tasyās te joṣṭrīṃ gameyam) MG.1.4.2; VārG.8.3.

matiś	ca me sumatiś ca me (VS. me yajñena kalpantām) VS.18.11; TS.4.7.2.2; MS.2.11.3: 141.8; KS.18.8.

matsad	ahiṃ vṛtram apāṃ jinvad udāryam udyān divi samudraṃ parvatāṃ iha Aś.6.2.11.

matsad	yathā saumanasāya devam RV.6.44.16c.

matsarā	mādayiṣṇavaḥ RV.1.14.4b.

matsarāsaḥ	prasupaḥ (SV. -sutaḥ) sākam īrate RV.9.69.6b; SV.2.720b; JB.3.298b.

matsarāsaḥ	svarvidaḥ RV.9.21.1c; 107.14d. See next but one.

matsarāsas	tadokasaḥ RV.1.15.1c.

matsarāso	jarhṛṣanta prasāham RV.6.17.4d.

matsarāso	madacyutaḥ SV.1.518d; 2.206d; JB.3.213d. See prec. but one.

matsi	dyāvāpṛthivī deva soma RV.9.97.42d; SV.2.604d; JB.3.240d.

matsi	no vasya"iṣṭaye RV.1.176.1a; śś.11.11.17; 18.18.5.

matsi	mahām indram indo madāya RV.9.90.5d.

matsi	mitrāvaruṇā pūyamānaḥ RV.9.97.42b; SV.2.604b; JB.3.240b.

matsi	vāyum iṣṭaye rādhase naḥ (RV.JB. ca) RV.9.97.42a; SV.2.604a; JB.3.240a; PB.15.1.3.

matsi	śardho mārutaṃ matsi devān RV.9.90.5c; 97.42c; SV.2.604c; JB.3.240c.

matsi	soma varuṇaṃ matsi mitram RV.9.90.5a.

matsīndram	indo pavamāna viṣṇum RV.9.90.5b.

matsva	madāya AVP.2.7.5d.

matsvā	na indra gomataḥ RV.8.3.1b; SV.1.239b; 2.771b.

matsvā	madaṃ puruvāraṃ maghāya ā.5.2.1.10b.

matsvā	vivasvato matī RV.8.6.39c.

matsvā	sutasya gomataḥ RV.8.13.14b; 92.30c; AVś.20.60.3c; SV.2.176c.

matsvā	suśipra mandibhiḥ RV.1.9.3a; AVś.20.71.9a.

matsvā	suśipra (SV. -prin) harivas tad (SV. tam) īmahe RV.8.99.2a; SV.2.164a.

matsy	apāyi te mahaḥ RV.1.175.1a; SV.2.782a; Aś.8.5.12; śś.11.11.16; 12.4.9; 18.11.2.

matsyaḥ	sāṃmado rājā (Aś.śś. matsyaḥ sāṃmadas) tasyodakecarā (śś. -kacarā) viśas ta ima āsata itihāso (Aś. āsate purāṇavidyā; śś. āsata itihāsavedo) vedaḥ so 'yam śB.13.4.3.12; Aś.10.7.8; śś.16.2.22--24.

matsyaṃ	na dīna udani kṣiyantam RV.10.68.8b; AVś.20.16.8b; N.10.12b.

matyai	śrutāya cakṣase AVś.6.41.1c. Cf. mahe śrotrāya.

aṃśumatīḥ	kāṇḍinīr yā viśākhāḥ # AVś.8.7.4c.

adabdhavratapramatir	vasiṣṭhaḥ # RV.2.9.1c; VS.11.36c; TS.3.5.11.2c; 4.1.3.3c; MS.2.7.3c: 77.14; KS.16.3c; AB.1.28.34; śB.6.4.2.7.

anumataṃ	pṛthivyemaṃ pacāmi # AVP.5.40.2a.

anumataye	svāhā # śB.14.9.4.18; BṛhU.6.4.18; AG.4.3.26; śG.2.14.4; Kauś.45.16. P: anumataye PG.2.10.9; BDh.3.9.4. Cf. SaṃnyāsaU.1. See anumatyai etc., and asūyantyai.

anumatāṃ	pathibhiḥ pārayantīm # Aś.4.13.2d.

anumatiṃ	prati bhūṣanty āyavaḥ # TS.3.3.11.4b.

anumatiḥ	sarasvatī # AVP.1.50.3a.

anumatiḥ	sarvam idaṃ babhūva # AVś.7.20.6a. Referred to as ānumatī (sc. ṛk) Kauś.23.4; 42.11; 45.10; 82.38.

anumate	anumataṃ sudānu # AVś.7.20.4b; KS.13.16b.

anumate	anu hi maṃsase naḥ # AVś.7.20.6d.

anumate	'nu manyasva (JG.1.4 with ūha, -nv amaṃsthāḥ) # GG.1.3.2 (cf. 11); KhG.1.2.18; HG.1.2.9; ApG.1.2.3; JG.1.3,4.

anumate	'nu manyasva na idam # KS.35.12a. See next.

anumate	'nv idaṃ manyasva # AVś.6.131.2a. See prec.

anumate	mṛḍayā naḥ svasti # RV.10.59.6d.

anumatyā	aṣṭākapālaḥ # VS.29.60.

anumatyai	caruḥ (MS. carum) # TS.7.5.14.1; 5.22.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.13; KSA.5.10,19.

anumatyai	caruṃ vaiśvānaraṃ dvādaśakapālam # MS.3.15.11: 181.5.

anumatyai	svāhā # TB.3.12.2.2--8; 4.2--6. See under anumataye etc.

anyatrāsmat	savitas tām ito dhāḥ # AVś.7.115.2c.

apāmatiṃ	durmatiṃ bādhamānāḥ # VS.17.54b; 19.84c; TS.4.3.4.2c; 6.3.2b; 5.4.6.2; MS.2.10.5b: 136.14; 3.11.9c: 153.10; KS.18.3b; 38.3c; śB.9.2.3.8; TB.2.6.4.2c.

apāsmat	tama uchatu # AVś.14.2.48a; Kauś.70.1c. P: apāsmat tamaḥ Kauś.79.22.

apāsmat	sarvaṃ durbhūtam (AVP. sarvam āmayat) # AVś.3.7.7c; AVP.3.2.6c.

apāsmat	syandatām agham # TA.6.11.2b (bis).

apramattā	anapāyinaḥ # PG.2.17.13d,14c,15d,16d.

apramattā	rakṣatha tantum etam # ApDh.2.6.13.6a.

amataṃ	ca mataṃ ca yat # Apś.3.12.1b.

amate	snuhite # AVP.10.1.3d.

amatre	pari ṣicyate # RV.5.51.4b.

amatrebhir	ṛjīṣiṇam # RV.6.42.2c; SV.2.791c.

amathnād	anyaṃ pari śyeno adreḥ # RV.1.93.6b; TS.2.3.14.2b; MS.4.14.18b: 248.4; KS.4.16b; AB.2.9.8.

ayakṣmatātiṃ	maha iha dhattam # AVś.4.25.5c. See next.

ayakṣmatāṃ	maho asmāsu dhattam # AVP.4.34.5c. See prec.

ayātayāmatāṃ	pūjām # śG.4.5.15a.

aramatir	anarvaṇaḥ # RV.8.31.12a.

aramatiḥ	savitā deva āgāt # RV.2.38.4d.

arīramat	patayat kac cid abhvam # RV.6.71.5d.

asimatīm	iṣumatīm # AVP.5.10.10a.

asṛṅmatī	carati brahmajāyā (text -jāyā ā-) # AVP.9.16.3a.

asmatkṛtasyainaso	'vayajanam asi (Tā. adds svāhā) # PB.1.6.10; Tā.10.59.

asmat	krāṇāsaḥ sukṛtā abhidyavaḥ # RV.1.134.2b.

asmat	putrāḥ pari ye saṃbabhūvuḥ # AVś.12.3.40b.

asmat	purota jāriṣuḥ # RV.1.139.8c; AVś.20.67.2c.

asmat	pūrva ṛṣayo 'ntam āpuḥ # RV.10.54.3b.

asmatrā	gantam upa naḥ # RV.1.137.1e,3d.

asmatrā	gantv avase # RV.8.63.4d.

asmatrāñco	vṛṣaṇo vajravāhaḥ # RV.6.44.19c.

asmatrā	te sadhryak santu rātayaḥ # RV.1.132.2f.

asmatrā	rādha etu te # RV.4.32.18c.

asmatrā	rāyo niyutaḥ sacantām # RV.4.41.10d.

asmatsakhā	tvaṃ deva soma viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ priyaṃ pātho 'pīhi # VS.8.50; VSK.8.22.4; śB.11.5.9.12. See next.

asmatsakhā	deva soma jāgatena chandasā viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ priyaṃ pātho 'pīhi (MS. pāthā upehi; KS. pātha upehi) # TS.3.3.3.3; MS.1.3.36: 43.4; KS.30.6. See prec.

asmatsakhā	prataraṇaḥ suvīraḥ # RV.6.47.26b; AVś.6.125.1b; AVP.15.11.8b; VS.29.52b; TS.4.6.6.5b; MS.3.16.3b: 186.7; KSA.6.1b; SMB.1.7.16b; N.9.12b.

asmat	sukīrtir madhujihvam aśyāḥ # RV.1.60.3b.

asmat	sutaṣṭo ratho na vājī (MS. vāṇīḥ) # RV.7.34.1b; MS.4.9.14b: 134.11; TA.4.17.1b. See asmad rathaḥ.

asmat	su śapathāṃ adhi # Apś.6.20.2d. See sarvān mac.

asmat	stomebhir aśvinā # RV.8.8.8b.

ācāmata	mama pratatāmahās tatāmahās tatāḥ sapatnīkās tṛpyantv ācāmantu # Kauś.88.24.

ātmatrāṇi	devajūtā # AVP.11.2.11a.

ānumatī	vā bhavati # Kauś.73.12c.

āmatta	ca pibata ca mā ca vaḥ kṣeṣṭa # JG.2.1b (corrupt).

āmatrebhiḥ	siñcatā madyam andhaḥ # RV.2.14.1b; N.5.1.

āyuṣmatām	āyuṣkṛtām # AVś.3.31.8a.

āyuṣmatīdaṃ	pari dhatsva vāsaḥ # AVś.14.1.45d; SMB.1.1.5d; PG.1.4.12e,13d; MG.1.10.8f; JG.1.20d. See āyuṣmann idaṃ, āyuṣmān ayaṃ, and āyuṣmān idaṃ.

āyuṣmatīḥ	śvaśrumatīś cirāyuḥ # MG.1.12.3d.

āyuṣmato	vanve jātavedasaḥ # AVś.8.2.13b.

āyuṣmat	kṣatram ajaraṃ te astu # AVś.6.98.2d. See ojasvat kṣatram.

āyuṣmat	patnī prajayā svarvit # ApMB.1.8.3b. See dīrghāyupatnī etc.

āyuṣmatyā	(Aś.śś. -tya) ṛco mā gāta (Vait. māpagāyā; Kauś. mā satsi) tanūpāt (śś. -pāḥ) sāmnaḥ (Aś. sāmna om) # TS.3.2.7.1; Aś.5.2.14; śś.6.8.6; Vait.17.4; Kauś.108.2. See next.

āyuṣmatyā	ṛco mā chaitsi mā sāmno bhāgadheyād vi yoṣam # JB.1.167. See prec.

āramata	# Apś.14.29.1.

utkrāmate	svāhā # TS.7.1.19.3; KSA.1.10.

unmattaṃ	rakṣasas pari # AVś.6.111.3b; AVP.5.17.1d.

evonmattasya	te mune # AVP.5.17.4c.

katamat	svit kathāsīt (TS. kim āsīt) # RV.10.81.2b; VS.17.18b; TS.4.6.2.4b; MS.2.10.2b: 133.6; KS.18.2b.

ketumatī	ajare bhūriretasā (MS. -sau) # AVś.8.9.12d; MS.2.13.10d: 160.4; KS.39.10d. See ketuṃ kṛṇvāne.

kautomataṃ	saṃvananam # SMB.2.4.8a. Designated as kautomata GG.4.5.19; KhG.4.1.11.

gamat	sa gomati vraje # RV.7.32.10d. Cf. gamema gomati.

gamat	sa śiprī na sa yoṣad ā gamat # RV.8.1.27c.

gomatīm	ava tiṣṭhati # RV.8.24.30d.

cakṣuṣmatī	prathamā śataudanā # AVP.14.6.9a.

cakṣuṣmatī	me mṛśatī vapūṃṣi # AVP.14.8.8c. See next.

cakṣuṣmate	ma uśatī vapūṃṣi # AVś.19.49.8c. See prec.

cakṣuṣmate	śṛṇvate te bravīmi # RV.10.18.1c; AVś.12.2.21c; VS.35.7c; śB.13.8.3.4c; TB.3.7.14.5c; TA.3.15.2c; 6.7.3c; Tā.10.46c; Apś.21.4.1c; SMB.1.1.15e; MG.2.18.2c; N.11.7c. See vāstoṣ pate etc.

cākṣuṣmatyāya	svāhā # TB.3.10.7.1.

jyotiṣīmatasya	sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.

jyotiṣmataḥ	patho rakṣa dhiyā kṛtān # RV.10.53.6b; TS.3.4.2.2b; KS.13.11b,12; AB.3.38.6.

jyotiṣmatā	vāmam asmabhyaṃ vakṣi # RV.7.78.1d.

jyotiṣmatīḥ	prati etc. # see jyotiṣmatī etc.

jyotiṣmatīḥ	pradiśo yasya sarvāḥ # AVś.4.35.5c.

jyotiṣmatī	tamas tiraḥ # RV.1.46.6b; AVś.19.40.4b; AVP.11.15.5b.

jyotiṣmatīṃ	tvā sādayāmi # TS.1.4.34.1; MS.2.13.19: 165.6; KS.40.4; TA.3.19.1; Apś.17.6.4; Mś.6.2.3.7.

jyotiṣmatī	(MS. -tīḥ) prati muñcate nabhaḥ # TS.4.3.11.3a; MS.2.13.10a: 161.10; KS.39.10a; PG.3.3.5a.

jyotiṣmatī	prathamā śataudanā # AVP.14.7.4a.

jyotiṣmatīm	aditiṃ dhārayatkṣitim # RV.1.136.3a.

jyotiṣmatī	sukṛto yāhi sūre # AVP.5.31.7a.

jyotiṣmatīs	tapanā yāś ca rocanā # AVP.12.20.7a. See tejiṣṭhā te tapanā.

jyotiṣmatīs	tamasvarīr undatīḥ suphenāḥ # TS.2.4.7.2b. See under undatīs.

jyotiṣmat	kṣatram āśāte # RV.1.136.3d.

jyotiṣmatyāya	svāhā # TB.3.10.7.1.

tvaṣṭīmatī	etc. # see tvaṣṭrīmatī.

tvaṣṭrīmatī	(TS.Apś. tvaṣṭīmatī) te sapeya # TS.1.2.5.2; 6.1.8.5; Apś.10.23.7; 15.8.17; TA.4.7.5; 5.6.12. Cf. tvaṣṭṛmantas.

daśapramatiṃ	janayanta yoṣaṇaḥ # RV.1.141.2d.

dasmat	kṛṇoṣy adhvaram # RV.1.74.4c.

durmatyai	ta idaṃ namaḥ # AVś.6.13.2d.

dyumatā	yātaṃ nṛvatā rathena # RV.6.62.10b.

dyumattamaṃ	dakṣaṃ dhehy asme # RV.6.44.9a.

dyumattamāni	kartvā # RV.8.101.7b.

dyumattamā	supratīkasya sūnoḥ (AVś. supratīkaḥ sasūnuḥ) # AVś.5.27.1c; AVP.9.1.1c; VS.27.11c; TS.4.1.8.1c; MS.2.12.6c: 149.15; KS.18.17c; śB.6.2.1.32.

dyumat	pāvaka dīdihi # RV.5.23.4e; 6.48.7e. See revat etc.

nirmathitaḥ	sudhita ā sadhasthe # RV.3.23.1a. P: nirmathitaḥ VHDh.6.8.

pitumatīm	ūrjam asmā adhattam # RV.1.116.8b; N.6.36b.

pīlumatīti	madhyamā # AVś.18.2.48b.

puṣṭimatī	paśumatī prajāvatī gṛhamedhinī bhūyāsam # Apś.3.10.9.

prāsmat	pāśān varuṇa muñca sarvān # AVś.7.83.4a; 18.4.70a.

barhiṣmatī	rātir viśritā gīḥ # RV.1.117.1c.

barhiṣmate	ni sahasrāṇi barhayaḥ # RV.1.53.6d; AVś.20.21.6d.

barhiṣmate	manave śarma yaṃsat # RV.5.2.12d.

barhiṣmate	randhayā śāsad avratān # RV.1.51.8b.

balapramathanāya	namaḥ # TA.10.44.1; MahānU.17.2.

brahmāyuṣmat	tad brāhmaṇair (AVP. brahmacāribhir) āyuṣmat # AVP.7.14.8; TS.2.3.10.3; KS.11.7; PG.1.16.6; ApMB.2.14.8 (ApG.6.15.12). See next.

bhānumat	teja uccarat # TB.3.1.3.2b.

bhūtasyājīgamat	patiḥ # AVP.1.50.1d.

madhumatīṃ	vācam udeyam # AVś.16.2.2.

madhumatīṃ	devebhyo vācam udyāsaṃ śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # TS.3.3.2.2; TA.4.1.1. See next but one.

madhumatī	patye asmi # AVP.4.20.1a.

madhumatīm	adya devebhyo vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi cāruṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # śś.1.5.9. See prec. but one.

madhumatīr	oṣadhayaḥ # AVP.4.20.4a.

madhumatīr	oṣadhīr dyāva āpaḥ # RV.4.57.3a; AVś.20.143.8a; MS.4.11.1a: 160.5; Aś.9.11.16. Ps: madhumatīr oṣadhīḥ Vait.27.30; śG.1.12.9; madhumatīḥ AG.4.7.26.

madhumatīr	na (MSṃś. nā) iṣas kṛdhi # VS.7.2; TS.1.4.2.1; 3.1; 6.4.5.4; MS.1.3.4: 31.8; KS.4.1 (bis); 27.1,2; śB.4.1.1.13; Mś.2.3.3.14. P: madhumatīḥ Kś.9.4.23.

madhumatīr	madhumatībhiḥ pṛcyantām # VS.10.4a; śB.5.3.4.27. P: madhumatīḥ Kś.15.4.46. See under devīr āpaḥ saṃ, and cf. madhunā madhu-.

madhumatī	sinīvālī # AVP.6.6.7a.

madhumatī	stha # AVś.16.2.2.

madhumat	te parṇam āsa # AVP.2.32.2a. Cf. next.

madhumat	parṇaṃ madhumat puṣpam āsām # AVś.8.7.12c. Cf. prec.

madhumat	pārthivaṃ rajaḥ # RV.1.90.7b; VS.13.28b; TS.4.2.9.3b; MS.2.7.16b: 99.20; KS.39.3b; śB.14.9.3.12b; TA.10.10.2b; 49.1b; BṛhU.6.3.12b; MahānU.9.9b; 17.7b; Kauś.91.1b.

madhumat	punar āyanam # RV.10.24.6b. See madhuman me ni-.

madhumatyā	naḥ kaśayā mimikṣatam # RV.1.157.4b.

mamattu	tvā divyaḥ soma indra # RV.10.116.3a.

mamattu	naḥ parijmā vasarhā # RV.1.122.3a; TS.2.1.11.1a; KS.23.11a.

mamattu	yaḥ sūyate pārthiveṣu # RV.10.116.3b.

mamattu	yena niriṇāsi śatrūn # RV.10.116.3d.

mamattu	yena varivaś cakartha # RV.10.116.3c.

mamattu	vāto apāṃ vṛṣaṇvān # RV.1.122.3b; TS.2.1.11.1b; KS.23.11b.

mīḍhuṣmatīva	pṛthivī parāhatā # RV.5.56.3a.

yadottamat	tantubaddhāya nāvadvāsaḥ pūrvayāvat pururūpapeśaḥ # AVP.15.6.6ab.

yuṣmat	sadaśvo marutaḥ suvīraḥ # RV.5.58.4d.

Dictionary of Sanskrit Search

"mat" has 289 results

avadhimat	object of limit; confer, compare दूरे चेदवधिमान् अवधेर्भवति Kāś. on P.V.3.37.

upabdimat	the fourth out of the seven stages or places in the production of articulate speech, upāṁśu being the first stage; confer, compare सशब्दमुपद्भिमत् Tait. Pr. 23.9 explained by the commentator as: सशब्दं परश्राव्यशब्दसहितम् । यत्र प्रयुज्यमानः शब्दः परैरक्षरव्यञ्जनववेकवर्जे श्रूयते तदुपद्विमत्संज्ञं भवति ।

ekadeśānumati	consent to a part of the whole, admission of one part as correct.

kumat	a word containing a guttural letter in it;.confer, compare कुमति च P. VIII.4. 13.

gurumat	a word containing a गुरु vowel in it confer, compare इजादेश्च गुरुमतोनृच्छः P.III.1.36.

jahaddharmatva	abandonment or giving up of properties in the case of a word included in a वृत्ति or composite expression; confer, compare जहद्धर्मत्वाच्छब्दप्रवृत्तेः Durghata Vrtti on P. II. 2.6.

navyamata	a term used for the differentiation in views and explanations held by the comparatively new school of Bhattoji Diksita, as contrasted with those held by Kasikakara and Kaiyata; the term is sometimes applied to the differences of opinion expressed by Nagesabhatta in contrast with Bhagttoji Diksita. For details see p.p. 23-24 Vol.VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D.E. Society, Poona.

prācīnamata	the view or doctrine of the former or rather older grammarians. The word is used in many commentary books and the meaning of the word is to be decided according to the context. For example in the works of Ramacandra, the author of the Prakriyakaumudi and his followers, the word refers to the view given by the writers of the Kasikavrtti and the commentaries thereon in the works of Bhattoji and his pupils, it refers to the writer of the Prakriyakaumudi in addition to the writers of the Kasika, while in the works of Nagesa it refers to the writings of Bhattoji and his pupils. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. V1I pp. 23-24 D. E. Society's Edition.

matup	taddhita affix. affix मत् changed in some cases to वत् (cf मादुपधायाश्च मतोर्वोऽयवादिभ्यः P. VIII. 2.9), applied to any noun or substantive in the sense of 'who possesses that,' or 'which contains it,' or in the sense of possession as popularly expressedition The affix is called possessive affix also, and is very commonly found in use; e. g. गोमान्, वृक्षवान् , यवमान् , et cetera, and others confer, compare तदस्यास्त्यस्मिन्निति मतुप् P. V. 2.94. The very general sense of 'possession' is limited to certain kinds of possession by the Vārttikakāra in the following stanza; भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेतिशायने \| संसर्गेऽस्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: confer, compare Kāś. on P. V. 2.94. There are other taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the same sense as मतुप्, such as the affixes लच् (V. 2.96-98), इलच् (99, 100, 105, 117), श and न (100), ण (101), विनि (102, 121, 122), इनि (102, 115, 116, 128, 129-137), अण् (103, 104), उरच् (106), र (107), म (108), व ( 109, 110), ईरन् and ईरच् (111), वलच् (112, 113), ठन् (115, 116), ठञ् (118, 119), यप् (120), युस् (123, 138, 140), ग्मिनि (124), आलच् and आटच् (125), अच् (127), and ब, भ, यु, ति, तु, त and यस् each one applied to specifically stated words. मतुप् is also specially prescribed after the words headed by रस (confer, compare रसादिभ्यश्च P. V. 2.95) in supersession of some of the other affixes mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. which would take place in such cases, if मतुप् were not prescribed by the rule रसादिभ्यश्च. The portion of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. prescribing the possessive affixes is named मतुबधिकार (P. V. 2.92 to 140).

matuppāda	a conventional name given by grammarians to the third pāda of the eighth Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. as the pāda begins with the sūtra मतुवसोरु संबुद्धौ छन्दसि P. VIII. 3.1.

matubarthika	affix in the sense of मतुप् i. e. in the sense of possession. For these affixes of which इनि (इन्) is very common see the word मतुप्, confer, compare शैषिकान्मतुबर्थीयाच्छैषिको मतुबर्थिक: \| सरूप: प्रत्ययो नेप्ट: सन्नन्तान्न सनिष्यते \| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.7; V. 2.94.

matubarthīya	affix in the sense of मतुप् ; see मतुबर्थिक.

matublopa	elision of the affix मतुप् specially prescribed after words of quality, or words meaning quality, such as शुक्ल, कृष्ण which originally mean the white colour, the black colour et cetera, and others e. g. शुक्लः पट: confer, compare गुणवचनेभ्यो मतुपो लुक् P. V. 2.94 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.

matonmajjā	name of a commentary on Koṇḍabhaṭṭa's Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa written by a grammarian named वनमालिन्.

matvartha	sense in which the affix मतु ( मतुप् ) is affixed; the sense of 'possession' in general; see the word मतुप् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

matvarthīya	an affix which has got the sense of मतु ( मतुप् ). See the words मतुबर्थिक and मतुबर्थीय a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

yuṣmatpād	conventional name given to the third pada of the fourth adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra युष्मदस्मदोरन्यतरस्यां खञ् च P. IV. 3.1.

rāmatarkavāgīśa	a learned grammarian who held the titles महामहोपाध्याय and भट्टाचार्य, He was an advocate of the Mugdhabodha School and wrote commentaries on (1) the Mugdhabodha, (2) the Kavikalpadruma, (3) the Amarakosa and (4) the Unadi sutras. He also wrote a short gloss on case-relations, his treatise on the subject being named कारकटिप्पणी,

lumat	literally possessed of the syllable or wording लु. The word is applied to the terms लुक्, श्लु, and लुप् which contain the letter लु and which all mean the disappearance of a wordelement; confer, compare न लुमताङ्गस्य । लुक् श्लु लुप् एते लुमन्त: S.K. on P. I. 1.63.

vimalamati	an old grammarian who is believed to have written a gloss named भागवृत्ति on Pāṇini's Sūtras to which the grammarians Purusottamadeva, Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand others of the twelfth century refer. Some scholars say that भागवृत्ति was written by भर्तृहरि; but it is not feasible, as there is a reference to Māghakāvya in भागवृति. In books on grammar,. especially of the Eastern School in the 11th and the 12th century, there are several quotations from the Bhāgavṛtti. See भागवृत्ति.

sāmatantravyākaraṇa	an anonymous ancient work of the type of the Pratisakhya works dealing with the euphonic changes and accents in the padapatha of the Samaveda.

hetumat	the activity of the causal agent to express which a root has the affix णिच् added to it: confer, compare हेतु: स्वतन्त्रस्य कर्तुः प्रयोजकः । तदीयो व्यापार: प्रेषणादिलक्षणो हेतुमान् ， तस्मिन्नमिधेये धातोर्णिच् स्यात् \| Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.26.

a(1)	the first letter of the alphabet in Sanskrit and its derived languages, representing the sound a (अ): (2) the vowel a (अ) representing in grammatical treatises, except when Prescribed as an affix or an augment or a substitute,all its eighteen varieties caused by accentuation or nasalisation or lengthening: (3) personal ending a (अ) of the perfeminine. second.pluraland first and third person.singular.; (4) kṛt affix c (अ) prescribed especially after the denominative and secondary roots in the sense of the verbal activity e. g. बुभुक्षा, चिन्ता, ईक्षा, चर्चा et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अ प्रत्ययात् et cetera, and others (P.III 3.102-106); (5) sign of the aorist mentioned as añ (अङ्) or cañ (चङ्) by Pāṇini in P. III i.48 to 59 exempli gratia, for example अगमत्, अचीकरत्; (6) conjugational sign mentioned as śap (शप्) or śa (श) by Pāṇini in P. III.1.68, 77. exempli gratia, for example भवति, तुदति et cetera, and others; (7) augment am (अम्) as prescribed by P. VI.1.58; exempli gratia, for example द्रष्टा, द्रक्ष्यति; (8) augment aṭ (अट्) prefixed to a root in the imperfeminine. and aorist tenses and in the conditional mood e. g. अभवत्, अभूत्, अभविष्यत् confer, compare P. VI.4.71; (8) kṛt affix a (अ) prescribed as अङ्, अच्, अञ्, अण्, अन्, अप्, क, ख, घ, ञ, ड् , ण, et cetera, and others in the third Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.; (9) taddhita affix. affix a (अ) mentioned by Pāṇini as अच्, अञ् अण्, अ et cetera, and others in the fourth and the fifth chapters of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini; (10) the samāsānta affix a (अ), as also stated in the form of the samāsānta affixes (डच् , अच्, टच्, ष्, अष् and अञ्) by Pāṇini in V.4.73 to 121;(11) substitute a (अश्) accented grave for इदम before case-affixes beginning with the inst. instrumental case. case: (12) remnant (अ) of the negative particle नञ् after the elision of the consonant n (न्) by नलोपो नञः P. vi.3.73.

aṃ(ं)	nasal utterance called अनुस्वार and written as a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the vowel preceding it. confer, compare स्वरमनु संलीनं शब्द्यते इति; it is pronounced after a vowel as immersed in it. The anusvāra is considered (l) as only a nasalization of the preceding vowel being in a way completely amalgamated with it. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 11,31; XV. 1; XXII. 14 ; (2) as a nasal addition to the preceding vowel, many times prescribed in grammar as nuṭ (नुट् ) or num (नुम् ) which is changed into anusvāra in which case it is looked upon as a sort of a vowel, while, it is looked upon as a consonant when it is changed into a cognate of the following consonant (परसवर्ण) or retained as n (न्). confer, compare P. VIII.4.58; (3) as a kind cf consonant of the type of nasalized half g(ग्) as described in some treatises of the Yajurveda Prātiśākhya: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)1.22 V.Pr.14.148-9. The vowel element of the anusvāra became more prevalent later on in Pali, Prkrit, Apabhraṁśa and in the spoken modern languages while the consonantal element became more predominant in classical Sanskrit.

akārya	not a grammatical positive operation: e. g. elision (लोप.) confer, compare ननु च लोप एवेत्कार्यं स्यात् । अकार्यं लोपः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.2.

akṛt	not established; said of a grammatical operation which has not taken place e. g. अकृतसंधिकार्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 2.100, W. 3.84, also कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.4.62.

akṛtakāri	doing or accomplishing what is not done or accomplished; the expression is used in connection with grammatical operations like ह्रस्वकरण or दीर्घकरण only in cases where it is necessary i, e. where already there is no hrasva or drgha confer, compare अकृतकारि खल्वपि शास्त्रमग्निवत् । तद्यथा । अग्निर्यददग्धं तद्दहति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 1.127. the rules of Grammar, like fire, are applied to places where they produce a change.

akṛtavyūha	short expression for the grammatical maxim अकृतव्यूहाः पाणिनीयाः which means "the followers of Pāṇini do not insist on the taking effect of a rule when its cause or causes disappear." See Par. śek. Par. 56.

akṛtrima	non-technical: not formed or not arrived at by grammatical operations such as the application of affixes to crude bases and so on; natural; assigned only by accident. cf the gram. maxim कृत्रिमाकृतिमयोः कृत्रिमे कार्यसंप्रत्ययः which means "in cases of doubt whether an operation refers to that expressed by the technical sense or to that which is expressed by the ordinary sense of a term, the operation refers to what is expressed by the technical sense." Par. śek. Par.9 also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.28.

agnaukaravāṇinyāya	analogy conveyed by the expression अग्नौ करवाणि implying permission to the agent to do certain other things in a sacrificial session when, as a matter of fact, he is only permitted to work as an agent at the sacrificial action ( अग्नौकरण ), by virtue of the reply ' कुरु ' to his request made in the sentence अग्नौ करवाणि. confer, compare अग्नौकरवाणिन्यायेन भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on. II.2.24.

aglopa	elision of the vowel a, i,u , r or l ( अ, इ, उ, ऋ or लृ ) which prevents Sanvadbhāva confer, compare सन्वल्लघुनि चङ्परेSनग्लोपे P. VII.4.93, as also नाग्लोपिशास्वृदिताम् VII.4.2 where the elision prevents the shortening of the penultimate vowel if it is long.

at(1)	tech. term in Pāṇini's grammar for short अ, cf तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70; अदेङ् गुणः P.I.1.2; (2) personal ending अ for इ ( इट् ) of the Ist person. singular. or Ātmanep. Ātmanepada in the Potential, P III. 4. 106; (3) caseaffix in the case of युष्मद् and अस्मद् for ablative case. singular. and plural P.VII. 1.31,32: (4) tad-affix अत् (अ) prescribed after किम् in the sense of the locative case case before which किम् is changed to कु, क्व being the taddhita affix. formation; confer, compare P. V.3.12 and VII.2.105:(5) substitute अत्(शतृ) for लट् forming the present and future participles in the Parasmaipada. active voice confer, compare लटः शतृशानचौ. P.III. 2.124 and लृटः सद्वा P. III.3.14.

atideśa	extended application; transfer or conveyance or application of the character or qualities or attributes of one thing to another. Atideśa in Sanskrit grammar is a very common feature prescribed by Pāṇini generally by affixing the taddhita affix. affix मत् or वत् to the word whose attributes are conveyed to another. e. g. लोटो लङ्वत् P. III. 4.85. In some cases the atideśa is noticed even without the affix मत् or वत्; exempli gratia, for exampleगाङ्कुटादिभ्योऽञ्णिन् ङित् P. 1.2.1 . Atideśa is generally seen in all grammatical terms which end with 'vadbhāva' e. g. स्थानिवद्भाव (P.I.1.56-59), सन्वद्भाव (P.VII.4.93), अन्तादिवद्भाव (P. VI.1.85), अभूततद्भाव (P.IV.60) and others. Out of these atideśas, the स्थानिवद्भाव is the most important one, by virtue of which sometimes there is a full representation id est, that is substitution of the original form called sthānin in the place of the secondary form called ādeśa. This full representation is called रूपातिदेश as different from the usual one which is called कार्यातिदेश, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VIII.1.90 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1 and VIII.1.95. Vart.3. Regarding the use of अतिदेश there is laid down a general dictum सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः when an operation depending on the general properties of a thing could be taken by extended application, an operation depending on special properties should not be taken by virtue of the same : e. g. भूतवत् in P. III.3.132 means as in the case of the general past tense and not in the case of any special past tense like the imperfect ( अनद्यतन ) , or the perfect ( परोक्ष ). See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 101, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3. 132. There is also a general dictum अतिदेशिकमनित्यम्whatever is transferred by an extended application, need not, be necessarily taken. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. 93.6 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.123 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4, I.2.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.3.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 et cetera, and others, Kaiyaṭa on II. 1.2 and VI.4.22 and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. I.1.56 and P. I.2.58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8. The dictum अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् is given as a Paribhāṣā by Nāgeśa confer, compare Pari. Śek. 93. 6.

adhika(1)	additional or surplus activity which a rule in grammar sometimes shows; अधिकः कारः or अधिकं कार्यम्; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.11, Kāś. on III.2.124, Bh. Vṛ. on III.4.72; ( 2 ) surplus subject matter e. g. अथाख्याः समाम्नायाधिकाः प्राग्रिफितात् (V.Pr. I.33.)

adhikaraṇa(1)	support: a grammatical relation of the nature of a location : place of verbal activity. confer, compare अाधारोsधिकरणम् P.I.4.45; (2) one of the six or seven Kārakas or functionaries of verbal activity shown by the locative case. cf सप्तम्यधिकरणे च P.II.4.36;(3)substance, 'dravya' confer, compare अनधिकरणवाचि अद्रव्यवाचि इति गम्यते M.Bh. on II.1.1.

anavagatasaṃskāra	(a word) whose formation and accents have not been ekplained; confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.IV.1 ; V.2.

anahva	tech. term used by the writers; of the Prātiśākhya works for frequentative formations such as रीरिष:, चाक्लृपत् et cetera, and others; cf Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. 4.86.

anīyar	kṛt affix, termed कृत्य also forming the pot. passive voice. participle. of a root; confer, compare तव्यत्तव्यानीयरः P.III.1.96. exempli gratia, for example see the forms करणीयं, हरणीयं, the mute र् showing the acute accent on the penultimate vowel,

anukaraṇa(1)	imitation; a word uttered in imitation of another; an imitative name: confer, compare अनुकरणे चानितिपरम् P.I.4.62; अनुकरणं हि शिष्टशिष्टाप्रतिषिद्धेषु यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु, Śiva sūtra 2 Vārt 1; confer, compare also प्रकृतिवद् अनुकरणं भवति an imitative name is like its original Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 36; also M.Bh. on VIII. 2.46; (2) imitative word, onomatopoetic word; confer, compare एवं ह्याहुः कुक्कुटाः कुक्कुड् इति । नैवं त आहुः । अनुकरणमेतत्तेषाम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.48. confer, compare also दुन्दुभि: इति शब्दानुकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.IX. 12.

anudeśa(1)	reference, mention, statement referring to a preceding element. confer, compare यथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् P.I. 3.10; confer, compare आसिद्धवचनात् सिद्धमिति चेद् उत्सर्गलक्षणानामनुदेशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.57, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3. (2) declaration, prescription : the same as अतिदेश. confer, compare स्थान्यादेशपृथक्त्वादेशे स्थानिवद् अनुदेशो गुरुवद् गुरुपुत्र इति यथा P. I.1.56 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; (3) a grammatical operation confer, compare यथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् ! समसंबन्धी विधिर्यथासंख्यं स्यात् Sid. Kau. on P.I. 8.10. See the word अनुद्देश in this sense confer, compare संख्यातानामनूद्देशो यथासंख्यम् V, Pr.I.143.

anuṣaṅga(1)	literally attaching, affixing: augment, अनुषज्यते असौ अनुषङ्गः; (2) a term for the nasal letter attached to the following consonant which is the last, used by ancient grammarians; confer, compare अव्यात्पूर्वे मस्जेरनुषङ्गसंयेगादिलोपार्थम् confer, compare P.I.1.47 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 and M.Bh. thereon; confer, compare थफान्तानां चानुषङ्गिणाम् Kat. IV. 1.13. The term अनुषङ्ग is defined in the kātantra grammar as व्यञ्जनान्नः अनुषङ्ग. The term is applied to the nasal consonant न् preceding the last letter of a noun base or a root base; penultimate nasal of a root or noun base: Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.1.12.

antaḥkārya	literally interior operation; an operation inside a word in its formation-stage which naturally becomes antaraṅga as contrasted with an operation depending on two complete words after their formation which is looked upon as bahiraṅga.

antaraṅga	a highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).

antaraṅgaparibhāṣā	the phrase is used generally for the परिभाषा "असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे' described a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See the word अन्तरङ्ग. The परिभाषा has got a very wide field of application and is used several times in setting aside difficulties which present themselves in the formation of a word. Like many other paribhāṣās this paribhāṣā is not a paribhāṣā of universal application.

antaraṅgabalīyastva	the strength which an antaraṅga rule or operation possesses by virtue of which it supersedes all other rules or operations,excepting an apavāda rule, when or if they occur simultaneously in the formation of a word.

apit	not marked with the mute letter प्, A Sārvadhātuka affix not marked with mute प् is looked upon as marked with ड् and hence it prevents the guṇa or vṛddhi substitution for the preceding vowel or for the penultimate vowel if it be अ. e. g. कुरुतः तनुतः, कुर्वन्ति where no guṇa takes place for the vowel उ confer, compare सार्वधातुकमपित्. P.I.2.4.

appayadīkṣita	अप्पदीक्षित A famous versatile writer of the sixteenth century A. D. (1530-1600 ), son of रङ्गराजाध्वरीन्द्र a Dravid Brāhmaṇa. He wrote more than 60 smaller or greater treatises mainly on Vedānta, Mimāṁsā, Dharma and Alaṁkāra śāstras; many of his works are yet in manuscript form. The Kaumudi-prakāśa and Tiṅantaśeṣasaṁgraha are the two prominent grammatical works written by him. Paṇdit Jagannātha spoke very despisingly of him.

aprāpti(i)	non-occurrence for nonrealization of a grammatical operation or ruleअप्रतिषेधः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8; (2) prohibition of the occurrence of a rule or operation, confer, compare अप्राप्तेर्वा । अथवानन्तरा या प्राप्तिः सा प्रतिषिध्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.I.43, I.1.63.

abhyāhata	omission of any sound; a fault of utterance. अम् (1)a technical brief term in Panini's grammar including vowels, semivowels, the letter ह् and nasals; (2) a significant term for the accusative case showing change or substitution or modification: confer, compare अं विकारस्य Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.28 explained as अमिति शब्दे विकारस्याख्या भवति । अमिति द्वितीय विभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् । (3) augment अ applied to the penultimate vowel of सृज् & दृश् (P. VI.1.58, 59 and VII.1.99) (4) substitute tor Ist person. singular. affix मिप्, by P.III.4.101 (5) Acc. singular. case affix अम् .

artha(1)	literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.

avagraha(1)	separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.

avasthā	stage, condition; stage in the formation of a word; e. g. उपदेशावस्था, लावस्था, et cetera, and others

avṛtti	absence of, or prohibition of, a vṛtti or composite expression; monformation of a composite expression; confer, compare समानाधिकरणानां सर्वत्रावृत्तिरयोगादेकेन M.Bh. on III.1. 8.

asiddha	invalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.

aākhyāta	verbal form, verb; confer, compare भावप्रधानमाख्यातं सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.1; चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्यातोपसर्गनिपाताश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1. Āhnika 1 ; also A.Prāt. XII. 5, अाकार अाख्याते पदादिश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.2.37 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2, आख्यातमाख्यातेन क्रियासातत्ये Sid. Kau. on II.1.72, क्रियावाचकमाख्यातं Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1; confer, compare भारद्वाजकमाख्यातं भार्गवं नाम भाष्यते । भारद्वाजेन दृष्टत्वादाख्यातं भारद्वाजगोत्रम् V. Prāt. VIII. 52; confer, compare also Athar. Prāt.I.I.12, 18; 1.3.3,6; II.2.5 where ākhyāta means verbal form. The word also meant in ancient days the root also,as differentiated from a verb or a verbal form as is shown by the lines तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वं, तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातुः R.Pr.XII.5 where 'आख्यात' and 'धातु' are used as synonyms As the root form such as कृ, भृ et cetera, and others as distinct from the verbal form, is never found in actual use, it is immaterial whether the word means root or verb.In the passages quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. from the Nirukta and the Mahābhāṣya referring to the four kinds of words, the word ākhyāta could be taken to mean root (धातु) or verb (क्रियापद). The ākhyāta or verb is chiefly concerned with the process of being and bccoming while nouns (नामानि) have sattva or essence, or static element as their meaning. Verbs and nouns are concerned not merely with the activities and things in this world but with every process and entity; confer, compare पूर्वापूरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेनाचष्टे Nir.I.;अस्तिभवतिविद्यतीनामर्थः सत्ता । अनेककालस्थायिनीति कालगतपौर्वापर्येण क्रमवतीति तस्याः क्रियात्वम् । Laghumañjūṣā. When a kṛt (affix). affix is added to a root, the static element predominates and hence a word ending with a kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of bhāva or verbal activity is treated as a noun and regularly declined;confer, compareकृदभिहितो भावे द्रव्यवद् भवति M.Bh. on II.2.19 and III. 1.67, where the words गति, व्रज्या, पाक and others are given as instances. Regarding indeclinable words ending with kṛt (affix). affixes such as कर्तुं, कृत्वा, and others, the modern grammarians hold that in their case the verbal activity is not shadowed by the static element and hence they can be,in a way, looked upon as ākhyātas; confer, compare अव्ययकृतो भावे Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa.

aāgantuka	literally adventitious, an additional wording generally at the end of roots to show distinctly their form exempli gratia, for example वदि, एधि, सर्ति et cetera, and others; confer, compare इन्धिभवतिभ्यां च P I.2.6: confer, compare also भावलक्षणे स्थेण्कृञ्वदिचरिहृतभिजनिभ्यस्तोमुन्, P.III.4.16, सृपिवृदो. कसुन् P. III.4.17 and a number of other sūtras where इ or तिं is added to the root confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे, वर्णात्कारः, रादिफः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.3. 4, where such appendages to be added to the roots or letters are given. The word अागन्तु is an old word used in the Nirukta, but the term आगन्तुक appears to be used for the first time for such forms by Haradatta; confer, compare ह्वरोरिति ह्वृ कौटिल्ये, आगन्तुकेकारे गुणेन निर्देशः Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on VII.2.31. In the traditional oral explanations the second part of a reduplicated word is termed अागन्तुक which is placed second i. e. after the original by virtue of the convention आगन्तूनामन्ते निवेशः, although in fact, it is said to possess the sense of the root in contrast with the first which is called abhyāsa.A nice distinction can, however be drawn between the four kinds of adventitious wordings found in grammar viz.आगन्तु, इत्, अभ्यास and आगम which can be briefly stated as follows; The former two do not form a regular part of the word and are not found in the actual use of the word; besides, they do not possess any sense, while the latter two are found in actual use and they are possessed of sense. Again the agantu word is simply used for facility of understanding exactly and correctly the previous word which is really wanted; the इत् wording, besides serving this purpose, is of use in causing some grammatical operations. अभ्यास, is the first part of the wording which is wholly repeated and it possesses no sense by itself, while, āgama which is added to the word either at the beginning or at the end or inserted in the middle, forms a part of the word and possesses the sense of the word.

āgama	augment, accrement, a word element which is added to the primitive or basic word during the process of the formation of a complete word or pada. The āgama is an adventitious word element and hence differs from ādeśa, the substitute which wholly takes the place of the original or ( आदेशिन् ). Out of the several āgamas mentioned by Pāṇini, those that are marked with mute ट् are prefixed, those, marked with क्, are affixed, while those, marked with म्, are placed immediately after the last vowel of the word. The augments become a part and parcel of the word to which they are added, and the characteristics of which they possess;confer, compareयदागमास्तद्गुणीभूतास्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते, also आगमानां आगमिधर्मिवैशिष्ट्यम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.11. Those grammarians, who hold the view that words are unproduced and eternal, explain the addition of an augment as only the substitution of a word with an augment in the place of a word without an augment; confer, compare आदेशास्तर्हिमे भविष्यन्ति अनागमकानां सागमकाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.20; I.1.46. The term āgama is defined as अन्यत्र विद्यमानस्तु यो वर्णः श्रुयतेधिकः । आगम्यमानतुल्यत्वात्स आगम इति स्मृतः Com. on Tait. Prāt.I. 23.

ācāryadeśīya	a partisan of the preceptor Pāṇini or the Sūtrakāra who is looked upon as having approxmately the same authority as the Sūtrakāra; confer, compare अाचार्यदेशीय अाहन वक्तव्य इति l Kaiyaṭa on I.4.105, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.

ācāryasaṃpad	necessary qualification to teach the Veda with all its pāṭhas having the necessary knowledge of accents, matrās and the like. confer, compare पदक्रमविभागज्ञो वर्णक्रमविचक्षणः स्वरमात्राविशेषज्ञो गच्छेदाचार्यसंपदम् R. Prāt.I.8.

ānupūrvī	serial order, successive order of grammatical operations or the rules prescribing them as they occur; confer, compare अानुपूर्व्या सिद्धमेतत् M.Bh. on V.3.5; confer, compare also ययैव चानुपूर्व्या अर्थानां प्रादुर्भावस्तयैव शब्दानामपि । तद्वत् कार्यैरपि भवितव्यम् M.Bh. on. P.I.1.57.

āsanna	nearest, most proximate: confer, compare विकारी यथासन्नम् V.Pr.I.142: confer, compare also the sūtra आसन्नः Śāk.I.1.7, explained as स्थानगुणप्रमाणादिभिर्यथास्वमासन्नः confer, compare also अासन्नः Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. VII.4.120.

it(1)	a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217，ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.

itaretara	possessed of interdependence; depending upon each other; confer, compare इतरेतरं कार्यमसद्वत् Candra Pari. 5 }. Grammatical operations are of no avail if the rules stating them are mutually depending on each other. The word इतरेतर has the sense of इतरेतराश्रय here.

itkārya	a grammatical operation caused by इत् i. e. by a mute letter which is purely indicatory; confer, compare एवं तर्हि इत्कार्याभावादत्र इत्संज्ञा न भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.3.2. See इत् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

iṣṭhavadbhāva	possession of the same properties for causing grammatical operations as the taddhita affix. affix इष्ठन् possesses, as for instance, the elision of the syllable beginning with the last vowel ( टिलोप ), substitution of the masculine gender. base for the feminine. base (पुंवद्भाव) et cetera, and others, before the denom affix णिच्; exempli gratia, for example एतयति in the sense of एनीं आचष्टे; similarly प्रथयति, पटयति, दवयति, confer, compare M.Bh. on. P.VI.4. 155 Vārt, 1.

ugrabhūti	or उग्राचार्य writer of a gloss on the Nirukta, called Niruktabhāṣya believed to have lived in the 18th century A. D; writer also of a grammatical work Śiṣyahitāvṛtti or Śiṣyahitānyāsa, which was sent to kāshmir and made popular with a large sum of money spent upon it, by his pupil Ānanadpāla.

uṅ	a technical term for उपधा, the penultimate letter in the Jainendra Vyākaraṇa; confer, compare इदुदुङः Jain. V. 4.28.

uṇādi	affixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.

uṇādeikośa	a metrical work explaining the उणादि words referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. with meanings assigned to them. There are two such compositions one by Rāmatarkavāgīśa or Rāmaśarma and the other by Rāmacandra Dīkṣita.

utpatti(1)	production: confer, compare वर्णोत्पत्तिः production of a phonetic element Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.23.1 ; (2) production of a grammatical element such as the application of an affix or addition of an augment or substitution of a letter or letters during the process of word-formation: confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Pari. Śek. Par. 75; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). II.2.19. Vārt, 4.

udāharaṇa	a grammatical example in explanation of an interpretation; confer, compare नैकमुदाहरणमसवर्णग्रहणं प्रयोजयति P.VI. 1.11.

udupadhatva	possession of short उ as the penultimate letter, e. g. इदुदुपधस्य चाप्रत्ययस्य P.VII.3.41.

upadhā	penultimate letter, as defined in the rule अलोन्त्यात्पूर्वं उपघा P. I. 1.65, exempli gratia, for example see ह्रस्वोपध, दीर्घोपध, लघूपध, अकारोपध et cetera, and others; literally उपधीयते निधीयते सा that which is placed near the last letter.

upadhālopin	a word or a noun which has got the penultimate letter omitted; confer, compare अन उपधालेपिनोन्यतरस्याम् P. IV. 1. 28.

upapadavidhi	a grammatical operation caused by a word which is near; cf उपपदविधौ भयाढ्यादिग्रहणं P. I.1.72 Vārt 9, also अतिप्रसङ्ग उपपदविधौ P. IV 1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8 where rules such as 'कर्मण्यण्' and the following are referred to as उपपदविधि, the words कर्मणि, स्तम्ब, कर्ण, et cetera, and others being called उपपद by the rule तत्रोपपदं सप्तमीस्थम्; P. III.1.92.

upamanyu(1)	the famous commentator on the grammatical verses attributed to Nandikeśvarakārikā. which are known by the name नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका and which form a kind of a commentary on the sūtras of Maheśvara; (2) a comparatively modern grammarian possibly belonging to the nineteenth century who is also named Nandikeśvarakārikā.kārikābhāṣya by Upamanyu.and who has written a commentory on the famous Kāśikāvṛtti by Jayāditya and Vāmana. Some believe that Upa-manyu was an ancient sage who wrote a nirukta or etymological work and whose pupil came to be known as औपमन्यव.

upasamasta	compounded together, joined together by special grammatical connection called समास; confer, compare न केवल; पथिशब्दः स्त्रियां वर्तते । उपसमस्तस्तर्हि वर्तते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 18.

upānta	literally near the last; penultimate. The word is generally found used in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa.

ubhayaprāpti	a case or a matter in which both the alternatives occur, as for instance, the genitive case for the subject and the object of a verbal derivative noun (कृदन्त); confer, compare उभयप्राप्तौ कर्मणि । उभयोः प्राप्तिः यस्मिन् कृति सोयमुभयप्राप्तिः तत्र कर्मण्येव षष्ठी स्यात् न कर्तरि । आश्चर्यो गवां दोहः अगोपालकेन Kāś. on P. II.3.66.

ekamātrika(1)	possessed of one matra or mora; (2) a term used for a short vowel which measures one mātrā or mora; confer, compare एकमात्रो ह्रस्वः व्यञ्जनानि च । Ath.Pr.1.60.

ekaśeṣa	a kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.

om	See ओंकार a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.ओम् consists of 2 1/2 matras, confer, compare अर्धतृतीयमात्र एके ब्रुवते T. Pr 18.1; शैत्यायन says that ओम् has any one of the three accemts, while कौण्डिन्य says it has प्रचय or एकश्रुति i. e. absence of any accent.

karmadhāraya	name technically given to a compound-formation of two words in apposition i. e. used in the same case, technically called समानाधिकरण showing the same substratutm; confer, compare तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः I 2.42. The karmadhāraya compound is looked upon as a variety of the tatpuruṣa compound. There is no satisfactory explanation of the reason why such a compound is termed कर्मधारय. Śākaṭāyana defines Karmadhāraya as विशेषणं व्यभिचारि एकार्थं कर्मधारयश्च where the word विशेषण is explained as व्यावर्तक or भेदक (distinguishing attribute) showing that the word कर्म may mean भेदकक्रिया. The word कर्मधारय in that case could mean 'कर्म भेदकक्रिया, तां धारयति असौ कर्मधारयः' a compound which gives a specification of the thing in hand.

karman(1)	object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).

karmavadbhāva	the activity of the agent or kartā of an action represented as object or karman of that very action, for the sake of grammatical operations: e. g. भिद्यते काष्ठं स्वयमेव;. करिष्यते कटः स्वयमेव. To show facility of a verbal activity on the object, when the agent or kartā is dispensed with, and the object is looked upon as the agent, and used also as an agent, the verbal terminations ति, त; et cetera, and others are not applied in the sense of an agent, but they are applied in the sense of an object; consequently the sign of the voice is not अ (शप्), but य (यक्) and the verbal terminations are त, आताम् et cetera, and others (तङ्) instead of ति, तस् et cetera, and others In popular language the use of an expression of this type is called Karmakartari-Prayoga. For details see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on कर्मवत्कर्मणा तुल्यक्रियः P.III.1.87. Only such roots as are कर्मस्थक्रियक or कर्मस्थभावक id est, that is roots whose verbal activity is noticed in the object and not in the subject can have this Karmakartari-Prayoga.

kavikalpadrumaṭīkā	a commentary on the Kavikalpadruma, written by the author ( बोपदेव ) himselfeminine. It is known by the name Kāvyakāmadhenu; (2) a commentary on Kavikalpadruma by Rāmatarkavāgīśa.

kātantra	name of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.

kātantravṛttivyākhyā	named Aṣṭamaṅgalā on Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.'s Kātantravṛtti written by Rāmakiśora Cakravartin who is believed to have written a grammatical work शाब्दबोधप्रकाशिका.

kārmanāmika	the word is found used in Yāska's Nirukta as an adjective to the word संस्कार where it means belonging to nouns derived fromroofs (कर्मनाम)"like पाचक,कर्षक et cetera, and othersThe changes undergone by the roots in the formation of such words i. e. words showing action are termed कार्मनामिकसंस्कार; confer, compare कर्मकृतं नाम कर्मनाम। तस्मिन् भवः कार्मनामिकः Durgavṛtti on Nirukta of Yāska.I.13. कार्य(l) brought.into existence by activity (क्रियया निर्वृत्तं कार्यम् ) as oppo- sed to नित्य eternal; confer, compare एके वर्णाञ् शाश्वतिकान् न कार्यान् R.Pr. XIII.4 confer, compare also ननु च यस्यापि कार्याः ( शब्दाः ) तस्यापि पूजार्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 17;(2) which should be done, used in connection with a grammatical operation: confer, compare कार्य एत्वे सयमीकारमाहुः ।\| अभैष्म इत्येतस्य स्थाने अभयीष्मेति । R.Pr. XIV.16; confer, compare also विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I.4.2; (3) a grammatical opera- tion as for instance in the phrases द्विकार्ययोगे, त्रिकार्ययोगे et cetera, and others; confer, compare also गौणमुख्ययोर्मुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्ययः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 15;(4) object of a transitive verb: confer, compare शेषः कार्ये Śāk.

kit(1)	marked with the mute letter क् which is applied by Pāṇini to affixes, for preventing guṇa and vṛddhi substitutes to the preceding इक् vowel (इ, उ, ऋ or लृ); confer, compareक्ङिति च, Pāṇ. I.1.5; (2) considered or looked upon as marked with mute indicatory क् for preventing guna; confer, compare असंयोगाल्लिट् कित् and the following P.I.2.5 et cetera, and others The affixes of the first type are for instance क्त, क्त्वा, क्तिन् and others. The affixes of the second type are given mainly in the second pada of the first Adhyāya by Pāṇini. Besides the prevention of guṇa and wrddhi, affixes marked with कु or affixes called कित्, cause Saṁprasāraṇa (see P. VI.1.15,16), elision of the penultimate न् (P.VI.4.24), elision of the penultimate vowel (P. VI.4.98,100), lengthening of the vowel (VI.4.15), substitution of ऊ (VI.4.19,21), elision of the final nasal (VI. 4.37), substitution of अI (VI.4.42). The taddhita affixes which are marked with mute क् cause the Vṛddhi substitute for the first vowel in the word to which they are addedition

kyap	kṛt afix य applied to the roots व्रज् and यज् in the sense of 'verbal activity' and to the roots अजू with सम्, षद् with नि et cetera, and others to form proper nouns e. g. व्रज्या, इज्या, समज्या, निषद्या et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. III. 3.98 and 99; (2) kṛtya affix य in the sense of 'should be done' applied to the roots वद्, भू and हन् (when preceded by certain words put as upapada), as also to roots with penultimate ऋ and the roots मृज्, इ, स्तु and others; e. g. ब्रह्मोद्यम् , ब्रह्मभूयम् , इत्यम् , स्तुत्यम् et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1. 106,121.

kriyākalāpa	a grammatical work on the conjugation of roots written by Vijayānanda.

khyun	kṛt affix अन applied to the root कृ in the sense of an instrument when preceded by the words अाढ्य, सुभग, स्थूल et cetera, and others provided the whole word is similar in sense to cvi-formation ( च्व्यर्थ ), exempli gratia, for example अाढ्यं करणम् , सुभगंकरणम्; confer, compare P. III. 2.56; feminine. अाढ्यंकरणी, confer, compare नञ्स्नञीकक्ख्युंस्तरुणतलुनानामुपसंख्यानम् P.IV.1.15.Vārttika.

gamaka	capable of conveying the sense; intelligible; the word is often used in grammatical works; confer, compare सापेक्षत्वेपि गमकत्वात्समास:; confer, compare also अवश्यं कस्याचिन्नञ्समासस्य असमर्थसमासस्य गमकस्य साधुत्वं वक्तव्यम् । असूर्यपश्यानि मुखानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1. 1.

gīrvāṇapadamañjarī	a grammatical work written by वरदराज, pupil of Bhattoji Diksita in the 17th century who wrote many works on grammar such as मध्यकौमुदी, लघुकौमुदी et cetera, and others

guṇabhāvin	a vowel, liable to take the guna substitute e. g. इ, उ, ऋ, लृ and the penultimate अ; confer, compare यत्र क्ङित्यनन्तरो गुणभाव्यस्ति तत्रैव स्यात् । चितम् । स्तुतम् । इह तु न स्याद्भिन्नः भिन्नवानिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.5.

gopāla( देव )	known more by the nickname of मन्नुदेव or मन्तुदेव who lived in the eighteenth century and wrote several commentary works on well-known grammatical treatises such as the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara, Laghusabdendusekhara, Paribhasendusekhara et cetera, and others He is believed to have written a treatise on Ganasutras also; (2) a grammarian different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. मन्नुदेव who has written an explanatory work on the Pratisakhyas;.(3) a scholar of grammar, different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. who is believed to have written a gloss named Visamarthadipika on the Sarasvata Vyakarana at the end of the sixteenth century.

gopīcandra	known also by the name गेयींचन्द्र who .has written several commentary works on the grammatical treatises of the Samksipatasara or Jaumāra school of Vyakarana founded by Kramdisvara and Jumaranandin in the 12th century, the well-known among them being the संक्षिप्तसाटीका, संक्षितसारपरिभात्रासूत्रटीका and तद्धितपरिशिष्टटीका. He is believed to have lived in the thirteenth century A. D.

golḍsṭyūkara	a well known German scholar who made a sound study of Paini's Sanskrit Vyakarana and wrote a very informative treatise entitled 'Panini, his place in Sanskrit Literature.' He lived in the latter half of the 19th century.

gauṇamukhyanyāya	the maxim that the primary sense occurs to the mind earlier than the secondary sense, and hence words used in the primary sense should be always taken for grammatical operations in preference to words in a secondary sense. See the word गेोण.

ghinuṇ	krt affix इन् causing the substitution of Vrddhi for the preceding vowel, as also to the penultimate vowel अ, applied to the eight roots शम्,तम्, दम् et cetera, and others, as also to संपृच्, अनुरुध् et cetera, and others and कस्, लष् लप्, et cetera, and others. e. g. शमी,तमी, दमी, संपर्की, संज्वारी, प्रलापी et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. III.2.141-145.

caturmātra	consisting of four matras or moras, a short vowel consisting of one matra, a long vowel of two matras, and a protracted vowel of three matras; confer, compare आन्तर्यतस्त्रिमात्रचतुर्मात्राणां स्थानिनां त्रिमात्रचतुर्मात्रा आदेशा मा भूवन्निति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva sutra 3.4.

cikīrṣita	desiderative formation; a term used by ancient grammarians for the term सन्नन्त of Panini on the analogy of the terms भवन्ती, वर्तमाना et cetera, and others confer, compare अा इत्याकांर उपसर्ग; पुरस्तात्, चिकीर्षितज उत्तरः, अाशु शोचयतीति आशुशुक्षणिः Nirukta of Yāska.VI. 1.

cintā(1)	view; theory. exempli gratia, for example बाध्यसामान्यचिन्ता, बाध्यविशेषचिन्ता confer, compare इयमेव बाध्यसामान्यचिन्तेति व्यवह्रियते Par. Sek. Pari. 58; (2) a matter of scrutiny on a suspicion; confer, compare चिन्ता च-मयतेरिदन्यतरस्याम् इत्यतोन्यतरस्यांग्रहणस्य सिंहावलोकनन्यायादनुव्रुत्तेः; Durghata Vr. on VI.4.69.

codaka(1)	an objector; the word is common in the Commentary Literature where likely objections to a particular statement are raised, without specific reference to any individual objector, and replies are given, simply with a view to making matters clear; (2) repetition of a word with इति interposed: confer, compare चेदकः परिग्रहः इत्यनर्थान्तरम्. See अदृष्टवर्ण and परिग्रह.

jātābhīyāsiddhatva	invalidity of a grammatical operation prescribed by a rule in the अाभीय section (P. VI. 4.22 upto the end of the fourth pada ) which, although it has taken place, is to be looked upon as not having taken place when any other operation in the same section is to take effect. See आभीयासिद्व.

jusbhāva	the transformation of झि into जुस् ; the substitution of जुस् for झि. The term is often used in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.57, I.1.63, III.1.43 et cetera, and others See जुस्.

ṭhak	a very common taddhita affix. affix इक, or क in case it is added to words ending in इस् , उस् , उ, ऋ, ल् and त् according to P. VII. 3. 51, causing the substitution of vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is addedition ठक् is added to (1) रेवती and other words in the sense of descendant ( अपत्य ) e. g. रैवतिकः:, दाण्डग्राहिकः, गार्गिकः, भागवित्तिकः यामुन्दायनिकः, confer, compare P. IV. 1.146-149; (2) to the words लाक्षा,रोचना et cetera, and others in the sense of 'dyed in', e. g. लाक्षिकम्, रौचनिकम् ; confer, compare P. IV. 2.2; (3) to the words दधि and उदश्वित् in the sense of संस्कृत 'made better ', e. g. दाधिकम् , औदश्वित्कम् ( क instead of इक substituted for टक् ), confer, compare P. IV.2. 18, 19; (4) to the words अाग्रहायुणी, अश्वत्थ et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 22, 23; (5) to words expressive of inanimate objects, to the words हस्ति and धेनु, as also to the words केश and अश्व in the sense of 'multitude '; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 47, 48; (6) to the words क्रतु, उक्थ and words ending in सूत्र, वसन्त et cetera, and others, in the sense of 'students of' ( तदधीते तद्वेद ), confer, compare P. IV. 2.59, 60, 63; (7) to the words कुमुद and others as also to शर्करा as a चातुरर्थिक affix; confer, compare P. IV. 2.80, 84; (8) to the words कन्था, भवत् and वर्षा in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P. IV. 2.102, 115, IV. 3.18; (9) to the words उपजानु and others in the sense 'generally present '; confer, compare P. IV. 3. 40; (10) to the words consisting of two syllables, and the words ऋक्, ब्राह्मण et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'explanatory literary work'; confer, compare P. IV.3.72: ( 11) to words meaning 'sources of income ' in the sense of 'accruing from’; confer, compare P. IV. 3.75; (12) to words denoting inanimate things excepting words showing time or place in the sense of ' भक्ति ', cf P. IV. 8.96; and (13) to the words हल् and सीर in the sense of 'belonging to', confer, compare P. IV. 3.124. The taddhita affix. affix ठक् is added as a general termination, excepting in such cases where other affixes are prescribed, in specified senses like 'तेन दीव्यति, ' 'तेन खनति,' 'तेन संस्कृतम्' et cetera, and others; cf P. IV. 4.1-75, as also to words हल, सीर, कथा, विकथा, वितण्डा et cetera, and others in specified senses, confer, compare P. IV.4. 81, 102 ठक् is also added as a general taddhita affix. affix or अधिकारविहितप्रत्यय, in various specified senses, as prescribed by P. V.1.19-63,and to the words उदर, अयःशूल,दण्ड, अजिन, अङ्गुली, मण्डल, et cetera, and others and to the word एकशाला, in the prescribed senses; confer, compare P. V. 2.67,76, V. 3.108,109; while, without making any change in sense it is added to अनुगादिन् , विनय, समय, उपाय ( औपयिक being the word formed), अकस्मात्, कथंचित्; (confer, compareआकस्मिक काथंचित्क), समूह,विशेष, अत्यय and others, and to the word वाक् in the sense of 'expressed'; confer, compare P. V. 4.13, 34, 35. The feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ) is added to words ending in the affix टक् to form feminine. bases.

ḍ(1)	third letter of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, and अल्पप्राण; (2) mute letter applied to affixes by Panini to show the elision of the टि part (confer, compare P. 1. 1.64.) of the preceding word viz. the penultimate vowel and the consonant or consonants following it; cf, टेः ; ( लोप: डिति प्रत्यये परे ) VI.4.143. The syllable ति of विंशति is also elided before an affix markwith the mute letter ड्.

ḍā	verb-ending आ, causing elision of the penultimate vowel as also of the following consonant, substituted for the 3rd person. sing, affix तिप् of the first future; exempli gratia, for example क्रर्ता ; confer, compare P.II.4.85; (2) case ending आ substituted in Vedic Literature for any case affix as noticed in Vedic usages; exempli gratia, for example नाभा पृथिव्याम्: confer, compare P. VII.1.39

ḍāc	taddhita affix. affix आ applied to dissyllabic words, used as imitation of sounds, or used as onomatopoetic, when connected with the root कृ or भू or अम्. The word to which डाच् is applied becomes generally doubled; c. g पटपटाकरोति, पटपटाभवति पटपटास्यात्; confer, compare P.V.4.57. The affix डाच् is also applied to द्वितीय, तृतीय, to compound words formed of a numeral and the word गुण, as also to the words सपत्र, निष्पत्र, सुख, प्रिच etc when these words are connected with the root कृ;exempli gratia, for example द्वितीयाकरोति,तृतीया करोति, द्विगुणाकरोति, सपत्राकरोति, सुखाकरोति et cetera, and others; confer, compareP.V.4. 58 to 67.

ṇamul	krt affix अम्, causing vrddhi to the final vowel or to the penultimate अ, (!) added to any root in the sense of the infinitive in Vedic Literature when the connected root is शक्: exempli gratia, for example अग्निं वै देवा विभाजं नाशक्नुवन; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 4.14; (2) added to any root to show frequency of a past action, when the root form ending with णमुल् is repeated to convey the sense of frequency : exempli gratia, for example भोजं भोजं व्रजति, पायंपायं व्रजति, confer, compare Kas on P. III. 4.22; (3) added to a root showing past action and preceded by the word अग्रे, प्रथम or पूर्व, optionally along with the krt affix क्त्वा; exempli gratia, for example अग्रेभोजं or अग्रे भुक्त्वा व्रजति; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.24;(4) added in general to a root specified in P.III.4.25 to 64, showing a subordinate action and having the same subject as the root showing the main action, provided the root to which णमुल् is added is preceded by an antecedent or connected word, such as स्वादुम् or अन्यथा or एवम् or any other given in Panini's rules; confer, compare P. III.4.26 to III.4.64; exempli gratia, for example स्वादुंकारं भुङ्क्ते, अन्यथाकारं भुङ्क्ते, एवंकारं भुङ्क्ते, ब्राह्मणवेदं भोजयति, यावज्जीवमधीते, समूलकाषं कषति, समूलघातं हन्ति, तैलपेषं पिनष्टि, अजकनाशं नष्टः et cetera, and others; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.26-64. When णमुल् is added to the roots कष्, पिष्, हन् and others mentioned in P. III. 4. 34 to 45, the same root is repeated to show the principal action. The word ending in णमुल् has the acute accent (उदात) on the first vowel (confer, compare P.VI.I. 94) or on the vowel preceding the affix; confer, compare P. VI.1.193.

ṇit(1)	an affix with the mute con.sonant ण् added to it to signify the substitution of vrddhi for the preceding vowel or for the penultimate अ or for the first vowel of the word if the affix applied is a taddhita affix; confer, compare P. VII.2.115117: e. g. अण्, ण, उण्, णि et cetera, and others: (2) an affix not actually marked with the mute letter ण् but looked upon as such for the purpose of vrddhi; e. g. the Sarvanamasthana affixes after the words गो and सखि, confer, compare P. VII.1.90, 92.

tatkāla	requiring the same time for utterance as for example one matra for short vowels, two for long ones and three for protracted ones, although those vowels are nasalised or pure, or acute, grave or circumflex. See the word तपर.

tattvādarśa	name of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by M. M. Vasudev Shastri Abhyankar in 1889 A. D. The commentary is more critical than explanatory,wherein the author has given the purpose and the gist of the important Paribhasas and has brought out clearly the differences between the school of Bhattoji and the school of Nagesa in several important matters.

tadbhāvita	produced or brought into being by some grammatical operation such as the vowel आ in दाक्षि, कारक्र, अकार्षीत् et cetera, and others by the substitution of वृद्धि, as contrasted with the original अा in ग्राम, विघान शाला, माला et cetera, and others; confer, compare किं पुनरिदं तद्भावितग्रहणं वृद्धिरित्येवं ये आकरैकारौकारा भाव्यन्ते तेषां ग्रहणमाहोस्विदादैज्मात्रस्य M.Bh. on I. 1.1.

tulyādhikaraṇa	having got the same substratum; denoting ultimately the same object; expressed in the same case the same as samanadhikarana in the grammar of Panini, confer, compare Kat. II.5.5.

trimātra	consisting of three moras or matras. The protracted or प्लुत vowels are said to consist of three matras as contrasted with the short and long vowels which respectively consist of one and two matras; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.I.2.27.

daśagaṇī(1)	a section of grammatical treatises dealing with the ten conjugations of roots. e.g the first section of the second part ( उत्तरार्ध ) of the Siddhanta Kaumudi; (2) name of the dhatupatha of Panini which gives ten classes of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो दशगणीपरिपठिता गृह्यन्ते Nyasa on I.3.1.

daśagaṇī(1)	a section of grammatical treatises dealing with the ten conjugations of roots. e.g the first section of the second part ( उत्तरार्ध ) of the Siddhanta Kaumudi; (2) name of the dhatupatha of Panini which gives ten classes of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो दशगणीपरिपठिता गृह्यन्ते Nyasa on I.3.1.

dīrgha	long: a term used in connection with the lengthened tone of a vowel described to be dvimatra as contrasted with ह्रस्व having one matra and प्लुत having three matras; confer, compare द्विस्तावान् दीर्घः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 35, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 57, also ऊकालोज्झ्रस्वदीर्घप्लुतः P, I.2.27.

dīrghavidhi	a grammatical operation where a short vowel is turned into a long one: a rule of grammar prescribing the lengthening of a short vowel.

durghaṭavṛtti	name of a grammar work explaining words which are difficult to derive according to rules of Panini. The work is written in the style of a running commentary on select sutras of Panini, devoted mainly to explain difficult formations. The author of it, Saranadeva, was an eastern grammarian who, as is evident from the number of quotations in his work, was a great scholar of the 12th or the 13th century.

durghaṭavṛttisaṃskaraṇa	a grammar work on the formation of difficult words attributed to शर्वरक्षित or सर्वरक्षित.

devapathādi	a class of words headed by the word देवपथ, the affix कन् applied to which in the sense of a statue, or applied for the formation of a proper noun, is dropped देवपथः, हंसपथ:, शिवः, विष्णुः et cetera, and others; confer, compareKāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.100.

dravya	substance, as opposed to गुण property and क्रिया action which exist on dravya. The word सत्त्व is used by Yaska, Panini and other grammarians in a very general sense as something in completed formation or existence as opposed to 'bhava' or kriya or verbal activity, and the word द्रव्य is used by old grammarians as Synonymous with सत्त्व; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे। चादयो निपातसंज्ञा भवन्ति न चेत्सत्वे वर्तन्ते, confer, compare Kas on P. I. 4.57; confer, compare S.K. also on P. I.4.57. (2)The word द्रव्य is also found used in the sense of an individual object, as opposed to the genus or generic notion ( अाकृति ); confer, compare द्रव्याभिधानं व्याडिः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64. Vart. 45.(3)The word द्रव्य is found used in the sense of Sadhana or means in Tait. Prati. confer, compare तत्र शब्दद्रव्याण्युदाहरिष्यामः । शब्दरूपाणि साधनानि वर्णयिष्यामः Tai, Pr. XXII. 8.

dvikarmaka	a term used in connection with roots governing two objects or two words in the accusative case, exempli gratia, for example दुह् in, गां दोग्धि पयः; the term कर्म according to the strict definition of the term कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म or अाप्यं कर्म applies to one of the two, which is called the प्रधानकर्म or the direct object, the other one, which, in fact, is related to the verbal activity by relation of any other karaka or instrument is taken as karmakaraka and hence put in the accusative case. For details see Mahabhasya and Kasika on P.I.4.51. Some roots in their causal formation govern two objects out of which one object is the actual one while the other is the subject of the primitive root. exempli gratia, for example गमयति माणवकं ग्रामम्; बोधयति माणवकं धर्मम्; cf Kas on P.I.4.52. See for details Mahabhasya on P. I. 4.52.

kāryayoga	simultaneous occurrence of two grammatical operations resulting into a conflict and creating a doubt as to which of the two should take place first; confer, compareद्विकार्ययोगो हि विप्रतिषेधः M.Bh. on P.I.1.3 Vart. 6; I.1.12; et cetera, and others The term विप्रतिषेध occurring in the rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I.4.2 is evidently defined in this way by the word द्विकार्ययोग in the Mahabhsya.

dhamekīrti	a Jain scholar called by the name कीर्ति also, who was the author of धातुप्रत्ययपञ्जिक्रा and रूपावतार a well-known treatise on roots; confer, compare बोपदेवमहाग्राहग्रस्तो वामनदिग्गजः । कीर्तेरेव प्रसङ्गेन माधवेन समुद्धृतः । He is believed to have been the first grammarian who arranged the sutras of Panini according to the subject matter.

dhātu	a root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.

ghātukārikāvalī	a grammatical work in verse written by Varadarja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita who lived in the 17th century, Besides Karikvali, Varadarja wrote लघुकौमुदी and मध्यकौमुदी also.

dhātupārāyaṇa	a grammatical treatise dealing with roots written as a supplementary work by Jumaranandin to his grammar work called Rasavati,which itself was a thoroughly revised and enlarged edition of the रसवती a commentary written by Kramadisvara on his own grammar named संक्षिप्तसार.Jumaranandin is believed to have been a Jain writer who lived in the fifteenth century A.D.

nalopa	elision of न्, which in Panini's grammar is sometimes taken as valid for certain grammatical operations,and otherwise for other operations; confer, compare नलोपः सुप्स्वरसंज्ञातुग्विधिषु कृति P.VIII.2.2.

nipātana	a word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.

nimitta(1)	the formal cause of a grammatical operation; confer, compare निमित्ताभावे नैमित्तिकस्याप्यभाव; given as a Paribhasa by many grammarians like Vyadi, Siradeva and others; confer, compare also प्रकृत्युपपदोपाधयो निमित्तं प्रत्ययेा निमित्ती M.Bh. on III.1.1 Vart. 2; (2) distinguishing sign यः प्रेक्षापूर्वकारी भवति स: अध्रुवेण निमित्तेन ध्रुवं निमित्तमुपादत्ते वेदिकां पुण्डरीकं वा, M.Bh. on I.1.26 Vart.5.

niyata(1)	regulated in size or number; definitely fixed; the word नियत is used in grammar in connection with the nimitta or nimittin in a grammatical operation prescribed by a rule, which, or a part of which, is shown to be superfluous unless there is laid down a regulation; confer, compare शेषग्रहणं कर्तव्यम् । शेषनियमार्थम् \| प्रकृत्यर्थौ नियतौ प्रत्यया अनियतास्ते शेषेपि प्राप्नुवन्ति M.Bh. on I.3.12 Vart. 6; (2) The grave accent; cf उदात्तपूर्वं नियतं... स्वर्यते RPr.III.9.

niyama(1)	restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).

nirūḍhopadha	a word, the penultimate vowel in which is picked up and taken back, as for instance the penultimate अ of हन् in the word अंहस् confer, compare अंहतिश्च अंहश्च अंहुश्च हन्तेर्निरूढोपधाद्विपरीतात् Nirukta of Yāska.IV. 25.

niṣṭhita	also निःष्ठित completed, accomplished; used in connection with a grammatically formed word by applying affixes to the bases; confer, compare अङ्गवृत्ते पुनर्वृत्तावविधिर्निष्ठितस्य Siradeva Pari. 94, where Siradeva has explained the word निष्ठित as प्रयोगार्ह-अङ्ग.

nuk	augment न् (l) affixed to the words अन्तर्वत् and पतिवत् before the feminine affix ङीप् e. g. अन्तर्वत्नी, पतिवत्नी, confer, compare P. IV. 1.32; (2) affixed to the root ली before the causal affix णिच् , e. g. विलीनयति, confer, compare P. VII. 3.39; (3) affixed to the reduplicative syllable of roots ending in a nasal consonant and having the penultimate अ as also of the roots जप्, जभ् , दह् , दश्, भञ्ज्, पश्, चर्, and फल् in the intensive; e. g. जङ्गम्यते, तन्तन्यते, यंयमीति, जङ्गमीति, जञ्जप्यते, दन्दह्यते, दन्दशीति. चञ्चूर्यते, पम्फु लीति confer, compare P. VII 4.85, 86, 87.

nairdeśika	matter of communication; statement made for communication. Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.explains the word as निर्देशः बोधः प्रयोजनमस्य नैर्देशिकः । confer, compare एते खल्वपि नैर्देशिकानां वार्ततरका भवन्ति ये सर्वनाम्ना निर्देशाः क्रियन्ते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.67.

pakṣa	alternative view or explanation presented by, or on behalf of, a party ; one of the two or more way of presenting a matter. The usual terms for the two views are पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष, when the views are in conflict. The views, if not in conflict, and if stated as alternative views, can be many in number, e. g. there are seven alternative views or Pakșas re : the interpretation of the rule इको गुणवृद्धी; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; confer, compare also सर्वेषु पक्षेषु उपसंख्यानं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64.

pacādi	a class of roots headed by the root पच् to which the kŗt. affix अ ( अच् ) is added in the sense of 'an agent'; e. g. श्वपचः, चोरः, देवः et cetera, and others The class पचादि is described as अाकृतिगण and it is usual with commentators to make a remark पचाद्यच् when a kŗt affix अ is seen after a root without causing the vŗddhi substitute to the preceding vowel or to the penultimate vowel अ. confer, compare अज्विधिः सर्वधातुभ्यः पठ्यन्ते च पचादय: । अण्बाधनार्थमेव स्यात् सिध्यन्ति श्वपचादघ: Kāś. on P. III. 1.134.

patañjali	the reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.

padasaṃskārapakṣa	an alternative view with वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष regarding the formation of words by the application of affixes to crude bases. According to the Padasamskāra alternative, every word is formed independently, and after formation the words are syntactically connected and used in a sentence. The sense of the sentence too, is understood after the sense of every word has been understood; confer, compare सुविचार्य पदस्यार्थं वाक्यं गृह्णन्ति सूरयः Sira. on Pari. 22. According to the other alternative viz. वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष, a whole sentence is brought before the mind and then the constituent individual words are formed exempli gratia, for example राम +सु, गम् + अ + ति । Both the views have got some advantages and some defects; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 56.

padādividhi	a grammatical operation specifically prescribed for the initial letter of a word.

padādhikāra	the topic concerning padas id est, that is words which are regularly formed, as contrasted with words in formation. Several grammatical operations, such as accents or euphonic combinations, are specifically prescribed together by Pāņini at places which are said to be in the Padādhikāra formed by sūtras VIII.1.16 to VIII.3.54.

padārtha	meaning of a word, signification of a word; that which corresponds to the meaning of a word; sense of a word. Grammarians look upon both-the generic notion and the individual object as Padārtha or meaning of a word, and support their view by quoting the sūtras of Pāņini जात्याख्यायामेकस्मिन् बहुवचनमन्यतरस्याम् I. 2.58 and सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ I. 2.64; confer, compare किं पुनराकृतिः पदार्थ अाहोस्विद् द्रव्यम् । उभयमित्याह । कथं ज्ञायते । उभयथा ह्याचार्येण सूत्राणि प्रणीतानि । अाकृतिं पदार्थे मत्वा जात्याख्यायामित्युच्यते \| द्रव्यं पदार्थे मत्वा सरूपाणामित्येकशेष अारभ्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in I. 1. first Āhnika. In rules of grammar the meaning of a word is generally the vocal element or the wording, as the science of grammar deals with words and their formation; confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P. I. 1. 68. The possession of vocal element as the sense is technically termed शब्दपदार्थकता as opposed to अर्थपदार्थकता; confer, compare सोसौ गोशब्दः स्वस्मात्पदार्थात् प्रच्युतो यासौ अर्थपदार्थकता तस्याः शब्दपदार्थकः संपद्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.44 V. 3. The word पदार्थ means also the categories or the predicaments in connection with the different Śāstrās or lores as for instance, the 25 categories in the Sāmkhyaśāstra or 7 in the Vaiśeșika system or 16 in the NyayaŚāstra. The Vyākaranaśāstra, in this way to state, has only one category the Akhandavākyasphota or the radical meaning given by the sentence in one strok

pariniṣṭhita	completely formed; with the formation completely achieved; स्वार्थे परिपूर्णम्; confer, compare परिनिष्ठितस्य पदान्तरसंबन्धे हुि गौर्वाहीक इत्यादौ गौणत्वप्रतीतिर्न तु प्रातिपदिकसंस्कारवेलायाम् Par. Sek. on Pari. 15.

paribhāṣā	an authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.

parjanyavallakṣaṇapravṛtti	the application of a grammatical rule or operation like the rains which occur on dry land as also on the sea surface: confer, compare कृतकारि खल्वपि शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् । तद्यथा । पर्जन्यो यावदूनं पूर्णे च सर्वमभिवर्षति । M.Bh. on P.I. 1.29 ; VI. 1.127: cf also यथा पर्जन्यः यावदूनं पूर्णे वाभिवर्षति एवं लक्षणमपि दीर्घस्य दीर्घत्वम् । चिचीषति, बुभूषति। Vyaadi. Pari. 58, confer, compare कृतकारि शास्त्रं मेघवत् न चाकृतकारि दहनवत् Puruso. Pari. 86.

pāṇini	the illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.

pāṇinisūtra	called also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.

pitkaraṇa	marking an affix with the mute consonant प् for several grammatical purposes; see पित्; cfपित्करणानर्थक्यं चानच्कत्वात् P. III. I. 33 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).5. See पित्.

pitkṛta	a grammatical operation caused by an affix marked with the mute consonant प्: confer, compare यत्तु खलु पिति ङित्कृतं प्राप्नोति ङिति च पित्कृतं केन तन्न स्यात्, M. Bh, on III. 1.-3 Vart. 7. For details see पित्.

piśel[ PISCHELL, RICHARD]	a famous European Grammarian of the nineteenth century who wrote many articles on grammatical subjects and wrote a work entitled 'Prakrit Grammar.'

punaḥprasaṅgavijñāna	occurrence or possibility of the application of a preceding grammatical rule or operation a second time again, after once it has been set aside by a subsequent opposing rule or rules in conflict; confer, compare पुनःप्रसङ्गविज्ञानात् सिद्धम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 39; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 4.2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7; confer, comparealso Puru. Pari. 40.

puruṣa	a grammatical term in the sense of 'person:' confer, compare करोतिः पचादीनां सर्वान् कालान् सर्वान् पुरुषान्सर्वाणि वचनान्यनुवर्तते, भवतिः पुनर्वर्तमानकालं चैकत्वं च. These persons or Purușas are described to be three प्रथम, मध्यम and उत्तम corresponding to the third second and first persons respectively in English Grammar; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. l and 2.

pūrvatrāsiddhavacana	the dictum of Panini about rules in his second, third and fourth quarters (Padas) of the eighth Adhyaya being invalid to (viz. not seen by) all the previous rules in the first seven chapters and the first quarter of the eighth as laid down by him in the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. The rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् is taken also as a governing rule id est, that is अधिकार laying down that in the last three quarters also of his grammar, a subsequent rule is invalid to the preceding rule. The purpose of this dictum is to prohibit the application of the rules in the last three quarters as also that of a subsequent rule in the last three quarters, before all such preceding rules, as are applicable in the formation of a word, have been given effect to; confer, compare एवमिहापि पर्वेत्रासिद्धवचनं अादेशलक्षणप्रतिषेधार्थमुत्सर्गलक्षणभावार्थं च M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.1 Vart. 8.

prakṛti(1)	material cause: confer, compare. तदर्थे विकृते: प्रकृतौ । प्रकृतिरुपादानकारणं तस्यैव उत्तरमवस्थान्तरं विकृतिः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.V.1.12; (2) original, as opposed to modified' ( विकृति ); the original base of a word which is used in language by the addition of affixes. There are mentioned three kinds of such original words in grammar, roots ( धातु ), noun bases ( प्रातिपदिक ) and affixes (प्रत्यय). प्रकृति is defined as शास्त्रप्रक्रियक्रियाव्यवहारे प्रकृतिप्रत्ययविभागकल्पनय शब्दार्थभावनायां प्रत्ययात् प्रथममुपादानकारणामिव या उपादीयते तां प्रकृतिरिति व्यापदिशन्ति' in the Sringaraprakasa; confer, compare अपशब्दो ह्यस्य प्रकृति: । न चापशब्द: प्रकृतिः ， न ह्यपशब्दा उपदिश्यन्ते न चानुपदिष्टा प्रकृतिरस्ति । M.Bh. on Siva Sutra 2; confer, compare also कृत्प्रकृतिर्धातु: M.Bh. on P. VI. 2. 139 Vart. 2; पदप्रकृति: संहिता । पदप्रक्तीनि सर्वचरणानां पार्षदानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.17.

prakriyākaumudī	a well-known work on Sanskrit Grammar by रामचन्द्रशेष of the 15th century, in which the subject matter of the eight chapters of Panini's grammar is arranged into several different sections forming the different topics of grammar. It is similar to, and possibly. the predecessor of, the Siddhanta Kaumudi which has a similar arrangement. The work was very popular before the Siddhinta Kaumudi was written. it has got many commentaries numbering about a dozen viz. प्रक्रियाप्रसाद, प्रक्रियाप्रकाश, प्रक्रियाप्रदीप, अमृतस्तुति, प्रक्रियाव्याकृति,निर्मलदर्पण,तत्वचन्द्र, प्रक्रियारञ्जन, प्रक्रियाविवरण and others of which the Prasada of Vitthalesa and the Prakasa of Srikrsna are the wellknown ones.

pratikaṇṭham	vocally, pronouncedly, expressly without any attention to the derivation or the formation of the word; ( 2 ) irregular formation; c.. सर्वशास्त्रार्थं प्रतिकण्ठमुक्तम् where प्रतिकण्ठ is explained as निपातन by Uvvata; confer, compare प्रतिकण्ठं निपातनम् : उत्सर्गविधिभिः साधयितुमशक्या अपि प्रयोगविशेषा निपात्यन्ते शास्त्रसंपूर्तये. Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.23.

pratyakṣakriya	a word in which the verbal activity is actually noticed, as for instance, verbs and krt formations; the term is used as an antonym of प्रकल्पक्रिय.

pratyāhārasūtra	a term for the fourteen Siva Sutras which are utilized for the formation of Pratyaharas.

pratyudāharaṇa	counter instance. In order to explain the wording of a grammatical rule clearly, it is customary to give along with the instances of the rule (where the rule has been effectively employed), a few words which would have resulted into other faulty words by the application of the particular rule in case that rule had not been stated or a word or more of it had been omitted; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐच् इति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत् समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1.

prayogaratnamālā	name of a recognised treatise on grammar written by पुरुषोत्तमविद्यावागीश of Bengal in the fourteenth century. The treatise explains many words which, although current in language and literature, cannot be easily formed by rules of grammar. The author has tried to form them by applying rules of grammar given in the grammatical systems of Panini and Katantra. The alphabet given in this treatise is according to the system of the Tantra Sastra which shows a scholarship of the author in that branch The grammar was studied much in Bengal and Assam.

pravāda	a grammatical explanation; detailed explanation by citing the gender, number, krt affix, taddhita affix.affix and the like: confer, compare लिङ्गसंख्यातद्धितकृतरूपभेदाः प्रवादाः । पाण्यादिशब्दानां प्रवादेषु प्रथमो (original) नकारो णत्वमाप्नोति स च प्राकृतः । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIII. 9. The word is explained as a change in the form of a word, as for instance, by the substitution of स् for विसर्ग where विसर्ग is, in fact, expected; confer, compare कबन्धं पृथु इत्येतेषां पदानां प्रवादा रूपभेदा उदये परत्रावस्थिताः दिव इत्येतस्य उपचारं जनयन्ति । यथा दिवस्कबन्धम् , दिवस्पृथुः Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 22; confer, compare also प्रवादाः षडितः परे, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IX. 18. In the Nirukta, the word is used in the sense of 'distinct mention'; confer, compare एवमन्यासामपि देवतानामादित्यप्रवादाः स्तुतयो भवन्ति ( deities are mentioned under the name of Aditya) Nir II.13; cf also वैश्वानरीयाः प्रवादाः Nir, VII. 23.

pravṛtta( I)	complete; confer, compare अथ य प्रवृत्त अथे अमिताक्षरेषु ग्रन्थेषु वाक्यपूरणा आगच्छन्ति पदपूरणास्ते, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 9; (2) which has preSented itself, which has become applicable; the word is used in connection with a grammatical rule or operation ; confer, compare एवं च कृत्वा धर्मशास्त्रं प्रवृत्तम् ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64 Vart.39; समुदाये व्राह्मणशब्दः प्रवृतेवयवेष्वपि वर्तते जातिहीने गुणहीने च । M.Bh. on II. 2.6; confer, compare दीर्घस्य यण् ह्रस्व इति प्रवृत्तं, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.77; also confer, compare यद्यपि ङिच्चेत्ययमपवादः ... तातङि मन्थरं प्रवृत्तः परेण बाध्यते S. K. on P.VII.1.35.

prasakta	applicable, but not actually applied; the word is used in connection with a grammatical ’rule or operation that has become applicable, but has not been applied; confer, compare उत्सर्गस्य प्रसक्तस्यापवादो वाधको भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.3 32, also प्रसक्तस्यादर्शनं लोपसंज्ञं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). and S.K. on P.I.1. 60. The term प्रसक्त is opposed to the term अभिनिर्वृत्त.

prasaṅga	applicability; possibility of being applied; the word is used with respect to a grammatical rule or operation which is on the point of being applied or taking place; the word प्राति is also used in the same sense; confer, compare को हि शब्दस्य प्रसङ्गः यत्र गम्यते चार्थो न च प्रयुज्यते M.Bh.on P.I.1.60 confer, compare also द्वौ प्रसङ्गौ अन्यार्थां एकस्मिन् स विप्रतिषेधः,Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.4. 2; also confer, compare प्रसङ्गे सति सदृशतम आदेशः स्यात् S.K. on स्थानेन्तरतमः P. I.1.50.

prasvāra	a word or utterance in three matras or moras; confer, compare स ओमिति प्रस्वरति त्रिमात्रः प्रस्वारः स्थाने स भवत्युदात्तः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV.3 whereon Uvvata remarks त्रिमात्र: प्रस्वारः । See the word ओंकार

prauḍhamanoramākhaṇḍana(1)	a grammatical work written by a grammarian named Cakrapani of the Sesa family of grammarians. The work is meant to refute the arguments of Bhattoji Diksita in his Praudhamanorama; (2) a grammar work written by the famous poet and rhetorician Jagannātha in refutation of the doctrines and explanations given in the Praudhamanorama by the stalwart Grammarian Bhattoji Diksita. The work is not a scholarly one and it has got a tone of banter. It was written by Jagannatha to show that he could also write works on Grammar and the bearded pedant Bhattoji should not be proud of his profound scholarship in Grammar. The work of Jagannatha was named मनोरमाकुचमर्दन possibly by his followers or even by himselfeminine.

pluta	protracted, name given to vowels in the protracted grade. The vowels in this grade which are termed protracted vowels are possessed of three matras and in writing they are marked with the figure 3 placed after them. In pronunciation they take a longer time than the long or दीर्घ vowels; confer, compare ऊकालोज्झ्रस्वदीर्घप्लुतः P. I.2.27. The word is derived from प्लु (प्रु also) I Atmane to go, and explained as प्लवते इति, The word प्लवते is often found for प्लुतो भवति in the Pratisakhya works; cf also मात्रा ह्रस्वरतावदवग्रहान्तरं, द्वे दीर्धस्तिस्रः प्लुत उच्यते स्वरः । अधः स्विदासी३दुपरि स्विदासी३द् अर्थे प्लुतिर्भीरिव विन्दती३त्रिः ll Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.16.

pluti	prolation or protraction of a vowel when it is possessed of three matras; confer, compare. Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.31. See प्लुत a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare अविद्वांसः प्रत्यभिवादे नाम्नो ये न प्लुतिं विदुः । कामं तेषु तु विप्रोष्य स्त्रीष्विवायमहं वदेत् M.Bh. on P.I.1 Ahnika 1

phala(1)	fruit or benefit of an action which goes to the agent; confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः Vaiyakarana-bhusana. A root which is given as Ubhayapadin in Panini's Grammar takes the Atmanepada affixes when the fruit of the activity is meant for the agent, while otherwise it takes the Parasmaipada affixes; (2) The word फल also means the result of a grammatical operation or grammatical injunction.

bahula	literally variously applicable; the word is used in the rules of Panini in connection with a grammatical rule or affix or the like that is seen necessarily applied in some cases, optionally applied in a few other cases and not at all applied in the other cases still. The word बहुलम् is used by Panini in all such cases. See P. II. 1.32, 57; II. 3.62; II.4.39, 73, 76, 84, III. 1.34 et cetera, and others; confer, compare the usual explanation of बहुलम् given by grammarians in the lines क्वचित्प्रवृत्तिः क्वचिदप्रवृत्तिः क्वचिद्विभाषा क्वचिदन्यदेव । विधेर्विधानं बहुधा समीक्ष्य चतुर्विधं बाहुलकं वदन्ति Com. Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.18.

bālabodhinī	name of a grammatical work ascribed to Balambhatta of Tanjore.

bāhulaka	the application of a grammatical rule as a necessity to arrive at some forms in literature especially in the Vedic Literature as also in the works of standard writers, which cannot be explained easily by the regular application of the stated rules; confer, compare सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिदनराणां कालहलच्स्वरकर्तृयङां च । व्यत्ययमिच्छति शास्त्रकृदेषां सोपि च सिध्यति बाहुलकेन M.Bh. on P. III. 1.85; also confer, compare बाहुलकं प्रकृतेस्तनुदृष्टेः प्रायसमुच्चयनादपि तेषाम् । कार्यसशेषविधेश्च तदुक्तं नैगमरूढिभवं हि सुसाधु M.Bh. on P. III.3.1. In many sutras, Panini has put the word बहुलम् to arrive at such forms; e.g see P.II.1.32,57; II.3.62. II.4.39,73,76,84 et cetera, and others

bothaliṃgka[BOHTLINGK, OTTO]	a German Sanskrit scholar and Grammarian of St.Petersberg, who has written a short gloss in German on Panini's Astadhyayi under the title "Panini's Grammatik" with an introduction and various indexes at the end. He has also critically edited Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.

bopadeva	a great Sanskrit scholar and grammarian belonging to Devagiri in the greater Maharastra who was supported by Hemadri of Devagiri. He resided at सार्थग्राम on the river Varada in the first half of the thirteenth century. He wrote a short treatise on Sanskrit Grammar, which has a number of peculiar abbreviations for the usual well-known grammatical termanuscript. His grammar had a wide spread in Bengal and it is today a very common text on Grammar Bengal. On this account some scholars believe that he lived in Bengal. He was the son of Kesava and pupil of Dhanesa. He is also the author, of the well-known work कविकल्पद्रुम on which he has written a commentary named कामधेनु or काव्यकामधेनु.

bhakti(1)	name given to two of the five divisions of a Saman which are प्रस्तावभक्ति, उद्गीथ, प्रतिहार, उपद्रव and निधानभाक्ति; (2) the vowel portion surrounding, or placed after, the consonant र् or ल् which (consonant) is believed to be present in the vowel ऋ or ऌ respectively forming its important portion, but never separately noticed in it. The vowels ऋ and ऌ are made up of one matra each. It is contended by the grammarians that the consonants र् and ल् forming respectively the portion of ऋ and ऌ, make up halfa-matra, while the remaining half is made up of the भाक्ति of the vowel surrounding the consonant or situated after the consonant. The word which is generally used for this 'bhakti is 'ajbhakti' instead of which the word स्वरभक्ति is found in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare यत्तद्रेफात्परं भक्तेस्तेन व्यवहितत्वान्न प्राप्नेति \| ...... यच्चात्र रेफात्परं भुक्तेर्न तत् क्वचिदपि व्यपवृक्तं दृश्यते \| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 4.1 Vart 2; confer, compare स्वरभक्तिः पूर्वभागक्षराङ्गं Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 17; also confer, compare रेफात्स्वरोपहिताद् व्यञ्जनोदयाद् ऋकारवर्णी स्वरभक्तिरुत्तरा ) Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 13.

bhatva	the nature or quality of being called भ which causes many grammatical operations which are given together by Panini in VI. 4.129 to 179. See the word भ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

bhartṛhari	a very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् \| वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.

bhāgavṛtti	one of the oldest commentaries on the Sutras of Panini, which, although not available at present, has been profusely quoted by Purusottamadeva and other Eastern Grammarians of the twelfth and later centuries. The authorship of the work is attributed to Bhartrhari, but the point is doubtful as Siradeva in his Paribhasavrtti on Pari. 76 has stated that the author of the Bhagavrtti has quoted from Maghakavya; confer, compare अत एवं तत्रैव सूत्रे भागवृत्तिः पुरातनमुनेर्मुनितामिति पुरातनीनेदिरिति च प्रमादपाठावेतौ गतानुगतिकतया कवयः प्रयुञ्जते न तेषां लक्षणे चक्षुरिति \| Some scholars attribute its authorship to Vimalamati. Whosoever be the author, the gloss ( भागवृत्ति ) was a work of recognised merit; confer, compare काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत् सिद्धान्तं वेत्तुमस्ति धी: \| तदा विचिन्त्यतां भातभीषावृत्तिरियं मम Bhasavrtti at the end. सृष्टिघर in his commentary on the Bhasavrtti also says " सा हि द्वयोर्विवरणकर्त्री."

bhāṇḍārakara[ Sir Ramakrishna Gopal Bhandarkar 1837-1925 A. D. ]	a well-known scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who has written learned articles on many grammatical topics. He was a distinguished Professor of Sanskrit in the latter half of the nineteenth century. He was one of the pioneers of Sanskrit studies in India.

bhāva(1)	becoming; existence. The word is used many times in the sense of धात्वर्थthe sense of a root which is 'incomplete activity' or 'process of evolving'; confer, compare तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातु: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 5; confer, compare also षड् भावविकारा भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 36; पूर्वापरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेन आचष्टे व्रजतिपचतीत्युपक्रमप्रभृति अपवर्गपर्यन्तम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1 ; (2) activity as opposed to instruments ( साधन or कारक ); confer, compare भावगर्हायाम् । धात्वर्थगर्हायाम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.24; confer, compare also भावः क्रिया, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on यस्य च भावेन भावलक्षणम् P. II. 3.37; (3) completed action which is shown, not by a verb, but by a verbal derivative noun; confer, compare धात्वर्थश्च धातुनैवोच्यते \| यस्तस्य सिद्धता नाम धर्मस्तत्र घञादयः प्रत्यया विधीयन्ते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on 'भावे' P. III. 3.18; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.19, III. 1.67, IV. 1.3, V. 4.19; confer, compare also भावस्त्वेक: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.67; (4) the radical factor for the use of a word; प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त; confer, compare भवतोत्मादभिधानप्रत्ययौ इति भावः \| शब्दस्य प्रवृत्तिनिमित्तं भावशब्देनोच्यते \| अश्वत्वम् , अश्वता \| Kāś, on P. 5.1.119; (5) thing, object cf सिद्धशब्दः कूटस्थेषु भावेष्वविचालिषु वर्तते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Āhnika l; (6) transformation, substitution; change into the nature of another; confer, compare तत्र प्रथमास्तृतीयभावम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 4. confer, compare also the words मूर्धन्यभाव, अभिनिधानभाव et cetera, and others {7) possession of the qualities, nature; तदर्थस्य भाव: तादर्थ्यम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 3.13; (8) relationship; confer, compare गुणप्रधानभाव, प्रकृतिविकृतिभाव et cetera, and others

bhāvavikāra	kinds of verbal activity which are described to be six in number viz. production, existence, transformation, growth, decay and destruction. These six modes of existence first mentioned by Vāŗșyayani and quoted by Yāska are explained philosophically by Bhartŗhari as a mere appearance of the Śabdabrahman or Sattā when one of its own powers, the time factor ( कालशक्ति ) is superimposed upon it, and as a result of that superimposition, it (id est, that is the Śabdabrahman) appears as a process; confer, compare षड् भावाविकारा भवन्ति इति वार्ष्यायणि: \| जायते अस्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते अपक्षीयते विनश्यति इति । Nir.I.2; confer, compare also Vākyapadiya III.30.

bhāvasādhana(l)	a word in the sense of भाव or completed verbal activity अस्ति भावसाधनो विधिशब्दः \| विधानं विधिरिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.57; (2) an affix applied for the formation of a word in the sense of verbal activity; confer, compare प्रयतनं प्रयत्नः \| प्रपूर्वाद्यततेर्भावसाधनो नङ् प्रत्ययः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.9.

bhautapūrvya	the consideration that a thing was such and such a one formerly, and hence liable to undergo grammatical operations on that ground; confer, compare कृत एत्त्वे भौतपूर्व्यात्\| भिस ऐस्\| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VII. 1. 9.

madhyapatita	literally fallen in the middle; the word is used generally in the sense of an augment which is inserted in the middle of a word. Sometimes an affix too, like अकच् or a conjugational sign like श्रम्, is placed in the middle of a word. Such a middling augment is technically ignored and a word together with it is taken as the original word for grammatical operations; exempli gratia, for example उच्चकै:, नीचकै: et cetera, and others cf तन्मध्यपतितस्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यते Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 89.

mayūravyaṃsakādi	a class of compounds of the type of मयूरव्यंसक which are somewhat irregular formations and hence mentioned as they are found in use. The compounds are called simple tatpuruṣa compounds; exempli gratia, for example मयूरव्यंसक: हस्तेगृह्य, एहिपचम्, उच्चावचम्, खादतमोदता et cetera, and others; confer, compare मयूरव्यंसकादयश्च P.II.1.72.

mallinātha	a reputed commentator on many classical poetic and dramatic works, who flourished in the fourteenth century. He was a scholar of Grammar and is believed to have written a commentary on the Śabdenduśekhara and another named न्यासोद्योत on the न्यास of जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि.

mahābhāṣya	literally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).

mit(1)	characterized by the mute letter म्; augments So characterized such as नुम् , अम् and the like, are inserted after the last vowel of a word to which they are to be added; confer, compare मिदचोन्त्यात् परः P. I. 1.47; (2) a technical term applied to the fifty-five roots which are headed by the root घट् and which belong to the first corjugation, to the roots ज्वळ et cetera, and others, as also to the roots जन्, जू, क्नूस्, रञ्ज् and roots ending in अम्. These roots are not really characterized by the mute letter म्, but they are given the designation मित्. The use of the designation मित् is (a) the shortening of the penultimate vowel which : has been lengthened by Vrddhi , before the causal sign णि and (b) ; the optional lengthening of the ; penultimate vowel before the affix ) चिण् and णमुल्, For a complete list ] of 'mit' roots see Dhaatupaatha.

mitavṛtyarthasaṃgraha	name ofa grammatical work on the SUtras of Paanini by Udayana.

mugdhabodhaṭīkā	a commentary work on Mugdhabodha;the name is given to commentaries written by Ramatarkavagisa(called मुग्धबोधपरिशिष्ट }, by Radhavallabha (called सुबोधिनी), . by Gangadhara (called सेतुसंग्रह ), by Durgadasa, by Dayarama and by Ramananda.

yavādi	a class of words headed by the word यव, the taddhita affix मत् after which does not get the consonant मृ changed into व् although the affix मत् be added to a word ending in म् or अ, or having म् or अ as the penultimate letter; e. g. यवमान् , ऊर्मिमान् , भूमिमान् et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.VIII.2.9. This यवादिगण is looked upon as आकृतिगण

yoga(1)	a rule of grammar; the word योग in this sense is very fre-quently found used in the Mahabhasya; cf the frequent statements अयं येगः शक्योsकर्तुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1. 6, 62, et cetera, and others or कान्यस्य योगस्य प्रयोजनानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.31 Vart. 6, I.1. 57 et cetera, and others; (2) grammatical connection; cf शास्त्रकृतो योगश्च Nirukta of Yāska.I.2: cf also षष्ठी स्थानेयेागा P.I.1.49.

yogavibhāga	division of a rule which has been traditionally given as one single rule, into two for explaining the formation of certain words, which otherwise are likely to be stamped as ungrammatical formations. The writer of the Varttikas and the author of the Mahabhasya have very frequently taken recourse to this method of योगविभाग; confer, compare P.I.1.3 Vart. 8, I.1.17 Vart.1,I.1.61, Vart. 3; I. 4.59 Vart. 1, II. 4. 2. Vart.2, III.1.67 Vart. 5, III.4.2. Vart. 6, VI.I. I Vart. 5, VI.1.33 Vart.1 et cetera, and others Although this Yogavibhaga is not a happy method of removing difficulties and has to be followed as a last recourse, the Varttikakara has suggested it very often, and sometimes a sutra which is divided by the Varttikakara into two,has been recognised as a couple of sutras in the Sutrapatha which has come down to us at present.

ram	augment र inserted after the vowel अ of the root भ्रस्ज्, when the letterर् which is already present in भ्ररुज् (before अ) and the penultimate स् are dropped; the result is that the word भर्ज्, in short, becomes substituted in the place of भ्रस्ज्: confer, compare भ्रस्जो रोपधयो रमन्यतरस्याम्P.VI. 4.47, and भ्रस्जो रोपधयोर्लोप अागमो रम् विधीयते as Bharadvajiya Varttika thereon

rik	an augment added optionally with रुक् and रीक् to the reduplicative syllable of the frequentative root from a primitive root which ends in ऋ or has a penultimate ऋ; e. g. चरिकर्ति, नरिनर्ति भरिभ्रत् et cetera, and others; confer, compare रुग्रिकौ च लुकि, P.VII. 4.9l and ऋतश्च VII.4.92.

rit(1)	characterized by the mute consonant र् signifying the acute accent for the penultimate vowel;confer, compare उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI. I. 217; ( 2 ) the same as रिफित or रेफि, a visarga which is changeable into र् when euphonically combined; confer, compare विसर्जनीयो रिफितः V.Pr.I.160; confer, compare also भाव्युपधं च रिद्विसर्जनीयान्तानि रेफेण ; V.Pr. VII.9. The terms रिफित, रेफि and रित् are given in the Padapatha to a पद or word which ends in a Visarga which has originated from र् in the Samhitapatha; e. g. the Visarga in कः, प्रात: et cetera, and others; confer, compare R.Pr.I.30 to 32.

rīk	augment री added optionally with रुक् and रिक् to the reduplicative syllable ( अभ्यास ) of the frequentative base of roots having ऋ as their penultimate vowel; exempli gratia, for example वरीवृश्च्यते वरीवृश्चीति, नरीनर्ति, चरीकर्ति; cf रीगृदुपधस्य च P.VII. 4.90.

rūpasiddhi	literally the formation of words; the name रूपासिद्वि is given to a small literary work on the formation of words written by Dayānandasarasvatī.

rūpātideśa	the actual replacement of the original in the place of the substitute by virtue of the rule स्थानिवदादेशोनल्विधौ P. I. 1. 56; one of the two kinds of स्थानिवद्भाव wherein the word-form of the original ( स्थानी ) is put in the place of the substitute (आदेश); the other kind of स्थानिवद्भाव being called कार्यातिदेश by means of which grammatical operations caused by the original ( स्थानी ) take place although the substitute (आदेश) has been actually put in the place of the original. About the interpretation of the rule द्विर्वचनेचि P. I.1.59, the grammarians accept the view of रूपातिदेश; confer, compare रूपातिदेशश्चायं नियतकालस्तेन कृते द्विर्वचने पुन: आदेशरूपमेवावतिष्ठते \| पपतुः पपुः \| अातो लोप इटि च इत्याकारलोपे कृते तस्य स्थानिवद्भावात् एकाचो द्बे० इति द्विर्वचनं भवति Kāś on P.I.1.59; confer, compare also रूपातिदेशश्चायम् \| द्विर्वचनेचि इत्यत्रास्य भाष्ये पाठात् \| Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 97. For details see Mahābhāșya on P.VII.1.95 96.

rūpāvatāra	a well-known work on word formation written by धर्मकीर्ति a Jain grammarian of the twelfth century. Scholars believe that this work was the first work of the form of topics which was taken as a model by the authors of the Prakriyākaumudī and the Siddhāntakaumudī.

lakṣya	literally target; illustration; example of a grammatical rule; confer, compare लक्ष्ये लक्षणं सकृदेव प्रवर्तते Paribhāşā; also लक्ष्यानुसारि व्याख्यानमेव शरणम् Paribhāşenduśekhara; confer, compare also शब्दो लक्ष्य: सूत्रं लक्षणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 14.

laghunyāsa(1)	short writing, brief putting in, brief expression; confer, compare सोयमेवं लघुना न्यासेन सिद्धे et cetera, and others; (2) the word is given as a name to a grammatical work, written by देवेन्द्रसूरि on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra, possibly in contrast with the बृहन्न्यास written by Hemacandra himself or with Kāśikāvivaranapańjikā popularly called न्यास written by Jinendrabuddhi on the Kāśikāvŗti of Jayāditya and Vāmana. See न्यास.

laṭ	general personal ending applied to roots (1 ) to show the present time for which the personal endings ति त:...महि are substituted for the formation of verbs and अत् ( शतृ ) and आन or मान ( शानच् ) for the formation of the present participle; (2) to show past time when the indeclinable स्म is used in the sentence along with the verbal form or when the indeclinables ननु, न, नु, पुरा, यावत्, कदा, कर्हि et cetera, and others are used along with the verbal form under specific conditions; e. g. कटं करोति देवदत्त:, यजति स्म युधिष्ठिर:, अहं नु करोमि, वसन्तीह पुरा छात्रा:, यावद् भुङ्क्ते et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. III. 2.118-123, III. 3.4-9.

lu	elision of an affix or its part in the process of the formation of a word as prescribed by the specific mention of the words लुक्, श्लु and लुप् which have the syllable लु as common. The specific feature of the elision by the use of these letters is the prohibition of any such operation for the preceding base as is conditioned by the elided affix; confer, compare प्रत्ययलोपे प्रत्ययलक्षणम् \| न लुमताङ्गस्य P.I.1.62,63.

lupta	that which has been elided or dropped during the process of the formation of words. As elision or लोप is looked upon as a kind of substitutē, in short a zerosubstitutē, the convention of the substitute being looked upon as the original one, viz.the sthānivadbhāva, applies to it.

luptanirdiṣṭa	supposed to be mentioned although not seen or heard in a particular rule, for the sake of bringing about some grammatical operation with a view to arriving at some desired forms; confer, compare ल्रान्तस्येत्यत्र वकारोऽपि निर्दिश्यते \| किं वकारो न श्रूयते \| लुप्तनिर्दिष्टो वकारः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.3. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 10; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.7, III. 1.44 et cetera, and others; also confer, compare क्ङिति च P. I. 1.5 where the consonant ग् is supposed to be present in the word क्ङिति .

laiṅga	a grammatical operation or a rule of grammar concerning gender; confer, compare यदि तर्हि कृत्स्नः पदार्थोभिधीयते लैङ्गाः सांख्याश्र्च विधयो न सिध्यन्ति M.Bh.on P.II.2.24 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, 9.

lopabalīyastva	the superior strength or superiority of elision as a grammatical operation in contrast with other operations, by virtue of which the elision, which is prescribed, takes place first and then other operations get a scope for their application; confer, compare सर्वविधिभ्यो लोपविधिर्बलीयान् Par.Śek. Pari. 93.

vaṅgasena	a grammarian who wrote a grammatical work on verbs named अाख्यातप्रकरण.

varadarāja	a scholar of grammar and a pupil of Bhattoji Diksita who flourished in the end of the seventeenth century and wrote abridgments of the Siddhanta-kaumudi for beginners in grammar named लघुसिद्धान्तकौमुदी and मध्यसिद्धान्तकौमुदी as also धातुकारिकावली and गीर्वाणपदमञ्जरी. The work under the name सारसिद्धान्तकौमुदी, which is the shortest abridgment, is, in fact, the लघुसिद्धान्तकौमुदी itselfeminine. It is possible that the auother first prepared the सारसिद्धान्तकौमुदी and then, he himself or a pupil of his, put additional necessary matter and prepared the Laghusiddhanta-kaumudi.

varṇagrahaṇa	mention of a grammatical operation concerning a single letter or caused by a single letter; confer, compare न वर्णग्रहणेषु (एषा अर्थवत्परिभाषा प्रवर्तते). Siradeva Pari 10.

varṇavikāra	change of one letter into another ( in the formation of a word ) the discussion of which is looked upon as one of the features of grammar; confer, compare लोपागमवर्णविकारज्ञो हृि सम्यग्वेदान्परिपालायिष्यति.M.Bh. Ahnika 1.

varṇāśraya	a grammatical operation depending upon a single letter id est, that is an operation caused by a letter singly; cf, वर्णाश्रये नास्ति प्रत्ययलक्षणम् \|ParSek.Pari.21; confer, comparealso वर्णाश्रयः प्रत्ययो वर्णविचालस्यानिमित्तम् । दाक्षि:l M.Bh.onP. I.1.39 Vart.10.

varṇaukadeśa	a part or a portion of a combined letter id est, that isसंयुक्तस्वर or संयुक्तव्यञ्जन. The diphthongs or संयुक्तस्वरs are divisible into two Svaras, for instance ऐ into अा and ए, औ into अा and ओ. Similarly double consonants like क्कू, च्च्, क्म्, क्त् et cetera, and others are also divisible. Regarding the point raised whether the individual parts can be looked upon as separate letters for undergoing or causing a grammatical operation,the decision of the grammarians is that they cannot be looked upon as separate, when they are completely mixed as the dipthongs; confer, compareनाक्यपवृक्तस्यावयवस्य तद्वधिर्यथा द्रव्येषु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 3, 4 Vart. 6.

vākaranāgal[WACKERNAGELL]	German Professor and scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who collaborated in the work of editing 'Altindisch Grammatik'.

vākyapadīya	a celebrated work on meanings of words and sentences written by the famous grammarian Bhartrhari ( called also Hari ) of the seventh century. The work is looked upon as a final authority regarding the grammatical treatment of words and sentences,for their interpretation and often quoted by later grammarians. It consists of three chapters the Padakanda or Brahmakanda, the Vakyakanda and the Samkirnakanda, and has got an excellent commentary written by Punyaraja and Helaraja.

vākyasaṃskārapakṣa	the grammarian's theory that as the individual words have practically no existence as far as the interpretation or the expression of sense is concerned, the sentence alone being capable of conveying the sense, the formation of individual words in a sentence' is explained by putting them in a sentence and knowing their mutual relationship. The word गाम् cannot be explained singly by showing the base गो and the case ending अम् unless it is seen in the sentence गाम् अानय; confer, compare यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे कृष्णादिसंबुद्धयन्त उपपदे ऋधेः क्तिनि कृते कृष्ण ऋध् ति इति स्थिते असिद्धत्वात्पूर्वमाद्गुणे कृते अचो रहाभ्यामिति द्वित्वं .. Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 99The view is put in alternation with the other view, viz. the पदसंस्कारपक्ष which has to be accepted in connection with the गौणमुख्यन्याय; cf पदस्यैव गौणार्थकत्वस्य ग्रहेण अस्य ( गौणमुख्यन्यायस्य) पदकार्यविषयत्वमेवोचितम् \| अन्यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे तेषु तदनापत्तिः Par. Sek. on Pari. 15, The grammarians usually follow the वाक्यसंकारपक्ष.

vājasaneyeiprātiśākhya	the Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.

vādanakṣatramālā	a work on grammatical debates et cetera, and others by Appaya Diksita, a well-known scholar and a senior contemporary of Jagannatha in the seventeenth century.

vāyu	air or प्राण, which is believed to spring up from the root of the navel and become a cause (even a material cause according to some scholars) of sound of four kinds produced at four different places, the last kind being audible to us; confer, compare प्राणे वाणिनभिव्यज्य वर्णेष्वेवोपलीयते Vakyapadiya I.116;confer, compare also R.Pr.XIII. 13, V.Pr. I.7-9; T.Pr.II.2: Siksa of Panini st. 6.

vāvidhi	वाविधान also, laying down an option regarding a grammatical operation; confer, compare स्वस्तियोगे चतुर्थी कुशालार्थेराशिषि वाविधानात् P.II.3.16 Vart.1 ; confer, compare also अविशेषेण अयादनिां वाविधिमुक्त्वा सार्वधातुके नित्यमिति वक्ष्यामि M.Bh.on P.III. 1.31 Vart, 2; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P. III.1.94.

vicikitsārthīya	the indeclinable नूनम् called विचिकित्साथीर्य in the Nirukta; the word विचिकित्सा is explained as confirmation after deliberation by Durgacarya. cf भाषायाम् । उभयमन्वध्यायम् \| विचिकित्सार्थीयश्च पदपूरणश्च । नूनमिति विचिकित्साथींय: Nirukta of Yāska.I.5.

vijñeya	a matter of special understanding; the phrase अवश्यं चैतद्विज्ञेयम् very frequently occurs in the Mahabhasya; cf M.Bh. on P.I.1.1, 3, 5, 22, I.2.47, 48, 64, I.4.23 et cetera, and others

vipratipanna(1)	doubtful: a matter of doubt; confer, compare विद्याद् विप्रतिपन्नानां पादवृत्ताक्षरैर्ऋचाम् R.Pr.XVII.13; (2) perverted: confer, compare तेभ्य एवं विप्रतिपन्नबुद्धिभ्यः अध्येतृभ्यः इदं शास्त्रमन्वाचष्टे M.Bh. on I.1 Āhnika 1.

vibhajyānvākhyāna	a method of forming a word, or of arriving at the complete form of a word by putting all the constituent elements of the word such as the base, the affix, the augment, the modification, the . accent, et cetera, and others one after another and then arriving at the form instead of completing the formation stage by stage; e. g. in arriving at the form स्नौघ्नि the wording स्नौघ्न + अ +ई is to be considered as it stands and not स्नौघ्न + अ = स्नौघ्न and then स्नौघ्न +ई. The विभज्यान्वाख्यानपक्ष in connection with the formation of a word corresponds to the पदसंस्कारपक्ष in connection with the formation of a sentence.

virāma	an ancient term used in the Prātiśākhya works for a stop or : pause in general at the end of a word, or at the end of the first member of a compound, which is shown split up in the Padapāṭha, or inside a word, or at the end of a word, or at the end of a vowel when it is followed by another vowel. The duration of this virāma is different in different circumstances; but sometimes under the same circumstances, it is described differently in the different Prātiśākhyas. Generally,there is no pause between two consonants as also between a vowel and a consonant preceding or following it.The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya has given four kinds of विराम (a) ऋग्विराम,pause at the end of a foot or a verse of duration equal to three mātrās or moras, (b) पदविराम pause between two words of duration equal to two matras; e. g. इषे त्वा ऊर्जे त्वा, (c) pause between two words the preceding one of which ends in a vowel and the following begins with a vowel, the vowels being not euphonically combined; this pause has a duration of one matra e,g. स इधान:, त एनम् , (d) pause between two vowels inside a word which is a rare occurrence; this has a duration of half a mātrā;e.gप्रउगम्, तितउः; confer, compare ऋग्विरामः पदविरामो विवृत्तिविरामः समानपदविवृत्तिविरामस्त्रिमात्रो द्विमात्र एकमात्रोर्धमात्र इत्यानुपूर्व्येण Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13. The word विवृत्ति is explained as स्वरयोरसंधिः. The vivṛttivirāma is further divided into वत्सानुसति which has the preceding vowel short and the succeeding long, वत्सानुसारिणी which has the preceding vowel a long one and the succeeding vowel a short one, पाकवती which has both the vowels short, and पिपीलिका which has got both , the vowels long. This fourfold division is given in the Śikṣā where their duration is given as one mātrā, one mātrā, three-fourths of a mātrā and one-fourth of a mātrā respectively. The duration between the two words of a compound word when split up in the पदपाठ is also equal to one mātrā; confer, compare R.Pr.I.16. The word विराम occurs in Pāṇini's rule विरामोs वसानम् P.I. 4.110 where commentators have explained it as absence; confer, compare वर्णानामभावोवसानसंज्ञः स्यात् S.K.on P. I.4.110: confer, compare also विरतिर्विरामः । विरम्यते अनेन इति वा विरामः Kāś. on P.I.4.110. According to Kāśikā even in the Saṁhitā text, there is a duration of half a mātrā between the various phonetic elements, even between two consonants or between a vowel and a consonant, which, however, is quite imperceptible; confer, compare परो यः संनिकर्षो वर्णानां अर्धमात्राकालव्यवधानं स संहितासंज्ञो भवति Kāś. on P. I.4.109 confer, compare also विरामे मात्रा R.T.35; confer, compare also R.Pr.I.16 and 17. For details see Mahābhāṣya on P.I.4.109 and I.4.110.

vivartana	transformation; the word is generally used in the sense of transformation of the Padapāṭha into the Saṁhitāpāṭha.

vuñ	(ID taddhita affix. affix अक causing vṛddhi to the vowel of the first syllable of that word to which it is added, as prescribed, (a) to the words denoting an offspring as also to the words उक्ष, उष्ट्र et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'a group'; e. g. अोपगवकम् , औष्ट्रकम् , कैदारकम् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.IV.2.39, 40; (b) to the words राजन्य and others in the sense of 'inhabited country' ; e. g. राजन्यकः देवनायकः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. IV.2.53, (c) to the words headed by अरीहण such as द्वुघण, खदिर्, मैत्रायण, काशकृत्स्न et cetera, and others in the quadruple senses; exempli gratia, for example अारीहणकम् , द्रौबणकम् , confer, compare P.IV.2.80, (d) to the word धन्व meaning a desert, to words with य् or र for their penultimate, to words ending in प्रस्थ, पुर and वह as also to words headed by धूम, नगर, अरण्य कुरु, युगन्धर et cetera, and others, under certain conditions in the miscellaneous senses; e. g. सांकाश्यकः,पाटलिपुत्रकः, माकन्दकः, आङ्गकः, वाङ्गकः, धौमकः, नागरकः, अारण्यकः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.2.121-130,134,135, 136; (e) to the words शरद् , आश्वयुजी, ग्रीष्म, वसन्त, संवत्सर,अाग्रहायणी and others in the specific senses given: confer, compare P. IV. 3.27, 45, 46, 49, 50; (f) to words denoting descendence or spiritual relation, words meaning families and warrior clans, words कुलाल and others, words meaning clans, and students learning a specific Vedic branch in specific senses prescribed : e. g. आचार्यक, मातामहक, ग्लौचुकायनक, कालालक, काठक, कालापक et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 3.77, 99, 118, 126; (g) to the words शाकल, उष्ट्र, उमा and ऊर्णा in the specially given senses; exempli gratia, for example शाकलः, संघः, औप्ट्रकः, औमम् और्णम्, confer, compareP.IV.3.188,157,158; (h) to words with य् as the penultimate, and a long vowel preceding the last one, to words in the dvandva compound, and to the words मनोज्ञ, कल्याण and others in the sense of 'nature' or 'profession';e.g रामणीयकम् गौपालपशुपालिका, गार्गिका, काठिका etc; confer, compare P. V.1.132,133,134: (2) kṛt affix अक added to the roots निन्द् हिंस् and others, and to the roots देव् and कृश् with a prefix before,in the sense of a habituated,professional or skilled agent; exempli gratia, for example. निन्दकः, परिक्षेपकः, असूयकः, परिदेवकः, आक्रोशकः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.2. 146, 147.

vṛtta(1)	arrived at or accomplished,as a result of वृत्ति which means a further grammatical formation from a noun or a verb; resultant from a vṛtti; confer, compare यावता कामचारो वृत्तस्य ये लिङ्गसंख्ये ते अतिदेक्ष्येते, न पुनः, प्राग्वृत्तेर्ये M Bh. on P.I.2.51; cf also युक्तंपुनर्यद् वृत्तनिमित्तको नाम अनुबन्धः स्यात्; (2) \| employment, the same as प्रयोग, confer, compare वृत्ताद्वा । वृत्तं प्रयेागः । Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on P. I. 3.9; (3)behaviour, treatment confer, compare नकारस्योष्मवद् वृत्ते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X.13; (4) manner of Veda writing, metrical form, metre; confer, compare तद् वृत्तं प्राहुश्छन्दसाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII.22.

vṛttiparigaṇana	a definite enumeration of words used in a specific sense (as contrasted with वार्तिपरिगणन) which means a definite enumeration of the senses in which an operation, such as a compound-formation or so,takes place; confer, compare अथैतस्मिन्सति अनभिधाने यदि वृतिपरिगणनं क्रियते, वर्तिपरिगणनमपि कर्तव्यम् ; cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.24 Vart. 16.

vṛttisamavāya	serial arrangement of letters in a specific way ( as for instance in the Mahesvara Sutras) for the sake of grammatical functions; confer, compare वृत्तिसमवायार्थं उपदेशः \| वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः। समवायॊ वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण सांनवेशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Ahnika I.

vṛddha(1)	a term used in Paninis grammar for such words or nouns ( प्रातिपदिक ) which have for their first vowel a vrddhi vowel, i. e. either अा or ऐ or अौ: exempli gratia, for example शाला, माला et cetera, and others; confer, compare वृद्धिर्यस्य अचामादिस्तद् वृद्धम् ; (2) a term applied to the eight pronouns headed by त्यत् for purposes of the addition of taddhita affix. affixes prescribed for the Vrddha words, such as छ by वृद्धाच्छ: P. IV.2.114: (3) a term applied to words having ए or ओ as the first vowel in them, provided such words denote districts of Eastern India, e. g. गोनर्द, भोजकट et cetera, and others confer, compare एङ् प्राचां देशे, P.I.1.73, 74 and 75; (4) a term used in the Pratisakhya works for a protracted vowel ( प्लत ) which has three matras; cf तिस्रॊ वृद्धम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.44.

vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa	a well-known work on the grammatical interpretation of words written by Kondabhatta as an explanatory work (व्याख्यान) on the small work in verse consisting of only 72 Karikas written by his uncle Bhattoji Diksita. The treatise is also named Brihadvaiyakaranabhusana. A smaller work consisting of the same subjectmatter but omitting discussions, is written by the author for facilitating the understanding of students to which he has given the name Vaiyakarahabhusanasara. This latter work has got three commentary works written on it named Kasika, Kanti and Matonmajja and one more scholarly one Sankari, recently written by Shankar Shastri Marulkar.

vyaṅgya(1)	suggested sense as contrasted with the denoted sense; (2) the supreme or ultimate suggested sense viz. Sphota which is the ultimate sense of every sentence.

vyatikara(1)	confusion of one numberaffix for another number-affix (वचन), as noticed in the statements. e. g. अक्षीणि मे दर्शनीयानि; पादा मे सुकुमारंतरा: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 4. 21; (2) any confusion, say confusion of one grammatical element for another; confer, compare हृि: परस्मैपदानां यथा स्यात्, स्व आत्मनेपदानां, व्यतिकरो मा भूत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.4.1 Vart, 2.

vyākaraṇa	Grammar the development of the meaning of the term can be seen by the senses given below in a serial order and the examples after those senses; (a) analysis or explanation by analysis; (b) rules of explanation; (c) specific rules explaining the formation of words; d) explanation of the formation of rules; (e) a treatise in which such an explanation is given; (f) a collection of such treatises and (g) a systematic explanation of the formation of words in a language (व्याकरणशास्त्र or शब्दानुशासन); confer, compare(a) व्यक्रियते अनेन इति व्याकरणम् ; M.Bh.on Ahnika 1, Vart. 12: confer, compare (b) लक्ष्यलक्षणे व्याकरणम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1, Vart. 14; confer, compare (c) न यथा लोके तथा व्याकरणे Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.1. Vart. 7; d) सर्वत्रैव हि व्याकरणे पूर्वोच्चारित: संज्ञी परोच्चारिता संज्ञा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. I. 1.1. Vart 7: (e) न तथा लोके यथा व्याकरणे M.Bh. on P, I. 1.23 Vart. 4: confer, compare(f)इह च व्याकरणे शब्दे कार्यस्य संभव:, अर्थं असंभवः \| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.68. confer, compare (g) व्याकरणं नाम इयमुत्तरा विद्या । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.32. The word व्याकरण is mostly used in the sense of ’the Science of Grammar ' in the Mahabhasya. It is explained by modern scholars as 'the law of the corrections of speech and etymological science' and described both as a science and an art.

vyāvṛti	pushing aside; removal; the word is frequently used in connection with the setting aside or removal of the application of such rules, as also of the contingency of such rules as are not desired in the formation of a correct word, by means of applying another rule necessary for the correct formation; cf तद्वि इदं तिष्यपुनर्वसु इत्यत्र तद्वथावृत्त्यर्थम् Par. Sek. on Pari. 34; as also तद्धि असवर्णग्रहणं ईषतुरित्यादौ इयङादिव्यावृत्त्यर्थम् Par.Sek. on Pari.55: cf also the usual statement ब्यावृत्तिः क्रियते ।

vyāśraya	resting on, or applying to, different words or elements of words or parts of words; the word is used in connection with a grammatical operation which affects one part of the word, as distinguished from another operation which affects another part ;confer, compare आभीयं कार्यं समानाश्रयमासिद्धम्। व्याश्रयं सिद्धं भवति । M.Bh. on P.III.1. 44, VI. 4.22 Vart.12, VI.4.42 et cetera, and others

śabdatattva	literally the essence of a word; the ultimate sense conveyed by the word which is termed स्फोट by the Vaiyakaranas. Philosophically this Sabdatattva or Sphota is the philosophical Brahman of the Vedantins, which is named as Sabdabrahma or Nadabrahma by the Vaiykaranas,and which appears as the Phenomenal world of the basis of its own powers such as time factor and the like; confer, compare अनादिनिधनं ब्रह्म शब्दतत्वं यदक्षरम् ! विवर्ततेर्थभावेन प्रक्रिया जगतो यतः ॥ vakyapadiya, I.1: cf। also Vakyapadiya II.31.

śabdabhedanirūpaṇa	name of a small grammatical work written by Ramacandra Diksita

śabdsādhyaprayoga	a grammar work on the formation of words written by a grammarian named रमानाथशर्मा.

śabdasiddhi(1)	formation of a complete word fit for use by adding proper suffixes to the crude base and . making the necessary modifications confer, compare नैव व्याकरणादृते शब्दसिद्धिः \| ( 2 ) name of a commentary by महादेव on the Katantra sutravrtti by Durgasimha.

śabdānuśāsana	literally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.

śabdārtharahasya	a grammatical work on the interpretation of words by Ramanatha Vidyavacaspati.

śākapārthivādi	a class of irregular samanadhikarana , Samasas, or Karmadharaya compound formations, where according to the sense conveyed by the compound word, a word after the first word or so, has to be taken as omitted; confer, compare समानाधिकरणाधिकारे शाकपार्थिवादीनामुपसंख्यानमुत्तरपदलेपश्च वक्तव्यः । शाकभेाजी पार्थिवः शाकपार्थिवः । कुतपवासाः सौश्रुतः कुतपसौश्रुतः । यष्टिप्रधानो मौद्गल्य; यष्टिमौद्गल्यः। M.Bh. on P.II.1.69 Vart. 8.

śākala	a word frequently used in the Mahabhasya for a grammatical operation or injunction ( विधि ) which forms a specific feature of the grammar of शाकल्य, viz. that the vowels इ, उ,ऋ, and लृ remain without phonetical combination and a shortening of them, if they are long;confer, compareइकोsसवर्णे शाकल्यस्य ह्रस्वश्च P.VI. 1. 127; शाकल्यस्य इदं शाकल्यम् ।; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.VI.1.77 VI.1.125,VI. 1.27;VI.2.52, VII.3.3 and VIII. 2.108; (2) pupils of शाकल्य; confer, compare शाकल्यस्य छात्राः शाकलाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV.I.18;(3) a village in the Vahika district; confer, compare शाकलं नाम वाहीकग्राम: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.104 Vart. 3.

śāstrātideśa	supposition of the original in the place of the substitute merely for the sake of the application of a grammatical rule as contrasted with रूपातिदेश, the actual restoration of the original form; confer, compare किं पुनरयं शास्त्रातिदेशः । तृचो यच्छास्त्रं तदतिदिश्यते । आहोस्विद्रूपातिदेशः तृचो यद्रूपं तदतिदिश्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VII.1.95.

śiromaṇibhaṭṭācārya	a grammarian who wrote the grammatical works कारकविवेक, तद्धितकोश and तिङन्तशिरोमणि.

śeṣakṛṣṇa	one of the prominent grammarians belonging to the Sesa family, who was the son of नरससिंहशेत्र. He wrote a gloss on the Prakriyakaumudi and two small works Prakrtacandrika and Padacandrika. Two other minor grammar works viz. the Yanlugantasiromani and Upapadamatinsutravyakhyana are ascribed to शेषकृष्ण who may be the same as शेषकृष्ण the son of नरसिंह, or another, as there were many persons who had the name Krsna in the big family.

śtip'	the syllable ति applied to the Vikarana-ending form of a root to denote a root for a grammatical operation. The specific mention of a root with श्तिप् added, shows that the root of the particular class or conjugation shown, is to be taken and not the same root belonging to any other conjuga-tion; confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे; exempli gratia, for example अस्यतिवक्तिख्यातिभ्योऽङ् P.III. 1. 52. Although operations prescribed for a primary root are applicable to a frequentative root when the frequentative sign य has been omitted, operations prescribed for a root which is stated in a rule with ति ( श्तिप् ) added to it, do not take place in the frequentative roots;confer, compare श्तिपा शपानुबन्धेन ... पञ्चैतानि न यङ्लुकि.

śravaṇa	hearing of a phonetic element or a word in the actual speech; audition; confer, compare तस्य चोदात्तस्वरितपरत्वे श्रवणं स्पष्टम् S. K. on P.I.2.32. In many technical grammatical terms, affixes and substitutes, there is sometimes a portion of them which is not a vital part of the word, but it is for the sake of causing certain prescribed grammatical operations. The letters or syllables which form such a portion are called इत् and they are only for the sake of grammatical operations (कार्यार्थ ), as contrasted with the other ones which are actually heard (श्रुत्यर्थ or श्रवणार्थ ).

śrīkaṇokta	a grammarian who has written a small treatise on corrupt words or ungrammatical words, which is named अपशब्दखण्डन.

śrīmaṇikaṇṭha	a famous grammarian who held the titles महामहोपाध्याय, प्रगल्भतर्कसिंह and भट्टाचार्य and who has written a systematic work on caserelations named कारकखण्डनमण्डन; the work is also known by the name षट्कारकखण्डनमण्डन.

śvobhūtivṛtti	a grammatical work of the type of a gloss on the Sutras of Panini written by an ancient grammarian श्वोभूति mentioned in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare स्तोष्याम्यहं पादिकमौदवाहिं ततः श्वेाभूते शातनीं पातनीं च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.57. Possibly the grammarian श्वोभूति is referred to in the word श्वोभूत in the verse.

ṣatva	change of the consonant स् into ष् in certain conditions in the formation of a word, or after prepositions in the case of verbs beginning with स्. This cerebralization of स् was a peculiar phonetic change which naturally occurred when स् in utterance came after a vowel excepting अ. Some of the Pratisakhya works have exhaustively treated this change and Panini has also mentioned many rules in connection with it.

ṣyaṅ	taddhita affix. affix य (taking Samprasarana change i e. ई before the words पुत्र and पति and बन्धु in the Bahuvrihi compound) added, instead of the affix अण् or इञ्, in the sense of offspring, (l) to words having a long ( गुरु ) vowel for their penultimate , only in the formation of feminine bases, exempli gratia, for example कारीषगन्ध्या कौमुद्गन्ध्या, वाराह्या; कारीषगन्धीपुत्रः, कारीषगन्धीपति:, कारीषगन्धबिन्धुः ( Bah. compound): cf P.IV.1.78; (2) to words expressive of family names like पुणिक, मुखर et cetera, and others as also to the words क्रौडि, लाडि, व्याडि आपिशलि et cetera, and others and optionally to the words दैवयज्ञि and others in the formation of feminine bases; e. g. पौणिक्या, मौखर्या, क्रौड्या, व्याड्या, अापिशल्या et cetera, and others: confer, compare P. IV.1.79, 80, 81.

saṃjñāvidhi	a rule laying down the definition of a संज्ञा or a technical term as contrasted with कार्यविधि or a rule laying down a grammatical operation: confer, compare संज्ञाविधौ वृद्धिरादैच् अदेङ्गुणः इति M.Bh. on Siva Sutra 3, 4.

saṃnipātaparibhāṣā	the maxim or canvention that an operation which is based upon, or is caused or occasioned by, a relationship between two things cannot break their relation : in short, such an operation as results in breaking the relationship between two things on which it is based, cannot take placcusative case. This dictum is many times followed in grammar in Preventing the application of such rules as are likely to spoil the formation of the correct word; many times, however, this dictum has to be ignored; For details see Pari. Sek. Pari. 86; also\| Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.39.

saṃneiyoga	occurrence together of two or more words in one sentence or in one grammatical rule; confer, compare संनियोगशिष्टानामन्यतरापाये उभयोरप्यपाय: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV 1.36 Vart. 4; confer, compare also एष एव न्यायो यदुत संनियोगशिष्टानामन्यतरापाये उभयोरप्यभावः। तद्यथा देवदत्तयज्ञदत्ताभ्यामिदं ! कर्तव्यमिति देवदत्तापाये यज्ञदत्तोपि न करोति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 1.64 and 76.

saṃprasāraṇa	literally extension; the process of changing a semi-vowel into a simple vowel of the same sthana or place of utterance; the substitution of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ for the semi-vowels य्, व् , र् and ल् respectively; cf इग्यणः संप्रसारणम् P. 1.1.45. The term संप्रसारण is rendered as a 'resultant vowel' or as 'an emergent vowel'. The ancient term was प्रसारण and possibly it referred to the extension of य् and व्， into their constituent parts इ +अ, उ+अ et cetera, and others the vowel अ being of a weak grade but becoming strong after the merging of the subseguent vowel into it exempli gratia, for example confer, compare सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P. III. 2.8 Vart.1. For the words taking this samprasarana change, see P. VI. 1 .13 to .19. According to some grammarians the term संप्रसारण is applied to the substituted vowels while according to others the term refers to the operation of the substitution: confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.15. The substitution of the samprasarana vowel is to be given preference in the formation of a word; , confer, compare संप्रसारणं तदाश्रयं च कार्यं बलवत् Pari. Sek. Pari. 1 19. संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्व the relative superior strength of the samprasarana change in comparison with other operations occurring simultaneotisly. The phrase न वा संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्वात् is often used in the Mahabhasya which is based upon the dictum of the superior strength of the samprasarana substitution, which is announced by the writer of the Varttikas; P. VI. 1.17 Vart, 2. , See संप्रसारण.

saṃskāra(1)	preparation such as (a)that of a word by placing the affix after the base and accomplishing all the necessary changes, or (b) that of a sentence by placing all words connected mutually by syntax and then explaining their formation; these two views are respectively called the पदसंस्कारपक्ष and the वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष; (2) grammatical formation; confer, compare स्वरसंस्कारयोश्छन्दसि नियम: । संस्कारो लोपागमवर्णविकारप्रकृतिभावलक्षण: Uvvata on V.Pr. I.1; confer, compare also तद्यत्र स्वरसंस्कारौ प्रादेशिकेन गुणेन अन्वितौ स्याताम् et cetera, and others Nir.I.

saṃhitā	position of words or parts of words in the formation ofa word quite near each other which results into the natural phonetic coalescence of the preceding and the following letters. Originally when the Vedic hymns or the running prose passages of the Yajurveda were split up into their different constituent parts namely the words or padas by the Padakaras, the word संहिता or संहितापाठ came into use as contrasted with the पदपाठ. The writers of of the Pratisakhyas have conseguently defined संहिता as पदप्रकृतिः संहिता, while Panini who further split up the padas into bases ( प्रकृति ) and affixes ( प्रत्यय ) and mentioned several augments and substitutes, the phonetic combinations, which resulted inside the word or pada, had to be explained by reason of the close vicinity of the several phonetic units forming the base, the affix, the augment, the substitute and the like, and he had to define the word संहृिता rather differently which he did in the words परः संनिकर्षः संहिता; cf P.I.4.109: confer, compare also संहितैकपदे नित्या नित्या धातूपसर्गयोः । नित्य समासे वाक्ये तु सा विवक्षामपेक्षते Sabdakaustubha on Maheshvara Sutra 5.1.

sakṛdgati	or सकृद्गतिन्याय the maxim or convention of the non-application of a grammatical rule of Operaton any longer when, on conflict with another, it has been once set aside. The maxim is सकृद्वतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद्बाधितं तद्वाधितमेव Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. I. 1. 56, I.4. 2, VI.3.42 et cetera, and others cf also Par. Sek. Pari. 40.

sakṛdgati	or सकृद्गतिन्याय the maxim or convention of the non-application of a grammatical rule of Operaton any longer when, on conflict with another, it has been once set aside. The maxim is सकृद्वतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद्बाधितं तद्वाधितमेव Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. I. 1. 56, I.4. 2, VI.3.42 et cetera, and others cf also Par. Sek. Pari. 40.

saṇ	taddhita affix. affix सण् prescribed after the word पर्शु in the sense of collection; e. g. पार्श्र्वम् : confer, compare पर्श्वा: सण् P,IV,2.43 Vart, 3 for which there is an alfernative reading पर्श्वा णस् वक्तव्यः; for facility of grammatical operations णस् is recommended with preference in the Mahabhasya , cf एवं तर्हि णस् वक्तव्य; M.Bh. on P. IV.2.43 Vart. 3; (2) सण् is given as a technical term for संयोग in the Pratisakhya works: confer, compare सयुक् सण् । संयुक्तं व्यञ्जनं संयोगसंज्ञं भवति R.T.27.

satiśiṣṭasvarabalīyastva	the comparatively superior strength of a subsequent accent which prevails by the removal of the accent obtaining before in the process of the formation of a word; cf VI. 1. 158 Vart. 9. See सतिशिष्ट a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

sattā	existence, supreme or universal existence the Jati par excellence which is advocated to be the final sense of all words and expressions in the language by Bhartrhari and other grammarians after him who discussed the interpretation of words. The grammarians believe that the ultimate sense of a word is सत्ता which appears manifold and limited in our everyday experience due to different limitations such as desa, kala and others. Seen from the static viewpoint, सत्ता appears as द्रब्य while, from the dynamic view point it appears as a क्रिया. This सत्ता is the soul of everything and it is the same as शव्दतत्त्व or ब्रह्मन् or अस्त्यर्थ; confer, compare Vakyapadiya II. 12. The static existence, further, is . called व्यक्ति or individual with reference to the object, and जाति with reference to the common form possessed by individuals.

sapādasaptādhyāyī	a term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.

samupasthāpana	simultaneous presentation of different grammatical operations; confer, compare वसुसंप्रसारणादीनामाभाच्छास्त्रीयाणामेव असिद्धत्वादन्तरङ्गयोर्युगपत्समुपस्थानं नास्तीति परिभाषा न प्रवर्तते \| Kas,on P. VI.4.22.

samupasthita	presenting themselves simultaneously; the word is used in connection with two grammatical operations which present themselves simultaneously.

sarvapratiṣedha	a general prohibition of every grammatical operation that presents itself; confer, compare नान्त:पादमिति सर्वप्रतिषेधः \| M.Bh. on P.VI.1.115.

sāmānya	literally resemblance in any one or many respects. In the Nirukta the word is used in the sense of resemblance between the word to be derived, and any form of a root; the term refers there to grammatical resemblance and may therefore mean grammatical consideration in general; confer, compare अविद्यमाने सामान्येप्यक्षरवर्णसामान्य त् निर्ब्रूयात् Nir.II.1.

sāmānyaviśeṣabhāva	the relationship between the general and the particular, which forms the basis of the type of apavada which is explained by the analogy of तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय; the word also refers to the method followed by the Sutras of Panini, or any treatise of grammar for the matter of that, where a general rule is prescribed and, for the sake of definiteness some specific rules laying down exceptions, are given afterwards: confer, compare किंचित्सामान्यविशेषवल्लक्षणं प्रवर्त्यं येनाल्पेन यत्नेन महतः शद्बौघान् प्रतिपद्येरन् l Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnik 1.

sāyaṇa,sāyaṇācārya	the celebrated Vedic scholar and grammarian of Vijayanagar who flourished in the 14th century and wrote, besides the monumental commentary works on the Vedas, a grammatical work on roots and their forms known by the name माधवीया धातुवृत्ति. As the colophon of the work shows, the Dhatuvrtti was written by Sayanacarya, but published under the name of Madhava, the brother of Sayanacarya: confer, compare इति महामन्त्रिणा मायणसुतेन माधवसहोदरेण सायणाचार्येण विरचितायां माधवीयायां धातुवृत्तौ...Madhaviya Dha tuvrtti at the end; cf also तेन मायणपुत्रेण सायणेन मनीषिणा । व्याख्येया माधवी चेयं धातुवृत्तिर्विरच्यते । Mad. Dhatuvrtti at the beginning.

siddhāntasārasvata	an independent work on grammar believed to have been written by Devanandin. सिद्धान्तिन् a term used in connection with the writer himself of a treatise when he gives a reply to the objections raised by himself or quoted from others,the term पूर्वपाक्षिन् being used for the objector. सिद्धि formation of a word: establishment of the correct view after the removal of the objection; e. g. संज्ञासिद्वि, कार्यसिाद्व, स्वरसिद्धि. सिप् (1) the personal ending ( सि ) of the second person singular (मध्यमपुरुषैकवचन ) substituted for the affix ल्; of the ten tenses and moods लट्, लिट्, लृट् and others; confer, compare P.III.4.78: (2 Vikarana affix स् added to a root before the affixes of लेट् or Vedic Subjunctive. सिम् a technical term used in the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya for the first eight vowels of the alphabet, viz. अ, आ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ऋ and ऋ: confer, compare सिमादितोष्टौ स्वराणाम् V. Pr.. I.44.

subdhātu	a root formed from a noun or a subanta by the addition of any of the following affixesक्यच् ( by P. III. 1.8, 10 and l9), काम्यच् (by P.III.1.9), क्यङ् (by P. III.1.1 1, 12 and 14-18), क्यष् (by P.III.1.13),णिङ् (by P III.1.20), णिच् (by P.III.1.21 and 25) and यक् (by P.III.1.27)and also by क्विप् or zero affix by P. III. b.l l Varttika 3. All these formations ending with the affixes mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are termed roots by the rule सनाद्यन्ता धातव: (P.III. 1. \| 32) and are regularly conjugated in all the ten tenses and moods with the general conjugational sign शप् added to them in the conjugational tenses, and स्य, तास् and others in the other tenses and moods, and have verbal derivatives also formed by the addition of suitable krt affixes.

sūtrabheda(l)	splitting up of a grammatical rule ( योगविभाग ); (2) change in the wording of a rule; confer, compare स एष सूत्रभेदेन लृकारोपदेशाः प्लुत्याद्यर्थ: सन् प्रत्याख्यायेत सैषा महतो वंशस्तम्बाल्लट्वानुकृष्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 2 Vart. 5.

somayājin	a modern grammarian of the nineteenth century who wrote a short grammatical work as a hand-book for scholars who aspired to be poets. The work was called वैयाकरणशब्दमाला.

strīpratyaya(1)	affixes added to the masculine base of a word to show the sense of the feminine, such as आ in टापृ, डापू and चापू and ई in ङीपू, ङीषू and ङीनन्. See P. IV. 1.3 to 8l. (2) name of a section of Bhattoj's Siddhantakaumudi which gives the affixes added for the formation of a feminine base.

sthānivadbhāva	behaviour of the substitute like the original in respect of holding the qualities of the original and causing grammatical operations by virtue of those qualities. By means of स्थानिवद्भाव,the substitute for a root is,for instance, looked upon as a root; similarly, a noun-base or an affix or so, is looked upon like the original and it can cause such operations or be a recipient of such operations as are due to its being a root or a noun or an affix or the like. This स्यानिवद्भाव cannot be, and is not made also, a universally applicable feature; and there are limitations or restrictions put upon it, the chief of them being अल्विधौ or in the matter of such operations as are caused by the 'property of being a single letter' (अल्विधौ). There are two views regarding this 'behaviour like the original' : (l) supposed behaviour which is only instrumental in causing operations or undergoing them which is called शास्त्रातिदेदा and (2) actual restoration to the form of the original under certain conditions only as prescribed which is called रूपातिदेश. The रूपातिदेश is actually resorted to by some grammarians in the case of the reduplication of roots; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on द्विवेचनेचि P.I.1.59 and M.Bh. on P.I.1.59.See the word रूपातिदेश also. For details see Vol. VII p.p. 241243, Vyākarana Mahabhasya D.E. Society's Edition.

svarabhinna	differing in the matter of accent; words so differing are Practically looked upon as one and the same; confer, compare स्वरभिन्नानां यस्योत्तरस्वरविधिस्तस्येंकशेषो वक्यव्य: \| अक्षश्च अक्षश्च अक्षौ । M. Bh on I. 2. 64 Vart. 24, For technical purposes, they are sometimes looked upon as different; confer, compare स्वरभिन्नस्य च प्राप्नुवन् विधिरनित्यः । Par. Sek. Pari. 49.

hemacandra	a Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.

hrasva	short, a term used in connection with the short vowels taking a unit of time measured by one matra for their utterance; confer, compare ऊकालोज्ङ्ररस्वदीर्घप्लुत: P. I. 2.27.

Vedabase Search

Results for mat3663 results


mat	(as you have) for Me	SB 10.86.57

mat	(fixed) upon me	SB 10.83.21

mat	absorbed in Me	SB 10.46.4

mat	besides me	SB 11.8.33

mat	brought from Me	SB 10.46.3

mat	by me	MM 25

		SB 1.5.39

		SB 1.8.51

		SB 10.42.3

mat	by Me	SB 11.28.8

mat	consisting of	SB 10.66.17

mat	endowed	SB 10.59.32

mat	fixed upon Me	SB 10.46.4

mat	for Me	CC Adi 4.23

		SB 10.82.44

mat	from Me	SB 10.46.3

		SB 11.15.27

		SB 4.20.16

mat	having	BG 10.41

		SB 10.20.25

		SB 10.39.46-48

		SB 11.29.24

mat	in Me	SB 10.51.62

		SB 11.11.23-24

		SB 11.15.25

		SB 11.15.32

		SB 11.18.21

		SB 11.19.36-39

mat	Me	BG 6.13-14

mat	me	CC Madhya 1.190

mat	Me	SB 10.76.29

		SB 10.82.44

		SB 11.12.13

		SB 11.14.14

		SB 11.18.38

		SB 11.19.2

		SB 3.9.37

mat	Mine	SB 1.6.22

		SB 1.6.24

mat	My	BG 7.23

		BG 9.25

		BG 9.34

mat	My	BG 9.34

mat	my	CC Adi 1.15

mat	My	CC Adi 1.52

mat	my	CC Antya 1.5

		CC Madhya 1.3

		CC Madhya 23.29

mat	My	CC Madhya 25.109

		CC Madhya 6.270

		CC Madhya 9.268

mat	my	MM 25

		SB 1.17.5

mat	My	SB 10.16.61

		SB 10.3.33

		SB 10.32.21

		SB 10.45.45

mat	my	SB 10.50.18

		SB 10.53.23

		SB 10.53.24

mat	My	SB 10.63.29

mat	my	SB 10.83.20

mat	My	SB 10.85.51

		SB 10.86.56

		SB 10.88.9

		SB 11.12.3-6

		SB 11.15.30

		SB 11.19.20-24

		SB 11.19.27

		SB 11.24.11

		SB 11.24.14

		SB 11.28.25

		SB 2.9.21

		SB 2.9.32

mat	my	SB 3.14.38

mat	My	SB 3.29.13

		SB 3.29.16

		SB 3.32.40

		SB 3.4.12

		SB 3.9.30

		SB 3.9.34

		SB 3.9.38

mat	my	SB 4.17.22

		SB 4.27.22

		SB 7.2.7-8

mat	myself	CC Madhya 11.47

mat	of Me	BG 18.58

		CC Adi 4.205

		CC Adi 4.208

		CC Adi 4.23

		CC Antya 1.170

		CC Madhya 19.171

		CC Madhya 24.183

		SB 10.86.56

		SB 11.10.30

		SB 11.18.37

		SB 11.18.43

		SB 11.18.44

		SB 11.19.20-24

mat	of Me	SB 11.19.20-24

		SB 3.29.11-12

		SB 3.29.16

		SB 3.9.41

		SB 4.20.33

mat	of Mine	BG 18.68

mat	possessing	SB 10.42.16

		SB 3.20.53

		SB 4.23.11

mat	realization of Me	SB 11.25.16

mat	than Me	CC Adi 1.62

		CC Madhya 20.147-148

		SB 11.21.42

mat	than me	SB 4.24.30

		SB 6.3.12

mat	than Myself	SB 3.25.41

mat	to Me	CC Madhya 19.211

mat	to me	MM 25

mat	to Me	SB 10.53.3

		SB 10.60.29

mat	to me	SB 10.62.8

mat	to Me	SB 10.72.11

mat	to me	SB 10.80.40

		SB 10.82.18

mat	to Me	SB 10.88.9

		SB 11.14.44

		SB 11.19.40-45

		SB 11.20.11

mat	to me	SB 3.23.7

mat	to Myself	SB 3.4.31

mat	unto Me	BG 12.11

		BG 9.27

		CC Madhya 8.60

		SB 11.16.44

		SB 11.19.19

mat	upon Me	SB 10.47.34

		SB 10.86.53

mat	upon Me (Kṛṣṇa)	BG 6.13-14

mat kaha	do not speak	CC Madhya 6.116

mat kaha	do not speak	CC Madhya 6.116

mat-abhijñam	one who knows Me as I am in My personal form	SB 11.10.5

mat-abhijñam	one who knows Me as I am in My personal form	SB 11.10.5

mat-abhisnehāt	because of love for Me	SB 10.29.23

mat-abhisnehāt	because of love for Me	SB 10.29.23

mat-ādeśa	according to my instruction	SB 4.12.42

mat-ādeśa	according to my instruction	SB 4.12.42

mat-adhītam	what has been taught by me	SB 12.6.63

mat-adhītam	what has been taught by me	SB 12.6.63

mat-agham	my offenses	SB 9.5.17

mat-agham	my offenses	SB 9.5.17

mat-ākrīḍe	the place of My pastime	SB 10.16.62

mat-ākrīḍe	the place of My pastime	SB 10.16.62

mat-aṃśaiḥ	with My descendants	SB 3.3.14

mat-aṃśaiḥ	with My descendants	SB 3.3.14

mat-ańga	My body	SB 7.10.22

mat-ańga	My body	SB 7.10.22

mat-ańgam	my body	SB 10.1.4

mat-ańgam	my body	SB 10.1.4

mat-antāḥ	ending with me	SB 4.29.42-44

mat-antāḥ	ending with me	SB 4.29.42-44

mat-anubhāṣitam	what was spoken by me	SB 7.7.1

mat-anubhāṣitam	what was spoken by me	SB 7.7.1

mat-anubhāvam	My superexcellent power	SB 8.22.36

mat-anubhāvam	My superexcellent power	SB 8.22.36

mat-anubhavataḥ	from realization of My sweetness	CC Adi 1.6

mat-anubhavataḥ	from realization of My sweetness	CC Adi 1.6

		CC Adi 4.230

mat-anubhavataḥ	from realization of My sweetness	CC Adi 4.230

mat-anudhyānam	always meditating on Me	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-anudhyānam	always meditating on Me	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-anugraha-arthaḥ	thinking that to achieve My mercy is the aim of life	SB 5.5.15

mat-anugraha-arthaḥ	thinking that to achieve My mercy is the aim of life	SB 5.5.15

mat-anugraha-arthaḥ	thinking that to achieve My mercy is the aim of life	SB 5.5.15

mat-anugrahaḥ	should be considered to have received My special mercy	SB 8.22.26

mat-anugrahaḥ	should be considered to have received My special mercy	SB 8.22.26

mat-anugrahasya	which has shown mercy to me	SB 10.14.2

mat-anugrahasya	which has shown mercy to me	SB 10.14.2

mat-anugrahāt	by my special favor	SB 10.10.20-22

mat-anugrahāt	by my special favor	SB 10.10.20-22

mat-anugrahāya	just to show me favor	BG 11.1

mat-anugrahāya	just to show me favor	BG 11.1

mat-anujñātaḥ	given permission by Me	SB 11.30.39

mat-anujñātaḥ	given permission by Me	SB 11.30.39

mat-anusmṛtaye	for the sake of remembrance of Me	SB 10.27.15

mat-anusmṛtaye	for the sake of remembrance of Me	SB 10.27.15

mat-anyaḥ	besides me	SB 7.8.12

mat-anyaḥ	besides me	SB 7.8.12

mat-anyat	anything else but me	SB 9.4.68

mat-anyat	anything else but me	SB 9.4.68

mat-āpanaḥ	the cause for getting Me back	CC Madhya 13.160

mat-āpanaḥ	the cause for getting Me back	CC Madhya 13.160

mat-āpanaḥ	the means of getting My favor	CC Madhya 8.89

mat-āpanaḥ	the means of getting My favor	CC Madhya 8.89

mat-aparaḥ	other than me	SB 7.9.29

mat-aparaḥ	other than me	SB 7.9.29

mat-apāśrayaḥ	having taken shelter of Me	SB 11.28.44

mat-apāśrayaḥ	having taken shelter of Me	SB 11.28.44

mat-apāśrayaḥ	he who has taken shelter of Me	SB 11.25.26

mat-apāśrayaḥ	he who has taken shelter of Me	SB 11.25.26

mat-apāśrayam	within Me	SB 11.25.29

mat-apāśrayam	within Me	SB 11.25.29

mat-arcām	My Deity form	SB 11.27.50

mat-arcām	My Deity form	SB 11.27.50

mat-arcām	My Deity manifestation	SB 11.27.20

mat-arcām	My Deity manifestation	SB 11.27.20

mat-arcanam	for worshiping Me	CC Adi 14.69

mat-arcanam	for worshiping Me	CC Adi 14.69

mat-arcanam	worship of Me	SB 10.22.25

mat-arcanam	worship of Me	SB 10.22.25

		SB 11.19.33-35

mat-arcanam	worship of Me	SB 11.19.33-35

mat-arhaṇam	worship of Me	SB 3.21.24

mat-arhaṇam	worship of Me	SB 3.21.24

mat-arpaṇam	offered unto Me	SB 11.25.23

mat-arpaṇam	offered unto Me	SB 11.25.23

mat-arpaṇam	offering unto Me	SB 11.21.15

mat-arpaṇam	offering unto Me	SB 11.21.15

mat-artha	for Me	CC Adi 4.176

mat-artha	for Me	CC Adi 4.176

mat-artham	for Me	SB 11.29.9

mat-artham	for Me	SB 11.29.9

mat-artham	for My sake	BG 12.10

mat-artham	for My sake	BG 12.10

mat-artham	for the sake of achieving Me	SB 11.19.20-24

mat-artham	for the sake of achieving Me	SB 11.19.20-24

mat-arthe	for My pleasure	SB 11.11.23-24

mat-arthe	for My pleasure	SB 11.11.23-24

mat-arthe	for my sake	BG 1.9

mat-arthe	for my sake	BG 1.9

mat-arthe	for My sake	SB 10.46.4

mat-arthe	for My sake	SB 10.46.4

mat-arthe	for My sake	SB 10.46.4

mat-arthe	for My sake	SB 10.46.4

		SB 11.19.20-24

mat-arthe	for My sake	SB 11.19.20-24

mat-arthe	on my account	SB 3.23.6

mat-arthe	on my account	SB 3.23.6

mat-artheṣu	for the sake of My service	CC Madhya 11.29-30

mat-artheṣu	for the sake of My service	CC Madhya 11.29-30

mat-artheṣu	for the sake of serving Me	SB 11.19.20-24

mat-artheṣu	for the sake of serving Me	SB 11.19.20-24

mat-āśrayāḥ	about Me	SB 3.25.23

mat-āśrayāḥ	about Me	SB 3.25.23

mat-āśrayaḥ	completely under My protection	SB 8.22.31

mat-āśrayaḥ	completely under My protection	SB 8.22.31

mat-āśrayaḥ	in consciousness of Me (Kṛṣṇa consciousness)	BG 7.1

mat-āśrayaḥ	in consciousness of Me (Kṛṣṇa consciousness)	BG 7.1

mat-āśrayaḥ	one who accepts Me as shelter	SB 11.10.1

mat-āśrayaḥ	one who accepts Me as shelter	SB 11.10.1

mat-āśrayām	all dependent upon Me	SB 8.4.17-24

mat-āśrayām	all dependent upon Me	SB 8.4.17-24

mat-āśrayam	concerning Myself	SB 3.4.30

mat-āśrayam	concerning Myself	SB 3.4.30

mat-āśrayam	under My protection	SB 3.27.28-29

mat-āśrayam	under My protection	SB 3.27.28-29

mat-āśrayāt	from connection with me	SB 4.3.20

mat-āśrayāt	from connection with me	SB 4.3.20

mat-ātmakaḥ	identical with Me	SB 11.14.3

mat-ātmakaḥ	identical with Me	SB 11.14.3

mat-ātmakam	consisting of Myself	SB 6.9.53

mat-ātmakam	consisting of Myself	SB 6.9.53

mat-ātmakam	pervaded by Me	SB 11.7.12

mat-ātmakam	pervaded by Me	SB 11.7.12

mat-ātmakam	who is not different from Me	SB 11.10.5

mat-ātmakam	who is not different from Me	SB 11.10.5

mat-ātmanaḥ	having Me as the Supreme Soul	SB 11.13.25

mat-ātmanaḥ	having Me as the Supreme Soul	SB 11.13.25

mat-ātmanaḥ	whose mind is always engaged in Me	CC Madhya 22.146

mat-ātmanaḥ	whose mind is always engaged in Me	CC Madhya 22.146

mat-ātmanaḥ	whose mind is fixed in Me	SB 11.20.31

mat-ātmanaḥ	whose mind is fixed in Me	SB 11.20.31

mat-ātmanoḥ	simply engaged in consciousness of Me	SB 10.3.36

mat-ātmanoḥ	simply engaged in consciousness of Me	SB 10.3.36

mat-ātmikāḥ	who are fully dedicated to Me	SB 10.46.6

mat-ātmikāḥ	who are fully dedicated to Me	SB 10.46.6

mat-bāṇaiḥ	by my arrows	SB 4.17.25

mat-bāṇaiḥ	by my arrows	SB 4.17.25

mat-bhakta	of My devotees	CC Madhya 11.29-30

mat-bhakta	of My devotees	CC Madhya 11.29-30

		SB 11.29.10

mat-bhakta	of My devotees	SB 11.29.10

mat-bhakta jana	My devotees	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-bhakta jana	My devotees	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-bhakta jana	My devotees	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-bhaktaḥ	engaged in My devotional service	BG 11.55

mat-bhaktaḥ	engaged in My devotional service	BG 11.55

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	BG 12.13-14

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	BG 12.13-14

		BG 12.16

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	BG 12.16

		BG 13.19

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	BG 13.19

		BG 18.65

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	BG 18.65

		CC Antya 16.25

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	CC Antya 16.25

		CC Madhya 19.50

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	CC Madhya 19.50

		CC Madhya 20.58

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	CC Madhya 20.58

		CC Madhya 22.57-58

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	CC Madhya 22.57-58

		CC Madhya 23.107

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	CC Madhya 23.107

		SB 11.14.18

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	SB 11.14.18

		SB 11.17.36

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	SB 11.17.36

		SB 11.18.28

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	SB 11.18.28

		SB 11.20.32-33

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	SB 11.20.32-33

		SB 11.27.32

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	SB 11.27.32

		SB 3.27.28-29

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	SB 3.27.28-29

		SB 6.16.61-62

mat-bhaktaḥ	My devotee	SB 6.16.61-62

mat-bhaktāḥ	My devotees	SB 7.10.19

mat-bhaktāḥ	My devotees	SB 7.10.19

mat-bhaktāḥ	My pure devotees	SB 7.10.21

mat-bhaktāḥ	My pure devotees	SB 7.10.21

mat-bhaktaiḥ	by My devotees	SB 11.29.10

mat-bhaktaiḥ	by My devotees	SB 11.29.10

mat-bhaktaiḥ	with My devotees	SB 9.4.64

mat-bhaktaiḥ	with My devotees	SB 9.4.64

mat-bhaktānām	of My devotees	CC Madhya 11.28

mat-bhaktānām	of My devotees	CC Madhya 11.28

mat-bhakti	by devotional service to Me	SB 11.13.2

mat-bhakti	by devotional service to Me	SB 11.13.2

mat-bhakti	in My devotional service	CC Madhya 22.146

mat-bhakti	in My devotional service	CC Madhya 22.146

mat-bhakti	with devotional service to Me	SB 11.18.47

mat-bhakti	with devotional service to Me	SB 11.18.47

mat-bhakti-yogena	by devotional service to Me	SB 11.28.27

mat-bhakti-yogena	by devotional service to Me	SB 11.28.27

mat-bhakti-yogena	by devotional service to Me	SB 11.28.27

mat-bhakti-yogena	by loving service to Me	SB 11.14.25

mat-bhakti-yogena	by loving service to Me	SB 11.14.25

mat-bhakti-yogena	by loving service to Me	SB 11.14.25

mat-bhakti-yogena	by loving service unto Me	SB 11.20.32-33

mat-bhakti-yogena	by loving service unto Me	SB 11.20.32-33

mat-bhakti-yogena	by loving service unto Me	SB 11.20.32-33

mat-bhakti-yuktaḥ	one fixed in devotional service to Me	SB 11.14.24

mat-bhakti-yuktaḥ	one fixed in devotional service to Me	SB 11.14.24

mat-bhakti-yuktaḥ	one fixed in devotional service to Me	SB 11.14.24

mat-bhakti-yuktasya	of one who is engaged in My loving service	SB 11.20.31

mat-bhakti-yuktasya	of one who is engaged in My loving service	SB 11.20.31

mat-bhakti-yuktasya	of one who is engaged in My loving service	SB 11.20.31

mat-bhaktiḥ	devotional service unto Me	SB 11.17.16

mat-bhaktiḥ	devotional service unto Me	SB 11.17.16

		SB 11.19.40-45

mat-bhaktiḥ	devotional service unto Me	SB 11.19.40-45

mat-bhaktim	devotional service unto Me	SB 11.18.44

mat-bhaktim	devotional service unto Me	SB 11.18.44

mat-bhaktim	My devotional service	BG 18.54

mat-bhaktim	My devotional service	BG 18.54

		CC Madhya 24.132

mat-bhaktim	My devotional service	CC Madhya 24.132

		CC Madhya 25.155

mat-bhaktim	My devotional service	CC Madhya 25.155

		CC Madhya 8.65

mat-bhaktim	My devotional service	CC Madhya 8.65

mat-bhaktyā	by devotion to Me	SB 11.15.28

mat-bhaktyā	by devotion to Me	SB 11.15.28

mat-bhaktyā	devotional service to Me	SB 11.14.22

mat-bhaktyā	devotional service to Me	SB 11.14.22

mat-bhaṭānām	of all my associates	SB 4.5.4

mat-bhaṭānām	of all my associates	SB 4.5.4

mat-bhāva	because of devotional service unto Me	SB 7.10.20

mat-bhāva	because of devotional service unto Me	SB 7.10.20

mat-bhāva	by consciousness of Me	SB 11.14.28

mat-bhāva	by consciousness of Me	SB 11.14.28

mat-bhāva	thinking of Me	SB 5.5.10-13

mat-bhāva	thinking of Me	SB 5.5.10-13

mat-bhāvāḥ	born of Me	BG 10.6

mat-bhāvāḥ	born of Me	BG 10.6

mat-bhāvaḥ	perceiving My existence	SB 11.17.34-35

mat-bhāvaḥ	perceiving My existence	SB 11.17.34-35

mat-bhāvaḥ	seeing Me	SB 11.29.19

mat-bhāvaḥ	seeing Me	SB 11.29.19

mat-bhāvaḥ	the vision of My presence	SB 11.29.17

mat-bhāvaḥ	the vision of My presence	SB 11.29.17

mat-bhāvam	My nature	BG 8.5

mat-bhāvam	My nature	BG 8.5

mat-bhāvam	My spiritual position	SB 6.16.57

mat-bhāvam	My spiritual position	SB 6.16.57

mat-bhāvam	the personal presence of Me	SB 11.29.15

mat-bhāvam	the personal presence of Me	SB 11.29.15

mat-bhāvam	to My spiritual nature	BG 14.19

mat-bhāvam	to My spiritual nature	BG 14.19

mat-bhāvam	transcendental love for Me	BG 4.10

mat-bhāvam	transcendental love for Me	BG 4.10

mat-bhavam	Viṣṇu's appearance	SB 10.3.44

mat-bhavam	Viṣṇu's appearance	SB 10.3.44

mat-bhāvāya	for direct touch with Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and My nature	CC Madhya 19.174

mat-bhāvāya	for direct touch with Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and My nature	CC Madhya 19.174

mat-bhāvāya	of love for Me	SB 11.25.32

mat-bhāvāya	of love for Me	SB 11.25.32

mat-bhāvāya	to My nature	BG 13.19

mat-bhāvāya	to My nature	BG 13.19

mat-bhāvāya	to My transcendental stage	SB 3.29.14

mat-bhāvāya	to My transcendental stage	SB 3.29.14

mat-bhāvena	by consciousness of Me	SB 11.18.23

mat-bhāvena	by consciousness of Me	SB 11.18.23

mat-bhāvena	with the sense of My presence	SB 11.29.13-14

mat-bhāvena	with the sense of My presence	SB 11.29.13-14

mat-bhayam	fear me	SB 1.17.14

mat-bhayam	fear me	SB 1.17.14

mat-bhayāt	out of fear of Me	SB 3.25.42

mat-bhayāt	out of fear of Me	SB 3.25.42

mat-bhayāt	out of fear of Me	SB 3.25.42

mat-bhayāt	out of fear of Me	SB 3.25.42

mat-bhayāt	out of fear of Me	SB 3.25.42

mat-bhayāt	out of fear of Me	SB 3.25.42

mat-cāpalam	My unsteadiness	CC Madhya 2.61

mat-cāpalam	My unsteadiness	CC Madhya 2.61

		CC Madhya 23.31

mat-cāpalam	My unsteadiness	CC Madhya 23.31

mat-cittaḥ	his mind fixed in Me	SB 11.18.11

mat-cittaḥ	his mind fixed in Me	SB 11.18.11

mat-cittaḥ	his mind fixed on Me	SB 3.32.43

mat-cittaḥ	his mind fixed on Me	SB 3.32.43

mat-cittaḥ	in consciousness of Me	BG 18.57

mat-cittaḥ	in consciousness of Me	BG 18.57

mat-cittāḥ	their minds fully engaged in Me	BG 10.9

mat-cittāḥ	their minds fully engaged in Me	BG 10.9

mat-cittāḥ	who have fixed their minds on Me	SB 11.26.27

mat-cittāḥ	who have fixed their minds on Me	SB 11.26.27

mat-cittāḥ	with minds fixed on Me	SB 10.73.22

mat-cittāḥ	with minds fixed on Me	SB 10.73.22

mat-darśana	by seeing Me in that form	SB 8.23.10

mat-darśana	by seeing Me in that form	SB 8.23.10

mat-darśanam	the seeing of Me (or offering of prayers to Me or hearing about Me, all of which are absolute)	SB 7.4.25-26

mat-darśanam	the seeing of Me (or offering of prayers to Me or hearing about Me, all of which are absolute)	SB 7.4.25-26

mat-daśām	My condition	SB 11.30.46

mat-daśām	My condition	SB 11.30.46

mat-deva-sańgāt	by association with My devotees	SB 5.5.10-13

mat-deva-sańgāt	by association with My devotees	SB 5.5.10-13

mat-deva-sańgāt	by association with My devotees	SB 5.5.10-13

mat-dhāma	My abode	SB 4.30.18

mat-dhāma	My abode	SB 4.30.18

mat-dhāma	residence in My abode	SB 11.20.32-33

mat-dhāma	residence in My abode	SB 11.20.32-33

mat-dhāraṇā	of meditation in Me	SB 11.15.21

mat-dhāraṇā	of meditation in Me	SB 11.15.21

mat-dharmā	being endowed with My nature	SB 11.15.16

mat-dharmā	being endowed with My nature	SB 11.15.16

mat-dharma	My devotional service	SB 11.29.9

mat-dharma	My devotional service	SB 11.29.9

mat-dharma	My transcendental qualities	SB 11.29.41-44

mat-dharma	My transcendental qualities	SB 11.29.41-44

mat-dharmam	in My devotional service	SB 11.30.49

mat-dharmam	in My devotional service	SB 11.30.49

mat-dharmaṇaḥ	of My devotee	SB 3.29.19

mat-dharmaṇaḥ	of My devotee	SB 3.29.19

mat-dharmasya	of My devotional service	SB 11.29.20

mat-dharmasya	of My devotional service	SB 11.29.20

mat-dharme	in devotional service to Me	SB 11.26.1

mat-dharme	in devotional service to Me	SB 11.26.1

mat-dhiṣṇyatayā	because of being My sitting place	SB 5.5.26

mat-dhiṣṇyatayā	because of being My sitting place	SB 5.5.26

mat-gata	fixed on Me	SB 3.25.23

mat-gata	fixed on Me	SB 3.25.23

mat-gata-prāṇāḥ	their lives devoted to Me	BG 10.9

mat-gata-prāṇāḥ	their lives devoted to Me	BG 10.9

mat-gata-prāṇāḥ	their lives devoted to Me	BG 10.9

mat-gatān	who are devoted to Me	SB 10.89.10-11

mat-gatān	who are devoted to Me	SB 10.89.10-11

mat-gatena	abiding in Me, always thinking of Me	BG 6.47

mat-gatena	abiding in Me, always thinking of Me	BG 6.47

mat-gatiḥ	My supreme position	SB 11.18.46

mat-gatiḥ	My supreme position	SB 11.18.46

mat-gatim	My supreme abode	SB 10.3.45

mat-gatim	My supreme abode	SB 10.3.45

mat-gīta	sung by me	SB 4.24.77

mat-gīta	sung by me	SB 4.24.77

mat-gītam	the song composed by me or sung by me	SB 4.24.76

mat-gītam	the song composed by me or sung by me	SB 4.24.76

mat-gṛha	in My temple	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-gṛha	in My temple	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-guṇa	My transcendental qualities	SB 11.19.20-24

mat-guṇa	My transcendental qualities	SB 11.19.20-24

mat-guṇa-īraṇam	describing My glories	CC Madhya 11.29-30

mat-guṇa-īraṇam	describing My glories	CC Madhya 11.29-30

mat-guṇa-īraṇam	describing My glories	CC Madhya 11.29-30

mat-hasta	from My hand	SB 10.25.21

mat-hasta	from My hand	SB 10.25.21

mat-īhāḥ	endeavoring to attain Me	SB 3.25.34

mat-īhāḥ	endeavoring to attain Me	SB 3.25.34

mat-janatām	My associates	SB 1.6.23

mat-janatām	My associates	SB 1.6.23

mat-janma-karma-kathanam	glorifying My birth and activities	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-janma-karma-kathanam	glorifying My birth and activities	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-janma-karma-kathanam	glorifying My birth and activities	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-janma-karma-kathanam	glorifying My birth and activities	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-kalām	My expanded part	SB 8.4.17-24

mat-kalām	My expanded part	SB 8.4.17-24

mat-karma	My work	BG 12.10

mat-karma	My work	BG 12.10

mat-karma-kṛt	engaged in doing My work	BG 11.55

mat-karma-kṛt	engaged in doing My work	BG 11.55

mat-karma-kṛt	engaged in doing My work	BG 11.55

mat-karmabhiḥ	by working for Me	SB 5.5.10-13

mat-karmabhiḥ	by working for Me	SB 5.5.10-13

mat-kathā	of discourses about Me	CC Madhya 22.61

mat-kathā	of discourses about Me	CC Madhya 22.61

		CC Madhya 9.266

mat-kathā	of discourses about Me	CC Madhya 9.266

		SB 11.20.9

mat-kathā	of discourses about Me	SB 11.20.9

mat-kathā	stories about Me	SB 3.27.6

mat-kathā	stories about Me	SB 3.27.6

mat-kathā	topics about Me	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-kathā	topics about Me	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-kathā	words regarding My activities	SB 3.9.38

mat-kathā	words regarding My activities	SB 3.9.38

mat-kathā-ādau	in talk about Me	CC Madhya 22.50

mat-kathā-ādau	in talk about Me	CC Madhya 22.50

mat-kathā-ādau	in talk about Me	CC Madhya 22.50

mat-kathā-ādau	in the narrations, songs, philosophy, dramatical performances, etc., that describe My glories	SB 11.20.8

mat-kathā-ādau	in the narrations, songs, philosophy, dramatical performances, etc., that describe My glories	SB 11.20.8

mat-kathā-ādau	in the narrations, songs, philosophy, dramatical performances, etc., that describe My glories	SB 11.20.8

mat-kathāḥ	discussions about Me	SB 11.26.28

mat-kathāḥ	discussions about Me	SB 11.26.28

mat-kathāḥ	narrations about Me	SB 11.11.23-24

mat-kathāḥ	narrations about Me	SB 11.11.23-24

mat-kathāḥ	stories about Me	SB 11.27.44

mat-kathāḥ	stories about Me	SB 11.27.44

mat-kathāsu	in the descriptions of My glories	SB 11.20.27-28

mat-kathāsu	in the descriptions of My glories	SB 11.20.27-28

mat-kathayā	by hearing topics about Me	SB 5.5.10-13

mat-kathayā	by hearing topics about Me	SB 5.5.10-13

mat-kṛta-ātmanām	of persons who are fully surrendered, determined to render service unto Me	SB 10.10.41

mat-kṛta-ātmanām	of persons who are fully surrendered, determined to render service unto Me	SB 10.10.41

mat-kṛta-ātmanām	of persons who are fully surrendered, determined to render service unto Me	SB 10.10.41

mat-kṛte	for my sake	SB 12.3.8

mat-kṛte	for my sake	SB 12.3.8

mat-kṛte	for My sake	SB 3.25.22

mat-kṛte	for My sake	SB 3.25.22

mat-kṛte	for the sake of me	SB 12.3.7

mat-kṛte	for the sake of me	SB 12.3.7

mat-kṣetrāt	from the womb meant for me to impregnate	SB 9.14.9

mat-kṣetrāt	from the womb meant for me to impregnate	SB 9.14.9

mat-lakṣaṇam	in which I can be realized	SB 11.26.1

mat-lakṣaṇam	in which I can be realized	SB 11.26.1

mat-lińga	My appearance in this world as the Deity, etc.	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-lińga	My appearance in this world as the Deity, etc.	SB 11.11.34-41

mat-loka-kāmaḥ	desiring to go to My abode	SB 5.5.15

mat-loka-kāmaḥ	desiring to go to My abode	SB 5.5.15

mat-loka-kāmaḥ	desiring to go to My abode	SB 5.5.15

mat-mādhurya	My sweetness	CC Adi 4.142

mat-mādhurya	My sweetness	CC Adi 4.142

mat-māhātmyam	My greatness	CC Adi 4.213

mat-māhātmyam	My greatness	CC Adi 4.213

mat-mahimā	My transcendental glories	SB 3.4.13

mat-mahimā	My transcendental glories	SB 3.4.13

mat-manāḥ	always thinking of Me	BG 9.34

mat-manāḥ	always thinking of Me	BG 9.34

mat-manāḥ	the yogī whose mind is fixed in Me	SB 11.15.13

mat-manāḥ	the yogī whose mind is fixed in Me	SB 11.15.13

mat-manāḥ	thinking of Me	BG 18.65

mat-manāḥ	thinking of Me	BG 18.65

mat-manāḥ	whose mind is always on Me	CC Madhya 22.57-58

mat-manāḥ	whose mind is always on Me	CC Madhya 22.57-58

mat-manaḥ-gatam	the intention of My mind	CC Adi 4.213

mat-manaḥ-gatam	the intention of My mind	CC Adi 4.213

mat-manaḥ-gatam	the intention of My mind	CC Adi 4.213

mat-matiḥ	realization of having a relationship with Me	CC Madhya 11.29-30

mat-matiḥ	realization of having a relationship with Me	CC Madhya 11.29-30

mat-māyā	by My illusory energy	SB 11.30.49

mat-māyā	by My illusory energy	SB 11.30.49

mat-mayā	by My illusory potency	SB 11.14.9

mat-mayā	by My illusory potency	SB 11.14.9

mat-mayā	fully in Me	BG 4.10

mat-mayā	fully in Me	BG 4.10

mat-māyā-mohita-itare	different from those who were mystified by my illusory potency	SB 10.13.42

mat-māyā-mohita-itare	different from those who were mystified by my illusory potency	SB 10.13.42

mat-māyā-mohita-itare	different from those who were mystified by my illusory potency	SB 10.13.42

mat-māyā-mohita-itare	different from those who were mystified by my illusory potency	SB 10.13.42

mat-māyām	My māyā	SB 3.31.41

mat-māyām	My māyā	SB 3.31.41

mat-māyayā	by the influence of My illusory potency	SB 11.13.33

mat-māyayā	by the influence of My illusory potency	SB 11.13.33

mat-nātham	who have Me as their master	SB 10.25.18

mat-nātham	who have Me as their master	SB 10.25.18

mat-niketam	My residence	SB 11.25.25

mat-niketam	My residence	SB 11.25.25

mat-niṣṭhā	fixed only on Me	CC Madhya 20.138

mat-niṣṭhā	fixed only on Me	CC Madhya 20.138

		CC Madhya 25.136

mat-niṣṭhā	fixed only on Me	CC Madhya 25.136

mat-niṣṭhā	fixing Me as the only goal	SB 11.14.21

mat-niṣṭhā	fixing Me as the only goal	SB 11.14.21

mat-niṣṭhaḥ	dedicated to Me	SB 11.25.32

mat-niṣṭhaḥ	dedicated to Me	SB 11.25.32

mat-niṣṭhaḥ	directed towards Me	SB 3.32.32

mat-niṣṭhaḥ	directed towards Me	SB 3.32.32

mat-niṣṭham	concentrated upon Me	SB 11.25.24

mat-niṣṭham	concentrated upon Me	SB 11.25.24

mat-niṣṭhatā	attachment for Me	CC Madhya 19.213

mat-niṣṭhatā	attachment for Me	CC Madhya 19.213

mat-niṣṭhatā	being fixed in My lotus feet	CC Madhya 19.212

mat-niṣṭhatā	being fixed in My lotus feet	CC Madhya 19.212

mat-pāda	emanating from My feet	SB 11.29.41-44

mat-pāda	emanating from My feet	SB 11.29.41-44

mat-pāda	with My feet	SB 10.16.63

mat-pāda	with My feet	SB 10.16.63

mat-pāda-sevā	the service of My lotus feet	SB 3.25.34

mat-pāda-sevā	the service of My lotus feet	SB 3.25.34

mat-pāda-sevā	the service of My lotus feet	SB 3.25.34

mat-pādayoḥ	at My two feet	SB 11.27.46

mat-pādayoḥ	at My two feet	SB 11.27.46

mat-parā	always devoted to me	SB 4.28.19

mat-parā	always devoted to me	SB 4.28.19

mat-parāḥ	being attached to Me	BG 12.6-7

mat-parāḥ	being attached to Me	BG 12.6-7

mat-parāḥ	dedicated to Me	SB 11.26.29

mat-parāḥ	dedicated to Me	SB 11.26.29

mat-parāḥ	devotees of Me	CC Madhya 22.162

mat-parāḥ	devotees of Me	CC Madhya 22.162

mat-paraḥ	having faith in Me	SB 11.15.26

mat-paraḥ	having faith in Me	SB 11.15.26

mat-paraḥ	in relationship with Me	BG 2.61

mat-paraḥ	in relationship with Me	BG 2.61

mat-paraḥ	just for the sake of My work	SB 7.10.23

mat-paraḥ	just for the sake of My work	SB 7.10.23

mat-paraḥ	My devotee	SB 4.7.53

mat-paraḥ	My devotee	SB 4.7.53

		SB 5.5.21-22

mat-paraḥ	My devotee	SB 5.5.21-22

mat-parāḥ	My devotees	SB 3.25.38

mat-parāḥ	My devotees	SB 3.25.38

mat-paraḥ	My pure devotee	SB 8.22.27

mat-paraḥ	My pure devotee	SB 8.22.27

mat-paraḥ	one who is dedicated to Me	SB 11.10.4

mat-paraḥ	one who is dedicated to Me	SB 11.10.4

mat-paraḥ	one who is devoted to Me	SB 11.10.5

mat-paraḥ	one who is devoted to Me	SB 11.10.5

mat-paraḥ	the devotee dedicated to Me	SB 11.28.43

mat-paraḥ	the devotee dedicated to Me	SB 11.28.43

mat-paraḥ	under My protection	BG 18.57

mat-paraḥ	under My protection	BG 18.57

mat-param	subordinate to Me	BG 13.13

mat-param	subordinate to Me	BG 13.13

mat-paramāḥ	accepting Me as the Supreme or the ultimate goal of life	CC Madhya 23.113

mat-paramāḥ	accepting Me as the Supreme or the ultimate goal of life	CC Madhya 23.113

mat-paramaḥ	considering Me the Supreme	BG 11.55

mat-paramaḥ	considering Me the Supreme	BG 11.55

mat-paramāḥ	taking Me, the Supreme Lord, as everything	BG 12.20

mat-paramāḥ	taking Me, the Supreme Lord, as everything	BG 12.20

mat-paramau	accepting Me as the supreme destination of life	SB 10.10.42

mat-paramau	accepting Me as the supreme destination of life	SB 10.10.42

mat-parān	My devotees	SB 6.9.55

mat-parān	My devotees	SB 6.9.55

mat-parayā	whose object is Me	SB 6.4.43

mat-parayā	whose object is Me	SB 6.4.43

mat-parāyaṇaḥ	devoted to Me	BG 9.34

mat-parāyaṇaḥ	devoted to Me	BG 9.34

mat-parāyaṇaḥ	who is devoted to Me	SB 11.16.44

mat-parāyaṇaḥ	who is devoted to Me	SB 11.16.44

mat-parāyaṇam	surrendered to Me	SB 11.17.44

mat-parāyaṇam	surrendered to Me	SB 11.17.44

mat-parāyaṇasya	of one who is so dependent upon me	SB 5.8.9

mat-parāyaṇasya	of one who is so dependent upon me	SB 5.8.9

mat-parigraham	My own family	SB 10.25.18

mat-parigraham	My own family	SB 10.25.18

mat-pathaḥ	means for achieving Me	SB 11.21.1

mat-pathaḥ	means for achieving Me	SB 11.21.1

mat-pituḥ	of my father	SB 12.7.6

mat-pituḥ	of my father	SB 12.7.6

mat-pradhānāḥ	have their shelter in Me	SB 11.15.3

mat-pradhānāḥ	have their shelter in Me	SB 11.15.3

mat-pramukhāḥ	coming from the total cosmos, the mahat-tattva	SB 3.5.51

mat-pramukhāḥ	coming from the total cosmos, the mahat-tattva	SB 3.5.51

mat-prāṇa-nāthaḥ	the Lord of My life	CC Antya 20.47

mat-prāṇa-nāthaḥ	the Lord of My life	CC Antya 20.47

mat-prāṇa-nāthaḥ	the Lord of My life	CC Antya 20.47

mat-prāṇa-rakṣaṇam	saving my life	SB 7.9.29

mat-prāṇa-rakṣaṇam	saving my life	SB 7.9.29

mat-prāṇa-rakṣaṇam	saving my life	SB 7.9.29

mat-praṇītam	educated by me	SB 7.5.28

mat-praṇītam	educated by me	SB 7.5.28

mat-prāptaye	to obtain my mercy	SB 5.18.22

mat-prāptaye	to obtain my mercy	SB 5.18.22

mat-prasādāt	by My mercy	BG 18.56

mat-prasādāt	by My mercy	BG 18.56

		BG 18.58

mat-prasādāt	by My mercy	BG 18.58

mat-prasādena	by My causeless mercy	SB 3.27.28-29

mat-prasādena	by My causeless mercy	SB 3.27.28-29

mat-prasādena	by my mercy	SB 10.10.20-22

mat-prasādena	by my mercy	SB 10.10.20-22

mat-pratijñām	my own promise	SB 1.9.37

mat-pratijñām	my own promise	SB 1.9.37

mat-pratijñām	my promise	CC Madhya 16.145

mat-pratijñām	my promise	CC Madhya 16.145

mat-puṇya-gāthā	the pious narrations of My glories	SB 11.14.26

mat-puṇya-gāthā	the pious narrations of My glories	SB 11.14.26

mat-puṇya-gāthā	the pious narrations of My glories	SB 11.14.26

mat-pūrvā	now under my sway	SB 12.2.42

mat-pūrvā	now under my sway	SB 12.2.42

mat-putrasya	of my son	SB 12.2.42

mat-putrasya	of my son	SB 12.2.42

mat-racana	My activities of creation and so on	SB 3.25.26

mat-racana	My activities of creation and so on	SB 3.25.26

mat-ripoḥ	of my enemy	SB 8.15.27

mat-ripoḥ	of my enemy	SB 8.15.27

mat-rūpaḥ	one who has realized that he is not different from Me, and who is thus absorbed in My form, pastimes, etc.	SB 11.13.26

mat-rūpaḥ	one who has realized that he is not different from Me, and who is thus absorbed in My form, pastimes, etc.	SB 11.13.26

mat-rūpam	My transcendental form	SB 11.11.46

mat-rūpam	My transcendental form	SB 11.11.46

mat-rūpāṇi	manifestations of My potency	SB 11.17.50

mat-rūpāṇi	manifestations of My potency	SB 11.17.50

mat-sadṛśam	exactly like Me	SB 10.3.40

mat-sadṛśam	exactly like Me	SB 10.3.40

mat-sakhaḥ	my friend	SB 11.23.44

mat-sakhaḥ	my friend	SB 11.23.44

mat-saṃśrayasya	which has fully taken shelter of Me	SB 11.1.4

mat-saṃśrayasya	which has fully taken shelter of Me	SB 11.1.4

mat-saṃsthām	the spiritual sky (the kingdom of God)	BG 6.15

mat-saṃsthām	the spiritual sky (the kingdom of God)	BG 6.15

mat-sāmyatām	the status of equality with Me (by having a transcendental, spiritual body similar to Mine)	SB 11.27.52

mat-sāmyatām	the status of equality with Me (by having a transcendental, spiritual body similar to Mine)	SB 11.27.52

mat-sańgāt	simply by association with Me and My devotees	SB 11.12.7

mat-sańgāt	simply by association with Me and My devotees	SB 11.12.7

mat-saparyām	My service	CC Adi 4.213

mat-saparyām	My service	CC Adi 4.213

mat-śaraṇaḥ	accepting Me as the only shelter	SB 11.11.29-32

mat-śaraṇaḥ	accepting Me as the only shelter	SB 11.11.29-32

mat-śaraṇam	having taken shelter of Me	SB 10.25.18

mat-śaraṇam	having taken shelter of Me	SB 10.25.18

mat-sārṣṭitām	opulence equal to Mine	SB 11.27.51

mat-sārṣṭitām	opulence equal to Mine	SB 11.27.51

mat-śāsana	from my ruling	SB 7.8.5

mat-śāsana	from my ruling	SB 7.8.5

mat-śāsana-atigaḥ	surpassing the jurisdiction of my administration	SB 8.20.15

mat-śāsana-atigaḥ	surpassing the jurisdiction of my administration	SB 8.20.15

mat-śāsana-atigaḥ	surpassing the jurisdiction of my administration	SB 8.20.15

mat-satra-pariśeṣitam	the remnants of the sacrifice executed on my behalf	SB 9.4.11

mat-satra-pariśeṣitam	the remnants of the sacrifice executed on my behalf	SB 9.4.11

mat-satra-pariśeṣitam	the remnants of the sacrifice executed on my behalf	SB 9.4.11

mat-sevanam	My service	CC Adi 4.207

mat-sevanam	My service	CC Adi 4.207

		CC Antya 3.189

mat-sevanam	My service	CC Antya 3.189

		CC Madhya 19.173

mat-sevanam	My service	CC Madhya 19.173

mat-sevayā	by being engaged fully in My transcendental loving service	SB 9.4.67

mat-sevayā	by being engaged fully in My transcendental loving service	SB 9.4.67

mat-sevayā	by rendering service unto Me	SB 3.31.39

mat-sevayā	by rendering service unto Me	SB 3.31.39

mat-sevāyām	in My devotional service	SB 11.25.27

mat-sevāyām	in My devotional service	SB 11.25.27

mat-siddhi-kāmena	with a desire to achieve My association	SB 3.4.11

mat-siddhi-kāmena	with a desire to achieve My association	SB 3.4.11

mat-siddhi-kāmena	with a desire to achieve My association	SB 3.4.11

mat-śiṣyaiḥ	by My devotees	SB 11.13.14

mat-śiṣyaiḥ	by My devotees	SB 11.13.14

mat-smṛtiḥ	realized knowledge of Me	SB 11.11.47

mat-smṛtiḥ	realized knowledge of Me	SB 11.11.47

mat-smṛtyā	by remembrance of Me	SB 11.21.14

mat-smṛtyā	by remembrance of Me	SB 11.21.14

mat-snehaḥ	affection for Me	CC Madhya 8.89

mat-snehaḥ	affection for Me	CC Madhya 8.89

mat-snehaḥ	love and affection for Me	CC Madhya 13.160

mat-snehaḥ	love and affection for Me	CC Madhya 13.160

mat-śraddhām	respect for Me	CC Adi 4.213

mat-śraddhām	respect for Me	CC Adi 4.213

mat-sthānam	My personal abode	SB 11.20.37

mat-sthānam	My personal abode	SB 11.20.37

mat-sthānam	my place	SB 9.23.34

mat-sthānam	my place	SB 9.23.34

mat-sthānam	to My abode	SB 4.9.25

mat-sthānam	to My abode	SB 4.9.25

mat-sthāni	in Me	BG 9.4

mat-sthāni	in Me	BG 9.4

mat-sthāni	situated in Me	BG 9.5

mat-sthāni	situated in Me	BG 9.5

		BG 9.6

mat-sthāni	situated in Me	BG 9.6

mat-stotram	prayers for Me	SB 3.9.38

mat-stotram	prayers for Me	SB 3.9.38

mat-suhṛdoḥ	of my brother and sister	SB 10.12.15

mat-suhṛdoḥ	of my brother and sister	SB 10.12.15

mat-śūla	by my trident	SB 6.11.14

mat-śūla	by my trident	SB 6.11.14

		SB 6.11.16

mat-śūla	by my trident	SB 6.11.16

mat-tejaḥ	by My strength	SB 6.9.54

mat-tejaḥ	by My strength	SB 6.9.54

mat-upasthāna-vidyayā	by the highly advanced knowledge and prayers offered unto Me	SB 6.9.47

mat-upasthāna-vidyayā	by the highly advanced knowledge and prayers offered unto Me	SB 6.9.47

mat-upasthāna-vidyayā	by the highly advanced knowledge and prayers offered unto Me	SB 6.9.47

mat-vacaḥ	my words	SB 4.3.25

mat-vacaḥ	my words	SB 4.3.25

mat-vadha-artham	for the purpose of killing me	SB 1.9.38

mat-vadha-artham	for the purpose of killing me	SB 1.9.38

mat-vadha-artham	for the purpose of killing me	SB 1.9.38

mat-vārtā	in topics about Me	SB 4.30.19

mat-vārtā	in topics about Me	SB 4.30.19

mat-vayunam	knowledge of Me (the Personality of Godhead)	SB 3.4.31

mat-vayunam	knowledge of Me (the Personality of Godhead)	SB 3.4.31

mat-vidhā	exactly resembling my behavior	SB 9.19.2

mat-vidhā	exactly resembling my behavior	SB 9.19.2

mat-vidha	like me	SB 10.27.7

mat-vidha	like me	SB 10.27.7

mat-vidha	of persons like me	CC Antya 1.138

mat-vidha	of persons like me	CC Antya 1.138

mat-vidhaḥ	a person like me	SB 6.7.35

mat-vidhaḥ	a person like me	SB 6.7.35

mat-vimukhān	averse to Me and addicted to fruitive activities and speculative knowledge	CC Madhya 6.181

mat-vimukhān	averse to Me and addicted to fruitive activities and speculative knowledge	CC Madhya 6.181

mat-vīrya	upon My valorous pastimes	SB 10.47.37

mat-vīrya	upon My valorous pastimes	SB 10.47.37

mat-viṣayā	with Me as the object	SB 11.14.19

mat-viṣayā	with Me as the object	SB 11.14.19

mat-viṣayā bhaktiḥ	devotional service in relation to Me	CC Madhya 24.61

mat-viṣayā bhaktiḥ	devotional service in relation to Me	CC Madhya 24.61

mat-viṣayā bhaktiḥ	devotional service in relation to Me	CC Madhya 24.61

mat-vyapāśrayaḥ	under My protection	BG 18.56

mat-vyapāśrayaḥ	under My protection	BG 18.56

mat-yāgaḥ	My worship	SB 11.27.15

mat-yāgaḥ	My worship	SB 11.27.15

mat-yājī	My worshiper	BG 18.65

mat-yājī	My worshiper	BG 18.65

		CC Madhya 22.57-58

mat-yājī	My worshiper	CC Madhya 22.57-58

mat-yoga	by devotional connection with Me	SB 11.15.29

mat-yoga	by devotional connection with Me	SB 11.15.29

mat-yoga-balam	My inconceivable mystic potency, by which I manifest innumerable forms	SB 11.15.22

mat-yoga-balam	My inconceivable mystic potency, by which I manifest innumerable forms	SB 11.15.22

mat-yoga-balam	My inconceivable mystic potency, by which I manifest innumerable forms	SB 11.15.22

mata	according to	CC Adi 1.31

		CC Madhya 6.189

matā	are considered	BG 16.5

matā	considered	SB 4.3.20

mata	desire	SB 3.3.24

mata	direction	CC Adi 12.75

mata	direction	CC Adi 12.75

mata	directions	CC Adi 12.75

matā	is considered	BG 3.1

mata	like	CC Adi 14.93

		CC Adi 9.25

mata	of theories	CC Adi 2.1

		NBS 15

mata	of what is known	SB 10.87.30

mata	opinion	CC Adi 12.10

mata	opinion	CC Adi 12.10

		CC Madhya 9.10

mata	opinions	CC Madhya 9.43

mata	the path	CC Adi 12.73

mata	the verdict	CC Adi 17.305

mata	way	CC Madhya 8.132

mata-duṣṭatayā	by faulty calculations	CC Madhya 19.143

mata-duṣṭatayā	by faulty calculations	CC Madhya 19.143

mataḥ	approved	SB 3.14.44-45

matāḥ	are considered	BG 12.2

		SB 11.11.33

matāḥ	are known	SB 11.23.18-19

mataḥ	considered	BG 6.46

matāḥ	considered	SB 10.38.12

mataḥ	considered	SB 3.10.21

matāḥ	considered	SB 4.30.19

mataḥ	decision	SB 7.14.35

matāḥ	described	CC Antya 14.16

mataḥ	in My opinion	BG 18.9

mataḥ	in our opinion	SB 3.16.18

mataḥ	is approved	SB 3.25.13

mataḥ	is celebrated	SB 9.24.26

mataḥ	is considered	BG 6.32

		BG 6.47

		CC Madhya 22.66

		SB 11.29.13-14

		SB 11.29.19

		SB 4.17.19

mataḥ	is well-known	SB 9.20.7

matāḥ	opinion	NBS 83

mataḥ	opinion	SB 10.71.3

		SB 11.11.26-27

		SB 4.8.30

mataḥ	regarded	SB 4.7.31

matāḥ	that is My opinion	CC Madhya 11.28

matāḥ	understood to be	SB 11.15.4-5

mataḥ me	this is my opinion	BG 11.18

mataḥ me	this is my opinion	BG 11.18

mataiḥ	by the opinions	CC Adi 3.87

matam	approved	SB 3.15.45

		SB 3.16.29

matam	conclusion	SB 11.21.29-30

		SB 6.9.37

matam	fierce	SB 10.51.50

matam	idea	SB 10.24.30

matam	injunction	BG 3.32

matam	injunctions	BG 3.31

matam	instruction	SB 3.33.11

matam	instructions	SB 3.33.37

matam	intoxicated	SB 10.90.1-7

matam	is considered	SB 3.25.15

matam	maddened	SB 10.70.29

matam	mentality	SB 10.83.18

matam	opinion	BG 13.3

		BG 18.6

		BG 7.18

		CC Madhya 17.186

		CC Madhya 25.57

		SB 3.9.41

matam	the conclusion	SB 2.9.37

matam	the instruction	SB 6.7.18

matam	the opinion	SB 10.71.1

matam ca	and the opinion	SB 1.7.32

matam ca	and the opinion	SB 1.7.32

matam-gaja	like an elephant	CC Antya 1.190

matam-gaja	like an elephant	CC Antya 1.190

matam-gajaḥ	a maddened elephant	SB 10.15.28

matam-gajaḥ	a maddened elephant	SB 10.15.28

matam-gajaḥ	mad elephant	SB 3.14.10

matam-gajaḥ	mad elephant	SB 3.14.10

matam-gajendrasya	infuriated elephant	SB 3.13.40

matam-gajendrasya	infuriated elephant	SB 3.13.40

matāni	considered	SB 3.26.12

matayaḥ	ambition	SB 8.9.28

matayaḥ	of intelligence	MM 41

matayaḥ	philosophies	SB 11.14.8

matayaḥ	philosophies of life	SB 11.14.8

matayaḥ	thesis	SB 1.11.39

matayaḥ	whose minds	SB 5.9.8

		SB 6.5.4-5

matayaḥ	worshiping the demigods	SB 2.6.27

mate	decision	CC Madhya 16.257

mate	in the opinion	BG 8.26

mate	philosophical conclusions	CC Madhya 9.47

mateḥ	whose mind is that	SB 5.8.16

mathaḥ	the bewilderer	SB 10.32.2

mathana	churning	SB 10.44.15

mathana-udbhūtāt	produced by the churning	SB 8.7.37

mathana-udbhūtāt	produced by the churning	SB 8.7.37

mathanam	the churning	SB 12.12.20

mathanāt	because of being born from the churning of his father's body	SB 9.13.13

mathanī	cream	CC Madhya 4.74

mathe	churn	CC Madhya 14.214

mathe	churns	CC Madhya 21.107

mathita	being aggrieved by	SB 2.7.24

mathita	churned	CC Madhya 15.218

mathitaḥ	churned	SB 8.5.11-12

mathitvā	by discerning	SB 7.1.9

mathnā	by the churning rod (Mandara Mountain)	SB 8.7.17

mathnā	enchanting	SB 4.2.25

mathnā	with a piece of wood used for producing fire	SB 5.18.36

mathnan	churning	SB 8.7.17

mathnanti	stir	SB 5.18.36

mathnantīm	while she was churning butter	SB 10.9.4

mathnatām	churning	SB 1.3.16

mathnatī	agitating	SB 8.9.3

mathurā	in Mathurā	CC Adi 5.23

mathurā	Mathurā	CC Adi 10.87

		CC Adi 7.44

		CC Antya 8.23

		CC Madhya 17.227

		CC Madhya 21.91

mathurā	the birthplace of Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 22.125

mathurā	the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 18.70

mathurā	the holy place Mathurā	CC Madhya 1.239

mathurā	the holy place of the name Mathurā	CC Madhya 1.229

mathurā	the place known as Mathurā	SB 10.1.28

mathurā	the town named Mathurā	CC Adi 7.44

mathurā	to Mathurā	CC Madhya 1.245

		CC Madhya 17.152

		CC Madhya 17.53

mathurā āilā	came to Mathurā	CC Madhya 25.186

mathurā āilā	came to Mathurā	CC Madhya 25.186

mathurā āilā	has come to Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.163

mathurā āilā	has come to Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.163

mathurā āilā	he reached Vṛndāvana	CC Madhya 25.210

mathurā āilā	he reached Vṛndāvana	CC Madhya 25.210

mathurā āsiyā	coming in to Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.156

mathurā āsiyā	coming in to Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.156

mathurā āsiyā	when he came to Mathurā	CC Madhya 25.203

mathurā āsiyā	when he came to Mathurā	CC Madhya 25.203

mathurā calilā	started for Mathurā	CC Antya 4.232

mathurā calilā	started for Mathurā	CC Antya 4.232

		CC Madhya 17.146

mathurā calilā	started for Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.146

mathurā dekhi'	after seeing Mathurā	CC Antya 13.31

mathurā dekhi'	after seeing Mathurā	CC Antya 13.31

mathurā dekhiyā	seeing the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.155

mathurā dekhiyā	seeing the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.155

mathurā gele	when you go to Mathurā	CC Antya 13.36

mathurā gele	when you go to Mathurā	CC Antya 13.36

mathurā haite	from Mathurā	CC Antya 4.3

mathurā haite	from Mathurā	CC Antya 4.3

		CC Antya 6.16

mathurā haite	from Mathurā	CC Antya 6.16

		CC Madhya 25.257

mathurā haite	from Mathurā	CC Madhya 25.257

mathurā nā pāinu	I did not get shelter at Mathurā	CC Antya 8.19

mathurā nā pāinu	I did not get shelter at Mathurā	CC Antya 8.19

mathurā nā pāinu	I did not get shelter at Mathurā	CC Antya 8.19

mathurā yāi'	going to Mathurā	CC Antya 20.121

mathurā yāi'	going to Mathurā	CC Antya 20.121

mathurā yāibā	you would go to Mathurā	CC Antya 13.23

mathurā yāibā	you would go to Mathurā	CC Antya 13.23

mathurā yāite	to go to Mathurā	CC Antya 13.22

mathurā yāite	to go to Mathurā	CC Antya 13.22

mathurā-ādiṣu	and Mathurā, and so on	CC Madhya 20.401

mathurā-ādiṣu	and Mathurā, and so on	CC Madhya 20.401

mathurā-ākhya	Mathurā	CC Madhya 20.214

mathurā-ākhya	Mathurā	CC Madhya 20.214

mathurā-ālokanam	the seeing of Mathurā	SB 12.12.34

mathurā-ālokanam	the seeing of Mathurā	SB 12.12.34

mathurā-gamana	Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu's going to Mathurā	CC Madhya 25.256

mathurā-gamana	Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu's going to Mathurā	CC Madhya 25.256

mathurā-gamana	the departure for Mathurā	CC Antya 19.32

mathurā-gamana	the departure for Mathurā	CC Antya 19.32

mathurā-gamane	while touring Mathurā	CC Adi 10.146

mathurā-gamane	while touring Mathurā	CC Adi 10.146

mathurā-māhātmya	giving a description of the greatness of Mathurā	CC Madhya 25.215

mathurā-māhātmya	giving a description of the greatness of Mathurā	CC Madhya 25.215

mathurā-māhātmya	the glories of Mathurā	CC Madhya 1.40

mathurā-māhātmya	the glories of Mathurā	CC Madhya 1.40

mathurā-nagare	in the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 18.69

mathurā-nagare	in the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 18.69

mathurā-nagare	to the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 18.47

mathurā-nagare	to the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 18.47

mathurā-nāgarī	the women of the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 21.111

mathurā-nāgarī	the women of the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 21.111

mathurā-nagarī	to the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.166

mathurā-nagarī	to the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.166

mathurā-nātha	the master of Mathurā	CC Antya 8.34

mathurā-nātha	the master of Mathurā	CC Antya 8.34

		CC Madhya 4.197

mathurā-nātha	the master of Mathurā	CC Madhya 4.197

mathurā-nikaṭe	near Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.155

mathurā-nikaṭe	near Mathurā	CC Madhya 17.155

mathurā-padmera	of the lotus flower of Mathurā	CC Madhya 18.18

mathurā-padmera	of the lotus flower of Mathurā	CC Madhya 18.18

mathurā-vāsa	living at Mathurā	CC Madhya 22.128

mathurā-vāsa	living at Mathurā	CC Madhya 22.128

mathurā-vṛndāvana	Mathurā and Vṛndāvana	CC Antya 4.81

mathurā-vṛndāvana	Mathurā and Vṛndāvana	CC Antya 4.81

mathurām	at the place known as Mathurā	SB 10.1.27

mathurām	Mathurā	SB 10.41.11

		SB 10.41.19

		SB 10.50.4

		SB 10.50.44

		SB 10.72.31

		SB 9.11.12

mathurām	to Mathurā	SB 10.41.6

		SB 10.47.68

		SB 10.5.19

		SB 10.84.69

mathurām	to the city of Mathurā	SB 11.12.10

mathurāra	of Mathurā	CC Antya 4.25

		CC Madhya 18.130

mathurāra	of Mathurā City	CC Madhya 18.129

mathurāra	of the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 4.99

mathurāra	of the town of Mathurā	CC Madhya 1.240

mathurāra svāmī	the leading men of Mathurā	CC Antya 13.36

mathurāra svāmī	the leading men of Mathurā	CC Antya 13.36

mathurāte	at Mathurā	CC Madhya 25.204

		CC Madhya 25.211

mathurāte	in Mathurā	CC Antya 4.95

		CC Madhya 20.215

mathurāte	Mathurā	CC Madhya 5.11

mathurāte	toward Mathurā	CC Adi 7.164

mathurāte āsi'	when he reached Mathurā	CC Antya 13.44

mathurāte āsi'	when he reached Mathurā	CC Antya 13.44

mathurāya	at Mathurā	CC Madhya 20.181

mathurāya	in Mathurā	CC Madhya 23.103

mathurāya rahiyā	staying at the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 18.48

mathurāya rahiyā	staying at the city of Mathurā	CC Madhya 18.48

mathurāyāḥ	from Mathurā	SB 10.6.31

mathurāyām	at Mathurā	SB 1.15.39

		SB 12.12.61

mathurāyām	in Mathurā	CC Adi 4.118

		SB 12.12.36

mathyamānābhyām	being churned	SB 4.15.1

mathyamānāt	sufficiently being churned	SB 8.7.16

mathyamānāt	while being churned	SB 8.8.31

mathyamāne	while the churning was going on	SB 8.7.6

mati	attention	CC Adi 6.58-59

		CC Antya 17.49

mati	consciousness	CC Madhya 12.185

		SB 1.9.21

mati	desire	CC Madhya 17.3

		CC Madhya 21.137

mati	intelligence	CC Adi 14.12

		CC Madhya 21.121

		SB 3.6.36

mati	intentions	CC Madhya 5.156

mati	mind	CC Antya 3.106

mati	the opinion	CC Adi 2.112

mati-bhit	contaminating the consciousness	SB 6.5.38

mati-bhit	contaminating the consciousness	SB 6.5.38

mati-ghnīḥ	killing intelligence	SB 3.15.23

mati-ghnīḥ	killing intelligence	SB 3.15.23

mati-mān	an intelligent man	CC Adi 9.43

mati-mān	an intelligent man	CC Adi 9.43

mati-mān	who is intelligent	SB 11.28.43

mati-mān	who is intelligent	SB 11.28.43

mati-vimoham	bewilderment of the mind	SB 2.7.37

mati-vimoham	bewilderment of the mind	SB 2.7.37

mati-vṛttayaḥ	mental concoction	SB 4.22.14

mati-vṛttayaḥ	mental concoction	SB 4.22.14

matiḥ	a mentality	SB 10.46.30

matiḥ	attachment	SB 5.1.4

matiḥ	attention	SB 1.8.42

		SB 3.5.12

matiḥ	attitude	SB 10.55.11

matiḥ	attraction	SB 4.19.24-25

		SB 9.9.44

matiḥ	concentration	SB 1.15.50

matiḥ	conception	SB 1.8.29

matiḥ	consciousness	SB 10.27.8

		SB 10.40.28

		SB 11.14.45

		SB 11.19.20-24

		SB 11.7.16

		SB 4.29.49

		SB 6.12.19

		SB 6.12.21

		SB 6.14.1

		SB 6.16.41

matiḥ	consideration	SB 4.22.52

matiḥ	determination	BG 12.18-19

matiḥ	devotion	SB 10.51.53

matiḥ	enlightenment	SB 1.3.34

matiḥ	faith	SB 2.1.10

matīḥ	having	SB 10.53.47-48

matiḥ	her mind	SB 11.8.43

		SB 3.33.26

matiḥ	His attention	SB 6.2.9-10

matiḥ	his intelligence	SB 4.13.10

matiḥ	his mentality	SB 10.51.46

		SB 5.4.4

matiḥ	his mind	SB 3.32.3

matiḥ	his understanding	SB 12.8.48

matiḥ	identification	SB 3.31.20

matiḥ	in his mind	SB 12.6.22

matiḥ	inclination	SB 7.5.28

		SB 7.5.29

		SB 7.5.30

matiḥ	intelligence	CC Madhya 20.106

		CC Madhya 24.170

		CC Madhya 8.70

		SB 1.6.23

		SB 1.6.24

		SB 4.22.18

		SB 4.6.49

		SB 4.9.32

		SB 5.18.9

		SB 7.10.8

matiḥ	knowledge	SB 11.9.24

matiḥ	mentality	SB 10.72.6

		SB 11.25.6

matiḥ	mind	CC Antya 3.62

		SB 1.15.28

		SB 1.7.11

		SB 10.51.58

matiḥ	minded	CC Madhya 23.111-112

matiḥ	opinion	BG 18.70

		BG 6.36

		SB 11.7.15

		SB 7.1.27

		SB 8.16.21

		SB 8.17.16

matiḥ	such discrimination	SB 7.9.27

matiḥ	the consciousness	SB 7.5.32

matiḥ	the inclination	Bs 5.57

matiḥ	the interest	CC Madhya 22.53

		CC Madhya 25.85

matiḥ	the mind	SB 11.30.12

		SB 4.4.19

		SB 6.18.30

matiḥ	thinking, feeling and willing	SB 1.9.32

matiḥ	whose attention	SB 6.9.48

matiḥ	whose consciousness	SB 11.17.56

		SB 11.28.31

		SB 4.28.55

		SB 5.26.9

matiḥ	whose idea	SB 10.60.45

matiḥ	whose mentality	SB 10.40.25

		SB 10.72.27

matiḥ	whose mind	SB 10.57.5

		SB 5.10.5

matiḥ	whose mind (is absorbed)	SB 5.3.4-5

matiḥ astu	let there be attraction	CC Madhya 6.48

matiḥ astu	let there be attraction	CC Madhya 6.48

matiḥ mama	my opinion	BG 18.78

matiḥ mama	my opinion	BG 18.78

matiḥ te	your consciousness	SB 9.3.21

matiḥ te	your consciousness	SB 9.3.21

matiḥ viṣaye	great attraction for material things	SB 9.6.52

matiḥ viṣaye	great attraction for material things	SB 9.6.52

matim	attention	CC Madhya 11.118

matim	concentration of the mind	SB 2.4.1

matim	consciousness	SB 4.29.46

matim	desire	SB 1.15.32

matim	his mind	Bs 5.23

matim	His mind	SB 4.20.34

matim	intelligence	SB 10.45.37

		SB 4.7.57

		SB 7.5.13

matim	meditation	SB 5.12.13

matim	the attitude	SB 6.2.38

matim	the mind	CC Antya 1.142

matim	thought	SB 3.31.30

matim cakāra	concentrated his mind	SB 6.1.27

matim cakāra	concentrated his mind	SB 6.1.27

matim dadhe	he made his decision	SB 10.80.12-13

matim dadhe	he made his decision	SB 10.80.12-13

matimān	and intelligent	CC Adi 14.55

matīnām	of those having intelligence	SB 6.9.37

matkuṇa	bugs	SB 3.31.27

matkuṇa	worms	SB 5.26.17

matsara-jvarāḥ	who are suffering from the fever of envy	SB 5.18.27

matsara-jvarāḥ	who are suffering from the fever of envy	SB 5.18.27

matsarāḥ	being envious	SB 4.14.28

matsaraḥ	envious	SB 1.18.29

matsaraḥ	envy	SB 12.3.29

matsaraḥ	intolerance	SB 7.15.43-44

matsarāt	from envy	SB 4.2.9

matsarāt	out of envy	SB 10.68.47

matsarau	their enmity	SB 11.30.16

matsariṇam	envious	SB 10.66.23

matsu	consisting of	SB 5.5.3

matsya	fish	CC Antya 18.48

		CC Antya 18.57

matsya	in the form of a fish	CC Madhya 20.299

matsya	Matsya	SB 9.22.6

matsya	Matsya (the kingdoms of Jaipur and Aloyar)	SB 10.86.20

matsya	of the fish	SB 10.55.6

		SB 10.83.24

		SB 8.2.14-19

matsya	the fish incarnation	CC Adi 1.65-66

		CC Adi 5.78

		CC Madhya 20.298

		SB 10.2.40

matsya	the King of Dvarbhańga	SB 2.7.34-35

matsya	the Matsya incarnation	SB 8.4.17-24

matsya māre	catches fish	CC Madhya 18.104

matsya māre	catches fish	CC Madhya 18.104

matsya-ādi	beginning with Matsya	CC Adi 4.11-12

matsya-ādi	beginning with Matsya	CC Adi 4.11-12

matsya-ādi	incarnation as a fish, etc.	SB 1.15.35

matsya-ādi	incarnation as a fish, etc.	SB 1.15.35

matsya-ādika	and incarnations such as the fish	CC Madhya 20.244

matsya-ādika	and incarnations such as the fish	CC Madhya 20.244

matsya-ghnaiḥ	by fishermen	SB 11.1.23

matsya-ghnaiḥ	by fishermen	SB 11.1.23

matsya-jīvibhiḥ	by fishermen (who gain their livelihood from fish)	SB 10.55.4

matsya-jīvibhiḥ	by fishermen (who gain their livelihood from fish)	SB 10.55.4

matsya-kaikaya-sṛñjayāḥ	the Matsyas, Kaikayas and Sṛñjayas	SB 10.74.41

matsya-kaikaya-sṛñjayāḥ	the Matsyas, Kaikayas and Sṛñjayas	SB 10.74.41

matsya-kaikaya-sṛñjayāḥ	the Matsyas, Kaikayas and Sṛñjayas	SB 10.74.41

matsya-mūrtiḥ	the Supreme Lord in the form of a great fish	SB 6.8.13

matsya-mūrtiḥ	the Supreme Lord in the form of a great fish	SB 6.8.13

matsya-rūpeṇa	by Him in the form of a fish	SB 8.24.4

matsya-rūpeṇa	by Him in the form of a fish	SB 8.24.4

matsya-rūpeṇa	in the form of a fish	SB 8.24.25

matsya-rūpeṇa	in the form of a fish	SB 8.24.25

matsya-rūpī	who had assumed the form of a fish	SB 8.24.54

matsya-rūpī	who had assumed the form of a fish	SB 8.24.54

matsya-rūpiṇaḥ	who had assumed the form of a fish	SB 8.24.40

matsya-rūpiṇaḥ	who had assumed the form of a fish	SB 8.24.40

matsya-sańgāt	by associating with the fish	SB 9.6.52

matsya-sańgāt	by associating with the fish	SB 9.6.52

matsya-sutā-ādayaḥ	the daughter of a fisherman (Satyavatī, Bhīṣma's stepmother)	SB 1.10.9-10

matsya-sutā-ādayaḥ	the daughter of a fisherman (Satyavatī, Bhīṣma's stepmother)	SB 1.10.9-10

matsya-sutā-ādayaḥ	the daughter of a fisherman (Satyavatī, Bhīṣma's stepmother)	SB 1.10.9-10

matsya-tīrtha	the holy place named Matsya-tīrtha	CC Madhya 9.244

matsya-tīrtha	the holy place named Matsya-tīrtha	CC Madhya 9.244

matsya-uśīnara-kauśalya-vidarbha-kuru-sṛñjayān	the Matsyas, Uśīnaras, Kauśalyas, Vidarbhas, Kurus and Sṛñjayas	SB 10.82.12-13

matsya-uśīnara-kauśalya-vidarbha-kuru-sṛñjayān	the Matsyas, Uśīnaras, Kauśalyas, Vidarbhas, Kurus and Sṛñjayas	SB 10.82.12-13

matsya-uśīnara-kauśalya-vidarbha-kuru-sṛñjayān	the Matsyas, Uśīnaras, Kauśalyas, Vidarbhas, Kurus and Sṛñjayas	SB 10.82.12-13

matsya-uśīnara-kauśalya-vidarbha-kuru-sṛñjayān	the Matsyas, Uśīnaras, Kauśalyas, Vidarbhas, Kurus and Sṛñjayas	SB 10.82.12-13

matsya-uśīnara-kauśalya-vidarbha-kuru-sṛñjayān	the Matsyas, Uśīnaras, Kauśalyas, Vidarbhas, Kurus and Sṛñjayas	SB 10.82.12-13

matsya-uśīnara-kauśalya-vidarbha-kuru-sṛñjayān	the Matsyas, Uśīnaras, Kauśalyas, Vidarbhas, Kurus and Sṛñjayas	SB 10.82.12-13

matsya-vapuḥ	the Lord, who had assumed the form of a fish	SB 8.24.31

matsya-vapuḥ	the Lord, who had assumed the form of a fish	SB 8.24.31

matsya-vapuḥ-dharam	the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had assumed the form of a fish	SB 8.24.15

matsya-vapuḥ-dharam	the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had assumed the form of a fish	SB 8.24.15

matsya-vapuḥ-dharam	the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had assumed the form of a fish	SB 8.24.15

matsyaḥ	a big fish	SB 8.24.44

matsyaḥ	a fish	SB 10.55.13

		SB 10.83.19

matsyaḥ	fish	SB 11.1.22

matsyaḥ	incarnation of the fish	SB 2.7.12

matsyaḥ	the fish	SB 11.1.23

matsyaḥ	the fish target	SB 1.15.7

matsyaiḥ	the Matsyas	SB 10.72.13

matsyam	the fish	SB 10.83.25-26

		SB 8.24.23

matsyān	the fish	SB 10.17.11

matsyān	the kingdom of Matsya	SB 3.1.24

matsyān	the Matsya province	SB 10.71.22

matsyān	the province Matsyā	SB 1.10.34-35

matsyānām	of the fish	SB 9.13.10

matsyāya	to the Supreme Lord's appearance as a fish	SB 10.40.17-18

matta	a drunkard	SB 5.10.13

matta	absorbed	CC Adi 5.189

matta	always maddened	CC Adi 10.158

matta	angered	SB 10.51.23-26

matta	captivated	CC Madhya 24.58

matta	drunken	SB 8.8.15

matta	in rut	SB 10.41.27

matta	intoxicated	CC Adi 9.48

		SB 10.34.22

		SB 3.15.28

		SB 3.21.41

		SB 3.28.15

		SB 3.33.18

		SB 8.2.14-19

matta	mad	CC Adi 17.208

		CC Adi 5.190

		CC Adi 5.208

		CC Adi 6.105-106

		CC Madhya 8.27

		SB 4.24.22

		SB 4.9.63

		SB 8.15.12

matta	maddened	CC Adi 4.108

		CC Adi 9.51

		CC Adi 9.52

matta	maddened	CC Adi 9.52

		CC Antya 16.115

		CC Antya 18.84

		CC Antya 3.268

		CC Antya 5.138

		CC Madhya 17.189

		CC Madhya 18.123

		CC Madhya 18.127

		CC Madhya 18.17

		SB 10.21.10

		SB 12.8.18-20

matta	maddened	SB 12.8.18-20

matta	maddened	SB 12.8.18-20

matta	maddened	SB 12.8.18-20

		SB 3.21.41

matta	merry	SB 3.21.41

matta	overjoyed	SB 3.21.41

matta	overwhelmed, intoxicated	CC Antya 7.20

matta ha-ila	became maddened	CC Antya 18.113

matta ha-ila	became maddened	CC Antya 18.113

matta ha-ila	became maddened	CC Antya 18.113

matta hailā	became enlivened	CC Antya 13.122

matta hailā	became enlivened	CC Antya 13.122

matta haila	became mad	CC Madhya 18.88

matta haila	became mad	CC Madhya 18.88

matta hañā	becoming mad	CC Madhya 17.162

matta hañā	becoming mad	CC Madhya 17.162

		CC Madhya 17.44

matta hañā	becoming mad	CC Madhya 17.44

matta hañā	becoming maddened	CC Madhya 15.278

matta hañā	becoming maddened	CC Madhya 15.278

		CC Madhya 18.19

matta hañā	becoming maddened	CC Madhya 18.19

matta hañā	being mad	CC Madhya 17.148

matta hañā	being mad	CC Madhya 17.148

matta hātī	drunken elephants	CC Madhya 13.8

matta hātī	drunken elephants	CC Madhya 13.8

matta haya	becomes overwhelmed	CC Madhya 18.219

matta haya	becomes overwhelmed	CC Madhya 18.219

matta-gaja	a mad elephant	CC Adi 5.187

matta-gaja	a mad elephant	CC Adi 5.187

matta-gaja	mad elephant	CC Madhya 2.64

matta-gaja	mad elephant	CC Madhya 2.64

matta-hastī	strong elephants	CC Madhya 14.52

matta-hastī	strong elephants	CC Madhya 14.52

matta-hasti-gaṇa	the strong elephants	CC Madhya 14.51

matta-hasti-gaṇa	the strong elephants	CC Madhya 14.51

matta-hasti-gaṇa	the strong elephants	CC Madhya 14.51

matta-hasti-yūtha	a herd of maddened elephants	CC Madhya 17.30

matta-hasti-yūtha	a herd of maddened elephants	CC Madhya 17.30

matta-hasti-yūtha	a herd of maddened elephants	CC Madhya 17.30

matta-hātī-gaṇa	very strong elephants	CC Madhya 14.50

matta-hātī-gaṇa	very strong elephants	CC Madhya 14.50

matta-hātī-gaṇa	very strong elephants	CC Madhya 14.50

matta-jana-priyaḥ	very dear to the crazy beings	SB 4.2.14-15

matta-jana-priyaḥ	very dear to the crazy beings	SB 4.2.14-15

matta-jana-priyaḥ	very dear to the crazy beings	SB 4.2.14-15

matta-siṃha	a mad lion	CC Madhya 7.95

matta-siṃha	a mad lion	CC Madhya 7.95

matta-siṃha-sama	just like a maddened lion	CC Madhya 12.137

matta-siṃha-sama	just like a maddened lion	CC Madhya 12.137

matta-siṃha-sama	just like a maddened lion	CC Madhya 12.137

mattaḥ	besides Me	SB 11.13.24

mattaḥ	beyond Me	BG 7.7

mattaḥ	beyond myself	SB 2.5.10

mattaḥ	by Me	SB 10.25.17

mattaḥ	crazy	SB 4.2.14-15

mattaḥ	from Me	BG 10.4-5

		BG 10.8

		BG 15.15

		BG 7.12

mattaḥ	from me	CC Antya 1.139

mattaḥ	from Me	CC Madhya 24.189

		SB 10.3.33

		SB 11.10.30

		SB 11.22.34

		SB 11.27.49

		SB 11.29.41-44

mattaḥ	from me	SB 4.12.7

mattaḥ	from Me	SB 5.5.25

mattaḥ	from me	SB 7.10.27

mattaḥ	from me (Yamarāja) and my order carriers	SB 6.3.18

mattaḥ	in wrath	SB 3.17.24

mattaḥ	intoxicated	NBS 6

		SB 10.65.24-25

mattaḥ	intoxicated with joy	SB 10.65.24-25

mattāḥ	intoxicated with pride	SB 10.88.11

mattāḥ	mad	SB 3.17.11

		SB 4.10.26

mattaḥ	mad	SB 4.9.11

mattaḥ	proud like a madman	SB 7.15.70

mattaḥ	than me	SB 4.14.28

mattaḥ	than Me	SB 6.9.48

mattaiḥ	intoxicated	SB 10.35.8-11

mattam	careless	SB 1.7.36

mattam	intoxicated	SB 7.4.13

mattām	very opulent	SB 9.11.26

mattānām	of those who are mad	SB 10.68.39

mattānām	of those who are physically intoxicated	SB 10.68.39

mattasya	of one intoxicated	SB 10.27.15

mattasya	of one who is mad	SB 6.5.16

mattasya	of the illusioned	SB 1.17.10-11

mattayā	intoxicated	SB 6.1.58-60

mattāya	who is maddened	MM 42

mattayoḥ	of these two drunken persons	SB 10.10.19

matvā	accepting the milk like that	SB 10.13.22

matvā	considering	CC Madhya 19.205

		SB 10.11.20

		SB 10.16.13-15

		SB 10.22.20

		SB 10.52.2

		SB 10.9.13-14

		SB 9.20.39

matvā	knowing	BG 10.8

matvā	thinking	BG 11.41-42

		BG 3.28

		CC Madhya 19.199-200

		SB 10.14.27

		SB 10.28.11

		SB 10.43.11

		SB 10.57.34

		SB 10.60.57

		SB 10.75.37

		SB 10.84.30

		SB 11.9.7

		SB 12.8.28

		SB 4.10.9

		SB 4.13.11

		SB 7.1.37

		SB 9.15.9

		SB 9.18.5

matvā	thinking (him)	SB 10.51.10

matvā	thinking Him	SB 10.55.27-28

		SB 10.56.22

matvā	thinking like that	SB 8.9.19

		SB 9.15.4

matvā	thinking of	SB 10.1.65-66

matvā	thinking to be	SB 3.20.37

matvā	thought it	SB 10.12.18

matvā	understanding	CC Madhya 24.189

a-gṛha-sammatām	who is not honored at home	SB 6.14.40

abahiḥ-matiḥ	awareness within (of the eternal soul)	SB 11.16.26

sumatiḥ nāma-abhihitaḥ	named Sumati	SB 5.15.1

abhijagmatuḥ	all proceeded along	SB 4.9.41

kṛṣṇera abhimata	the desire of Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 22.125

abhimatāḥ	beloved	SB 3.20.52

abhimataḥ	desired	SB 3.32.27

abhimataḥ	the ultimate goal	SB 4.24.54

abhimataḥ	approved	SB 10.58.44

abhimataḥ	favored	SB 10.71.10

abhimataiḥ	as desired by	SB 1.11.22

abhimatam	desire	SB 4.8.59-60

abhimatam	desired	SB 7.9.52

abhimatam	accepted by	SB 8.7.20

abhimatam	agreeable	SB 10.58.36

abhimatān	the desired	SB 7.3.35

abhimatāt	for which one has affection	SB 3.28.39

abhimatāt	intimately connected	SB 3.28.40

abhimatayā	which is preferred	SB 11.3.48

abhimatayaḥ	the functions of false ego	SB 10.23.23

mithyā-abhimateḥ	deluded by false ego	SB 3.29.5

vīta-abhimateḥ	who has completely forsaken the bodily concept of life	SB 5.10.25

abhimateḥ	from Abhimati	SB 6.6.10-11

āḍhya-abhimatiḥ	proud because of wealth	SB 5.26.36

abhimatim	identification	SB 4.29.76-77

abhimattānām	who became intoxicated	SB 11.30.13

abhimatyā	with the ego	SB 3.26.69

abhimatyā	by a false conception	SB 6.16.35

abhramat	traveled	CC Madhya 18.1

abhyagamat	arrived	SB 8.3.31

acyuta-sātmatām	to the effulgence of the infallible Lord	SB 7.1.47

acyuta-ātmatvam	accepting oneself as an eternal servant of the Lord	SB 7.11.21

asmat-ādayaḥ	persons like us	SB 2.6.38

maṇimat-mada-ādayaḥ	Maṇimān, Mada, etc.	SB 4.4.4

asmat-ādayaḥ	including ourselves (Nārada and others also glorified Hiraṇyakaśipu)	SB 7.4.14

vasumat-ādayaḥ	many, headed by Vasumān	SB 9.15.11

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

sarva-adbhuta-camatkāra	bringing wonder to all	CC Madhya 23.82-83

adharmataḥ	impiously	SB 10.45.28

adhātu-mataḥ	without being materially constituted	SB 2.8.7

mamatā-adhikya	increase of intimacy	CC Madhya 19.231

mamatā-adhikye	on account of greater intimacy	CC Madhya 19.227

adhimathyamānaḥ	being kindled by friction	SB 11.12.18

yathā-adhītam yathā-mati	as far as my realization	SB 1.3.44

āḍhya-abhimatiḥ	proud because of wealth	SB 5.26.36

punaḥ adhyagamat	revived them again	SB 1.15.30

adhyagamat	he has achieved	SB 3.28.37

adhyagamat	achieved	SB 10.36.29

adhyagamat	he has achieved	SB 11.13.36

saṃskāra-ādi-matām	who possess such purification and so forth	SB 10.23.43-44

samudra-unmathana-ādibhiḥ	by activities of churning the ocean	SB 8.6.17

asmat-ādibhiḥ	such as Ourself	SB 10.69.20-22

āgamat	came	SB 1.14.22

agamat	departed	SB 4.29.80

agamat	departed	SB 4.29.81

agamat	returned	SB 5.1.21

agamat	went	SB 8.2.23-24

agamat	he went	SB 9.3.2

āgamat	returned	SB 9.13.3

āgamat	approached	SB 9.20.19

āgamat	arrived there	SB 9.21.2

āgamat	she reached	SB 10.9.8

āgamat	reached there	SB 10.11.41

āgamat	went	SB 10.41.2

āgamat	He returned	SB 10.45.42-44

agamat	went	SB 10.48.10

agamat	went	SB 10.53.6

āgamat	came there	SB 10.55.35

agamat	went	SB 10.56.39

āgamat	came	SB 10.69.1-6

āgamat	He came	SB 10.71.22

agamat	He went	SB 10.79.11-15

agamat	He went	SB 10.79.19-21

āgamat	He came	SB 10.79.19-21

agamat	he went	SB 10.82.31

agamat	he came	SB 10.88.25-26

agamat	went	SB 10.89.5

agamat	assumed	SB 11.5.46

āgamat	came	SB 11.31.1

agamat	went to	CC Adi 4.163

agamat	became current	CC Madhya 8.216

āgamat	returned	CC Madhya 25.1

agamat	attained	Bs 5.27

aham-mamatām	the conception of 'I and my'	SB 5.19.15

aham-matyā	by false ego	SB 10.20.19

aham-mamatām	egotism and possessiveness	SB 10.20.39

aham-mateḥ	of the conception of false ego	SB 11.28.26

aiśvarya-mattena	being very proud of material opulence	SB 6.7.11

aiśvarya-mattasya	of one who was intoxicated by opulences	SB 7.4.20

ajñāna-mattam	maddened by ignorance or foolishly passing time in karma, jñāna, yoga and Māyāvāda philosophy	CC Madhya 19.54

akāmataḥ	although he did not want to do it	SB 9.2.9

akhila-ṛddhi-mat	possessing the opulence of the entire universe	SB 7.4.8

akhila-sādhu-sammataḥ	as approved by all saintly persons	SB 8.23.1

ākramatām	of those who are trampling	SB 4.16.7

guṇa-ākṣipta-matiḥ	whose mind was agitated by the qualities	CC Madhya 24.117

mamatā-ākulaḥ	too much affected by attachment to family	SB 4.28.5

mamatā-ālambi	for that which one identifies with as his possessions	SB 10.14.51

sammata āmāra	accepted by Me	CC Madhya 10.37

āmāra mata	My mind	CC Antya 10.150

amat-paraḥ	one who is not surrendered to Me	SB 11.17.38

amata	thought	SB 3.15.22

amatam	misunderstood	SB 10.87.30

amatam	not conclusive	CC Madhya 19.143

amatraḥ	as the storage container	SB 11.8.11

dadhi-amatrakam	the container of yogurt	SB 10.9.7

amatsaraḥ	not considering oneself to be the doer	SB 11.10.6

amatyam	and ministers	SB 10.71.43

amṛta-unmathane	when the nectar was being churned (by the demons and demigods together)	SB 11.4.18

aṃśumate	unto Aṃśumān	SB 9.8.30

anamat	offered respectful obeisances	SB 6.16.31

anamat	she bowed down	SB 10.81.26

anānā-mati-upalakṣaṇaḥ	who is not realized by persons having many angles of vision	CC Madhya 25.133

ananumatam	not being sanctioned by law	SB 5.9.17

ananya-bodhya-ātmatayā	as self-manifested, without the help of any other illuminating agent	SB 10.14.6

ananya-mamatā	having a sense of relationships with no others	CC Madhya 23.8

anātmatayā	by the status of being nonliving matter	SB 10.40.3

anāvṛta-matiḥ	whose intelligence is not bewildered	SB 5.3.14

anikāmataḥ	unwilling	SB 4.28.10

anulomataḥ	by progressive function	SB 11.20.22

anumata	approved	SB 4.20.15

anumataḥ	with his approval	SB 1.9.49

anumataḥ	is approved	SB 3.16.3

anumataḥ	took permission	SB 3.33.12

anumataḥ	taking permission	SB 4.13.37

anumataḥ	sanctioned	SB 10.86.9

anumatena	by the permission	SB 5.1.22

anumatena	permitted by the mercy of the glance (time)	SB 7.9.21

anumatena	by the order	SB 8.8.30

nārada-anumatena	by the order of Nārada	SB 8.11.46

anumatena	in order to fulfill the desires	SB 11.24.5

anumatiḥ	Anumati	SB 4.1.34

anumatiḥ	Anumati	SB 5.20.10

anumatiḥ	Anumati	SB 6.18.3-4

anumatyā	with a full-moon day when the moon is slightly less than completely full	SB 7.14.20-23

anuparyakrāmat	circumambulated	SB 5.1.30

anūrmi-mattvam	being undisturbed by hunger, thirst, etc.	SB 11.15.6-7

apramattā anuvṛttibhiḥ	by executing services without being bewildered	SB 9.3.10

anvagamat	he followed	SB 10.54.18

anvākramat	took shelter	SB 3.1.17

apākramat	went away	SB 10.63.15

apākramat	went away	SB 10.64.21

apatya-matyā	thinking to be your son	SB 3.1.13

apramattā	sane	SB 3.23.3

apramattā	attentive in service to her husband	SB 7.11.28

apramattā anuvṛttibhiḥ	by executing services without being bewildered	SB 9.3.10

apramatta	without inebriation	CC Madhya 22.78-80

apramattaḥ	one who is careful	SB 1.18.8

apramattaḥ	without being mad after them	SB 2.2.3

apramattaḥ	although never bewildered	SB 3.4.17

apramattaḥ	attentive	SB 3.29.39

apramattaḥ	without being misguided	SB 4.20.33

apramattaḥ	without any illusion	SB 4.23.12

apramattaḥ	completely in transcendence	SB 4.24.66

apramattaḥ	not being covered by ignorance or illusion, very careful	SB 5.5.14

apramattaḥ	one who is without illusion	SB 5.11.17

apramattaḥ	without being mad or deviated to any other conclusion	SB 6.16.64

apramattaḥ	not deluded	SB 10.51.49

apramattaḥ	without material fever	SB 11.8.42

apramattaḥ	being very alert	SB 11.9.14

apramattaḥ	cautious and sober	SB 11.11.29-32

apramattaḥ	being very careful in spiritual life	SB 11.12.24

apramattaḥ	attentive and grave	SB 11.13.13

apramattaḥ	without laziness or foolishness	SB 11.20.14

apramattaḥ	unbewildered	SB 11.23.29

apramattaḥ	not bewildered	SB 11.25.34

apramattaiḥ	by the sane	SB 3.13.10

apramattena	which is not forgetful	SB 5.9.6

apramattena	not agitated at any time	SB 5.9.20

āra yata mata	any other opinion not in collaboration with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu's statement	CC Madhya 25.45

aramata	enjoyed	SB 5.1.1

śrīmat-caraṇa-aravinda	of the feet, which are just like the most beautiful fragrant lotus flowers	SB 5.1.5

arīramat	enlivened	SB 3.2.29

arīramat	He satisfied	SB 10.29.42

artha-kriyā-ātmatām	the essence of purposeful activity	SB 12.11.16

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

ārya-sammataḥ	whose activities are approved by civilized men	SB 7.13.21

asammata-vṛttīnām	not being very much favored	SB 6.14.42

asammatam	not approved of	SB 4.14.2

asammatām	unacceptable	SB 4.27.28

asammatam	not very attractive	SB 9.3.20

asammate	abominable	SB 3.31.5

asańkoca-mati	without hesitation	CC Madhya 20.350

asat-matim	the unclean mentality (accepting the body as the self)	SB 8.24.47

asat-matim	no attachment	SB 9.4.27

asat-mataḥ	not desired by them	SB 9.6.41-42

autkaṇṭhya-unmathita-āśayaḥ	having an anxious and agitated mind	SB 3.22.24

aśīśamat	subdued	SB 10.89.4

askhalitā matiḥ	uninterrupted attention	SB 1.5.27

asmat	by us	SB 1.18.46

asmat-ādayaḥ	persons like us	SB 2.6.38

asmat	unto us, beginning from Brahmā down to the insignificant ant	SB 2.7.23

asmat	of me	SB 3.8.8

asmat-bhuja	from my hand	SB 3.18.5

asmat	from me	SB 3.18.22-23

asmat	our	SB 4.1.31

asmat-āsthitāḥ	possessed by us	SB 4.4.21

asmat-vidhaiḥ	by persons like us	SB 4.8.35

asmat	our	SB 4.8.37

asmat-kula	our family	SB 4.11.8

asmat	my	SB 4.15.23

asmat-vidhaiḥ	like me	SB 4.17.36

asmat	my	SB 4.19.34

asmat	my	SB 4.21.28-29

asmat	our	SB 4.24.67

asmat-vidhasya	of a person like me	SB 5.2.12

asmat	our	SB 5.17.2

asmat	our	SB 5.24.25

asmat-vidhaḥ	like us	SB 5.24.26

asmat	of us	SB 6.9.34

asmat	our	SB 6.11.23

asmat-vidhānām	of persons like us	SB 6.17.11

asmat-ādayaḥ	including ourselves (Nārada and others also glorified Hiraṇyakaśipu)	SB 7.4.14

asmat pituḥ	of our father, Hiraṇyakaśipu	SB 7.9.23

asmat-karaṇa-gocaram	appreciable by our direct senses, especially by our eyes	SB 8.5.45

asmat	of us	SB 8.20.15

asmat	our	SB 9.5.9

asmat-dhāryam	the garment meant for me	SB 9.18.5

asmat-dhāryam	meant to be worn by us	SB 9.18.5

asmat	all of us	SB 10.12.19

asmat	by Us	SB 10.23.4

asmat	because of Me	SB 10.39.6

asmat	for Us	SB 10.54.37

asmat	from Us	SB 10.60.56

asmat	our	SB 10.66.6

asmat	of us	SB 10.68.3

asmat	by us	SB 10.68.25

asmat	by our	SB 10.68.26

asmat	our	SB 10.68.27

asmat-ādibhiḥ	such as Ourself	SB 10.69.20-22

asmat	our	SB 10.80.40

asmat	our	SB 10.86.32

asmat	as our (hearts)	SB 10.90.20

asmat-kula	in my own family	SB 12.8.2-5

asmat-rūpam	the form of ourselves (Śiva, Brahmā and Viṣṇu)	SB 12.10.24

asmat-prabhuḥ	our Lord	CC Madhya 17.210

asmat	from us	Iso 18

asmattaḥ	because of Us	SB 10.45.3

mamatā-āspadāḥ	false seats or abodes of intimate relationship ('mineness')	SB 7.7.44

āśramataḥ	from His residence	SB 9.10.10

āśramataḥ	from the āśrama of Jamadagni	SB 9.16.10

asmat-āsthitāḥ	possessed by us	SB 4.4.21

na ati-vyutpanna-matim	unto King Rahūgaṇa, who was not actually experienced	SB 5.10.8

ati-śuddha-matiḥ	whose completely pure consciousness (full realization that the body and mind are separate from the soul)	SB 5.15.7

sādhu atikramata	please walk evenly so that there will not be bouncing	SB 5.10.2

atirajaḥ-vala-matiḥ	whose mind is overcome by lust	SB 5.14.9

ātma-matim	the concept of the self	SB 5.13.25

ātma-matiḥ	fully absorbed in thoughts of the Supreme Lord	SB 7.7.35

ātma-ātmatayā	as the Supersoul	SB 10.14.24

unmathita-ātmānaḥ	whose minds have become dull	SB 4.2.25

ātmanaḥ guru-mattayā	because of being heavier than he could personally perceive	SB 10.7.27

ātmārāmatayā	by the process of cultivating Brahman realization	CC Madhya 24.128

ātmatā	great attachment	SB 7.1.48

ātmatā	the quality of being the self	CC Antya 5.149

eka-ātmatām	merging into oneness	SB 3.25.34

tat-ātmatām	the nature of itself	SB 3.28.42

sa-ātmatām	to the position of demigods	SB 6.18.19

ātmatām	of the body's being one's self or one's own	SB 7.12.24

avajñāna-ātmatām	the mutually disrespectful behavior	SB 7.14.39

tat-ātmatām	the spiritual quality of the Supreme	SB 9.9.15

tat-ātmatām	total absorption in Him	SB 10.46.22

para-ātmatām	dedication to others	SB 11.7.38

sa-ātmatām	the same state of existence	SB 11.9.23

artha-kriyā-ātmatām	the essence of purposeful activity	SB 12.11.16

ātmatām	the state of being the self	CC Antya 5.112

sva-ātmatayā	as if the self	SB 3.14.28

ātmatayā	being the root of all cause and effect	SB 4.22.38

ātmatayā	who is the Supreme Soul, Paramātmā	SB 5.24.21

ananya-bodhya-ātmatayā	as self-manifested, without the help of any other illuminating agent	SB 10.14.6

ātma-ātmatayā	as the Supersoul	SB 10.14.24

ātmatayā	as the Supreme Soul	SB 10.14.25

ātmatayā	by relation to You, the Supersoul	SB 10.70.38

ātmatayā	as nondifferent from the Self	SB 10.87.26

tat-ātmatayā	inasmuch as they are nondifferent from it	SB 10.87.26

ātmatayā	as nondifferent from Himself	SB 10.87.26

ātmatayā	as one's true Self	SB 10.88.10

ātmatayā	by identification with oneself	SB 11.22.40

ātmatayā	with the sense of 'I'	SB 12.2.43

ātmatayā	due to being the entity	Bs 5.42

ātmatvam	providing for the proper functioning	SB 3.26.37

acyuta-ātmatvam	accepting oneself as an eternal servant of the Lord	SB 7.11.21

ātmatvam	proprietorship	SB 11.15.13

sarva-pratyak-ātmatvāt	because of being the Supersoul of every living being, or being present in everything, even the atom	SB 6.9.38

ātmatvāt	due to being the soul of the soul	SB 6.17.33

ātmatvāt	because of being intimately related as the Supersoul	SB 7.6.19

īśvara-ātmatvāt	because of coming from the Personality of Godhead Himself	SB 11.3.43

ātmatvena	by nature	SB 3.28.39

ātmatvena	by nature	SB 3.28.40

atyakrāmat	surpassed	SB 1.13.17

autkaṇṭhya-unmathita-āśayaḥ	having an anxious and agitated mind	SB 3.22.24

avajñāna-ātmatām	the mutually disrespectful behavior	SB 7.14.39

avamataḥ	being disrespected	SB 5.9.9-10

avamatyā	negligently	SB 3.30.15

avasita-matiḥ	whose mind is determined	SB 5.14.36

āveśita-matiḥ	whose mind was fully absorbed	SB 5.20.25

avīcimat	having no water or waves	SB 5.26.28

avīcimati	named Avīcimat (having no water)	SB 5.26.28

avyavasita-matīn	who had lost all intelligence in the present situation	SB 10.7.9

āyāmataḥ	by length	SB 3.8.25

āyuṣmataḥ	of the father, Āyuṣmān	SB 8.13.20

baḍa camatkāra	very wonderful	CC Madhya 6.13

bahu-mataḥ	in great estimation	BG 2.35

bahu-yoga-grantha-sammatam	approved by all yogic processes and their scriptures	SB 5.10.15

bahu-mate	in various ways	CC Antya 12.67

bahu matam	most desirable	MM 5

bahumatā	thought very important	SB 7.8.42

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

bāliśa-matiḥ	without sufficient knowledge	SB 8.19.18

barhiṣmataḥ	of King Prācīnabarhi	SB 4.30.7

barhiṣmataḥ	of King Barhiṣmān	SB 4.30.46

barhiṣmataḥ	as insignificant as a piece of grass	SB 5.14.14

barhiṣmatī	Barhiṣmatī	SB 3.22.29-30

barhiṣmatī	of Barhiṣmatī	SB 5.1.33

barhiṣmatīm	the city Barhiṣmatī	SB 3.22.32

barhiṣmatīm	Barhiṣmatī	SB 5.1.24

barhiṣmatyāḥ	of his wife Barhiṣmatī	SB 5.1.29

bhagavat-mateḥ	of exalted intelligence in Kṛṣṇa consciousness	SB 6.17.39

śrīmat-bhagavat	of the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 11.31.23

śrīmat-bhāgavatam	Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam	SB 12.13.17

śrīmat-bhāgavatam	Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam	SB 12.13.18

bhakti-mat	according to the regulative principles of devotional service	SB 4.8.59-60

bhakti-matā	by the devotee	SB 4.24.54

tat-bhakti-mataḥ	the devotees of the Lord	SB 6.3.18

bhakti-matām	of the devotees	SB 10.9.21

bhakti-matām	for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service	CC Madhya 8.227

bhakti-matām	for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service	CC Madhya 9.132

bhakti-matām	for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service	CC Madhya 24.86

bhakti-matām	of those engaged in devotional service	CC Antya 3.85

bhakti-matām	for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service	CC Antya 7.27

bhaktimatā	by the devotee	SB 4.13.4

bhāla-mate	in a good way	CC Adi 2.108

bhāla-mate	scrutinizingly	CC Adi 16.48

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Adi 17.276

bhāla mate	very nicely	CC Madhya 3.43

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Madhya 3.121

bhāla-mate	very nicely	CC Madhya 4.37

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Madhya 6.211

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Madhya 9.255

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Madhya 12.93

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Madhya 12.118

bhāla-mate	with great care	CC Madhya 12.121

bhānumataḥ	from Bhānumān	SB 9.12.11

bhāva-mati	ecstatic mind	CC Antya 17.54

bhavadīya-sammataḥ	approved by the devotees of Your Lordship	SB 8.22.8

bheda-mataye	who produced different inclinations	SB 4.7.39

bhramat	by rolling	SB 2.7.14

bhramat	moving back and forth	SB 4.7.21

bhramat	moving	SB 5.21.13

bhramat	moving	SB 5.25.3

bhramat	wandering	SB 6.8.23

bhramat	wandering	SB 7.15.32-33

bhramat	moving	SB 8.12.20

bhramat	becoming bewildered	SB 10.60.27-28

bhramat	wandering	SB 10.77.14

bhramat	unsteady	SB 10.84.14

bhramat	wavering	SB 10.86.8

bhramat	wandering	SB 12.8.26-27

bhramat	becoming diverted	SB 12.8.48

bhramatā	turning around	SB 5.22.2

bhramataḥ	restless	SB 5.2.14

bhramataḥ	who are wandering	SB 6.5.43

bhramataḥ	who am wandering	SB 6.11.27

bhramataḥ	of the living entity rotating and wandering throughout the material universes	SB 7.9.44

bhramataḥ tu itaḥ tataḥ	the eyeballs, or the life air, moving here and there	SB 10.12.31

bhramataḥ	who was still moving about	SB 10.16.28

bhramataḥ	wandering	SB 10.16.38

bhramataḥ	who has been wandering	SB 10.51.53

bhramataḥ	as he wandered	SB 12.9.19

bhramataḥ	wandering	CC Madhya 22.46

bhramataḥ	wandering	CC Madhya 22.84

bhramatām	wandering	SB 1.5.18

bhramatām	of those turning around	SB 5.22.2

bhramatām	who are wandering	SB 12.8.1

bhramatām	of those wandering	CC Madhya 24.169

bhramate	is bewildered	SB 5.12.4

bhramate	moves	SB 5.18.38

bhramati	forgetting	BG 1.30

bhramati	moves	SB 4.11.17

bhramati	encircles	SB 4.12.39

bhramati	wanders	SB 4.29.84

bhramati	he wanders	SB 5.11.15

bhramati	flutters	SB 10.31.19

bhramati sma	(Duryodhana) became deluded	SB 10.75.39

bhramati	he wanders	SB 11.3.6

bhramatī	moving	SB 11.22.54-55

bhramati	wanders	CC Adi 4.125

bhramati	flutters	CC Adi 4.173

bhramati	bewilders	CC Madhya 8.219

bhramati	flutters	CC Madhya 18.65

bhramati	flutters	CC Antya 7.40

bhramati	performs his journey	Bs 5.52

bhraṣṭa-matiḥ	nonsense	SB 3.13.45

bhrātṛ-matīm	daughter having a brother	SB 4.1.2

asmat-bhuja	from my hand	SB 3.18.5

bhūta-pramatha	Bhūtas and Pramathas	SB 10.63.10-11

bindu-matyām	in the womb of his wife Bindumatī	SB 5.15.14-15

bindumatyām	whose name was Bindumatī	SB 9.6.38

ananya-bodhya-ātmatayā	as self-manifested, without the help of any other illuminating agent	SB 10.14.6

brahmatayā	as the Absolute Truth	SB 10.29.12

buddhi-matām	of the intelligent	BG 7.10

buddhi-matā	by an intelligent person	SB 10.1.48

buddhi-matām	of the intelligent	SB 11.29.22

cakṣuḥ-mat	as if possessed of eyes	SB 3.23.19

cakṣuṣmatā	by a person having eyes	SB 5.1.15

camatkāra	wonder	CC Adi 4.28

camatkāra-kārī	causing wonder	CC Adi 4.146

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Adi 4.237

mahā-camatkāra	great wonder and astonishment	CC Adi 5.167

camatkāra	astonished	CC Adi 5.183

camatkāra	struck with wonder	CC Adi 7.134

camatkāra	striking wonder	CC Adi 8.15

camatkāra	wonderful	CC Adi 10.103

camatkāra	wonderful	CC Adi 13.93

camatkāra	wonderful	CC Adi 14.21

camatkāra	wonder	CC Adi 16.9

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 3.109

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 4.32

camatkāra	struck with wonder	CC Madhya 4.86

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 4.178

camatkāra	struck with wonder	CC Madhya 5.108

baḍa camatkāra	very wonderful	CC Madhya 6.13

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 6.199

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 6.243

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 7.80

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 7.114

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 8.19

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 8.25

camatkāra-kārī	causing wonder	CC Madhya 8.149

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 8.271

camatkāra haila	were astonished	CC Madhya 9.67

camatkāra	astonished	CC Madhya 9.81

camatkāra	astonished	CC Madhya 9.90

mahā-camatkāra	greatly astonished	CC Madhya 9.236

haila camatkāra	became struck with wonder	CC Madhya 9.251

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 9.314

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 11.17

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 11.94

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 11.219

camatkāra	were astonished	CC Madhya 11.222

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 11.237

camatkāra	astonished	CC Madhya 13.19

camatkāra	astonished	CC Madhya 13.98

camatkāra	astonished	CC Madhya 13.176

camatkāra	astonished	CC Madhya 14.58

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 14.108

camatkāra	more wonderful	CC Madhya 14.111

camatkāra pāya	became very much astonished	CC Madhya 15.25

camatkāra	astonished	CC Madhya 15.35

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 15.62

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 17.33

camatkāra	astonished	CC Madhya 17.157

camatkāra	astonished	CC Madhya 18.20

ha-ila camatkāra	became astonished	CC Madhya 18.84

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 19.43

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 19.64

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 19.76

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 19.100

camatkāra haila	there was astonishment	CC Madhya 19.108

kare camatkāra	is certainly wonderful	CC Madhya 19.234

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 20.53

camatkāra-kārī	causing wonder	CC Madhya 20.182

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Madhya 21.81

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 21.104

sarva-adbhuta-camatkāra	bringing wonder to all	CC Madhya 23.82-83

camatkāra-kāṣṭhām	the platform of wonder	CC Madhya 23.95-98

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 24.264

camatkāra	wonderful astonishment	CC Madhya 24.319

haila camatkāra	there was astonishment	CC Madhya 25.69

camatkāra	astonished	CC Madhya 25.89

loke camatkāra	everyone is astonished	CC Madhya 25.161

camatkāra	wonder	CC Madhya 25.163

camatkāra haila	there was great astonishment	CC Antya 1.24

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Antya 1.30

camatkāra haila	there was great wonder	CC Antya 1.113

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Antya 1.141

camatkāra	much astonishment	CC Antya 1.157

camatkāra haila	there was astonishment	CC Antya 1.208

camatkāra haila	there was astonishment	CC Antya 3.89

camatkāra	astonished	CC Antya 3.143

camatkāra	astonished	CC Antya 3.211

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Antya 3.227

hailā camatkāra	became very surprised	CC Antya 4.18

haila camatkāra	there was astonishment	CC Antya 4.72

camatkāra haila	was astonished	CC Antya 4.106

hailā camatkāra	became astonished	CC Antya 4.202

camatkāra	wonder	CC Antya 5.128

camatkāra	struck with wonder	CC Antya 6.244

camatkāra	surprise	CC Antya 7.62

camatkāra	surprise	CC Antya 7.67

haila camatkāra	was astonishment	CC Antya 7.76

camatkāra haila	there was astonishment	CC Antya 7.79

camatkāra	great wonder	CC Antya 9.136

sabāra haila camatkāra	everyone became struck with wonder	CC Antya 9.147

hailā camatkāra	became astonished	CC Antya 14.77

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Antya 14.80

hailā camatkāra	they became struck with wonder	CC Antya 14.99

camatkāra	struck with wonder	CC Antya 16.75

camatkāra	great satisfaction	CC Antya 16.93

camatkāra	wonder	CC Antya 18.15

camatkāra	astonishment	CC Antya 18.45

camatkārayati	they appear very important	CC Madhya 19.165

camatkāre	astonishment	CC Madhya 7.115

haya camatkāre	becomes astonished	CC Madhya 17.101

camatkāritām	the madness	CC Antya 1.145

camatkṛti	wonder	CC Adi 16.80

camatkṛti-param	full of wonder	CC Antya 1.164

capala-mati	restless mind	CC Madhya 2.69

śrīmat-caraṇa-aravinda	of the feet, which are just like the most beautiful fragrant lotus flowers	SB 5.1.5

cārumatīm	named Cārumatī	SB 10.61.24

chaya mata	six different theses	CC Madhya 25.53

dadhi-amatrakam	the container of yogurt	SB 10.9.7

daitya-pramatha-rakṣasām	of various kinds of demons	SB 10.37.13

dakṣiṇa-mathurā	at southern Mathurā	CC Madhya 9.178

dakṣiṇa-mathurā	to southern Mathurā	CC Madhya 9.210

dakṣiṇām mathurām	the southern Mathurā (Madurai, the abode of Goddess Mīnākṣī)	SB 10.79.11-15

sva-dhāmataḥ	from their own residential quarters	SB 8.17.12

sva-dhāmataḥ	from Your own domain (i.e., from the abode of Death)	SB 10.37.15-20

dhāmatvāt	because of being the abode	CC Madhya 21.56

dhanuḥ-matām	among those who wield the bow	SB 11.16.20

dhanuḥ-mataḥ	of the bowman	CC Antya 1.195

e-dharma kemata	what kind of etiquette is this	CC Adi 17.145

dharmataḥ	under disciplinary regulations	SB 1.5.7

sva-dharmataḥ	being engaged in occupational service	SB 1.5.17

dharmataḥ	from Dharma Mahārāja	SB 7.11.6

dharmataḥ	fairly	SB 10.61.33

asmat-dhāryam	the garment meant for me	SB 9.18.5

asmat-dhāryam	meant to be worn by us	SB 9.18.5

dhenu-matyām	in the womb of Dhenumatī, the wife of Devadyumna	SB 5.15.3

dhī-matā	very intelligent	BG 1.3

dhī-matām	of those who are endowed with great wisdom	BG 6.42

dhī-matā	because he was very intelligent	SB 4.9.18

dhī-mate	the intelligent	SB 10.51.22

dhī-matā	the intelligent sage	SB 12.9.1

dhī-mataḥ	the intelligent	SB 12.10.40

dhī-matā	the intelligent	SB 12.12.13

dhī-mataḥ	who was an intelligent king	SB 12.12.23

dhī-mataḥ	the intelligent	SB 12.12.45

dhīmatā	the intelligent	SB 11.2.10

dhīmataḥ	who was such a greatly sober personality	SB 9.4.14

dṛḍha-matiḥ	firmly fixed intelligence	SB 6.14.6

dṛśi-mat	for all who have eyes	SB 10.38.14

dṛśi-matām	of those who have eyes	SB 10.52.37

dṛśi-matām	of those who can see	CC Madhya 24.52

duḥkha-mati	aggrieved	CC Adi 17.66

duḥsthitā matiḥ	oscillating mind	SB 1.5.14

dui-mata	two opinions	CC Adi 12.8

durātmatām	the hardheartedness	SB 10.30.34

durmate	O impudent one	SB 6.17.15

durmate	O foolish teacher	SB 7.5.26

durmate	O fool	MM 37

su-durmateḥ	whose mentality is most wicked	SB 10.54.22

durmateḥ	unintelligent	SB 11.7.68

durmateḥ	of a foolish person	SB 11.13.9-10

durmateḥ	whose intelligence was dull	SB 11.26.16

durmateḥ	the foolish	SB 12.12.40-41

pūrva-durmati	previous bad disposition	CC Madhya 6.240

durmatibhiḥ	by persons too attached to material enjoyment	SB 9.19.16

durmatiḥ	foolish	BG 18.16

durmatiḥ	a misguided person	SB 3.30.3

durmatiḥ	the ignorant person	SB 4.7.44

durmatiḥ	one who is less intelligent	SB 6.7.36

durmatiḥ	evil-minded	SB 7.1.18

durmatiḥ	without good intelligence	SB 10.4.43

durmatiḥ	the wicked-minded	SB 10.42.26-27

durmatiḥ	evil-hearted (Dantavakra)	SB 10.78.1-2

durmatiḥ	foolish	SB 10.78.24

durmatiḥ	wicked	SB 10.88.14

durmatiḥ	unintelligent	SB 10.89.41

durmatiḥ	the unintelligent (Viśvasphūrji)	SB 12.1.35

durmatim	the fool, whose heart is crooked	SB 10.44.32

durmatim	evil-minded	SB 10.54.52

dvārakā-mathurā-gokula	the three places known as Dvārakā, Mathurā and Vṛndāvana	CC Adi 5.16

dvārakā-mathurā-pure	in the two cities Dvārakā and Mathurā	CC Madhya 20.190

dyu-matām	among things that illuminate	SB 11.16.17

dyumat	of the name Dyumān	SB 4.25.47

dyumat	Dyumat	SB 8.1.19

dyumat-tamam	supremely effulgent	SB 10.89.52

dyumat	shining	SB 11.14.36-42

dyumataḥ	of Dyumān	SB 10.77.1

dyumati	glittering	SB 9.10.21

dyumatsenaḥ	Dyumatsena	SB 9.22.43

dyutimat	Dyutimān	SB 8.13.19

e-mata	thus	CC Adi 1.65-66

e-mata	in this way	CC Adi 2.104

e-mate	in this way	CC Adi 3.109

e-dharma kemata	what kind of etiquette is this	CC Adi 17.145

e-mata	such	CC Adi 17.154

e-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 10.20

e-mata	like this	CC Madhya 21.18

ei mata	like this	CC Adi 1.88-89

ei-mate	thus	CC Adi 2.62

ei mata	like this	CC Adi 4.36-37

ei-mata	like this	CC Adi 4.41

ei mata	like this	CC Adi 4.119-120

ei mata	like this	CC Adi 4.193

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 4.248

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 4.249

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 5.88

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 5.143

ei-mata	this kind of faith	CC Adi 5.177

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 6.51

ei mata	like this	CC Adi 7.133

ei mate	in this way	CC Adi 7.134

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 7.147

ei-mate	in this way	CC Adi 7.150

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 10.159

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 13.103

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 14.61

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 14.70

ei-mate	in this way	CC Adi 14.90

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 15.22

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 16.19

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 16.20

ei-mate	in this way	CC Adi 16.105

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.29

ei mate	in this way	CC Adi 17.51

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.86

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.88

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.120

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.139

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.151

ei-mate	in this way	CC Adi 17.201-202

ei mate	in this way	CC Adi 17.226

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.30

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.45

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.85

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.88

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.232

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.285

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 2.4

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 2.14

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 2.17

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 2.50

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 3.88

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 3.89

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 3.132

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 3.136

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 3.167

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 3.205

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 4.10

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 4.105

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 4.167

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 5.48

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 5.103

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 5.119

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 5.139

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 6.176

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 6.198

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 7.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.89

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.101

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.104

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.105

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.108

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.112

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.113

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.118

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.130

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.133

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.134

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.7

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.28

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.47

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.234

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.244

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.260

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.271

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 9.45

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 9.108

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 9.278

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 9.293

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 9.302

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 10.24

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 11.240

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 11.241

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.69

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.71

ei-mata	similarly	CC Madhya 12.89

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.92

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.117

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.133

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.135

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.142

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.176

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.196

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.216

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.63

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.68

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.69

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.71

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.111

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.119

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.180

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.4

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.36

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.59

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.69

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.91

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.102

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.201

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.243

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.255

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.4

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.12

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.26

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.31

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.36

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.64

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.86

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.88

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.88

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.89

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.91

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.92

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.143

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.147

ei-mata	like this	CC Madhya 15.154

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.155

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.181

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.35

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.47

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.68

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.76

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.82

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.84

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.146

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.147

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.153

ei-mata haya	is like this	CC Madhya 16.185

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.288

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.81

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.82

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.100

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.103

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.151

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.230

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.13

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.39

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.42

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.96

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.128

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.220

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.222

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 19.122

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 19.135

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 19.234

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 20.218

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 20.383

ei-mata	such	CC Madhya 21.8

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 21.10

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 22.164

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 23.93

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 24.322

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 25.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 25.177

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 25.216

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 1.37

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 1.61

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 1.213

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.12

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.15

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.33

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.47

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.79

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 2.145

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.167

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 3.38

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 3.40

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 3.245

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 4.36

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 4.45

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 4.51

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 4.104

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 4.135

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 4.206

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 4.213

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 5.90

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 5.146

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.12

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.35

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 6.37

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.81

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.159-160

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.213

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.217

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.271

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.293

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.297

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.300

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.303

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.325

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 7.4

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 7.153-154

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 8.6

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 8.96

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 9.4

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 9.12

ei mata	this is the opinion	CC Antya 9.39

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 9.123

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 10.41

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 10.65

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 10.103

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 10.133

ei-mata	like this	CC Antya 10.140-141

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 10.152

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 11.11

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 11.13

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 11.34

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 11.61

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 11.79

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 12.65

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 12.77

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 12.95

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 12.152

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 13.19

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 13.64

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 13.77

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 13.100

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 13.105

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 14.57

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 14.101

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 15.4

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 15.25

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 15.89

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 16.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 16.13

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 16.38

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 16.64

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 16.128

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 17.3

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 17.8

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 17.63

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 18.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 18.9

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 18.24

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 18.26

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 19.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 19.53

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 19.55

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 19.77

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 19.99

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 19.100

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 19.102

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 20.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 20.26

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 20.63

eimata	in this way	CC Adi 10.16

eimate	in this way	CC Adi 14.36

eka-ātmatām	merging into oneness	SB 3.25.34

eka-matyā	with unflinching devotion	SB 4.8.21

eka-mata	one opinion	CC Adi 12.8

eka-mata nahe	do not agree	CC Madhya 17.184

eka mata	the same version	CC Madhya 25.100

ekānta-matiḥ	fixed in monism or oneness of mind	SB 1.4.4

ekānta-matayaḥ	of those who are fixed in the Supreme, who is one	SB 1.15.47-48

eta mata	in this way	CC Antya 7.79

mamatā-gandha-hīna	not even the smallest quantity of intimacy	CC Madhya 19.218

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

garutmatā	getting up on the back of Garuḍa	SB 4.9.1

garutmataḥ	of Garuḍa	SB 3.21.11

garutmataḥ	of Garuḍa, the carrier of the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 5.14.42

garutmataḥ	of Garuḍa	SB 7.8.26

garutmate	at Garuḍa	SB 10.59.8

garutmate	toward Garuḍa	SB 10.59.9

garutmati	on the back of Garuḍa	SB 8.3.32

garutmati	on Garuḍa	SB 10.59.38-39

gata-matsaraiḥ	by those who are beyond the limit of envy	SB 3.13.10

gati-matām	of those living entities that can move	SB 10.21.19

gati-matām	of those who seek progress	SB 11.16.10

gati-matām	of those living entities that can move	CC Madhya 24.207

kṛṣṇa mathurāya gele	when Lord Kṛṣṇa departed for Mathurā	CC Antya 14.12

asmat-karaṇa-gocaram	appreciable by our direct senses, especially by our eyes	SB 8.5.45

dvārakā-mathurā-gokula	the three places known as Dvārakā, Mathurā and Vṛndāvana	CC Adi 5.16

gomatī	Gomatī	SB 5.19.17-18

gomatī	Gomatī	SB 12.1.21-26

gomatīm	at the Gomatī River	SB 10.79.11-15

svarūpa-gosāñira mata	the view of Svarūpa Dāmodara Gosvāmī	CC Madhya 2.93

bahu-yoga-grantha-sammatam	approved by all yogic processes and their scriptures	SB 5.10.15

a-gṛha-sammatām	who is not honored at home	SB 6.14.40

guṇa-ākṣipta-matiḥ	whose mind was agitated by the qualities	CC Madhya 24.117

guru-matyāḥ	especially when she is pregnant	SB 10.2.21

ātmanaḥ guru-mattayā	because of being heavier than he could personally perceive	SB 10.7.27

gurutmatā	by Garuḍa	SB 10.59.17-19

ha-ilā sammate	agreed	CC Madhya 5.80

sammata ha-ilā	became agreeable	CC Madhya 7.55

ha-ila camatkāra	became astonished	CC Madhya 18.84

nā habe sammati	will not agree	CC Madhya 5.69

camatkāra haila	were astonished	CC Madhya 9.67

haila camatkāra	became struck with wonder	CC Madhya 9.251

camatkāra haila	there was astonishment	CC Madhya 19.108

haila camatkāra	there was astonishment	CC Madhya 25.69

camatkāra haila	there was great astonishment	CC Antya 1.24

camatkāra haila	there was great wonder	CC Antya 1.113

camatkāra haila	there was astonishment	CC Antya 1.208

camatkāra haila	there was astonishment	CC Antya 3.89

hailā camatkāra	became very surprised	CC Antya 4.18

haila camatkāra	there was astonishment	CC Antya 4.72

camatkāra haila	was astonished	CC Antya 4.106

hailā camatkāra	became astonished	CC Antya 4.202

haila camatkāra	was astonishment	CC Antya 7.76

camatkāra haila	there was astonishment	CC Antya 7.79

sabāra haila camatkāra	everyone became struck with wonder	CC Antya 9.147

hailā camatkāra	became astonished	CC Antya 14.77

hailā camatkāra	they became struck with wonder	CC Antya 14.99

unmatta hañā	he became just like a madman	CC Madhya 10.104

hañā unmatta	like a madman	CC Madhya 18.121-122

prema matta hañā	being overwhelmed by ecstatic love	CC Madhya 19.107

unmatta hañā	just like a madman	CC Antya 2.18

hanūmat	Hanumān	SB 2.7.43-45

hanumat	Hanumān	SB 9.10.16

hanumat-yutaḥ	accompanied by Hanumān	SB 9.10.32

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

harṣa-mati	very pleased	CC Adi 13.121

haviṣmat	of the name Haviṣmān	SB 8.5.8

haviṣmat	Haviṣmān	SB 8.13.21

haviṣmatyā	because of possessing a kāmadhenu, a cow that could supply everything	SB 9.15.24

ei-mata haya	is like this	CC Madhya 16.185

haya camatkāre	becomes astonished	CC Madhya 17.101

śunite haya mati	I wish to hear	CC Madhya 25.90

hena-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 4.75

hena-mate	in this way	CC Antya 13.3

mamatā-gandha-hīna	not even the smallest quantity of intimacy	CC Madhya 19.218

ikṣu-matyāḥ taṭe	on the bank of the river known as Ikṣumatī	SB 5.10.1

ha-ilā sammate	agreed	CC Madhya 5.80

sammata ha-ilā	became agreeable	CC Madhya 7.55

ha-ila camatkāra	became astonished	CC Madhya 18.84

īśvara-ātmatvāt	because of coming from the Personality of Godhead Himself	SB 11.3.43

bhramataḥ tu itaḥ tataḥ	the eyeballs, or the life air, moving here and there	SB 10.12.31

jaḍa-matiḥ	most dull intelligence	SB 5.9.8

jaḍī-kṛta-matiḥ	whose intelligence has been dulled	SB 6.3.25

jagmatuḥ	they reached	SB 7.1.47

jagmatuḥ	returned	SB 8.6.27

jagmatuḥ	departed	SB 10.10.43

jagmatuḥ	the two of Them went	SB 10.15.27

jagmatuḥ	the two of Them went	SB 10.41.43

jagmatuḥ	they went	SB 11.7.62

sumatiḥ jaiminiḥ kratuḥ	Sumati, Jaimini and Kratu	SB 10.74.7-9

smṛti-mat janma	a birth enabling one to remember the lotus feet of the Lord	SB 5.19.28

jāta-matsarāḥ	envious	SB 8.8.39-40

jīva-mati	considering an ordinary living being	CC Madhya 18.117

tāńra mata kahi	I am speaking the opinion of the Siddhārtha-saṃhitā	CC Madhya 20.226

kāmataḥ	rising out of lust	SB 10.85.41-43

kāmatvāt	because of accepting happiness with such characteristics	SB 11.10.21

kānti-matīm	shining	SB 3.20.39

kānti-mat	shining	MM 8

karaha sammati	kindly agree to this proposal	CC Madhya 16.89

asmat-karaṇa-gocaram	appreciable by our direct senses, especially by our eyes	SB 8.5.45

karaye unmatta	makes mad	CC Adi 6.49-50

kare camatkāra	is certainly wonderful	CC Madhya 19.234

kareṇumatyām	in the wife named Kareṇumatī	SB 9.22.32

camatkāra-kārī	causing wonder	CC Adi 4.146

camatkāra-kārī	causing wonder	CC Madhya 8.149

camatkāra-kārī	causing wonder	CC Madhya 20.182

unmatta kariyā	making like a madman	CC Adi 5.233

karmataḥ	from acting in some way	SB 5.10.21

camatkāra-kāṣṭhām	the platform of wonder	CC Madhya 23.95-98

katamat	what is that	SB 4.25.4

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

ke-mate	how	CC Madhya 3.32

ke-mate	how	CC Madhya 4.27

ke-mate	how	CC Madhya 4.184

ke mate	how	CC Antya 6.40

ke-mate khāiba	how shall I eat	CC Antya 11.19

ke-mate upekṣiba	how shall I neglect	CC Antya 11.19

ke-mate	how	CC Antya 13.59

e-dharma kemata	what kind of etiquette is this	CC Adi 17.145

kemate	how	CC Adi 13.68

kemate	how	CC Madhya 1.71

kemate	how	CC Madhya 3.195

kemate	how	CC Madhya 5.36

kemate	how	CC Madhya 6.74

ke-mate khāiba	how shall I eat	CC Antya 11.19

para-matera khaṇḍane	busy in refuting the opinions of others	CC Madhya 25.55

kon mate	by which way	CC Antya 3.51

kona-mate	in some way	CC Adi 2.112

kona-mate	somehow or other	CC Madhya 9.247

kona mate	somehow or other	CC Madhya 19.14

kramataḥ	gradually	SB 8.19.34

kramataḥ	advancing	SB 8.20.34

kramate	You roamed	SB 5.18.28

sumatiḥ jaiminiḥ kratuḥ	Sumati, Jaimini and Kratu	SB 10.74.7-9

kratumat	Kratumān	SB 9.16.36

artha-kriyā-ātmatām	the essence of purposeful activity	SB 12.11.16

kṛṣṇa-mateḥ	one who is fully absorbed in thinking of Kṛṣṇa	SB 1.6.27

kṛṣṇa mathurāya gele	when Lord Kṛṣṇa departed for Mathurā	CC Antya 14.12

kṛṣṇe mati rahu	just remain always Kṛṣṇa conscious	CC Madhya 19.93

kṛṣṇera abhimata	the desire of Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 22.125

viruddha-mati-kṛt	a statement of opposing elements	CC Adi 16.62

viruddha-mati-kṛt	that which creates a contradiction	CC Adi 16.64

kṛta-matim	the mind being so given	SB 3.12.29

kṛta-matiḥ	desiring	SB 3.31.22

jaḍī-kṛta-matiḥ	whose intelligence has been dulled	SB 6.3.25

kṛta-matiḥ	deciding	SB 10.56.20

kṛtamatiḥ	having decided	SB 1.8.8

yuṣmat-kṛte	on your account	SB 1.9.13

kṣamate	is able	CC Adi 17.281

kṣamate	is able	CC Madhya 9.150

ku-matiḥ	being foolish	SB 3.31.30

ku-matiḥ	whose mind is full of obnoxious thoughts	SB 4.28.17

ku-matiḥ	foolish	SB 10.54.23

ku-matiḥ	foolish	SB 10.62.9

ku-matiḥ	foolish	SB 10.88.35

ku-matiḥ	a foolish person	SB 11.11.8

asmat-kula	our family	SB 4.11.8

asmat-kula	in my own family	SB 12.8.2-5

yuṣmat-kule	in your dynasty	SB 8.19.4

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

kumateḥ	of one who is of low mentality	SB 1.15.19

kumati	bad intentions	CC Adi 17.220

kumatiḥ	a fool	SB 4.15.24

kumatiḥ	I am wrongly thinking they are my possessions	SB 10.8.42

kumatim	poor fund of knowledge	SB 1.9.36

kumatinā	by bad consciousness	SB 1.15.17

unmatta-lińginaḥ	who dress as if madmen	SB 6.15.11

loke camatkāra	everyone is astonished	CC Madhya 25.161

mā viramata	do not stop	SB 10.13.13

mada-unmathita	being intoxicated	SB 1.15.22-23

maṇimat-mada-ādayaḥ	Maṇimān, Mada, etc.	SB 4.4.4

mada-matta	one is drunk	CC Adi 7.22

mada-matta	being intoxicated by drinking Vāruṇī	CC Adi 17.118

madamatta	madman	CC Adi 7.78

manmatha-madana	captivator of Cupid himself	CC Madhya 8.139

madhu-mathana	O killer of the Madhu demon	SB 6.9.39

madirā-mattau	very intoxicated because of drinking liquor	SB 10.10.7

mahā-mate	O great sage	SB 1.5.27

mahā-mate	O great Vidura	SB 4.1.38

mahā-mate	O great soul	SB 4.8.3

mahā-matiḥ	most intelligent or thoughtful	SB 4.12.8

mahā-mate	O great soul	SB 4.19.27

mahā-matsyāya	unto the gigantic fish incarnation	SB 5.18.25

mahā-matiḥ	Prahlāda Mahārāja, who possessed great intelligence	SB 7.5.15

mahā-matiḥ	the most intelligent person	SB 8.6.30

mahā-matiḥ	high-minded	SB 10.38.1

mahā-matiḥ	the magnanimous (Vasudeva)	SB 10.45.28

mahā-matiḥ	generous	SB 10.53.34

mahā-matiḥ	great-minded	SB 10.71.1

mahā-matiḥ	greatly intelligent	SB 10.74.10-11

mahā-mate	O generous one	SB 10.84.40

mahā-mate	O most intelligent one	SB 11.11.4

mahā-matiḥ	very intelligent	SB 12.1.18

mahā-matiḥ	the powerfully intelligent sage	SB 12.6.51

mahā-camatkāra	great wonder and astonishment	CC Adi 5.167

mahā-matta	highly ecstatic	CC Adi 7.22

mahā-mati	advanced in spiritual consciousness	CC Adi 11.45

mahā-mati	O intelligent brāhmaṇa	CC Madhya 5.69

mahā-camatkāra	greatly astonished	CC Madhya 9.236

mahā-mati	very intelligent	CC Madhya 10.46

mahā-mati	all highly intellectual	CC Madhya 10.53

mahā-mati	great personality	CC Madhya 10.116

mahā-mati	learned scholar	CC Antya 7.16

māhiṣmatī purī	the city of Māhiṣmatī	SB 10.79.19-21

māhiṣmatī-pure	at Māhiṣmatī-pura	CC Madhya 9.310

māhiṣmatīm	to the capital of Kārtavīryārjuna	SB 9.15.26

māhiṣmatīm	to the place known as Māhiṣmatī	SB 9.16.17

māhiṣmatyām	in the city known as Māhiṣmatī	SB 9.15.22

mamatā-ākulaḥ	too much affected by attachment to family	SB 4.28.5

mamatā-āspadāḥ	false seats or abodes of intimate relationship ('mineness')	SB 7.7.44

mamatā	everything belonging to the material body is mine	SB 7.12.29-30

mamatā-ālambi	for that which one identifies with as his possessions	SB 10.14.51

mamatā	of possessiveness	SB 10.14.53

mamatā	by the sense of possession	SB 12.3.7

mamatā-gandha-hīna	not even the smallest quantity of intimacy	CC Madhya 19.218

mamatā	intimacy	CC Madhya 19.225

mamatā-adhikye	on account of greater intimacy	CC Madhya 19.227

mamatā-adhikya	increase of intimacy	CC Madhya 19.231

ananya-mamatā	having a sense of relationships with no others	CC Madhya 23.8

mamatā	the sense of ownership	CC Madhya 23.8

mamatā	affection	CC Antya 4.171

mamatām	affinity	SB 2.4.2

mamatām	affinity	SB 4.20.6

mamatām	the sense of ownership	SB 5.11.16

aham-mamatām	the conception of 'I and my'	SB 5.19.15

mamatām	unto Mamatā	SB 9.20.37

aham-mamatām	egotism and possessiveness	SB 10.20.39

mamatām	false sense of proprietorship	SB 11.8.29

mamatām	possessiveness	SB 12.3.9-13

mamatayā	with the sense of 'my'	SB 12.2.43

māmateyam	the great sage Bhṛgu	SB 9.20.23

mamatva	of a sense of ownership	CC Madhya 23.7

mamatvam	ownership	SB 6.16.7

mamatvam	possessiveness	SB 12.2.40

mamatvena	by attachment	SB 4.27.10

man-matha	of Cupid (who bewilders the mind)	SB 10.32.2

manda-matayaḥ	dull-headed	SB 10.68.32-33

manda-mateḥ	foolish	CC Adi 1.15

manda-mateḥ	foolish	CC Madhya 1.3

manda-mateḥ	foolish	CC Antya 1.5

śrīman-mathurā-maṇḍale	in Mathurā, where Kṛṣṇa specifically performs His pastimes	CC Madhya 22.132

maṇi-mat	gem-studded	SB 3.15.41

maṇimat-mada-ādayaḥ	Maṇimān, Mada, etc.	SB 4.4.4

manmatha	by Cupid	SB 3.14.30

manmatha	of Cupid	CC Adi 5.213

manmatha-rūpe	in the form of Cupid	CC Adi 5.213

manmatha	of Cupid	CC Adi 5.214

manmatha	of Cupid	CC Madhya 8.81

manmatha-madana	captivator of Cupid himself	CC Madhya 8.139

manmatha	of Cupid	CC Madhya 8.140

manmatha	Cupids	CC Antya 15.56

manmathaḥ	Cupid	CC Adi 5.214

manmathaḥ	the bewilderer	CC Madhya 8.81

manmathaḥ	Cupid	CC Madhya 8.140

manmathera	of Cupid	CC Madhya 21.107

śrī-mat	beautiful	BG 10.41

śruti-mat	having ears	BG 13.14

maṇi-mat	gem-studded	SB 3.15.41

vibhūti-mat	the abode of the goddess of fortune	SB 3.19.15

cakṣuḥ-mat	as if possessed of eyes	SB 3.23.19

bhakti-mat	according to the regulative principles of devotional service	SB 4.8.59-60

ṛddhi-mat	still more beautified on account of this	SB 4.24.47-48

vipruṭ-mat	carrying particles of water	SB 4.25.18

smṛti-mat janma	a birth enabling one to remember the lotus feet of the Lord	SB 5.19.28

akhila-ṛddhi-mat	possessing the opulence of the entire universe	SB 7.4.8

ṛddhi-mat	extremely opulent in all respects	SB 9.6.43

śrī-mat	divine	SB 10.34.9

dṛśi-mat	for all who have eyes	SB 10.38.14

ṛddhi-mat	supremely opulent	SB 10.48.10

śrī-mat	opulent	SB 10.53.8-9

śrī-mat	opulent	SB 10.53.34

śrī-mat	opulent	SB 10.69.7-8

śrī-mat	beautiful	SB 10.75.33

śrī-mat	opulent	SB 10.80.16-17

śrī-mat	divine	SB 10.83.41-42

surabhi-mat	fragrant	SB 11.27.43

virakti-mat	including renunciation	SB 12.10.37

śrī-mat	filled with all spiritual power	CC Madhya 14.13

vibhūti-mat	extraordinarily opulent	CC Madhya 20.375

śrī-mat	full of wealth	CC Madhya 20.375

kānti-mat	shining	MM 8

dhī-matā	very intelligent	BG 1.3

dhī-matā	because he was very intelligent	SB 4.9.18

bhakti-matā	by the devotee	SB 4.24.54

buddhi-matā	by an intelligent person	SB 10.1.48

vipruṭ-matā	containing droplets of the water	SB 10.16.5

dhī-matā	the intelligent sage	SB 12.9.1

dhī-matā	the intelligent	SB 12.12.13

e-mata	thus	CC Adi 1.65-66

ei mata	like this	CC Adi 1.88-89

e-mata	in this way	CC Adi 2.104

ei mata	like this	CC Adi 4.36-37

ei-mata	like this	CC Adi 4.41

ei mata	like this	CC Adi 4.119-120

ei mata	like this	CC Adi 4.193

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 4.248

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 4.249

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 5.88

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 5.143

ei-mata	this kind of faith	CC Adi 5.177

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 6.51

ei mata	like this	CC Adi 7.133

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 7.147

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 10.159

eka-mata	one opinion	CC Adi 12.8

dui-mata	two opinions	CC Adi 12.8

sva-mata	their own opinions	CC Adi 12.9

sei-mata	exactly like that	CC Adi 13.41

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 13.103

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 14.61

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 14.70

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 15.22

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 16.19

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 16.20

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.29

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.86

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.88

ei-mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.120

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.139

ei mata	in this way	CC Adi 17.151

e-mata	such	CC Adi 17.154

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.30

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.45

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.85

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.88

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.232

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 1.285

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 2.4

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 2.14

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 2.17

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 2.50

svarūpa-gosāñira mata	the view of Svarūpa Dāmodara Gosvāmī	CC Madhya 2.93

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 3.88

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 3.89

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 3.132

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 3.136

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 3.167

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 4.10

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 4.105

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 4.167

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 5.48

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 5.119

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 5.139

vijña-mata	statements of authorized persons	CC Madhya 6.80

nija-mata	His own conviction	CC Madhya 6.177

śāstra-mata	the principles of authorized scriptures	CC Madhya 6.190

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 6.198

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.89

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.101

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.104

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.105

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.108

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.112

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.113

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.118

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.130

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.133

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 7.134

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.7

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.28

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.47

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.234

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.244

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.260

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 8.271

nānā-mata	various opinions	CC Madhya 8.301

nija-mata	own opinions	CC Madhya 8.301

nānā-mata	by various philosophies	CC Madhya 9.1

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 9.108

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 9.278

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 9.302

e-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 10.20

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 10.24

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 11.240

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 11.241

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.69

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.71

ei-mata	similarly	CC Madhya 12.89

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.92

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.117

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.133

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.135

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.142

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.176

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.196

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 12.216

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.63

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.68

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.69

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.71

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.111

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.119

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 13.180

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.4

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.36

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.59

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.69

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.91

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.102

nānā-mata	various kinds of	CC Madhya 14.134

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.201

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.243

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 14.255

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.4

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.12

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.26

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.31

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.36

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.64

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.86

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.88

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.88

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.89

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.91

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.92

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.143

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.147

ei-mata	like this	CC Madhya 15.154

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.155

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 15.181

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.35

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.47

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.68

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.76

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.82

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.84

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.146

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.147

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.153

ei-mata haya	is like this	CC Madhya 16.185

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 16.288

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.81

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.82

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.100

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.103

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.151

eka-mata nahe	do not agree	CC Madhya 17.184

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 17.230

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.13

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.39

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.42

sei-mata	similarly	CC Madhya 18.56

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.96

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.128

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.220

sei-mata	in that way	CC Madhya 18.221

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 18.222

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 19.122

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 19.135

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 19.234

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 20.218

tāńra mata kahi	I am speaking the opinion of the Siddhārtha-saṃhitā	CC Madhya 20.226

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 20.383

ei-mata	such	CC Madhya 21.8

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 21.10

e-mata	like this	CC Madhya 21.18

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 22.164

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 23.93

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 24.322

ei mata	in this way	CC Madhya 25.3

sei mata sāra	that explanation is actually the essence of Vedic knowledge	CC Madhya 25.45

āra yata mata	any other opinion not in collaboration with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu's statement	CC Madhya 25.45

sva-mata sthāpite	to establish his own opinion	CC Madhya 25.49

chaya mata	six different theses	CC Madhya 25.53

sva-sva-mata	their own personal opinions	CC Madhya 25.55

eka mata	the same version	CC Madhya 25.100

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 25.177

ei-mata	in this way	CC Madhya 25.216

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 1.61

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 1.213

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.12

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.15

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.33

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.47

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.79

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 2.167

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 3.38

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 3.40

śāstra-mata	sanctioned by the revealed scriptures	CC Antya 3.221

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 3.245

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 4.36

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 4.45

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 4.51

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 4.104

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 4.206

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 5.90

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 5.146

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.12

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.35

nānā-mata	various types	CC Antya 6.72

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.81

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.159-160

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.213

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.217

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.271

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.293

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.297

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.300

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.303

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 6.325

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 7.4

eta mata	in this way	CC Antya 7.79

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 7.153-154

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 8.6

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 8.96

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 9.4

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 9.12

ei mata	this is the opinion	CC Antya 9.39

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 9.123

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 10.65

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 10.103

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 10.133

ei-mata	like this	CC Antya 10.140-141

āmāra mata	My mind	CC Antya 10.150

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 10.152

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 11.11

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 11.13

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 11.34

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 12.65

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 12.95

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 13.19

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 13.64

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 13.105

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 14.57

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 14.101

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 15.4

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 15.25

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 15.89

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 16.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 16.13

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 16.38

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 16.128

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 17.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 17.63

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 18.9

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 18.24

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 18.26

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 19.53

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 19.55

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 19.77

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 19.99

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 19.102

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 20.3

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 20.26

ei-mata	in this way	CC Antya 20.63

bahu-mataḥ	in great estimation	BG 2.35

adhātu-mataḥ	without being materially constituted	SB 2.8.7

tat-bhakti-mataḥ	the devotees of the Lord	SB 6.3.18

svasti-mataḥ	being very healthy	SB 6.10.27

asat-mataḥ	not desired by them	SB 9.6.41-42

sat-mataḥ	well recognized by higher circles	SB 9.9.31

dhī-mataḥ	the intelligent	SB 12.10.40

dhī-mataḥ	who was an intelligent king	SB 12.12.23

dhī-mataḥ	the intelligent	SB 12.12.45

dhanuḥ-mataḥ	of the bowman	CC Antya 1.195

śrī-matām	of the prosperous	BG 6.41

dhī-matām	of those who are endowed with great wisdom	BG 6.42

buddhi-matām	of the intelligent	BG 7.10

tat-matam	his mind	SB 9.15.7

bhakti-matām	of the devotees	SB 10.9.21

gati-matām	of those living entities that can move	SB 10.21.19

saṃskāra-ādi-matām	who possess such purification and so forth	SB 10.23.43-44

dṛśi-matām	of those who have eyes	SB 10.52.37

gati-matām	of those who seek progress	SB 11.16.10

dyu-matām	among things that illuminate	SB 11.16.17

dhanuḥ-matām	among those who wield the bow	SB 11.16.20

buddhi-matām	of the intelligent	SB 11.29.22

bhakti-matām	for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service	CC Madhya 8.227

bhakti-matām	for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service	CC Madhya 9.132

dṛśi-matām	of those who can see	CC Madhya 24.52

bhakti-matām	for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service	CC Madhya 24.86

gati-matām	of those living entities that can move	CC Madhya 24.207

bhakti-matām	of those engaged in devotional service	CC Antya 3.85

bhakti-matām	for persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service	CC Antya 7.27

bahu matam	most desirable	MM 5

sumanda-matayaḥ	misguided	SB 1.1.10

ekānta-matayaḥ	of those who are fixed in the Supreme, who is one	SB 1.15.47-48

vimuṣṭa-matayaḥ	those who have lost their right intelligence	SB 4.9.9

rikta-matayaḥ	persons devoid of devotional service	SB 4.22.39

vidveṣa-naṣṭa-matayaḥ	whose intelligence was lost in envy	SB 6.14.43

su-matayaḥ	intelligent persons	SB 10.60.38

manda-matayaḥ	dull-headed	SB 10.68.32-33

mūḍha-matayaḥ	foolish, without good sense	CC Madhya 17.36

bheda-mataye	who produced different inclinations	SB 4.7.39

mahā-mate	O great sage	SB 1.5.27

mahā-mate	O great Vidura	SB 4.1.38

mahā-mate	O great soul	SB 4.8.3

mahā-mate	O great soul	SB 4.19.27

dhī-mate	the intelligent	SB 10.51.22

mahā-mate	O generous one	SB 10.84.40

mahā-mate	O most intelligent one	SB 11.11.4

ei-mate	thus	CC Adi 2.62

bhāla-mate	in a good way	CC Adi 2.108

kona-mate	in some way	CC Adi 2.112

e-mate	in this way	CC Adi 3.109

ei mate	in this way	CC Adi 7.134

ei-mate	in this way	CC Adi 7.150

ei-mate	in this way	CC Adi 14.90

vidhi-mate	according to the Vedic system	CC Adi 15.24

bhāla-mate	scrutinizingly	CC Adi 16.48

ei-mate	in this way	CC Adi 16.105

ei mate	in this way	CC Adi 17.51

ei-mate	in this way	CC Adi 17.201-202

ei mate	in this way	CC Adi 17.226

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Adi 17.276

ke-mate	how	CC Madhya 3.32

bhāla mate	very nicely	CC Madhya 3.43

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Madhya 3.121

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 3.205

ke-mate	how	CC Madhya 4.27

bhāla-mate	very nicely	CC Madhya 4.37

hena-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 4.75

ke-mate	how	CC Madhya 4.184

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 5.103

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 6.176

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Madhya 6.211

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 7.3

vidhi-mate	according to ritualistic ceremonies	CC Madhya 8.15

prabhu-mate	into the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Madhya 9.45

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 9.45

nava mate	in nine basic principles	CC Madhya 9.49

kona-mate	somehow or other	CC Madhya 9.247

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Madhya 9.255

ei-mate	in this way	CC Madhya 9.293

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Madhya 12.93

bhāla-mate	very well	CC Madhya 12.118

bhāla-mate	with great care	CC Madhya 12.121

kona mate	somehow or other	CC Madhya 19.14

tāra mate	according to the opinion of Siddhārtha-saṃhitā	CC Madhya 20.223

tāra mate	according to this opinion	CC Madhya 20.237

veda-mate	in the Vedic version	CC Madhya 25.52

vedānta-mate	according to Vedānta philosophy	CC Madhya 25.54

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 1.37

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 2.145

kon mate	by which way	CC Antya 3.51

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 4.135

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 4.213

ye-mate	in whatever way	CC Antya 6.33

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 6.37

ke mate	how	CC Antya 6.40

nānā mate	in various ways	CC Antya 7.90

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 10.41

ke-mate khāiba	how shall I eat	CC Antya 11.19

ke-mate upekṣiba	how shall I neglect	CC Antya 11.19

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 11.61

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 11.79

bahu-mate	in various ways	CC Antya 12.67

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 12.77

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 12.152

hena-mate	in this way	CC Antya 13.3

nānā-mate	in various ways	CC Antya 13.3

ke-mate	how	CC Antya 13.59

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 13.77

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 13.100

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 16.64

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 17.8

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 18.3

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 19.3

ei-mate	in this way	CC Antya 19.100

nānā-mate	in various ways	CC Antya 20.114

kṛṣṇa-mateḥ	one who is fully absorbed in thinking of Kṛṣṇa	SB 1.6.27

bhagavat-mateḥ	of exalted intelligence in Kṛṣṇa consciousness	SB 6.17.39

aham-mateḥ	of the conception of false ego	SB 11.28.26

manda-mateḥ	foolish	CC Adi 1.15

manda-mateḥ	foolish	CC Madhya 1.3

manda-mateḥ	foolish	CC Antya 1.5

para-matera khaṇḍane	busy in refuting the opinions of others	CC Madhya 25.55

man-matha	of Cupid (who bewilders the mind)	SB 10.32.2

madhu-mathana	O killer of the Madhu demon	SB 6.9.39

dvārakā-mathurā-gokula	the three places known as Dvārakā, Mathurā and Vṛndāvana	CC Adi 5.16

dakṣiṇa-mathurā	at southern Mathurā	CC Madhya 9.178

dakṣiṇa-mathurā	to southern Mathurā	CC Madhya 9.210

dvārakā-mathurā-pure	in the two cities Dvārakā and Mathurā	CC Madhya 20.190

śrīman-mathurā-maṇḍale	in Mathurā, where Kṛṣṇa specifically performs His pastimes	CC Madhya 22.132

dakṣiṇām mathurām	the southern Mathurā (Madurai, the abode of Goddess Mīnākṣī)	SB 10.79.11-15

kṛṣṇa mathurāya gele	when Lord Kṛṣṇa departed for Mathurā	CC Antya 14.12

sindhu-mathyam	produced from the ocean of milk	SB 8.12.47

yathā-adhītam yathā-mati	as far as my realization	SB 1.3.44

nānā-mati	different vision	SB 3.5.23

yathā-mati	according to their different capacities	SB 4.7.24

viṣakta-mati	whose mind was too much attracted	SB 5.8.13

rati-mati	affection and attraction	CC Adi 6.57

mahā-mati	advanced in spiritual consciousness	CC Adi 11.45

harṣa-mati	very pleased	CC Adi 13.121

viruddha-mati	a contradictory conception	CC Adi 16.55

viruddha-mati-kṛt	a statement of opposing elements	CC Adi 16.62

viruddha-mati-kṛt	that which creates a contradiction	CC Adi 16.64

duḥkha-mati	aggrieved	CC Adi 17.66

capala-mati	restless mind	CC Madhya 2.69

mahā-mati	O intelligent brāhmaṇa	CC Madhya 5.69

mahā-mati	very intelligent	CC Madhya 10.46

mahā-mati	all highly intellectual	CC Madhya 10.53

mahā-mati	great personality	CC Madhya 10.116

jīva-mati	considering an ordinary living being	CC Madhya 18.117

kṛṣṇe mati rahu	just remain always Kṛṣṇa conscious	CC Madhya 19.93

asańkoca-mati	without hesitation	CC Madhya 20.350

śunite haya mati	I wish to hear	CC Madhya 25.90

anānā-mati-upalakṣaṇaḥ	who is not realized by persons having many angles of vision	CC Madhya 25.133

mahā-mati	learned scholar	CC Antya 7.16

bhāva-mati	ecstatic mind	CC Antya 17.54

sūkṣma-mati	very finely intelligent	CC Antya 18.93

pāda-sevāya mati	her desire is to serve the lotus feet	CC Antya 20.60

sama-matibhiḥ	by persons who have conquered the mind	SB 6.16.34

sthūla-matibhiḥ	to those whose intelligence is dull	SB 11.7.51

ekānta-matiḥ	fixed in monism or oneness of mind	SB 1.4.4

duḥsthitā matiḥ	oscillating mind	SB 1.5.14

askhalitā matiḥ	uninterrupted attention	SB 1.5.27

bhraṣṭa-matiḥ	nonsense	SB 3.13.45

kṛta-matiḥ	desiring	SB 3.31.22

ku-matiḥ	being foolish	SB 3.31.30

pṛthak-matiḥ	my mind fixed on things other than the Lord	SB 4.9.30

mahā-matiḥ	most intelligent or thoughtful	SB 4.12.8

viparyaya-matiḥ	one who has developed perverse intelligence	SB 4.14.29

ku-matiḥ	whose mind is full of obnoxious thoughts	SB 4.28.17

spṛhā-matiḥ	consciousness with attachment	SB 5.1.3

vibudha-matiḥ	Āgnīdhra, who possessed intelligence like that of the demigods	SB 5.2.17

anāvṛta-matiḥ	whose intelligence is not bewildered	SB 5.3.14

jaḍa-matiḥ	most dull intelligence	SB 5.9.8

nirmita-matiḥ	whose mind is absorbed in that	SB 5.14.7

atirajaḥ-vala-matiḥ	whose mind is overcome by lust	SB 5.14.9

nikṛta-matiḥ	whose intelligence has been brought to the abominable status of defying the authority of the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 5.14.13

avasita-matiḥ	whose mind is determined	SB 5.14.36

ati-śuddha-matiḥ	whose completely pure consciousness (full realization that the body and mind are separate from the soul)	SB 5.15.7

āveśita-matiḥ	whose mind was fully absorbed	SB 5.20.25

vimohita-matiḥ	whose intelligence is bewildered	SB 6.3.25

jaḍī-kṛta-matiḥ	whose intelligence has been dulled	SB 6.3.25

dṛḍha-matiḥ	firmly fixed intelligence	SB 6.14.6

sambhāvita-matiḥ	considering himself highly esteemed	SB 6.17.14

mahā-matiḥ	Prahlāda Mahārāja, who possessed great intelligence	SB 7.5.15

ātma-matiḥ	fully absorbed in thoughts of the Supreme Lord	SB 7.7.35

stabdha-matiḥ	possessing blunt intelligence	SB 8.4.10

mahā-matiḥ	the most intelligent person	SB 8.6.30

bāliśa-matiḥ	without sufficient knowledge	SB 8.19.18

stabdha-matiḥ	such an unintelligent person	SB 8.22.11

pṛthak-matiḥ	a sense of distinction (between enemy and friend)	SB 9.8.13

pāpa-matiḥ	very, very sinful, having a polluted mind	SB 10.8.8-9

mahā-matiḥ	high-minded	SB 10.38.1

mahā-matiḥ	the magnanimous (Vasudeva)	SB 10.45.28

mahā-matiḥ	generous	SB 10.53.34

ku-matiḥ	foolish	SB 10.54.23

kṛta-matiḥ	deciding	SB 10.56.20

ku-matiḥ	foolish	SB 10.62.9

mahā-matiḥ	great-minded	SB 10.71.1

mahā-matiḥ	greatly intelligent	SB 10.74.10-11

ku-matiḥ	foolish	SB 10.88.35

ku-matiḥ	a foolish person	SB 11.11.8

abahiḥ-matiḥ	awareness within (of the eternal soul)	SB 11.16.26

mahā-matiḥ	very intelligent	SB 12.1.18

mahā-matiḥ	the powerfully intelligent sage	SB 12.6.51

guṇa-ākṣipta-matiḥ	whose mind was agitated by the qualities	CC Madhya 24.117

nirmala-matiḥ	naturally clean-minded	CC Antya 1.108

kṛta-matim	the mind being so given	SB 3.12.29

kānti-matīm	shining	SB 3.20.39

bhrātṛ-matīm	daughter having a brother	SB 4.1.2

su-matim	Sumatim	SB 5.7.2

na ati-vyutpanna-matim	unto King Rahūgaṇa, who was not actually experienced	SB 5.10.8

ātma-matim	the concept of the self	SB 5.13.25

asat-matim	the unclean mentality (accepting the body as the self)	SB 8.24.47

asat-matim	no attachment	SB 9.4.27

sat-matim	pure consciousness	SB 12.11.46

avyavasita-matīn	who had lost all intelligence in the present situation	SB 10.7.9

jāta-matsarāḥ	envious	SB 8.8.39-40

gata-matsaraiḥ	by those who are beyond the limit of envy	SB 3.13.10

māyā-matsya-viḍambanam	which is simply an imitation of a fish	SB 8.24.1

māyā-matsyasya	and the fish incarnation	SB 8.24.59

mahā-matsyāya	unto the gigantic fish incarnation	SB 5.18.25

mahā-matta	highly ecstatic	CC Adi 7.22

mada-matta	one is drunk	CC Adi 7.22

mada-matta	being intoxicated by drinking Vāruṇī	CC Adi 17.118

preme matta	maddened in the ecstasy of love of Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 4.22

prema-matta	maddened in love of Godhead	CC Madhya 7.98

prema matta hañā	being overwhelmed by ecstatic love	CC Madhya 19.107

preme matta	overwhelmed by ecstasy	CC Antya 1.64

ajñāna-mattam	maddened by ignorance or foolishly passing time in karma, jñāna, yoga and Māyāvāda philosophy	CC Madhya 19.54

aiśvarya-mattasya	of one who was intoxicated by opulences	SB 7.4.20

madirā-mattau	very intoxicated because of drinking liquor	SB 10.10.7

ātmanaḥ guru-mattayā	because of being heavier than he could personally perceive	SB 10.7.27

aiśvarya-mattena	being very proud of material opulence	SB 6.7.11

anūrmi-mattvam	being undisturbed by hunger, thirst, etc.	SB 11.15.6-7

yukti-mattvāt	because of the presentation of rational arguments	SB 11.22.25

apatya-matyā	thinking to be your son	SB 3.1.13

eka-matyā	with unflinching devotion	SB 4.8.21

aham-matyā	by false ego	SB 10.20.19

mūrti-matyā	having accepted such a body	CC Adi 16.3

ikṣu-matyāḥ taṭe	on the bank of the river known as Ikṣumatī	SB 5.10.1

mūrti-matyaḥ	accepting forms	SB 8.8.10

guru-matyāḥ	especially when she is pregnant	SB 10.2.21

dhenu-matyām	in the womb of Dhenumatī, the wife of Devadyumna	SB 5.15.3

bindu-matyām	in the womb of his wife Bindumatī	SB 5.15.14-15

māyā-matsya-viḍambanam	which is simply an imitation of a fish	SB 8.24.1

māyā-matsyasya	and the fish incarnation	SB 8.24.59

mithyā-abhimateḥ	deluded by false ego	SB 3.29.5

mūḍha-matayaḥ	foolish, without good sense	CC Madhya 17.36

muni-sammatān	which are recognized by great munis, philosophers and saintly persons	SB 7.12.17

mūrti-matyaḥ	accepting forms	SB 8.8.10

mūrti-matyā	having accepted such a body	CC Adi 16.3

mūrtimat	personal	SB 3.15.16

na niṣkrāmati	not come out	SB 4.7.35

na ati-vyutpanna-matim	unto King Rahūgaṇa, who was not actually experienced	SB 5.10.8

na upanamati	does not fall into one's share	SB 5.14.14

na namate	would not bow down	SB 10.16.28

nā habe sammati	will not agree	CC Madhya 5.69

na ramate	does not rejoice	NBS 5

eka-mata nahe	do not agree	CC Madhya 17.184

sumatiḥ nāma-abhihitaḥ	named Sumati	SB 5.15.1

namata	should bow down	SB 10.64.42

nāmataḥ	than simply by name	SB 5.12.8

na namate	would not bow down	SB 10.16.28

namati	bows	SB 6.3.29

nānā-mati	different vision	SB 3.5.23

nānā-mata	various opinions	CC Madhya 8.301

nānā-mata	by various philosophies	CC Madhya 9.1

nānā-mata	various kinds of	CC Madhya 14.134

nānā-mata	various types	CC Antya 6.72

nānā mate	in various ways	CC Antya 7.90

nānā-mate	in various ways	CC Antya 13.3

nānā-mate	in various ways	CC Antya 20.114

nārada-anumatena	by the order of Nārada	SB 8.11.46

vidveṣa-naṣṭa-matayaḥ	whose intelligence was lost in envy	SB 6.14.43

pramatha-nātha	the lord of the ghosts (Mahābhairava)	SB 1.15.9

pramatha-nāthānām	of the lords of the Pramathas	SB 4.2.14-15

nava mate	in nine basic principles	CC Madhya 9.49

pramatha-nāyakāḥ	and the evil Pramatha and Nāyaka spirits	SB 10.85.41-43

nija-mata	His own conviction	CC Madhya 6.177

nija-mata	own opinions	CC Madhya 8.301

nikṛta-matiḥ	whose intelligence has been brought to the abominable status of defying the authority of the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 5.14.13

nirakramat	He went out	SB 10.71.14

nirjagmatuḥ	went out	SB 10.50.15

nirmala-matiḥ	naturally clean-minded	CC Antya 1.108

nirmathane	in the churning	SB 8.12.45

nirmathita	subsided	SB 1.15.29

nirmathitum	to churn the ocean of milk	SB 8.7.9

nirmathya	by churning	SB 8.5.10

nirmathya	crushing	SB 10.52.41

nirmathyamānāt	while the activities of churning were going on	SB 8.7.18

nirmatsarāṇām	of the one-hundred-percent pure in heart	SB 1.1.2

nirmatsarāṇām	of the one-hundred-percent pure in heart	CC Adi 1.91

nirmatsarāṇām	of the fully pure in heart	CC Madhya 24.100

nirmatsarāṇām	of the one hundred percent pure in heart	CC Madhya 25.149

nirmatsarāya	nonenvious	SB 3.32.42

nirmita-matiḥ	whose mind is absorbed in that	SB 5.14.7

niṣkrāmatī	moving out	SB 4.4.1

na niṣkrāmati	not come out	SB 4.7.35

śrīmat pāda-yugam	the most auspicious and beautiful pair of lotus feet	SB 8.20.18

śrīmat-pāda-sparśa	by the touch of the lotus feet	CC Madhya 25.77

pāda-sevāya mati	her desire is to serve the lotus feet	CC Antya 20.60

pāpa-matiḥ	very, very sinful, having a polluted mind	SB 10.8.8-9

para-ātmatām	dedication to others	SB 11.7.38

para-matera khaṇḍane	busy in refuting the opinions of others	CC Madhya 25.55

amat-paraḥ	one who is not surrendered to Me	SB 11.17.38

camatkṛti-param	full of wonder	CC Antya 1.164

paribhramat	wheeling	SB 3.19.26

paribhramataḥ	while circumambulating	SB 5.20.30

paribhramati	moves around	SB 5.20.30

paribhramati	turns	SB 5.21.13

parikramat	circumambulating	SB 3.8.31

parikrāmataḥ	which is going around	SB 5.22.1

parikrāmati	wanders	SB 5.26.17

camatkāra pāya	became very much astonished	CC Madhya 15.25

asmat pituḥ	of our father, Hiraṇyakaśipu	SB 7.9.23

prabhu-mate	into the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Madhya 9.45

asmat-prabhuḥ	our Lord	CC Madhya 17.210

pradadhmatuḥ	sounded	BG 1.14

pramateḥ	from Pramati	SB 9.2.23-24

pramatha-nātha	the lord of the ghosts (Mahābhairava)	SB 1.15.9

pramatha-nāthānām	of the lords of the Pramathas	SB 4.2.14-15

pramatha	Pramathas	SB 6.8.25

daitya-pramatha-rakṣasām	of various kinds of demons	SB 10.37.13

bhūta-pramatha	Bhūtas and Pramathas	SB 10.63.10-11

pramatha-nāyakāḥ	and the evil Pramatha and Nāyaka spirits	SB 10.85.41-43

pramathāḥ	the ghosts	SB 4.4.34

pramathāḥ	the ghostly spirits	SB 5.5.21-22

pramathaiḥ	by the Pramathas (mystic sages who always attend Lord Śiva, appearing in a multitude of forms)	SB 10.63.6

pramathaiḥ	by the Pramathas (powerful mystics who are in Lord Śiva's retinue and who assume many different forms)	SB 10.66.30-31

pramathya	harassing	SB 1.10.29

pramathya	after killing	SB 5.18.39

pramathya	destroying my army	SB 6.11.18

pramathya	subduing	SB 10.52.16-17

pramathya	defeating	SB 12.12.38

pramatim	was named Pramati	SB 9.2.23-24

pramattaḥ	too attached	SB 2.1.4

pramattaḥ	negligent	SB 3.9.17

pramattaḥ	mad	SB 5.5.4

pramattaḥ	mad	SB 5.5.7

pramattaḥ	being madly attached	SB 5.9.6

pramattāḥ	neglectful in our duties	SB 5.10.4

pramattāḥ	infuriated	SB 5.24.29

pramattaḥ	being mad in material conditions	SB 7.6.14

pramattaḥ	bewildered	SB 10.70.26

pramattaḥ	inattentive	SB 10.77.17-18

pramattāḥ	negligent	SB 10.88.11

pramattam	intoxicated	SB 1.7.36

pramattam	inattentive	SB 3.29.39

pramattam	persons who are mad	SB 4.24.66

pramattam	who is a crazy man not knowing his self-interest	SB 5.13.2

pramattam	careless, inattentive	SB 7.15.46

pramattam	thoroughly deluded	SB 10.51.49

pramattam	maddened	CC Madhya 19.54

pramattān	who are materially maddened	SB 5.2.7

pramattānām	insanely attached	SB 1.13.17

pramattānām	who were intoxicated	SB 10.23.45

pramattasya	of the bewildered	SB 2.1.12

pramattasya	being inattentive	SB 4.27.12

pramattasya	of one who is bewildered	SB 5.1.17

pramattasya	who are almost crazy	SB 5.10.7

pramattasya	of a crazy man	SB 5.10.13

pramattasya	mad	SB 7.6.8

pramattasya	of one who is confused	SB 10.85.16

pramattasya	of one who is bereft of actual intelligence	SB 11.13.9-10

pramattasya	of the maddened	SB 11.23.25

pramatteṣu	among the careless	SB 1.18.8

sarva-pratyak-ātmatvāt	because of being the Supersoul of every living being, or being present in everything, even the atom	SB 6.9.38

unmattera prāya	as if mad	CC Antya 14.39

prema-udbhramat	exciting love	SB 4.25.25

prema-matta	maddened in love of Godhead	CC Madhya 7.98

prema-unmattān	maddened by ecstatic love	CC Madhya 17.1

prema matta hañā	being overwhelmed by ecstatic love	CC Madhya 19.107

premataḥ	with love	CC Madhya 19.230

preme matta	maddened in the ecstasy of love of Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 4.22

preme matta	overwhelmed by ecstasy	CC Antya 1.64

pṛthak-matiḥ	my mind fixed on things other than the Lord	SB 4.9.30

pṛthak-matiḥ	a sense of distinction (between enemy and friend)	SB 9.8.13

punaḥ adhyagamat	revived them again	SB 1.15.30

māhiṣmatī-pure	at Māhiṣmatī-pura	CC Madhya 9.310

dvārakā-mathurā-pure	in the two cities Dvārakā and Mathurā	CC Madhya 20.190

māhiṣmatī purī	the city of Māhiṣmatī	SB 10.79.19-21

pūrṇa-tamatā	being most perfect	CC Madhya 20.401

pūrva-durmati	previous bad disposition	CC Madhya 6.240

śrīmatī rādhikā	Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī	CC Adi 6.69-70

kṛṣṇe mati rahu	just remain always Kṛṣṇa conscious	CC Madhya 19.93

daitya-pramatha-rakṣasām	of various kinds of demons	SB 10.37.13

ramataḥ	enjoying	SB 4.4.19

ramataḥ	of one enjoying	SB 5.19.5

ramataḥ	who was enjoying	SB 10.65.34

ramatām	enjoying	SB 11.26.21

ramate	takes delight	BG 5.22

ramate	one enjoys	BG 18.36

ramate	enjoys	SB 3.31.32

ramate	desires to enjoy	SB 6.3.33

ramate	enjoys	SB 9.9.44

ramate	enjoys	SB 9.20.12

ramate	take pleasure	SB 12.2.29

na ramate	does not rejoice	NBS 5

rati-mati	affection and attraction	CC Adi 6.57

ṛddhi-mat	still more beautified on account of this	SB 4.24.47-48

akhila-ṛddhi-mat	possessing the opulence of the entire universe	SB 7.4.8

ṛddhi-mat	extremely opulent in all respects	SB 9.6.43

ṛddhi-mat	supremely opulent	SB 10.48.10

ṛddhimat	prosperous	SB 3.1.1

rikta-matayaḥ	persons devoid of devotional service	SB 4.22.39

rociṣmat	Rociṣmat	SB 8.1.19

ṛtumat	ṛtumat	SB 8.2.9-13

asmat-rūpam	the form of ourselves (Śiva, Brahmā and Viṣṇu)	SB 12.10.24

manmatha-rūpe	in the form of Cupid	CC Adi 5.213

sa-ātmatām	to the position of demigods	SB 6.18.19

sa-ātmatām	the same state of existence	SB 11.9.23

sabāra haila camatkāra	everyone became struck with wonder	CC Antya 9.147

sādhu atikramata	please walk evenly so that there will not be bouncing	SB 5.10.2

sādhu-sammataḥ	who is an approved sādhu	SB 6.5.44

akhila-sādhu-sammataḥ	as approved by all saintly persons	SB 8.23.1

sama-matibhiḥ	by persons who have conquered the mind	SB 6.16.34

viramat-samādheḥ	having awakened from the samādhi (yogic trance)	SB 7.9.33

samāgamat	arrived	SB 8.4.9

samatā	equilibrium	BG 10.4-5

samatā	equality	CC Adi 4.190

samatā	equality	CC Adi 6.100

samatā	equality	CC Adi 16.60

samatā	equality	CC Madhya 8.110

samatāḍayat	struck with full force	SB 10.51.10

samatītāni	completely past	BG 7.26

samatītya	transcending	BG 14.26

samatrasat	he became fearful	SB 12.9.13

samatvam	equanimity	BG 2.48

samatvam	being equipoised, undisturbed in distress or happiness	SB 10.1.59

samatvam	equanimity	SB 11.3.24

samatve	in equanimity	SB 10.49.19

samatvena	by seeing equally	SB 3.27.7

samatvena	by equilibrium	SB 4.11.13

samatvena	being equal to everyone	SB 10.7.31

samatvena	seeing Him equally everywhere	SB 11.11.43-45

samatvena	on an equal level	CC Madhya 18.116

samatvena	on an equal level	CC Madhya 25.80

sambhāvita-matiḥ	considering himself highly esteemed	SB 6.17.14

sammatā	in a summary	SB 2.1.22

sammata	approved	SB 2.3.12

sammatā	respected	SB 10.42.3

sammata	agreeable	CC Madhya 3.172

sammata	purpose	CC Madhya 6.170

sammata ha-ilā	became agreeable	CC Madhya 7.55

sammata āmāra	accepted by Me	CC Madhya 10.37

sammataḥ	approved	SB 2.1.1

sammataḥ	recognized	SB 3.5.21

sammataḥ	esteemed	SB 3.21.1

su-sammataḥ	approved according to Vedic principles	SB 3.24.19

sammataḥ	esteemed	SB 4.11.12

sammataḥ	conclusive	SB 4.22.19

sādhu-sammataḥ	who is an approved sādhu	SB 6.5.44

sammataḥ	agreed upon as the best	SB 7.11.3

ārya-sammataḥ	whose activities are approved by civilized men	SB 7.13.21

su-sammataḥ	a very respectable person	SB 7.15.69

vṛddha-sammatāḥ	are certainly acceptable to learned and elderly persons	SB 8.19.18

bhavadīya-sammataḥ	approved by the devotees of Your Lordship	SB 8.22.8

akhila-sādhu-sammataḥ	as approved by all saintly persons	SB 8.23.1

su-sammatāḥ	very pleasing and suitable	SB 9.20.34

sammataḥ	is accepted	SB 10.16.34

sammataḥ	honored	SB 10.50.32-33

sammataḥ	sanctioned	SB 10.52.30

sammatāḥ	favored	SB 10.61.10-12

sammataḥ	chosen	SB 10.74.32

sammataḥ	the settled conclusion	SB 11.19.2

sammataḥ	universally accepted (as the expert knower)	SB 12.8.2-5

sammatām	just the proper way	SB 2.9.5

sammatam	approved of	SB 4.9.66

sammatam	approved	SB 4.12.44

su-sammatam	approved by everyone	SB 4.24.3

bahu-yoga-grantha-sammatam	approved by all yogic processes and their scriptures	SB 5.10.15

a-gṛha-sammatām	who is not honored at home	SB 6.14.40

sammatām	accepted	SB 8.12.42

sammatam	approved	SB 11.27.3-4

sammatān	according to his desire	SB 4.22.53

muni-sammatān	which are recognized by great munis, philosophers and saintly persons	SB 7.12.17

sammatānām	since approved by them	SB 4.22.23

sammatau	confidential servants	SB 4.12.22

sammatau	approved (by śāstra and great personalities)	SB 6.10.33

sammatau	appointed	SB 10.15.1

sammatau	are well respected	SB 10.43.32

sammatāya	which is highly esteemed	SB 3.24.36

su-sammate	perfectly recognized	SB 4.23.4

ha-ilā sammate	agreed	CC Madhya 5.80

sammati	consent	CC Madhya 5.27

nā habe sammati	will not agree	CC Madhya 5.69

sammati	the agreement	CC Madhya 5.82

tāńhāra sammati	her permission	CC Madhya 13.24

sammati	permission	CC Madhya 16.10

karaha sammati	kindly agree to this proposal	CC Madhya 16.89

sampramatta	to the point of intoxication	SB 10.34.25

saṃskāra-ādi-matām	who possess such purification and so forth	SB 10.23.43-44

samudra-unmathana-ādibhiḥ	by activities of churning the ocean	SB 8.6.17

samunnamati	would rise up	SB 10.16.29

saṃyamatām	of all regulators	BG 10.29

saṃyamatām	among those who punish and suppress	SB 11.16.18

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

sei mata sāra	that explanation is actually the essence of Vedic knowledge	CC Madhya 25.45

sarva-pratyak-ātmatvāt	because of being the Supersoul of every living being, or being present in everything, even the atom	SB 6.9.38

sarva-adbhuta-camatkāra	bringing wonder to all	CC Madhya 23.82-83

śāstra-mata	the principles of authorized scriptures	CC Madhya 6.190

śāstra-mata	sanctioned by the revealed scriptures	CC Antya 3.221

sat-mataḥ	well recognized by higher circles	SB 9.9.31

sat-matim	pure consciousness	SB 12.11.46

acyuta-sātmatām	to the effulgence of the infallible Lord	SB 7.1.47

sei-mata	exactly like that	CC Adi 13.41

sei-mata	similarly	CC Madhya 18.56

sei-mata	in that way	CC Madhya 18.221

sei mata sāra	that explanation is actually the essence of Vedic knowledge	CC Madhya 25.45

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

pāda-sevāya mati	her desire is to serve the lotus feet	CC Antya 20.60

sindhu-mathyam	produced from the ocean of milk	SB 8.12.47

bhramati sma	(Duryodhana) became deluded	SB 10.75.39

smṛti-mat janma	a birth enabling one to remember the lotus feet of the Lord	SB 5.19.28

śrīmat-pāda-sparśa	by the touch of the lotus feet	CC Madhya 25.77

spṛhā-matiḥ	consciousness with attachment	SB 5.1.3

śrī-matām	of the prosperous	BG 6.41

śrī-mat	beautiful	BG 10.41

śrī-mat	divine	SB 10.34.9

śrī-mat	opulent	SB 10.53.8-9

śrī-mat	opulent	SB 10.53.34

śrī-mat	opulent	SB 10.69.7-8

śrī-mat	beautiful	SB 10.75.33

śrī-mat	opulent	SB 10.80.16-17

śrī-mat	divine	SB 10.83.41-42

śrī-mat	filled with all spiritual power	CC Madhya 14.13

śrī-mat	full of wealth	CC Madhya 20.375

śrīman-mathurā-maṇḍale	in Mathurā, where Kṛṣṇa specifically performs His pastimes	CC Madhya 22.132

śrīmat	beautiful	SB 1.1.2

śrīmat	enriched	SB 1.12.9

śrīmat	the owner of all opulence	SB 1.16.32-33

śrīmat	valuable, beautiful	SB 4.9.56

śrīmat-caraṇa-aravinda	of the feet, which are just like the most beautiful fragrant lotus flowers	SB 5.1.5

śrīmat	of the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 5.1.27

śrīmat pāda-yugam	the most auspicious and beautiful pair of lotus feet	SB 8.20.18

śrīmat-tulasyāḥ	of the tulasī leaves	SB 9.4.18-20

śrīmat	beautiful	SB 10.15.9

śrīmat	very beautiful	SB 10.18.7

śṛīmat	filled with spiritual power	SB 10.31.9

śrīmat	beautiful	SB 10.45.17-18

śrīmat	effulgent	SB 10.51.1-6

śrīmat	opulent	SB 10.56.10

śrīmat	beautiful	SB 10.90.50

śrīmat	effulgent	SB 11.29.4

śrīmat-bhagavat	of the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 11.31.23

śrīmat	all-opulent	SB 12.9.5

śrīmat	beautiful	SB 12.9.22-25

śrīmat-bhāgavatam	Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam	SB 12.13.17

śrīmat-bhāgavatam	Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam	SB 12.13.18

śrīmat	most beautiful	CC Adi 1.16

śrīmat	very beautiful	CC Adi 1.16

śrīmat	beautiful	CC Adi 1.91

śrīmat	with all opulences	CC Adi 6.1

śrīmat	with all opulence	CC Adi 9.1

śrīmat	the all-glorious	CC Adi 12.3

śrīmat	most beautiful	CC Madhya 1.4

śrīmat	very beautiful	CC Madhya 1.4

śrīmat	most auspicious	CC Madhya 22.137-139

śrīmat	beautiful	CC Madhya 24.100

śrīmat-pāda-sparśa	by the touch of the lotus feet	CC Madhya 25.77

śrīmat	beautiful	CC Madhya 25.149

śrīmat	most beautiful	CC Antya 1.6

śrīmat	very beautiful	CC Antya 1.6

śrīmat	all-beautiful	CC Antya 20.155

śrīmat	blessed	MM 47

śrīmatī rādhikā	Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī	CC Adi 6.69-70

śrīmatī	all-beautiful	CC Madhya 8.182

śriyā unmattasya	puffed up because of great opulence	SB 9.4.44

śruti-mat	having ears	BG 13.14

stabdha-matiḥ	possessing blunt intelligence	SB 8.4.10

stabdha-matiḥ	such an unintelligent person	SB 8.22.11

sva-mata sthāpite	to establish his own opinion	CC Madhya 25.49

sthūla-matibhiḥ	to those whose intelligence is dull	SB 11.7.51

su-sammataḥ	approved according to Vedic principles	SB 3.24.19

su-sammate	perfectly recognized	SB 4.23.4

su-sammatam	approved by everyone	SB 4.24.3

su-matim	Sumatim	SB 5.7.2

su-sammataḥ	a very respectable person	SB 7.15.69

su-sammatāḥ	very pleasing and suitable	SB 9.20.34

su-durmateḥ	whose mentality is most wicked	SB 10.54.22

su-matayaḥ	intelligent persons	SB 10.60.38

ati-śuddha-matiḥ	whose completely pure consciousness (full realization that the body and mind are separate from the soul)	SB 5.15.7

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

sūkṣma-mati	very finely intelligent	CC Antya 18.93

sūkṣmatamam	finer than the finest	SB 2.10.34

sūkṣmatame	in His smaller form as Paramātmā within the heart	SB 5.16.3

sūkṣmatvāt	on account of being subtle	BG 13.16

sūkṣmatvāt	because of being very subtle	SB 11.22.43

sumanda-matayaḥ	misguided	SB 1.1.10

sumateḥ	from Sumati	SB 9.20.7

sumatiḥ nāma-abhihitaḥ	named Sumati	SB 5.15.1

sumatiḥ	of the name Sumati	SB 9.2.17

sumatiḥ	a son named Sumati	SB 9.2.35-36

sumatiḥ	Sumati	SB 9.20.6

sumatiḥ	a son named Sumati	SB 9.21.27

sumatiḥ	Sumati	SB 9.22.43

sumatiḥ jaiminiḥ kratuḥ	Sumati, Jaimini and Kratu	SB 10.74.7-9

sumatyāḥ tanayāḥ	the sons born of Queen Sumati	SB 9.8.8

śunite haya mati	I wish to hear	CC Madhya 25.90

surabhi-mat	fragrant	SB 11.27.43

sva-dharmataḥ	being engaged in occupational service	SB 1.5.17

sva-ātmatayā	as if the self	SB 3.14.28

sva-dhāmataḥ	from their own residential quarters	SB 8.17.12

sva-dhāmataḥ	from Your own domain (i.e., from the abode of Death)	SB 10.37.15-20

sva-mata	their own opinions	CC Adi 12.9

sva-mata sthāpite	to establish his own opinion	CC Madhya 25.49

sva-sva-mata	their own personal opinions	CC Madhya 25.55

sva-sva-mata	their own personal opinions	CC Madhya 25.55

svarūpa-gosāñira mata	the view of Svarūpa Dāmodara Gosvāmī	CC Madhya 2.93

svasti-mataḥ	being very healthy	SB 6.10.27

dyumat-tamam	supremely effulgent	SB 10.89.52

pūrṇa-tamatā	being most perfect	CC Madhya 20.401

sumatyāḥ tanayāḥ	the sons born of Queen Sumati	SB 9.8.8

tāńhāra sammati	her permission	CC Madhya 13.24

tāńra mata kahi	I am speaking the opinion of the Siddhārtha-saṃhitā	CC Madhya 20.226

tāra mate	according to the opinion of Siddhārtha-saṃhitā	CC Madhya 20.223

tāra mate	according to this opinion	CC Madhya 20.237

taratamataḥ	according to hierarchies	SB 10.87.19

tat-ātmatām	the nature of itself	SB 3.28.42

tat-bhakti-mataḥ	the devotees of the Lord	SB 6.3.18

tat-ātmatām	the spiritual quality of the Supreme	SB 9.9.15

tat-matam	his mind	SB 9.15.7

tat-ātmatām	total absorption in Him	SB 10.46.22

tat-ātmatayā	inasmuch as they are nondifferent from it	SB 10.87.26

bhramataḥ tu itaḥ tataḥ	the eyeballs, or the life air, moving here and there	SB 10.12.31

ikṣu-matyāḥ taṭe	on the bank of the river known as Ikṣumatī	SB 5.10.1

bhramataḥ tu itaḥ tataḥ	the eyeballs, or the life air, moving here and there	SB 10.12.31

śrīmat-tulasyāḥ	of the tulasī leaves	SB 9.4.18-20

udanīnamat	He raised	SB 10.42.7

prema-udbhramat	exciting love	SB 4.25.25

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

udvamataḥ	who was vomiting	SB 10.16.29

udvamate	emits	SB 11.21.38-40

samudra-unmathana-ādibhiḥ	by activities of churning the ocean	SB 8.6.17

amṛta-unmathane	when the nectar was being churned (by the demons and demigods together)	SB 11.4.18

unmathayat	agitating	SB 4.6.30

mada-unmathita	being intoxicated	SB 1.15.22-23

unmathita	being pressed	SB 3.14.30

autkaṇṭhya-unmathita-āśayaḥ	having an anxious and agitated mind	SB 3.22.24

unmathita-ātmānaḥ	whose minds have become dull	SB 4.2.25

unmathita	encouraged	SB 4.26.18

unmathita	shaken	SB 5.20.19

unmathita	agitated	SB 5.25.5

unmathita	agitated	SB 10.42.10

unmathitam	killed	SB 3.3.6

unmathnatām	while churning	SB 2.7.13

unmathya	churning up	SB 10.53.3

unmathya	rubbing	CC Antya 1.139

unmatta	mad	SB 1.4.6

unmatta	mad	SB 1.15.43

unmatta-vat	like a madman	SB 4.2.14-15

unmatta	mad	SB 4.13.10

unmatta	mad	SB 5.9.3

unmatta	mad	SB 5.9.9-10

unmatta	madness	SB 5.10.13

unmatta-lińginaḥ	who dress as if madmen	SB 6.15.11

unmatta	restless	SB 7.13.10

unmatta-vat	like a madman	SB 9.14.32

unmatta	maddened	SB 10.30.14

unmatta	crazed persons	SB 10.90.14

unmatta	maddened	SB 11.7.28

unmatta-vat	like an insane person	SB 11.18.29

unmatta-vat	like a madman	SB 11.26.5

unmatta-vat	like a madman	SB 11.26.10

unmatta	maddened	CC Adi 4.122

unmatta kariyā	making like a madman	CC Adi 5.233

karaye unmatta	makes mad	CC Adi 6.49-50

unmatta	almost mad	CC Adi 6.81

unmatta	mad after it	CC Adi 7.78

unmatta	mad	CC Adi 7.88

unmatta	maddened	CC Adi 10.88

unmatta hañā	he became just like a madman	CC Madhya 10.104

unmatta	mad	CC Madhya 17.46

unmatta	maddened	CC Madhya 18.16

hañā unmatta	like a madman	CC Madhya 18.121-122

unmatta hañā	just like a madman	CC Antya 2.18

unmattaḥ	a madman	SB 5.5.28

unmattaka-vat	like madwomen	SB 10.30.4

unmattaka-vat	like those who have become mad	CC Madhya 25.130

unmattam	insane	SB 1.7.36

unmattam	mad	SB 4.13.11

prema-unmattān	maddened by ecstatic love	CC Madhya 17.1

śriyā unmattasya	puffed up because of great opulence	SB 9.4.44

unmattera prāya	as if mad	CC Antya 14.39

upāgamat	experienced	SB 10.42.18

upāgamat	He went	SB 10.58.23

upajagmatuḥ	they approached	SB 11.7.64

anānā-mati-upalakṣaṇaḥ	who is not realized by persons having many angles of vision	CC Madhya 25.133

na upanamati	does not fall into one's share	SB 5.14.14

upanamati	came to him	SB 10.86.15

upāramat	became silent	SB 1.9.43

upāramat	desisted	SB 10.60.21

upāramat	he became peaceful	SB 11.26.25

upāramata	now cease	SB 8.11.44

uparamate	cease (because one feels transcendental happiness)	BG 6.20-23

ke-mate upekṣiba	how shall I neglect	CC Antya 11.19

uruvikramataḥ	of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who acts wonderfully	SB 8.23.29

utkramatā	bulging out	SB 3.30.16

utkrāmati	gives up	BG 15.8

atirajaḥ-vala-matiḥ	whose mind is overcome by lust	SB 5.14.9

vāmatā	opposition	CC Madhya 8.110

vāmatā	opposition	CC Madhya 14.196

vasumat-ādayaḥ	many, headed by Vasumān	SB 9.15.11

unmatta-vat	like a madman	SB 4.2.14-15

unmatta-vat	like a madman	SB 9.14.32

unmattaka-vat	like madwomen	SB 10.30.4

unmatta-vat	like an insane person	SB 11.18.29

unmatta-vat	like a madman	SB 11.26.5

unmatta-vat	like a madman	SB 11.26.10

unmattaka-vat	like those who have become mad	CC Madhya 25.130

veda-mate	in the Vedic version	CC Madhya 25.52

vedānta-mate	according to Vedānta philosophy	CC Madhya 25.54

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

vibhramat	bewildering	SB 1.6.12

vibhramat	gracefully moving	SB 3.21.22

vibhramat	bewildering	SB 4.25.30

vibhramat	becoming bewildered	SB 10.84.24-25

vibhūti-mat	the abode of the goddess of fortune	SB 3.19.15

vibhūti-mat	extraordinarily opulent	CC Madhya 20.375

vibudha-matiḥ	Āgnīdhra, who possessed intelligence like that of the demigods	SB 5.2.17

vicakramatuḥ	began to walk	SB 10.8.26

māyā-matsya-viḍambanam	which is simply an imitation of a fish	SB 8.24.1

yuṣmat-vidha	of persons like You	SB 10.45.47

asmat-vidhaḥ	like us	SB 5.24.26

asmat-vidhaiḥ	by persons like us	SB 4.8.35

asmat-vidhaiḥ	like me	SB 4.17.36

yuṣmat-vidhān	like you	SB 3.18.10

asmat-vidhānām	of persons like us	SB 6.17.11

asmat-vidhasya	of a person like me	SB 5.2.12

vidhi-mate	according to the Vedic system	CC Adi 15.24

vidhi-mate	according to ritualistic ceremonies	CC Madhya 8.15

vidveṣa-naṣṭa-matayaḥ	whose intelligence was lost in envy	SB 6.14.43

vijña-mata	statements of authorized persons	CC Madhya 6.80

vikramataḥ	while taking His second step	SB 5.17.1

vimatā	disrespected	SB 4.4.29

vimatena	being disrespected	SB 6.6.45

vimathitum	to perturb	SB 1.11.36

vimathitum	to agitate	SB 10.61.4

vimathitum	to agitate	SB 11.6.18

vimatsaraḥ	free from envy	BG 4.22

vimatsaraḥ	without being envious	SB 1.6.26

vimatsaraḥ	without being envious	SB 4.8.19

vimohita-matiḥ	whose intelligence is bewildered	SB 6.3.25

vimuṣṭa-matayaḥ	those who have lost their right intelligence	SB 4.9.9

viniṣkrāmati	he comes out	SB 3.31.23

viparyaya-matiḥ	one who has developed perverse intelligence	SB 4.14.29

vipruṭ-mat	carrying particles of water	SB 4.25.18

vipruṭ-matā	containing droplets of the water	SB 10.16.5

virakti-mat	including renunciation	SB 12.10.37

viramat-samādheḥ	having awakened from the samādhi (yogic trance)	SB 7.9.33

mā viramata	do not stop	SB 10.13.13

viramatām	let it stop	SB 4.19.35

viramatām	please desist	SB 10.51.16

viramate	stops	SB 3.15.18

viramatu	it should stop	SB 10.79.27

viruddha-mati	a contradictory conception	CC Adi 16.55

viruddha-mati-kṛt	a statement of opposing elements	CC Adi 16.62

viruddha-mati-kṛt	that which creates a contradiction	CC Adi 16.64

viṣakta-mati	whose mind was too much attracted	SB 5.8.13

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

vīta-abhimateḥ	who has completely forsaken the bodily concept of life	SB 5.10.25

vṛddha-sammatāḥ	are certainly acceptable to learned and elderly persons	SB 8.19.18

vṛttimataḥ	according to one's means of livelihood	SB 8.19.36

asammata-vṛttīnām	not being very much favored	SB 6.14.42

vyadhamat	he scattered	SB 4.10.16

kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ	the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and others	NBS 83

na ati-vyutpanna-matim	unto King Rahūgaṇa, who was not actually experienced	SB 5.10.8

āra yata mata	any other opinion not in collaboration with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu's statement	CC Madhya 25.45

yathā-adhītam yathā-mati	as far as my realization	SB 1.3.44

yathā-adhītam yathā-mati	as far as my realization	SB 1.3.44

yathā-mati	according to their different capacities	SB 4.7.24

ye-mate	in whatever way	CC Antya 6.33

yemate	as	CC Madhya 16.207

bahu-yoga-grantha-sammatam	approved by all yogic processes and their scriptures	SB 5.10.15

śrīmat pāda-yugam	the most auspicious and beautiful pair of lotus feet	SB 8.20.18

yukti-mattvāt	because of the presentation of rational arguments	SB 11.22.25

yuṣmat-kṛte	on your account	SB 1.9.13

yuṣmat	from you	SB 1.13.8

yuṣmat	your	SB 3.7.18

yuṣmat	Your Lordship's	SB 3.9.10

yuṣmat	your	SB 3.15.7

yuṣmat	than you	SB 3.15.12

yuṣmat	against you	SB 3.16.12

yuṣmat-vidhān	like you	SB 3.18.10

yuṣmat	Your	SB 4.7.44

yuṣmat	your	SB 4.14.22

yuṣmat	Your	SB 4.20.24

yuṣmat	your	SB 5.2.9

yuṣmat-kule	in your dynasty	SB 8.19.4

yuṣmat	Your	SB 10.2.32

yuṣmat	from you	SB 10.16.61

yuṣmat	Your	SB 10.27.9

yuṣmat-vidha	of persons like You	SB 10.45.47

yuṣmat	concerning You	SB 10.60.44

yuṣmat	Your	SB 10.70.30

yuṣmat	Your	SB 10.85.45

yuṣmat	your (Parīkṣit's)	SB 10.88.6

yuṣmat	your	SB 10.88.30

yuṣmat	your	SB 11.3.2

yuṣmat	your	SB 11.13.38

yuṣmat	Your	CC Madhya 22.30

yuṣmat	Your	CC Madhya 24.131

yuṣmat	Your	CC Madhya 24.141

yuṣmat	Your	CC Madhya 25.32

hanumat-yutaḥ	accompanied by Hanumān	SB 9.10.32

DCS with thanks

Results for mat392 results


mata	noun (neuter) a thought (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) agallochum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) approbation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) belief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) commendation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) design (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) doctrine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) idea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) intention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) knowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) purpose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sanction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sentiment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) view (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 1507/72933

matabheda	noun (masculine) difference of opinion between (gen. and instr. with saha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61224/72933

matallikā	noun (feminine) a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) anything excellent of its kind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61226/72933

matarahasyatilaka	noun (neuter) name of a text (??) Frequency rank 61225/72933

mataṃga	noun (masculine) an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) cloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Dānava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Muni and (pl.) his family (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a mountain name of a Śāstra Frequency rank 7719/72933

mataṃgaja	noun (masculine) an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 19798/72933

mataṃgaka	noun (neuter) name of a text Frequency rank 61227/72933

mataṃgasarasa	noun (masculine) name of a lake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61229/72933

mataṃgavana	noun (neuter) name of a forest Frequency rank 61228/72933

mataṅgeśvara	noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā Frequency rank 61223/72933

math	noun (masculine) [gramm.] the word mathin Frequency rank 61257/72933

math	verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to churn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to produce fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to stir or whirl round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 2845/72933

mathana	noun (neuter) annoying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) churning or producing by churning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) destruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) friction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hurting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) injury (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a mythical weapon stirring or whirling round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the act of rubbing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7597/72933

mathana	adjective destroying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rubbing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) shaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12609/72933

mathana	noun (masculine) name of a Daitya Premna Spinosa (the wood of which is used to produce fire by attrition) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15113/72933

mathay	verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to stir Frequency rank 61259/72933

mathi	noun (masculine) [gramm.] the word mathin Frequency rank 61258/72933

mathita	noun (neuter) buttermilk (Takra) buttermilk churned without water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 13106/72933

mathurā	noun (feminine) name of various towns (esp. of an ancient town now called Muttra and held in great honour as the birthplace of Kṛṣṇa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8163/72933

mati	noun (feminine) a kind of vegetable or pot-herb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) belief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) conviction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) design (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) determination (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) devotion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) esteem (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hymn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) idea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) inclination (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) intention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) judgment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) memory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) notion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Opinion personified (and identified with Subalātmajā as one of the mothers of the five sons of Pāṇḍu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) perception (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) prayer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) regard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) remembrance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) resolution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) respect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sacred utterance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) thought (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) view (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) worship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 568/72933

mati	noun (masculine) name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37975/72933

matidā	noun (feminine) Cardiospermum Halicacabum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37976/72933

matimant	adjective clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 2311/72933

matimant	noun (masculine) name of a son of Janamejaya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61230/72933

matināra	noun (masculine) name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37977/72933

mativibhrānti	noun (feminine) failure or infatuation of mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61231/72933

matka	adjective mine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) my (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61234/72933

matkuṇa	noun (masculine) a beardless man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a buffalo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a bug (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a cocoa-nut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) an elephant without tusks or of small stature (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7024/72933

matkuṇaka	noun (masculine) a bug Frequency rank 61235/72933

matsara	noun (masculine) a fly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) anger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) envy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) gladdener (Soma) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hostility (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) jealousy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mosquito (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Sādhya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) passion for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) selfishness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the exhilarater (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wrath (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 5142/72933

matsara	adjective cheerful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) exhilirating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hostile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) selfish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wicked (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61237/72933

matsarin	adjective addicted to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) bad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) envious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) exhilarating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fond of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) intoxicating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) jealous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wicked (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17079/72933

matsarya	noun (masculine) a kind of insect Frequency rank 61238/72933

matsarī	noun (feminine) (in music) a particular Mūrchanā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a position of the fingers in shooting [geogr.] name of a river Frequency rank 24955/72933

matsya	noun (masculine) (in astron.) the figure of a figure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a king of the Matsyas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a particular figure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a particular luminous appearance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a particular species of fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a people and country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a pupil of Devamitra Śskalya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Virāṭa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the 12th sign of the zodiac (Pisces; du.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 664/72933

matsyabandha	noun (masculine) a fisherman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fish-catcher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21965/72933

matsyabhedinī	noun (feminine) Helleborus niger Frequency rank 61248/72933

matsyagandhā	noun (feminine) Commelina Salicifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mīnākṣī Frequency rank 17080/72933

matsyaghāta	noun (masculine) the killing or catching of fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61242/72933

matsyaghātin	noun (masculine) a fisherman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21964/72933

matsyaka	noun (masculine) a little fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 19799/72933

matsyakajjala	noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical preparation Frequency rank 37978/72933

matsyakeśa	noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā Frequency rank 61241/72933

matsyanadī	noun (feminine) name of a river Frequency rank 61244/72933

matsyanātha	noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61245/72933

matsyapittā	noun (feminine neuter) Helleborus Niger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15981/72933

matsyapucchā	noun (feminine) [archery] a kind of arrow flight Frequency rank 61246/72933

matsyapurāṇa	noun (neuter) name of one of the 18 Purāṇas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61247/72933

matsyarāja	noun (masculine) Cyprinus Rohita (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [zoo.] a class of fishes Frequency rank 61249/72933

matsyasaṃghāta	noun (masculine) a shoal of young fry or small fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61251/72933

matsyavedhana	noun (neuter) a fish-hook (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) angle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61250/72933

matsyaśakalā	noun (feminine) name of a plant Frequency rank 29534/72933

matsyaṇḍikā	noun (feminine) inspissated juice of the sugar-cane (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15112/72933

matsyaṇḍī	noun (feminine) inspissated juice of the sugar-cane (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61243/72933

matsyendra	noun (neuter) a kind of āsana Frequency rank 37982/72933

matsyendra	noun (masculine) name of a teacher of Yoga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24957/72933

matsyodarī	noun (feminine) name of a sacred bathing-place in Benares (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Satyavatī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37983/72933

matsyā	noun (feminine) a female fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the sister of king Virāṭa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61240/72933

matsyādanī	noun (feminine) Commelina Salicifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37980/72933

matsyādhānī	noun (feminine) a fish-basket Frequency rank 61254/72933

matsyākhyaka	noun (masculine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 29535/72933

matsyākṣa	noun (masculine) a kind of grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Hincha Repens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Solanum Indicum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37979/72933

matsyākṣaka	noun (masculine) a species of Soma plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24956/72933

matsyākṣikā	noun (masculine feminine) a kind of grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17081/72933

matsyākṣī	noun (feminine) a species of Soma plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6253/72933

matsyārjaka	noun (masculine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 61255/72933

matsyāsana	noun (neuter) a kind of āsana Frequency rank 61256/72933

matsyāvatāra	noun (masculine) name of Agnipurāṇa, 2 name of the first of the 10 incarnations of Viṣṇu (who became a fish to save the 7th Manu from the universal deluge) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37981/72933

matsyāṇḍa	noun (neuter) fish-roe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61253/72933

matsyāṇḍī	noun (feminine) a kind of plant (?) Frequency rank 61252/72933

matsī	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 24954/72933

matsīra	noun (masculine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 61239/72933

matta	noun (masculine) a bee a buffalo an elephant in rut name of a Rākṣasa name of a teacher Frequency rank 15980/72933

mattagaṅgā	noun (feminine) name of a river (?) Frequency rank 61236/72933

mattakāla	noun (masculine) name of a king of Lāṭa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24953/72933

mattakāśinī	noun (feminine) a bewitching or wanton woman (esp. used in address) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 13682/72933

mattā	noun (feminine) a female cuckoo liquor Frequency rank 29533/72933

matu	noun (masculine) [gramm.] matup Frequency rank 18289/72933

matup	noun (masculine) [gramm.] taddh. mat Frequency rank 61232/72933

matākṣa	adjective one well skilled in dice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24952/72933

matānujñā	noun (feminine) admission of a fault in one's own reasoning while insisting on a similar one in that of the opponent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 29532/72933

matṛtīrtha	noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā Frequency rank 61233/72933

akāmatas	indeclinable unintentionally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unwillingly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 11875/72933

akuśalamati	adjective dumm trottelig Frequency rank 41553/72933

agnimathana	noun (masculine) Frequency rank 26109/72933

atidurmati	adjective very stupid Frequency rank 42081/72933

atinirmathana	noun (neuter) excessive churning Frequency rank 42097/72933

atimati	noun (feminine) haughtiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 42158/72933

atistrīkāmatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 42274/72933

adhamatā	noun (feminine) an inferior state Frequency rank 42444/72933

adharmatas	indeclinable unjustly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unrighteously (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 42451/72933

adhimath	verb (class 9 parasmaipada) Frequency rank 42492/72933

anabhimata	adjective disliked (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not to one's mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 13287/72933

anavamata	adjective not despised Frequency rank 42781/72933

anunmatta	adjective not mad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not wild (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sane (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sober (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 22991/72933

anumata	noun (neuter) approbation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) consent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) permission (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [logic] (eine Lehre, die nicht zurückgewiesen und damit akzeptiert wird) Frequency rank 4337/72933

anumati	noun (feminine) approbation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) assent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) permission (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the fifteenth day of the moon's age (on which it rises one digit less than full) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8919/72933

anūrmimattva	noun (neuter) Frequency rank 43532/72933

apramatta	adjective attentive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) careful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not careless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) vigilant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 2883/72933

abahirmati	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 44038/72933

abahumatatva	noun (neuter) disrespect low opinion of Frequency rank 44040/72933

abhimati	noun (feminine) referring all objects to self (as the act of Ahaṃkāra or personality) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) self reference (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32337/72933

abhimata	noun (neuter) desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20697/72933

amati	noun (feminine) form (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) lustre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) shape (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) splendour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) stupidity (a-mati) time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20721/72933

amata	adjective not approved of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not felt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not perceptible by the mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unacceptable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32425/72933

amata	noun (masculine) death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disease (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) dust (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sickness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44554/72933

amatta	adjective not intoxicated Frequency rank 44555/72933

amatra	noun (neuter) a large drinking vessel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20722/72933

amatvā	indeclinable not having thought Frequency rank 44556/72933

amatsara	adjective disinterested (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unenvious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12355/72933

amatsara	noun (neuter) disinterestedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44557/72933

amatsarin	adjective disinterested (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not having one's heart set upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not sticking to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 23154/72933

ariṣṭamathana	noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44856/72933

arciṣmatī	noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Aṅgiras one of the ten stages (through which a Bodhisattva must rise before becoming a Buddha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44911/72933

alpamati	adjective Frequency rank 45057/72933

avamath	verb (class 9 parasmaipada) to cleanse (as a wound) by pricking or stirring (with an instrument) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 45187/72933

avamathana	noun (neuter) Frequency rank 45188/72933

aśmatālaka	noun (neuter) piṇḍatālaka; a kind of haritāla Frequency rank 45635/72933

asamatā	noun (feminine) the being unequal led (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 45772/72933

asaṃmata	adjective despised (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not respected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unauthorized (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) without the consent of (in comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 16521/72933

ahaṃmati	noun (feminine) egoism self-consciousness Frequency rank 26876/72933

aṃśumatī	noun (feminine) Hedysarum Gangeticum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a river (YamunA?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 10880/72933

aṃśumatphalā	noun (feminine) Musa Paradisiaca (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 23333/72933

ākrāntamati	adjective having the mind engrossed or deeply impressed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mentally overcome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 46189/72933

ātmatā	noun (feminine) essence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) nature (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 11943/72933

ātmatantra	adjective depending only on one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) independent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 26918/72933

ātmatoya	noun (neuter) (term. techn. Haṭhayoga) Frequency rank 26919/72933

ātmatyāgin	adjective committing suicide (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 23355/72933

ātmatyāga	noun (masculine) absence of mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) self-forgetfulness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) suicide (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 33030/72933

ātmatva	noun (neuter) essence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) nature (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 18976/72933

ādimattva	noun (neuter) Frequency rank 14730/72933

āmath	verb (class 9 parasmaipada) to agitate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to shake about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to whirl round or stir with velocity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 26964/72933

āyumattama	adjective Frequency rank 46569/72933

ikṣumatī	noun (feminine) name of a river in Kurukṣetra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 33244/72933

indumatī	noun (feminine) day of full moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a commentary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the sister of Bhoja and wife of Aja (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 46898/72933

uttamatama	adjective best optimal Frequency rank 33363/72933

uttamatara	adjective Frequency rank 47145/72933

uttamatva	noun (neuter) excellence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) good quality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) goodness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) superiority (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 47146/72933

unmatti	noun (feminine) madness Frequency rank 47419/72933

unmattā	noun (feminine) eine der fünf caryās Frequency rank 47420/72933

unmatta	noun (masculine) Datura betel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Datura fastuosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Datura metal Linn. name of a Rakṣas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of one of the eight forms of Bhairava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Pterospermum Acerifolium (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the thorn-apple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a fault in mercury; mada a kind of alchemical preparation Frequency rank 6046/72933

unmatta	adjective disordered in intellect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) distracted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) drunk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) frantic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) furious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) insane (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) intoxicated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15556/72933

unmattaka	noun (masculine) Datura metal Linn. the thorn-apple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 10596/72933

unmattaka	adjective drunk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) insane (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 14058/72933

unmattabhairava	noun (masculine) a form of Bhairava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 23488/72933

unmattabhairavī	noun (feminine) a form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 47421/72933

unmattaveṣa	noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 27164/72933

unmattīkaraṇa	noun (neuter) Methode, jemanden verrückt zu machen Frequency rank 33465/72933

unmattīkṛ	verb (class 8 parasmaipada) Frequency rank 47422/72933

unmath	verb (class 9 parasmaipada) to act violently (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to annul (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to beat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to confute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to disturb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to excite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to kill (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to mingle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to mix (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to pluck out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to press hard upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to refute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to root up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to rouse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to rub open (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to shake or tear or cut off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to shake up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to stir up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to strike (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to treat with blows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6985/72933

unmathana	noun (neuter) churning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rubbing open (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) slaughter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) stirring up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the act of shaking off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) throwing off or down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15557/72933

upamath	verb (class 9 parasmaipada) to churn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to mix (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to stir (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to whirl around (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 47574/72933

ṛtumatī	noun (feminine) a girl at the age of puberty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a woman during her courses or just after them (during the period favourable for procreation) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) marriageable girl (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 14070/72933

ekamati	adjective unanimous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 27267/72933

eraṇḍīsaṅgamatīrthaphalamāhātmyavarṇana	noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 103 Frequency rank 48074/72933

aikamatya	noun (neuter) conformity or sameness of opinions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unanimity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 19088/72933

kakudmatī	noun (feminine) the hips Frequency rank 48233/72933

karaṅkiṇīmata	noun (neuter) name of a Tantra Frequency rank 48630/72933

kareṇumatī	noun (feminine) name of the wife of Nakula (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 48699/72933

karmatā	noun (feminine) activity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the state of being an object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the state or effect of action (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21036/72933

kalabhonmatta	noun (masculine) the thorn-apple Frequency rank 48828/72933

kāntimatī	noun (feminine) name of a metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 19143/72933

kāmatā	noun (feminine) desire wish Frequency rank 49131/72933

kāmatantra	noun (neuter) name of a work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 49132/72933

kāmataru	noun (masculine) the god of love considered as a tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the plant Vanda Roxburghii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 49133/72933

kāmatas	indeclinable according to wish or affection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) by consent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) from passion or feeling (opposed to dharma-tas) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) intentionally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of one's own accord (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) of one's own free will (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) passionately (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) willingly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7804/72933

kāmatīrtha	noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 33967/72933

kāṣṭhagodhāmatī	noun (feminine) a kind of siddhauṣadhī Frequency rank 49373/72933

kīrtimatī	noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Śuka name of Dākṣāyaṇī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21094/72933

kuḍyamatsya	noun (masculine feminine) a house-lizard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 34108/72933

kumati	noun (feminine) folly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) vile sentiment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) weak intellect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 49698/72933

kumati	adjective foolish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) of slow intellect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 34133/72933

kuśāgrīyamati	adjective intelligent Frequency rank 49838/72933

kṛtamati	adjective one who has taken a resolution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15637/72933

kṛtrimatva	noun (neuter) being made (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) factitiousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 49951/72933

kṛṣṇamatsya	noun (masculine) name of a fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 34228/72933

kṛṣṇonmatta	noun (masculine) black dhuturā Frequency rank 34245/72933

ketumatī	noun (feminine) a metre (of 2 1021 syllables) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the wife of Sumālin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 34249/72933

keśamathanī	noun (feminine) Prosopis Spicigera Frequency rank 50103/72933

keśimathana	noun (masculine) Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 16710/72933

kramatara	adjective Frequency rank 50337/72933

kramatas	indeclinable gradually (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) in order (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) successively (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12917/72933

kṣamatā	noun (feminine) ability (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) capability (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fitness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 50510/72933

kṣamatara	adjective Frequency rank 50511/72933

kṣamatva	noun (neuter) ability fitness Frequency rank 21157/72933

kṣāmatara	adjective weaker Frequency rank 50530/72933

kṣudramatsya	noun (masculine neuter) cmp. kṣudramīna Frequency rank 27724/72933

kṣematara	noun (neuter) a more comfortable state (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) greater happiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 50726/72933

gārutmata	noun (masculine neuter) an emerald (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12932/72933

gārutmata	adjective coming from or sacred or relating to the bird Garuḍa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 51277/72933

gārutmatapattrikā	noun (feminine) name of a plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 51278/72933

gomata	noun (neuter) myrrh Frequency rank 51583/72933

gomatī	noun (feminine) gorocanā a place abounding in herds of cattle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a river falling into the Ganges (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a river falling into the Indus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Vedic hymn or formula to be repeated during expiation for killing a cow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a village in the north (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Dākṣāyaṇī in the Gomanta mountain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [rel.] name of Devī Frequency rank 7086/72933

gomatsya	noun (masculine) a kind of fish living in rivers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) cows + fishes Frequency rank 34724/72933

gharmatviṣ	noun (masculine) the sun Frequency rank 34801/72933

camatkartṛ	adjective jemand, der sich wundert Frequency rank 52100/72933

camatkāra	noun (masculine) Achyranthes aspera astonishment festive turbulence high poetical composition riot show spectacle surprise Frequency rank 11247/72933

camatkṛ	verb (class 8 parasmaipada) Frequency rank 52101/72933

camatkṛti	noun (feminine) astonishment surprise Frequency rank 34912/72933

camatkriyā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 52102/72933

carmataraṃga	noun (masculine) a fold of skin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 52146/72933

cārumatī	noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a female attendant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 52248/72933

jyotiṣmatī	noun (feminine) jyotiṣkā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a kind of sacrificial brick (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a kind of Triṣṭubh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Cardiospermum halicacabum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 557) Celastrus paniculatus Willd. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 557) name of a town night (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 4505/72933

tigmatejas	noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 53529/72933

tucchamati	adjective stupid Frequency rank 53654/72933

triśiromata	noun (neuter) name of a work Frequency rank 54001/72933

dārumatsyā	noun (feminine) a kind of lizard or alligator (godhā) Frequency rank 54382/72933

dīptimattara	adjective more splendid Frequency rank 54496/72933

durātmatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 54622/72933

durmati	noun (feminine) bad disposition of mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) envy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) false opinion or notions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hatred (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 28398/72933

durmati	adjective ignorant (rarely "malicious") (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) silly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) weak-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 2600/72933

durmati	noun (masculine) blockhead (rarely "scoundrel") (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fool (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a blockhead (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the 55th year of the cycle of Jupiter (lasting 60 years) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 54710/72933

devamata	noun (masculine) name of a ṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 28446/72933

dyumatsena	noun (masculine) name of a king Frequency rank 10679/72933

dhanamatī	noun (feminine) name of a woman Frequency rank 28520/72933

dharmatā	noun (feminine) essence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) inherent nature (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the being law or right (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 14212/72933

dharmatara	adjective Frequency rank 55341/72933

dharmatas	indeclinable according to law or rule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) from a virtuous motive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) justly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rightly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 11299/72933

dharmatīrtha	noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 35983/72933

dhenumatī	noun (feminine) name of a Tīrtha name of the wife of Devadyumna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 55485/72933

nirmatsara	adjective without envy or jealousy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 18071/72933

nirmath	verb (class 9 ātmanepada) to agitate (the mind) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to crush (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to destroy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to extract (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to grind (fire) out of (wood) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to grind down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to produce (fire) by rubbing (wood together) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to rub or churn anything out of anything (double acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to shake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to stir or churn (the sea) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to tear or draw or shake out of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7097/72933

nirmathana	noun (neuter) churning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) lighting a fire by rubbing two pieces of wood together or by churning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) making butter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rubbing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21589/72933

nirmathyā	noun (feminine) a particular fragrant bark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 36331/72933

niṣkāmatā	noun (feminine) Wunschlosigkeit Frequency rank 56441/72933

padmatīrtha	noun (neuter) śvāsāri Frequency rank 57089/72933

paramata	noun (neuter) a different opinion or doctrine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) heterodoxy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 28852/72933

paramatas	indeclinable excessively (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) in the highest degree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) worst of all (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 36625/72933

paścimatas	indeclinable from behind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15873/72933

paścimatāna	noun (neuter) a particular manner of sitting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21705/72933

pākamatsya	noun (masculine) a kind of fish sauce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a species of fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a species of venomous insect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 28962/72933

pātukāmatā	noun (feminine) desire to drink Frequency rank 57718/72933

puramathanavallabha	noun (neuter) a kind of Agallochum used as incense Frequency rank 58193/72933

pulomatanayā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 58255/72933

puṣṭimati	noun (masculine) name of an Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 58276/72933

pauṇḍramatsyaka	noun (masculine) name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 58473/72933

pūjyamati	adjective Frequency rank 58512/72933

pūtimatsyaka	noun (masculine) name of a plant Frequency rank 58539/72933

pratyutpannamati	noun (masculine) name of a fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17014/72933

prathamataram	indeclinable first of all (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37289/72933

prathamatas	indeclinable at first (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) before (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) before (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) first (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) firstly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) forthwith (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) immediately (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) in preference to (with gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sooner than (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 9420/72933

pramati	noun (masculine) name of a ṣi in the 10th Mauvantara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a prince (son of Janamejaya) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Cyavana and father of Ruru (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Prāṃśu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 11015/72933

pramath	verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to annoy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to churn (the ocean) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to destroy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to distress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to drag away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to handle roughly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to harass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to lay waste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to stir up violently (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to tear or strike off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 4544/72933

pramathin	adjective annoying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) harassing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) tormenting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37328/72933

pramathā	noun (feminine) affliction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the wife of Kṣupa and mother of Vīra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Terminalia Chebula or Citrina (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 59264/72933

pramatha	noun (masculine) a horse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a class of demons attending on Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 5004/72933

pramathana	adjective destroying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) harassing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hurting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) injuring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) tormenting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12574/72933

pramathana	noun (masculine) agitating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) churning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) destroying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hurting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) killing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Dānava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a magical formula pronounced over weapons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24751/72933

pramathādhipa	noun (masculine) name of Śiva Frequency rank 29222/72933

pramathinī	noun (feminine) name of a Śakti of Śiva Frequency rank 59265/72933

barhiṣmatī	noun (feminine) name of a city in Brahmāvarta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a wife of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37580/72933

balapramathinī	noun (feminine) name of an attendant of Devī (K.R. von Kooji (1972), 50) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva Frequency rank 21907/72933

bindumatī	noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Śaśabindu and wife of Māndhātṛ (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a drama (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a fisherman's daughter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a kind of verse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the murderess of Vidūratha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the wife of Marīci (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37658/72933

buddhimatī	noun (feminine) a kind of bird [rel.] name of Devī Frequency rank 37681/72933

buddhimattara	adjective Frequency rank 37682/72933

brahmataru	noun (masculine) Butea Frondosa Frequency rank 60412/72933

brahmatīrtha	noun (neuter) Costus Speciosus or Arabicus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a place of pilgrimage on the Revā or Narmadā river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15097/72933

brahmatīrthaka	noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha Frequency rank 60413/72933

brahmatīrthamāhātmyavarṇana	noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 129 Frequency rank 60414/72933

brahmatuṅga	noun (masculine) name of a mountain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37720/72933

brahmatva	noun (neuter) Brāhmanhood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the office of the Brāhman or chief priest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the state of or identification with Brahma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12152/72933

bhartṛmatī	noun (feminine) a married woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) possessing a husband (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60582/72933

bhāgeśamata	noun (neuter) name of a text Frequency rank 60638/72933

bhānumatī	noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Aṅgiras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a daughter of Kṛtavīrya (wife of Ahaṃyāti) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a daughter of the Yādava Bhānu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8836/72933

bhīmatā	noun (feminine) terribleness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60776/72933

bhīmatara	adjective Frequency rank 29472/72933

bhūrimatī	noun (feminine) a cow Frequency rank 61062/72933

maṇimatī	noun (feminine) name of a city name of a river Frequency rank 29528/72933

maṇimattha	noun (neuter) caṇaka rock salt Frequency rank 61188/72933

madamatta	noun (masculine) Name einer Pflanze Frequency rank 61291/72933

madhumati	noun (masculine) Mohammed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61347/72933

madhumatī	noun (feminine) a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a particular step or degree in the Yoga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a particular supernatural faculty belonging to a Yogin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Gmelina Arborea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a city in Saurāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a daughter of the Asura Madhu (wife of Haryaśva) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a female servant of Lakṣmī (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of several works (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Sanseviera Roxburghiana (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21973/72933

madhumatta	noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61348/72933

madhumathana	noun (masculine) name of Kṛṣṇa Frequency rank 17083/72933

mandamati	noun (masculine) name of a chariot-maker Frequency rank 38052/72933

manmatha	noun (masculine) amorous passion or desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Feronia Elephantum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) love or the god of love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a physician and various other men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the 29th (3rd) year in a 60 years cycle of Jupiter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a jalūkā Frequency rank 3467/72933

manmathā	noun (feminine) name of Dākṣāyaṇī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Devī at Hemakūṭa Frequency rank 38059/72933

manmathavant	adjective being in love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) enamoured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61502/72933

manmathādhiṣṇī	noun (feminine) a form of Devī Frequency rank 61503/72933

manmathānanda	noun (masculine) a kind of mango (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61504/72933

manmathāri	noun (masculine) name of Śiva Frequency rank 61505/72933

manmathālaya	noun (masculine) pudendum muliebre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the mango tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61506/72933

manmathāvāsa	noun (masculine) a kind of mango (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pudendum muliebre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61507/72933

manmatheśa	noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā Frequency rank 29567/72933

manmatheśvara	noun (masculine neuter) the Tīrtha Manmatheśa Frequency rank 24982/72933

manmatheśvaratīrthamāhātmyavarṇana	noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 102 Frequency rank 61508/72933

mamatā	noun (feminine) arrogance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) egotism (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) interest in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the wife of Utathya and mother of Dīrghatamas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pride (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) self-interest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sense of ownership (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the state of "mine" (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12166/72933

mamatva	noun (neuter) Egoismus (?) Frequency rank 9225/72933

mahāmati	adjective clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) great-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) having a great understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 2423/72933

mahāmati	noun (masculine) name of a Bodhisattva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a king of the Yakṣas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Sumati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the planet Jupiter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 1208/72933

mahāmati	noun (feminine) name of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [rel.] name of Devī Frequency rank 61806/72933

mahāmatī	noun (feminine) a particular lunar day personified as a daughter of Aṅgiras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 38141/72933

mahāsammata	noun (masculine) name of a Turkish chief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [with Buddhists] name of the first king of the present age of the world (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 38165/72933

mahiṣmatī	noun (feminine) name of a particular lunar day (personified as a daughter of Aṅgiras) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā Frequency rank 61933/72933

mādhumata	adjective derived from Madhu-mat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 62047/72933

māhiṣmatī	noun (feminine) name of a city; founded by Mahishmat or Mucukunda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12623/72933

mithyāmati	noun (feminine) a false opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) error (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 62232/72933

maimatāyani	noun (masculine) patr. from mimata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 62615/72933

yathābhimata	adjective as desired (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) as pleasing or agreeable to each (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 62868/72933

yathāmati	indeclinable according to opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) as seems fit to (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to the best of one's judgment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 14386/72933

yamatīrtha	noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 29796/72933

yuddhonmatta	noun (masculine) name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 63081/72933

raktamatsya	noun (masculine) a species of red fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 38604/72933

rahaskāmatā	noun (feminine) Geheimniskrämerei Frequency rank 63515/72933

rājimatī	noun (feminine) a female rājimant-snake Frequency rank 63598/72933

rāmataruṇī	noun (feminine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 63632/72933

rāmatīrtha	noun (neuter) holy place in Gokarṇa name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 13717/72933

reṇumatī	noun (feminine) name of a woman Frequency rank 63789/72933

romatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 63843/72933

vamathu	noun (masculine) a cough (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) nausea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) qualmishness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the act of vomiting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) water ejected from an elephant's trunk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6929/72933

vartmatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 64761/72933

vasumatī	noun (feminine) a country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) kingdom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of two kinds of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of various women (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) region (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the earth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the ground (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [rel.] name of Devī Frequency rank 7036/72933

vasumattara	adjective richer Frequency rank 64887/72933

vahnimathana	noun (masculine) agnimantha Frequency rank 64949/72933

vāmatā	noun (feminine) loveliness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 65133/72933

vāmatas	indeclinable from or on the left (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 9699/72933

vāmatva	noun (neuter) contrariety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) coyness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disfavour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) refractoriness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30123/72933

vinirmathay	verb (class 10 parasmaipada) Frequency rank 39372/72933

vimata	adjective any that may please ("every") (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) at variance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disagreed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hostile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) of a different mind or disposition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) offended (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) slighted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 65920/72933

vimati	noun (feminine) aversion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) difference of opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disagreement about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) dislike (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) doubt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) error (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uncertainty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 65921/72933

vimatsara	adjective free from envy or jealousy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unenvious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unselfish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7614/72933

vimath	verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to bewilder to bruise to confuse to cut in pieces to disperse to perplex to rend asunder to scatter to snatch away to tear off to tear or break in pieces Frequency rank 10781/72933

viṣamatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 66204/72933

vṛthāmati	adjective foolish-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wrong-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 22311/72933

veṇumatī	noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 39673/72933

vedimatī	noun (feminine) name of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 66602/72933

vyomatīrtha	noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha Frequency rank 66989/72933

śaktimattara	adjective stronger Frequency rank 67077/72933

śamatha	noun (masculine) a counsellor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) absence of passion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) minister (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) quiet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) tranquillity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30449/72933

śālagrāmatīrthamahātmyavarṇana	noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 188 Frequency rank 67495/72933

śivamata	noun (masculine) Agati Grandiflora name of a text Frequency rank 40033/72933

śuktimatī	noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the capital of the Cedis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30553/72933

śuddhamati	adjective Frequency rank 67874/72933

śrīmatī	noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Ambarīṣa name of one of the Mātṛs attendant on Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of various women (esp. of the mother of Mādhavācārya) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a plant [rel.] name of Devī Frequency rank 15266/72933

śrīmattama	adjective Frequency rank 68215/72933

śrīmattara	adjective Frequency rank 68216/72933

śrīmatyākhyāna	noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 2.5 Frequency rank 68217/72933

ślakṣmatvac	noun (feminine) name of a plant Frequency rank 68277/72933

sanmati	adjective nobleminded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) well-disposed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30699/72933

samatā	noun (feminine) benevolence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) equableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) equality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) equanimity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fairness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) identity with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) impartiality towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mediocrity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) normal condition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sameness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sameness of level (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6553/72933

samatalaka	noun (neuter) [erotics] a kind of strike Frequency rank 68885/72933

samataḥ	indeclinable Frequency rank 40388/72933

samatikram	verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to cross or step over to disregard to elapse (as time) to excel to go or pass by entirely to let pass by or elapse to lose to neglect to pass away to step out of (abl.) to surpass to transgress Frequency rank 6183/72933

samatikrama	noun (masculine) deviating from (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) going entirely over or beyond (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) omission (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) transgressing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30721/72933

samatikramaṇa	noun (neuter) Frequency rank 68886/72933

samatiyā	verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to elapse to go completely beyond to pass by Frequency rank 68887/72933

samativṛt	verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to avoid to escape from (acc.) to pass by (acc.) to run away Frequency rank 25696/72933

samatisṛj	verb (class 6 ātmanepada) Frequency rank 68888/72933

samatī	verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to cross over to excel to go or pass by entirely to go through or beyond to surpass Frequency rank 8043/72933

samatraya	noun (neuter) an equal quantity of 3 ingredients (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a varga Frequency rank 68889/72933

samatritaya	noun (neuter) name of a varga Frequency rank 68890/72933

samatva	noun (neuter) equableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) equality with (instr. or gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) equanimity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) normal condition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uniform conduct towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12707/72933

samanmatha	adjective enamoured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) filled with love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30727/72933

samunmath	verb (class 9 ātmanepada) to crush to hurt Frequency rank 69178/72933

sampramath	verb (class 9 parasmaipada) to annoy to harass to oppress to outrage to stir about or agitate violently to tear out (the eyes) to violate Frequency rank 18582/72933

sammata	adjective agreed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) agreeing with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) allowed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) approved by (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) authorized (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) being of the same opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) celebrated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) concurred in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) consented or assented to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) considered or regarded as (nom.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) esteemed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) highly honoured by (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) renowned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) supposed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) thinking together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) thought (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) thought highly of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 69326/72933

sammati	noun (feminine) affection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) agreement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) approbation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) approval (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) command (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) harmony (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) homage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) order (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) regard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) respect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sameness of opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) self-knowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) view (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15293/72933

sammata	noun (neuter) acquiescence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) approval (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) assent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) concurrence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) consent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) impression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 69327/72933

sammath	verb (class 9 parasmaipada) to bruise or pound together Frequency rank 30813/72933

sahātmatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 69706/72933

sātmatā	noun (feminine) absorption into the essence (of Brahmā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) community of essence or nature with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30952/72933

sādhumatī	noun (feminine) name of a Tantra deity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) one of the ten grades of a Bodhisattva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 70286/72933

siddhāmata	noun (neuter) name of a work Frequency rank 40877/72933

sumati	noun (feminine) benevolence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) devotion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) favour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) good mind or disposition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) kindness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a daughter of Kratu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the wife of Sagara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the wife of Viṣṇuyaśas and mother of Kalkin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pleasure or delight in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) prayer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the right taste for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20333/72933

sumati	adjective very wise or intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) well versed in (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20334/72933

sumati	noun (masculine) name of a Bhārgava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Daitya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Bharata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Dṛḍhasena (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Janamejaya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Nṛga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Somadatta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Vidūratha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Ṛteyu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son or disciple of Sūta and teacher of the Purāṇas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Ṛṣi under Manu Sāvarṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of an Ātreya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of son of Supārśva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇi or the 13th Arhat of the past Utsarpiṇī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of various other men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 11131/72933

sumatyāyī	noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva Frequency rank 71034/72933

sumathita	adjective Frequency rank 71035/72933

susammata	adjective highly approved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) much honoured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 25922/72933

somatīrtha	noun (neuter) name of a place of pilgrimage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā Frequency rank 11485/72933

somatīrthaka	noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha Frequency rank 71491/72933

somatīrthamāhātmyavarṇana	noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 121 name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 139 Frequency rank 41107/72933

sūkṣmatā	noun (feminine) minuteness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) subtlety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17416/72933

sūkṣmataṇḍula	noun (masculine) the poppy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 71623/72933

sūkṣmatama	adjective scarcely audible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) very feeble (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) very subtle or minute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 71624/72933

sūkṣmatara	adjective more (or most) subtle or minute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) scarcely audible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12294/72933

sūkṣmatuṇḍa	noun (masculine) a particular biting insect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 71625/72933

stabdharomatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 71666/72933

sthāṇumatī	noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 71761/72933

smṛtimattara	adjective Frequency rank 71968/72933

svātmatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 72228/72933

hanumatī	noun (feminine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 72304/72933

hanūmatī	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 31246/72933

hanūmata	noun (neuter) another name of the Tīrtha Hanūmanteśvara Frequency rank 72307/72933

haviṣmatī	noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Aṅgiras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the mythical cow Kāmadhenu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 41401/72933

hāridrumata	noun (masculine) patr. from haridru-mat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 72519/72933

himataila	noun (masculine) camphor oil (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 72572/72933

hetumattara	adjective Frequency rank 72678/72933

hematāpya	noun (neuter) hemamākṣika Frequency rank 72696/72933

hematāra	noun (neuter) blue vitriol (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 31304/72933

hematāraka	noun (neuter) tuttha Frequency rank 72697/72933

hrīmatī	noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Ānandadundubhi Frequency rank 31319/72933

Ayurvedic MedicalDictionary Dr. Potturu with thanks

Purchase Kindle edition


adhimāṃsaka	impaction ; inflammatory oedema of the last molar teeth or wisdom teeth .
āḍhyavāta	convulsive or rheumatic palsy of loins.
agnirohiṅi	inflammatory swelling in arm-pit; bubo of plague.
ajāmoda	goat’s delight; Plant bishop’s weed, ajowan caraway; dried aromatic fruits of Apium leptophyllum; A. graveo; Trachyspermum roxburghianum.
alaji	1. diabetic boil; 2. lacrimal abscess; stye or hordeolum; 3. inflammatory swelling.
āma	1. raw or uncooked; immature; undigested; 2. immature rasa; unboiled.
āmavāta	rheumatism, non-specific older term for medical conditions which affect connective tissue and the joints; arthritis caused by undigested stuff.
āmragandha	Plant Limnophila aromatica; Limnophila gratioloides; ricepaddy herb.
amśumatīdvayam	Plant herbs śāliparṅi and priśniparṅi.
anśumati	Go to śāliparṅi.
anulomana	1. purging; push excretory products out of the body; 2. carminative, that prevents formation of gas in the digestive system.
anumata	one of tantrayuktis, assent, approval.
āpta	trusted source, intimate.
aranyaharidra	Plant wild turmeric, Curcuma aromatica.
arśovartma	a form of trachoma; an infectious disease caused by the Chlamydia trachomatis, a micro-organism which produces a characteristic roughening of the inner surface of the eyelids. Al called granular conjunctivitis.
aruṇa	erythematous leprosy.
aśophapāka	non-inflammatory swelling.
asthi	bone, asthibhagna bone fracture, asthicālitam sub periosteal haematoma; asthisauṣīrya, osteoporosis asthiśoṣa dryingup of bones including osteoporosis.
audumbarakuṣṭha	patcy leprosy; lepromatous leprosy
bhānumati	a commnetary on Suśrutasamhita by Cakrapāṇi (12th Century ).
bhūrja	Plant Himalayan silver birch; Betula utilis; B. bhojapattra, bhūrjapatra traditional writing material.
camatkāracintāmaṇi	a handbook for practitioners authored by Lolambarāja (16th Century ).
carmadala	wart; exfoliative dermatosis; cracked skin.
caturbīja	Plant aggregate of four kinds of aromatic seeds; methi (funegreek), candrasūra (garden cress), kālājāji (small fennel), yavāni (Bishop’s weed)
cippa	whitlow, inflammation of the forefinger.
dadru	1. skinrash; 2. ring worm infestation on skin; 3. lepromatous leprosy.
danta	teeth, dantabhanjana loss of teeth, dantacala loose tooth, danta grāhi chilling of teeth due to cold beverages; dantakapālika tartar forming flakes; krimidanta dental caries, dantaharṣa morbid sensitiveness of teeth, intolerance to cold; dantamāmsas gums; dantanāḍi dental sinus; dantapuppuṭa gum boil, gingivitis; dantaśalāka toothpick, dantaśarkara tartar, dantaśaṭha bad for teeth ex: citrus; dantaśūla toothache, dantavaidarbha loose teeth due to injury; dantavardhana extra tooth; dantaveṣṭa pyorrhoea alveolaris, formation of pus in teeth.
darvika	1. ladle; 2. collyrium prepared from curcuma aromatica or xanthorrhiza for eyes.
davathu	inflammation, pain and heat.
dehavedha	breaking through the human body; transformation of human body into immortal one.
dhūpa,dhūpana	fumigation; aromatic vapour or smoke.
ḍolayantra	swinging apparatus used to detoxify mineral and herbal raw material.
doṣabalapravṛttivyādhi	(doṣa.bala.pravṛtta.vyādhi) psychosomatic diseases.
drākṣa	Plant raisins, mature fruits of Vitis vinifera.
durjara	Go to jyotiṣmati.
gaṇḍamāla	inflammation of the glands in the neck; cervical lymphadenitis.
gardabhika	parotitis, inflammation of one or both parotid (salivary) glands.
ghana	heavy; decoction of vegetable medicines solidified by evaporation at a low temperature to obtain solid material.
gundra	Plant kind of cyperus; lesser Indian reed, grass used for making mats, Typha australis; T. angustata.
guru	1. heavy, a trait or characteristic of matter; 2. big, high in respect; 3. teacher.
harītaki	inknut; pericarp of mature fruits of Terminalia chebula; myrobalan.
hatādimantha	an eye disease, panophthalmitis; inflammation of all coats of the eye including intraocular structures; atrophic eye.
jālagardabha	lymphangitis; cellulitis. Inflammation of lymphatic vessels and channels.
jāraṇa	roasting; oxidizing metals; amalgamation of mercury; assimilation; digestion of metals by mercury.
jihva	tongue; jihvakanṭaka glossitis (inflammation or infection of the tongue); jihvasthambha paralysis of the tongue.
jyotiṣmati	Plant climbing staff tree, black oil plant, intellect tree, bittersweet; Celastrus paniculata.
kaṇṭhaśunḍika	uvulitis or inflammation of uvula.
kaphajābhiṣyanda	vernal keratoconjunctivitis or spring catarrh: a recurrent, bilateral, and selflimiting inflammation of conjunctiva, having a periodic seasonal incidence.
karaṇa	modification, cleaning raw food material, one of āhāravidhiviśeṣayatana (āhāra.vidhi.viśeṣa.yatana) or culinary science.
karkāṭakam	1. fracture with haematoma; it resembles the shape of knot; 2. a pair of tongs; 3. the zodiac sign Cancer.
karpūra	Plant camphor, Cinnamonum camphora; Dryobalanops aromatica. karpūraśilājit white asphalt.
kaṭa	mat, straw mat, plank.
khalekapotanyāya	field-pigeon hypothesis, grain pigeon analogy to explain the formation of dhātu.
kṣīradadhinyāya	mulk-curds hypothesis about the transformation of tissues.
lagana	chalazion; meibomian gland lipogranuloma or a cyst in the eyelid caused by inflammation of a blocked meibomian gland. It differs from stye (hordeola), which is subacute and painless.
laghukarṇi	Plant bowstring hemp, Clematis triloba, mūrva.
lavaṇga	Plant cloves, dried flower bud of Syzygium aromaticum syn. Eugenia aromatica.
liṅga	1. symptomatogy, 2. calcinated mercury in the shape of phallus; 3. penis.
mālkangini	Go to jyotiṣmati.
manḍala	1. nonlepromatous lesion, 2. territory, 3. unit of forty days; 4. an area or a sphear in eye; 5. ringworm.
manḍalakuṣṭa	lepromatous lesion.
matsya	a geographical region in ancient India corresponding to part of Rajasthan.
matsya	fish. matsyakāya pisces person; an individual with traits similar to a fish: unsteadiness, idiotism, excess desire for water and quarrelsome.
matsyākṣi	Plant Alternanthera sessilis, A. triandra, A. denticulata, A. nodiflora, A. repens; sessile joywood.
matsyapitta	Go to kaṭuka.
mīnākṣi	Go to matyākṣi
mukha	mouth, oral, mukhapāka stomatitis, mukhasrāva excess salivary secretion, mukhavairasya distaste or loss of taste.
mūrva	Plant bowstring hemp, a controversial plant. several plants like Marsdenia tenacissima, M. volubilis; elephant creeper or Argyreia nervosa; Clematis triloba, Maerua arenaria, Bauhinia vahlii; Chenomorpha fragrans are considered as mūrva.
nābhi	umbilicus, navel, nābhipāka omphalitis, inflammation of the umbilicus.
pādadāri	chilblain, an inflammation of the fingers, toes, or ears, caused by prolonged exposure to mo isture and cold, affecting soles and feet also due to over walking; chaffed soles.
padārtha	1. matter, stuff, substance, material object, category; 2. proper implied meaning of the word, one of tantrayuktis.
pāka	cooking, inflammation, maturation, digestion, inflammatory maturation.
pākima	burned, ripened, cooked, matured.
paralysis,hemiplegia.	eye lashes, paralysis,hemiplegia.kopa trichiasis, inflammation of eyelashes.
pañcamahābhūta	five gross elements (prithvi, ap, tejas, vayu and ākāṣ) that make up the animate and inanimate world.
pandara	gangrenous stomatitis.
pariṇāma	change, transformation.
paripoṭa	inflammation of ear lobe; peeling off of earlobe due to hangings.
pāṣāṇabheda	Plant stone-breaker, rhizome of Bergenia ligulata, B. ciliate; Coleus aromatucus; Aerva lanata; Rotula aquatica. exact identity not yet established.
pātana	sublimation
phalavarti	enemating wick, medicted suppository.
pīlu	1. Plant toothbrush tree, Salvadora persica; 2. atom, tiniest part of matter.
pramata	thought out, excogitated, plan
pramatha	Go to harītaki
pramathya	paste or dough made by boiling a medicinal substance in water, ex: mustādi pramathya
rājimat,rājīmatha	a kind of snake possessing stripes.
rakasa	a kind of skin disease, dermatitis.
raktameha	heamaturia, blood in the urine.
rāmatulasi	Plant common basil, white basil; Ocimum basilicum.
rasakarpūra	calomel; sublimate of mercury.
rati	sexual intercourse; mating
rohiṇi	1. sixth layer of skin, dermis; 2. diphtheria, inflammation of throat; 3. women with red face. 4. star Aldebaran in the constellation Taurus.
rohitamatsya	red fish; Malabar snapper.
ṛtumati	menstruating women; girl at the age of puberty.
rūḍhi	affirmation, affirmative; emphatic statement.
śivapriya	Plant striped cucumber, Diplocyclos palmatus.
śmaśāna	cemetary, crematorium, burial ground.
ṣotha	inflammation, edema ṣothahara anti-inflammatory.
śukrameha	spermaturia.
śukrāsmari	spermatolith; stone or calculus in the spermatic duct.
śulbasūtra	parts of ancient treatises of empirical mathematics.
surakṣāra	saltpeter; raw material to extract potassium nitrate, an explosive substance.
sūtikāgāra	labor room, maternity home.
svāṅgaśīta	heated material attaining atmospheric temperature in situ; self cooling.
śvasanakajvara	pneumonia; inflammatory condition of the lung affecting alveoli, the microscopic air sacs.
śyāmaka	Plant Indian barnyard millet; dark coloured grain, which reduces fat; Panicum sumatrense.
tālu	palate, tālukanṭaka inflammation of uvula, tālupāka palatitis or ulceration of palate, tālupuppuṭa indolent swelling on the palate; tāluśoṣa constitutional disease of cleft palate
tanmātra	subtle elements, that evolve to compose the matter and time-space.
tejovati	Plant stem bark & dried fruit of Zanthoxylum alatum, Z. armatum.
trijāta	three aromatics; cinnamon bark, cardamom and cinnamon leaves. tvak, ela, patra.
tumburu	Plant 1. black and white ebony, Diospyros malabarica; 2. Hercules’ club, Zanthoxylum armatum.
tvakpatra	Indian cinnamon, dried mature leaves of Cinnamomum tamala.
unmārgabhagandara	traumatic fistula in ano.
unmattaka	Go to dattūra.
upanāha	hot poultice, plaster, unguent, stye, inflammation of the ciliary glands in the eye, upanāhasveda perspiration caused by a kind of poultice.
ūrdhvagata	upward, ūrdhvagata raktapitta vomiting and coughing up blood; heamoptysis and haematemesis.
ūrdhvapātanayantra	(ūrdhva.pātana.yantra) sublimating apparatus.
utkrośa	1. fishing eagle, sea eagle; 2. outcry, proclamation.
vaikalya	malformation.
vātarakta	gout and arthritis; a kind of arthritis that occurs when uric acid builds up in blood and causes joint inflammation.
vidāha	inflammation, heat especially in limbs, burning feel.
viḍanga	false black pepper, dried mature fruits of Embelia ribes.
vidāri	1. retropharyngeal abscess after bursting, 2. gangrenous stomatitis; 3. eruption in axilla or groin; 4. inflammatory oedema in the ear.
vidārika	lymphnode enlargement in groin and axilla, dermatitis of the external ear, otitis media.
viḍhvighāta	urinary obstruction and inflammation with smelling urine; impacted faeces in the rectum.
vikāra	abnormality, change, transformation.
vinamana	bending; deformation of the thoracic region.
vipāka	post digestive taste, transformed flavor, final transformation.
vicarcika	eczema, dermatitis, inflammation of the skin.
vṛnda	tumour in throat, inflammatory oedema.

Wordnet Search

"mat" has 461 results.


mat	mūrkha, mūḍha, ajña, yathājāta, vaidheya, bāliśa, mūḍhamati, alpamati, mandamati, manda, nirbuddha, jaḍa, alpabuddhi, acatura, alpadhī, mūḍhadhī, mūḍhātmā, matihīna, buddhihīna, abudha, avicakṣaṇa, avid, avidya, avidvas, avibudha yaḥ muhyati yasya buddhiḥ alpā vā। mūrkhaiḥ puruṣaiḥ saha na vivadet।/upadeśo hi mūrkhāṇāṃ janānāṃ prakopāya na śāntaye।
mat	nipuṇa, pravīṇa, abhijña, vijña, niṣṇāta, śikṣita, vaijñānika, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kuśala, saṅkhyāvat, matimat, kuśagrīyamati, kṛṣṭi, vidura, budha, dakṣa, nediṣṭha, kṛtadhī, sudhin, vidvas, kṛtakarman, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, catura, prauḍha, boddhṛ, viśārada, sumedhas, sumati, tīkṣṇa, prekṣāvat, vibudha, vidan, vijñānika, kuśalin yaḥ prakarṣeṇa kāryakṣamaḥ asti। arjunaḥ dhanurvidyāyāṃ nipuṇaḥ āsīt।
mat	anujñā, anujñānam, samujñānam, abhyanujñā, abhyanujñānam, anumatiḥ, anumatam, anumodanam, ājñā, kṣamatā, śaktiḥ, sāmarthyam yat cikīrṣitaṃ tat kartuṃ vṛddhānām anumodanam svīkṛtiḥ vā yad bahudhā ājñārūpeṇa vartate। vṛddhānām anujñāṃ vinā kimapi kāryaṃ na kuryāt। / pituḥ anujñayā eva kṛṣṇā himālayaparvatasya atyuccatamaṃ śikharam ārohituṃ prārabhata।
mat	anumatiḥ, sammatiḥ, svīkṛtiḥ, anumatam, sammatam, aṅgīkaraṇam, aṅgīkṛtiḥ, anujñaptiḥ svīkaraṇasya kriyā। bhārataśāsanena asyāḥ pariyojanārthe anumatiḥ dattā।
mat	asamatala, asama yad samatalaṃ nāsti। saḥ asamatalāṃ bhūmiṃ kṛṣyarthe samatalāṃ karoti।
mat	śaktiḥ, sattvam, sāmarthyam, balam, kṣamatā, ūrjaḥ, vīryam, vikramaḥ tat tattvam yasya prabhāveṇa kimapi kāryaṃ kartuṃ kārayituṃ vā śakyate। asmin kārye tava śaktiṃ jñāsyāmi।
mat	mūṣikonmathaḥ, mūṣikapañjaraḥ mūṣikagrahaṇārthaṃ kūṭayantram। mūṣikonmathe mūṣakaḥ ruddhaḥ।
mat	asāmarthyam, aśaktiḥ, aśaktatā, aśaktatvam, asamarthatvam, akṣamatā, akṣamatvam, śaktihīnatā, abalatvam, nirbalatvam, daurhalyam, balahīnatā, śaktivaikalyam, ayogyatā, ayogyatvam aśaktasya bhāvaḥ। asāmarthyāt etad kāryaṃ kartuṃ rāmaḥ ayogyaḥ।
mat	abhiṣyanda, abhisyanda, pariṣyandin, parisyandin, viṣyanda, pravāhin, gatimat, gatiśīla yasmin gatiḥ asti। abhiṣyande jale jantavaḥ na santi।
mat	bāsamatītaṇḍulaḥ taṇḍulaprakāraḥ। mātā bāsamatītaṇḍulebhyaḥ odanaṃ niṣpādayati।
mat	miśratā, mithyatā, kṛtrimatā kṛtrimasya bhāvaḥ kṛtrimā avasthā vā। miśratāyāḥ kāraṇāt satyasya mukham apihitaṃ bhavati।
mat	asvīkṛta, asammata, anabhimata, amata, aniṣṭa, apraśasta, garhita, vidviṣṭa yad na svīkṛtam। eṣā pariyojanā adyāpi śāsanena asvīkṛtā asti।
mat	aikamatyam ekamateḥ bhāvaḥ। tayoḥ madhye aikamatyaṃ sañjātam।
mat	vaimatyam kasminnapi viṣaye kārye vā sahamatihīnatā। sabhāsadānāṃ vaimatyāt etad prakaraṇam apūrṇam eva avatiṣṭhate।
mat	pūrṇimā, paurṇimā, paurṇamāsī, rākā, cāndrī, pūrṇamāsī, anantā, candramātā, nirañjanā, jyotsnī, indumatī, sitā cāndramāse śuklapakṣasya antimatithiḥ। pūrṇimāyāḥ niśākaraḥ atīva ramaṇīyaḥ।
mat	asthimaya, asthipūrṇa, asthimat yasmin asthimātram avaśiṣṭam। dvitrimāsāt annagrahaṇena vinā tasya mātāmahyāḥ śarīram asthimātram abhavat।
mat	janmatithiḥ mānyānāṃ janmadinam। ākṭobaramāsasya dvitīye dine gāndhīmahodayasya janmatithiḥ asti।
mat	idam prathamataḥ sarveṣu prathamam। idam prathamataḥ ahaṃ rāmaṃ utsave militavān।
mat	niścala, dṛḍha, sthira, acala, avicalita, dhīra, dhṛtimat, dhairyavat, stheyas, stheṣṭha, akampita, akṣubdha, askhalita, avyabhicārin, vyavasthita, sthita, sthitimat, gāḍha, pragāḍha yaḥ na vicalati। niścalaḥ puruṣaḥ svadhyeyaṃ prāpnoti। / samādhau acalā buddhiḥ।
mat	dhīmān, buddhimān, matimān, medhāvī, manīṣī, subuddhiḥ, medhiraḥ yasya prajñā medhā ca vartate। buddhimatāṃ saṅgatyā tvamapi buddhimān bhaviṣyasi।
mat	kapitthaḥ, dadhitthaḥ, manmathaḥ, dadhiphalaḥ, puṣpaphalaḥ, dantaśaṭhaḥ, kagitthaḥ, maṅgalyaḥ, nīlamallikā, grāhīphalaḥ, cīrapākī, granthiphalaḥ, kucaphalaḥ, kapīṣṭaḥ, gandhaphalaḥ, dantaphalaḥ, karabhavallabhaḥ, kāṭhinyaphalaḥ. kaṇṭakayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya phalāni tiktāni kaṭuni ca santi। asmin vane kapitthasya ādhikyaṃ vartate।
mat	prasannatā, paramānandam, pulakitatvam, atyānandaḥ, paramaharṣaḥ, atyantaharṣaḥ, harṣasaṃmohaḥ, ānandamohaḥ, mohāvasthā, ānandaveśaḥ, ālhādaneśaḥ, harṣāveśaḥ, paramasukham, brahmasukham, brahmānandaḥ, praharṣaḥ, pramadaḥ, unmadaḥ, mādaḥ, harṣonmattatā, harṣonmādaḥ, romaharṣaḥ prasannasya bhāvaḥ। rāmasya mukhe prasannatā dṛśyate।
mat	mātsaryam, matsaratā, īrṣyā, asūyā matsarasya bhāvaḥ। mātsaryāt tena jyeṣṭhabhrātuḥ gṛham paridagdham।
mat	samatsaram, mātsaryeṇa, serṣyam, alūyayā, sāsūyam, sābhyasūyam īrṣyāpūrvaka,īrṣyataḥ,dveṣapūrvaka,sāsūya,īrṣyāpūrṇataḥ; samatsaraṃ kimapi na kartavyam।
mat	gatimat, cala, cara, sara, saraṇa, calat, sarat, carat, calana, jaṅgama, kampana, gāmī, cārī, sārī, yāyī, sarpī, gatvara, sṛtvara yasmin gatiḥ asti। kālaḥ gatimān asti।
mat	śaṅkāśīla, śaṅkābuddhi, saṃśayaśīla, saṃśayabuddhi, sandigdhacitta, sandigdhamati, saṃśayālu, śaṅkin, aviśvāsī, kutarkaśīla, kutarkasvabhāva, apratyayī, kuhakacakita yaḥ na viśvasīti। saḥ śaṅkāśīlaḥ ataḥ tasya udbodhanena kim।
mat	cañcala, saṅgasukaḥ, asthiramati yaḥ na sthiraḥ tathā ca yasya matiḥ asthirā। mohanaḥ cañcalaḥ saḥ śāntamanasā karma kartuṃ na śaknoti।
mat	cintita, sucintita, sañcintita, saṃcintita, parāmṛṣṭa, samīkṣita, ālocita, nirupita, vicārita, sunirupita, pratīkṣita, nirīkṣita, vigaṇita, mata, smṛta yasya samīkṣā kṛtā vartate। ayaṃ viṣayaḥ asmābhiḥ cintitaḥ asti atra punarvicārasya āvaśyakatā nāsti।
mat	vatsala, snehin, snigdha, snehaśīla, suhṛttama, anurāgin, prītimat, hita, praṇayin, sapraṇaya, jātahārda yaḥ snihyati। asmākaṃ guruvaryaḥ vatsalaḥ asti।
mat	apriya, aniṣṭa, anabhīṣṭha, anabhimata yad priyaṃ nāsti। āvaśyakatā vartate ityataḥ tena apriyaṃ vastu api krītam।
mat	saujanyam, sādhutā, sajjanatā, sabhyatā, sattvavṛttiḥ, uttamatā, uttamatvam, guṇaḥ, praśastatā, praśastatvam, sadbhāvaḥ, sāttvikaḥ, sāttvikatā, sādhubhāvaḥ, sujanatā, sujanatvam, sauṣṭha, kulīnatā sujanasya bhāvaḥ। pāṭhaśālāyāṃ tasya saujanyaṃ khyātam। / saujanyam varavaṃśajanma vibhavo dirghāyurārogyatā vijñatvaṃ vinayitvaṃ indriyavaśaḥ satpātradāne ruciḥ sanmantrī susutaḥ priyā priyatamā bhaktiśca nārāyaṇe satpuṇyena vinā trayodaśaguṇāḥ saṃsāriṇāṃ durlabhāḥ।
mat	mahiṣaḥ, lulāpaḥ, sairibhaḥ, yamāhanaḥ, viṣajvaran, vaṃśabhīruḥ, rajasvalaḥ, ānūpaḥ, raktākṣaḥ, aśvāriḥ, krodhī, kaluṣaḥ, mattaḥ, viṣāṇī, gavalī, balī mahiṣajātīyaḥ pumān paśuḥ। saḥ mahiṣaṃ halena yunakti।
mat	cāturyam, caturatā, buddhimattā, buddhimānī buddheḥ satvam। saḥ svasya buddhimattāyāḥ balenaiva kārye saphalatāṃ prāptavān।
mat	buddhimat, dhīmat, matimat, medhāvin, manasvin, subuddhi, kuśalabuddhi, śuddhadhī, kṛtadhī, subodha, medhira, sajñāna, abhijña yasya buddhiḥ vartate। buddhimate vitaṇḍā na rocate।
mat	ājigīṣu, kīrtiprepsu, yaśaskāma, yaśaskāmyat, utkṛṣṭapadaprepsu, abhirucimat, aiśvaryaprepsu, abhipreta yaḥ prakarṣeṇa yaśaḥ ākāṅkṣate। śyāmaḥ ājigīṣuḥ asti।
mat	pūjita, apacitimat, abhipūjita, abhyarhita, sambhṛta yasya sammānaḥ kṛtaḥ। pūjitebhyaḥ sajjanebhyaḥ upahāraṃ dattvā pratigamyate।
mat	asvīkṛtiḥ, asammatiḥ asvīkaraṇasya kriyā। pradhānācāryeṇa mama patrasya viṣaye asvīkṛtiḥ pradarśitā।
mat	vṛtta, ghaṭita, gata, bhūta, atīta, vyatīta, samatīta, vyapeta, saṃvṛtta, atikrānta, nibhūta, pratīta yad bhūtakāle jātam। saḥ svajīvanasya vṛttaṃ varṇayati।
mat	kuṭila, vakra, arāla, vṛjina, jihma, ūrmimat, kuñcita, nata, āviddha, bhugna, vellita yasmin kapaṭam asti। tasya hāsyaṃ kuṭilam asti।
mat	siddhāntaḥ, tattvam, matam vyavahārādiviṣayakaḥ vihitaḥ niyamaḥ। siddhāntaḥ pālanīyaḥ।
mat	vaimatyam, anaikyam, matāntaram yatra anekeṣāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ mativaicitryaṃ vartate। vaimatyāt etad kāryam apūrṇam।
mat	prakāśamat, ālokita, jyotita, jyotiṣmat, dīptimat, dyumat prakāśena yuktaḥ। eṣaḥ kakṣaḥ prakāśamānaḥ asti।
mat	īśvaravādaḥ, āstikyavādaḥ, āstikyamatam, āstikyam vedeśvarādīnāṃ prāmāṇyam aṅgīkurvat matam। vayam īśvaravādasya samarthakāḥ।
mat	arhatā, yogyatā, kṣamatā padādīnām adhikāre ucitatāyāḥ bhāvaḥ। arhatāyāḥ kāraṇāt saḥ adhyāpakaḥ abhavat।
mat	kāpaṭyam, kauṭilyam, asādhutvam, aśucitvam, khalatā, duṣṭatā, adharmaḥ, asaralatā, asāralyam, jihmatā, anṛjutā, vakratā, kauṭam, aśuddhatā, adākṣiṇyam, māyā anṛjuprakṛteḥ bhāvaḥ। kāpaṭyena prāptaṃ dhanaṃ na sthiram।
mat	pariśramaḥ, udyamaḥ, śramaḥ, āyāsaḥ, klamaḥ, kleśaḥ, prayāsaḥ, āyāsaḥ, klamathaḥ, vyāyāmaḥ śārīrakāni kaṣṭāni। pariśramaiḥ preyaṃ śreyam api prāptuṃ śakyate।
mat	paṇḍita, vidvas, jñānin, vidyāvat, vidyāviśiṣṭa, vidyāsampanna, kṛtavidya, vidyālaṅkṛta, abhijña, savidya, labdhavidya, jñānavat, prājña, prajña, prajñāvat, kṛtadhī, adhītin, bahuśruta, manīṣin, buddhīmat, dhīmat, budha, vettṛ yena vidyā sampāditā। adya sabhāyāṃ bahavaḥ paṇḍitāḥ janāḥ abhyabhāṣanta।
mat	nirāmaya, vārta, kalya, uttama, kuśala, kuśalavat, nīruja, kuśalin, kuśali, nirvyādhi, paṭu, ullāgha, laghu, agada, nirjvara, vigada, viroga, anāmaya, aruk aroga, arogin, arogya āyuṣmat, ārogyavat, nirātaṅka, ayakṣma, sahārogya, sustha, susthita nirgataḥ āmayo yasmāt। sarve nirāmayāḥ santu।
mat	pātram, amatram, bhājanam, bhāṇcam, kośaḥ, koṣaḥ, pātrī, kośī, koṣī, kośikā, koṣikā mānavanirmitaṃ tad vastu yad pākādyarthe tathā ca anyavastūnāṃ sthāpanārthe upayujyate। saḥ śvānāya mṛttikayā vinirmite pātre dugdhaṃ pāyayati।
mat	sat, sādhu, puṇyavat, sāttvika, satyapara, satyarata, satyavṛtta, sadharma, śuddhakarman, śucicarit, viśuddha, śīlin, sthitimat, prāñjala, praguṇa, sarala, ajihma, aśaṭha, āli, udāra, ṛjūyu, nirvyāja, niścakrika, niṣkaitava, niṣprapañca, niśaṭha, rajiṣṭha, vaktṛ, ślakṣṇa, supratīka akapaṭī satśīlaḥ। santaḥ sadā pūjārhāḥ santi।
mat	asāvadhānataḥ, asāvadhānena, anavahitam, avadhānaṃ vinā, sapramādam, pramādāt, pramādataḥ, pramādyataḥ, pramattam, pramattavat, asamīkṣya, avimṛśya, nirapekṣam, anapekṣayā karmaphalasya asamyak pūrvacintanāt sahasā kṛtam। asāvadhānataḥ vegena vāhanasaṃñcālanaṃ prāṇaghātī asti।
mat	takram, pramathitam, ariṣṭam, kālaśeyam, gorasaḥ dadhimanthanād prāptaḥ dravapadārthaḥ। śyāmaḥ takraṃ pibati।
mat	kṣamatā, śaktiḥ, śaktatā, sāmarthyam dhāraṇasya śaktiḥ। asya calatacitragṛhasya dhāraṇasya kṣamatā pañcaśatam।
mat	kāmadevaḥ, kāmaḥ, madanaḥ, manmathaḥ, māraḥ, pradyumnaḥ, mīnaketanaḥ, kandarpaḥ, darpakaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, pañcaśaraḥ, smaraḥ, śambarāriḥ, manasijaḥ, kusumeṣuḥ, ananyajaḥ, ratināthaḥ, puṣpadhanvā, ratipatiḥ, makaradhvajaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, brahmasūḥ, viśvaketuḥ, kāmadaḥ, kāntaḥ, kāntimān, kāmagaḥ, kāmācāraḥ, kāmī, kāmukaḥ, kāmavarjanaḥ, rāmaḥ, ramaḥ, ramaṇaḥ, ratināthaḥ, ratipriyaḥ, rātrināthaḥ, ramākāntaḥ, ramamāṇaḥ, niśācaraḥ, nandakaḥ, nandanaḥ, nandī, nandayitā, ratisakhaḥ, mahādhanuḥ, bhrāmaṇaḥ, bhramaṇaḥ, bhramamāṇaḥ, bhrāntaḥ, bhrāmakaḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ, bhrāntacāraḥ, bhramāvahaḥ, mohanaḥ, mohakaḥ, mohaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, bhṛṅganāyakaḥ, gāyanaḥ, gītijaḥ, nartakaḥ, khelakaḥ, unmattonmattakaḥ, vilāsaḥ, lobhavardhanaḥ, sundaraḥ, vilāsakodaṇḍaḥ kāmasya devatā। kāmadevena śivasya krodhāgniḥ dṛṣṭaḥ।
mat	amūrta, nirākāra, nirākāra, ākṛtihīna, amūrtamat, mūrtirahita, arūpa, amūrtimat yaḥ ākāravihīnaḥ। kabīraḥ amūrtasya īśvarasya pūjakaḥ āsīt।
mat	mūrta, mūrtimat, ākārayukta yaḥ ākārayuktaḥ। rāmaḥ iti gosvāmī tulasīdāsasya mūrtaḥ īśvaraḥ asti।
mat	rātriḥ, niśā, rajanī, kṣaṇadā, kṣapā, śarvarī, niś, nid, triyāmā, yāninī, yāmavatī, naktam, niśīthinī, tamasvinī, vibhāvarī, tamī, tamā, tamiḥ, jyotaṣmatī, nirātapā, niśīthyā, niśīthaḥ, śamanī, vāsurā, vāśurā, śyāmā, śatākṣī, śatvarī, śaryā, yāmiḥ, yāmī, yāmikā, yāmīrā, yāmyā, doṣā, ghorā, vāsateyī, tuṅgī, kalāpinī, vāyuroṣā, niṣadvarī, śayyā, śārvarī, cakrabhedinī, vasatiḥ, kālī, tārakiṇī, bhūṣā, tārā, niṭ dīpāvacchinna-sūryakiraṇānavacchinnakālaḥ। yadā dikṣu ca aṣṭāsu meror bhūgolakodbhavā। chāyā bhavet tadā rātriḥ syācca tadvirahād dinam।
mat	akrameṇa, akramataḥ krameṇa vihīnaḥ। pustakālaye akrameṇa vihitatvāt pustakānām īpsitaṃ pustakaṃ saḥ nālabhata।
mat	ajñānam, avidyā, ahammatiḥ, tamaḥ, mohaḥ, mahāmohaḥ, tāmisram, andhatāmisram sadasadbhyāmanirvacanīyaṃ triguṇātmakaṃ bhāvarūpaṃ jñānavirodhi yatkiñcit। guruḥ ajñānaṃ harati jīvanaṃ vidyayā prakāśayati ca।/ ajñānāt vāruṇīṃ pītvā saṃskāreṇaiva śuddhati।
mat	yuddham, saṃgrāmaḥ, samaraḥ, samaram, āyodhanam, āhavam, raṇyam, anīkaḥ, anīkam, abhisampātaḥ, abhyāmardaḥ, araraḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, yodhanam, jamyam, pradhanam, pravidāraṇam, mṛdham, āskandanam, saṃkhyam, samīkam, sāmyarāyikam, kalahaḥ, vigrahaḥ, saṃprahāraḥ, kaliḥ, saṃsphoṭaḥ, saṃyugaḥ, samāghātaḥ, saṃgrāmaḥ, abhyāgamaḥ, āhavaḥ, samudāyaḥ, saṃyat, samitiḥ, ājiḥ, samit, yut, saṃrāvaḥ, ānāhaḥ, samparāyakaḥ, vidāraḥ, dāraṇam, saṃvit, samparāyaḥ, balajam, ānarttaḥ, abhimaraḥ, samudayaḥ, raṇaḥ, vivāk, vikhādaḥ, nadanuḥ, bharaḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, pṛtanājyam, abhīkam, samīkam, mamasatyam, nemadhitā, saṅkāḥ, samitiḥ, samanam, mīऴ् he, pṛtanāḥ, spṛt, spṛd, mṛt, mṛd, pṛt, pṛd, samatsu, samaryaḥ, samaraṇam, samohaḥ, samithaḥ, saṅkhe, saṅge, saṃyugam, saṅgathaḥ, saṅgame, vṛtratūryam, pṛkṣaḥ, āṇiḥ, śīrasātau, vājasātiḥ, samanīkam, khalaḥ, khajaḥ, pauṃsye, mahādhanaḥ, vājaḥ, ajam, sadma, saṃyat, saṃyad, saṃvataḥ śatrutāvaśād anyarājyaiḥ saha saśastrasenābalena dharmalābhārtham arthalābhārthaṃ yaśolābhārthaṃ vā yodhanam। yatra ayuddhe dhruvaṃ nāśo yuddhe jīvitasaṃśayaḥ taṃ kālam ekaṃ yuddhasya pravadanti manīṣiṇaḥ।
mat	candraḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ, hariḥ khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ pṛthvīṃ paribhramati। adhunā mānavaḥ candrasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaṃ gatvā saṃśodhanaṃ karoti।
mat	mūḍhamati yaḥ jñāpanena api na jñāyate। śyāmaḥ mūḍhamatiḥ asti tasmai jñāpanaṃ nirarthakam eva।
mat	matsaraḥ, mātsaryam, matsaratā, īrṣyā, asūyā, spardhā, sāpatnyam, sāpatnabhāvaḥ, dṛṣṭivakratā, akṣāntiḥ parotkarṣāsahiṣṇutā। mama utkarṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā tasya manasi matsaro jātaḥ।
mat	tejomayaḥ, tejomayī, tejomayam, suprabhaḥ, suprabhā, suprabham, tejiṣṭhaḥ, tejiṣṭham, tejiṣṭhā, tejīyān, tejīyasī, tejīyaḥ, atitaijasaḥ, atitaijasī, atitaijasam, atiśobhanaḥ, atiśobhānā, atiśobhanam, atidīptimān, atidīptimat, atidīptimatī, atikāntimān, atitejasvī, atitejasvinī, atikāntimatī, atikāntamat, atiprabhāvān, mahātejāḥ, mahātejaḥ, mahāprabhaḥ, mahāprabhā, mahāprabham, ujjvalaḥ, ujjvalā, ujjvalam, śobhamānaḥ, śobhamānam, śobhamānā, śubhraḥ, śubhrā, śubhram, bhāsvān, bhāsantaḥ, bhāsantā, bhāsantam, bhāsantaḥ, bhānumān, bhāsuraḥ, bhāsurā, bhāsuram ābhāyuktaḥ। tasya kumārasya tejomayaṃ mukhaṃ dṛṣṭvā saḥ uccakulajātaḥ iti vicārya ācāryaḥ taṃ śiṣyatvena svīkṛtavān।
mat	brahma, brahmatatvam, cidānandam, aśabda sā paramā tathā ca nityasattā yā jagataḥ mūlakāraṇam asti tathā ca yā sadcidānandasvarūpā asti iti manyante। brahma ekam eva।
mat	ātapaḥ, tāpaḥ, abhitāpaḥ, upatāpaḥ, uṣṇatā, auṣṇyam, uṣmaḥ, auṣmyam, nidāghaḥ, caṇḍatā, tigmatā, taigmyam, tigmam uṣmasya bhāvaḥ। grīṣme ātapaḥ vardhate।
mat	santuṣṭa, tṛpta, tuṣṭa, parituṣṭa, santoṣita, dhṛtimat yasya icchā toṣitā। bhavatāṃ darśanena ahaṃ santuṣṭaḥ।
mat	gambhīra, śānta, saumya, aṭala, dṛḍha, sthiradhī, sthiramati, sthiramanas, sthirātman, sthitimat, sthitamati, sthitaprajā, sthitadhī, susthira, sudhīra, prastha, dhṛtātman yaḥ cañcalaḥ nāsti। saḥ prakṛtyā gambhīraḥ asti।
mat	dhīra, anākula, dhīrapraśānta, dhīraśānta, dhṛtātman, dhṛtimat avicalacittaḥ। vipattau api dhairyasya atyāgāt dhīraḥ antato gatvā yaśasvī bhavati।
mat	vismayaḥ, āścaryam, camatkaraṇam, camatkāraḥ, camatkṛtiḥ, codyam manasaḥ saḥ bhāvaḥ yaḥ kiñcit abhūtapūrvaṃ dṛṣṭvā śrutvā jñātvā vā jāyate। mām akasmāt dṛṣṭvā tasya vismayaḥ abhūt।
mat	dṛḍha, sthara, niścala, acala, avicalita, dhīra, dhṛtimat, dhairyavat yaḥ nirṇayam anyathā na karoti। saḥ svanirṇaye dṛḍhaḥ āsīt।
mat	pramattavat, anavadhāna, pramadvara avadhānahīnaḥ। pramattavān vyaktiḥ vyasanaiḥ grasati।
mat	priya, abhimata, abhīṣṭa, abhīpsita, arya, pariprī, dayita, manaḥpriya, manaḥpraṇīta, manaskānta yad rocate। etat mama atīva priyaṃ pustakam asti।
mat	uttamatā, utkṛṣṭatā uttamasya avasthā bhāvo vā। caritrasya uttamatā sarvaśreṣṭhā।
mat	māhātmyam, mahātmatā, mahimā, mahatvam, udāratā, audāryam, cittodāratā, mahecchā, mahānubhāvaḥ mahātmano bhāvaḥ। hindīsāhitye premacandasya māhātmyaṃ na anyathā kartuṃ śakyate।
mat	kṛṣṇaḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, acyutaḥ, govindaḥ, janārdanaḥ, giridharaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, mādhavaḥ, śauriḥ, ahijitaḥ, yogīśvaraḥ, vaṃśīdharaḥ, vāsudevaḥ, kaṃsārātiḥ, vanamālī, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, mukundaḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, vāsuḥ, muralīdharaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, nandātmajaḥ, gopālaḥ, nandanandanaḥ, yādavaḥ, pūtanāriḥ, mathureśaḥ, dvārakeśaḥ, pāṇḍavāyanaḥ, devakīsūnuḥ, gopendraḥ, govardhanadharaḥ, yadunāthaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, trivikramaḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, viśvambharaḥ, viśvarujaḥ, sanātanaḥ, vibhuḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, prabhuḥ, jitāmitraḥ, sahasravadanaḥ yaduvaṃśīya vasudevasya putraḥ yaḥ viṣṇoḥ avatāraḥ iti manyate। sūradāsaḥ kṛṣṇasya paramo bhaktaḥ।
mat	mūrkhaḥ, mūḍhaḥ, vimatiḥ, vimūḍhaḥ, ajñaḥ, abudhaḥ, aviddhaḥ, unmugdhaḥ, kupaṭuḥ, kubuddhiḥ, kuṇṭhakaḥ, jaḍaḥ saḥ vyaktiḥ yasya buddhiḥ nyūnā alpā vā vartate। samāje naikāḥ mūrkhāḥ santi।
mat	matāgrahin yaḥ āgraheṇa svamatam sthāpayati। śyāmaḥ matāgrahī bālakaḥ asti
mat	sūkṣmatā sūkṣmasya avasthā bhāvo vā। sūkṣmatāyā naike jīvāḥ na dṛśyante।
mat	sūkṣmatama, atisūkṣma yad atyantaṃ sūkṣmaṃ vartate। jīvāṇu iti sūkṣmatamaḥ jīvaḥ।
mat	hiṃsra, hiṃsaka, caṇḍa, amatra, ūrjasvin, tigmavīrya, iṣṭasāhasa yaḥ hisāṃ karoti। adya mānavaḥ hiṃsraḥ abhavat।
mat	camatkārapūrṇa yasmin camatkāraḥ asti। indrajālikasya camatkārapūrṇā krīḍā dṛṣṭvā vayaṃ vismitāḥ।
mat	tejasvin, ojasvin, kāntimat yasmin tejaḥ asti। mahātmanā kathitaṃ yad tava putraḥ tejasvī bhavati।
mat	kṣudratā, duṣṭatā, nīcatā, adhamatā adhamasya bhāvaḥ। kṣudratāṃ dūrīkṛtvā eva unnatiḥ bhavati।
mat	pradhānatā, prādhānya, agratā, prathamatā, śreṣṭhatā, pramukhatā, varīyatā pradhānasya avasthā bhāvo vā। sacina teṇḍūlakara mahodayena ekadinaṃ yāvat krīḍyamāne krikeṭa iti krīḍāyāṃ sarvādhikāni śatakāni kṛtvā svasya pradhānatā pratiṣṭhāpitā।
mat	yogyatā, upayuktatā, sāmarthya, kṣamatā, arhatā yaḥ jñānānubhavaśikṣādīnāṃ sā viśeṣatā guṇo vā yam āśritya kimapi kāryārthe padagrahaṇārthe vā upayuktaḥ iti manyante। spardhāparīkṣayā vidyārthīnāṃ yogyatā parīkṣyate।
mat	praśānta, śānta, sthiracitta, sthira, upaśānta, dhīraśānta, sūrata, viprasanna, śāntimat yasya citta sthiram asti। praśāntaḥ vyaktiḥ vipattibhyaḥ na bibheti।
mat	svatantraḥ, svatantrā, svatantram, anadhīnaḥ, anadhīnā, anadhīnam, anāyattaḥ, anāyattā, anāyattam, svādhīnaḥ, svādhīnam, svādhīnā, ātmāyattaḥ, ātmāyattā, ātmāyattam, ātmatantraḥ, ātmatantram, ātmatantrā yaḥ ātmani āśritaḥ। asmākaṃ deśaḥ svatantraḥ asti।
mat	madakala, unmada, mattavilāsin yaḥ nityaṃ madakārīṇaḥ padārthān upabhuṅkte। mattāvasthayāṃ kṛtena kalahena dvau madakalau kārāgṛhaṃ gatau।
mat	madakalaḥ, madakalā, mattavilāsīni, mattavilāsī yaḥ nityaṃ madakārīṇaḥ padārthān upabhuṅkte। madakalau paraspareṇa kalahataḥ।
mat	viśvakarmā, tvaṣṭā, sudhanvā, rūpapati, rūpakṛt, indradrohī, kāruḥ, takṣakaḥ, bhaumanaḥ, prajāpatiḥ, rūpakartā, matīśvaraḥ śilpaśāstrasya āviṣkartā tathā ca prathamaḥ ācāryaḥ। viśvakarmā devatānāṃ śilpī āsīt।
mat	icchā, ākāṅkṣā, vāñchā, dohadaḥ, spṛhā, īhā, tṛṭ, lipsā, manorathaḥ, kāmaḥ, abhilāṣaḥ, tarṣaḥ, ruk, iṣā, śraddhā, tṛṣṇā, ruciḥ, matiḥ, dohalam, chandaḥ, iṭ manodharmaviśeṣaḥ। nirduḥkhatve sukhe cecchā tajjñānādeva jāyate। icchā tu tadupāye syādiṣṭopāyatvadhīryadi।।
mat	avakāśānumatiḥ, virāmānumatiḥ virāmāya anumatiḥ। gṛhaṃ gantuṃ bhavatā pañcadaśa dināt pūrvameva avakāśānumatiḥ grahītavyā।
mat	asādhyaḥ, nirauṣadhaḥ, durdharaḥ, asādhaḥ, avāraṇīyaḥ, nirupakramaḥ, durācaraḥ, kṣetriyaḥ, kriyāpathamatikrāntaḥ, vivarjanīyaḥ cikitsātikrāntaḥ। raktakṣayaḥ asādhyaḥ rogaḥ asti।
mat	gajaḥ, hastī, karī, dantī, dvipaḥ, vāraṇaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, mataṅgaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, nāgaḥ, dviradaḥ, ibhaḥ, radī, dvipāyī, anekapaḥ, viṣāṇī, kareṇuḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, padmī, śuṇḍālaḥ, karṇikī, dantāvalaḥ, stamberamaḥ, dīrghavaktraḥ, drumāriḥ, dīrghamārutaḥ, vilomajihvaḥ, śakvā, pīluḥ, māmṛgaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, ṣaṣṭhihāyanaḥ paśuviśeṣaḥ- saḥ paśuḥ yaḥ viśālaḥ sthūlaḥ śuṇḍāyuktaḥ ca। gajāya ikṣuḥ rocate।
mat	matam, dṛṣṭiḥ, matiḥ, dhīḥ kimapi vastu kamapi viṣayaṃ vā adhikṛtya kṛtaṃ cintanam। asmākaṃ matena bhavatām idaṃ kāryaṃ na samīcinam।
mat	sakṣama, kṣamatāvat, sāmarthyavat, kṣamatāśālin yasmin kṣamatā asti। asya kāryārthe sakṣamaḥ asmi aham।
mat	yuktiyuktaḥ, yuktiyuktā, yuktiyuktam, ऱीtisaṃmataḥ, ऱीtisaṃmatā, ऱीtisaṃmatam yad tarkadvārā, lokavyavahāreṇa vā sammataḥ asti। mohanaḥ guruṇā pṛṣṭānāṃ praśnānāṃ yuktiyuktam uttaraṃ dattvā sarvān vyasmāyayat। / dharmaśāstravirodhe tu yuktiyuktaḥ vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ।
mat	ākrāntamati yasya matiḥ adhikrāntā। guruḥ śiṣyasya sevayā ākrāntamatiḥ abhavat।
mat	āmram, cūtam, sahakāram, kāmaśaram, kāmavallabham, kāmāṅgam, kīrevṛḥ, mādhavadrumam, bhṛṅgāmīṣṭam, sīdhurasam, madhūlī, kokilotsavam, vasantadūtam, āmraphalam, modākhyam, manmathālayaḥ, madhvāvāsaḥ, sumadanaḥ, pikarāgaḥ, nṛpapriyaḥ, priyāmbuḥkokilāvāsaḥ, mākandaḥ, ṣaṭpadātithiḥ, madhuvrataḥ, vasantadruḥ, pikaprayaḥ, strīpriyaḥ, gandhabandhuḥ, alipriyaḥ, madirāsakhaḥ phalaviśeṣaḥ, āmravṛkṣasya phalam asya guṇāḥ varṇarucimāṃsaśukrabalakāritvam। rāmāya āmraḥ rocate।
mat	āmraḥ, āmravṛkṣaḥ, cūtaḥ, sahakāraḥ, kāmaśaraḥ, kāmavallabhaḥ, kāmāṅgaḥ, kīrevṛḥ, mādhavadrumaḥ, bhṛṅgāmīṣṭaḥ, sīdhurasaḥ, madhūlī, kokilotsavaḥ, vasantadūtaḥ, amraphalaḥ, modākhyaḥ, manmathālayaḥ, madhvāvāsaḥ, sumadanaḥ, pikarāgaḥ, nṛpapriyaḥ, priyāmbuḥ, kokilāvāsaḥ, mākandaḥ, ṣaṭpadātithiḥ, madhuvrataḥ, vasantadruḥ, pikaprayaḥ, strīpriyaḥ, gandhabandhuḥ, alipriyaḥ, madirāsakhaḥ phalavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ- dīrghajīvī pādapaḥ yasya pītavarṇīyaṃ phalam atīva madhuram। āmravṛkṣe śukāḥ nivasanti।
mat	dṛḍhamatahīna yaḥ svasya mate dṛḍhaḥ nāsti। dṛḍhamatahīnaḥ puruṣaḥ unnatiṃ kartuṃ na śaknoti।
mat	durātmā, duṣṭacetā, duṣṭātmā, duṣṭamati, pāpamati, pāpabuddhi yasya pravṛttiḥ duṣṭā asti। durātmanā rāvaṇena sītāyāḥ apaharaṇaṃ kṛtam।
mat	dharmāvalambin, matānuyāyin, dharmānuyāyin yaḥ kasyāpi dharmasya anuyāyī asti। bhārate hindūdharmasya dharmāvalambinaḥ janāḥ anyebhyaḥ apekṣayā adhikāḥ santi।
mat	pādāghātaḥ, padapātaḥ, caraṇapātaḥ, pādāsphālanam, pādādhyāsaḥ, caraṇaskandanam, pramathanam padasya āsphālanam। kasyacit pādāghātaḥ śrūyate।
mat	sahajatā, sugamatā, saralatā, ṛjutā, ārjava sahajasya avasthā bhāvo vā। yad kāryaṃ mama kṛte kaṭhīnam āsīt tad kāryaṃ aruṇā sahajatayā karoti।
mat	yātrikaḥ, pānthaḥ, atkaḥ, adhvagaḥ, adhvanīnaḥ, ahiḥ, āhiṇḍakaḥ, itvaraḥ, gamathaḥ, gāntuḥ, deśikaḥ, pathilaḥ, pādavikaḥ, prothaḥ, vahataḥ, vahatuḥ, samīraṇaḥ, adhvagacchan yaḥ yātrāṃ karoti। nirave mārge dvau yātrikau coreṇa mṛṣṭau।
mat	uttamatara yaḥ adhikaḥ uttamaḥ asti। abhyāse rāghavaḥ mādhavāt uttamataraḥ asti।
mat	matibhraṃśaḥ, unmādaḥ, cittavibhramaḥ, unmanāḥ saḥ rogaḥ yasmin cittavibhramaḥ jāyate। tasmai atiśokāt matibhraṃśaḥ jātaḥ।
mat	vāmataḥ, vāmaḥ, vāmam vāme diśi। asmākaṃ gṛhaṃ śivālayasya vāme asti।
mat	aikamatyam, ekacittam, ekavākyatā, ekāyanībhāva, aikamukhya sā sthitiḥ yatra upasthitāḥ sambaddhāḥ vā janāḥ ekaṃ eva matam anumanyante। rāmāya ekamatyena asya saṃsthāyāḥ sacivaṃ nirvācitam।
mat	dyumat, dyutikar, dyutimat, dyotana, dyoti, dyotamāna, ujvala, kāntimat, kiraṇamaya, utprabha, ullasa, ullasita, prakāśavat, prakāśaka, prakāśamāna, prakāśat, prakāśin, citra, tejasvat, tejasvin, tejomaya, taijasa, añjimat, atiśukra, abhirucira, abhivirājita, abhiśobhita, abhīṣumat, amanda, avabhāsita, avabhāsin, ābhāsvara, ārocana, ābhāsura, iddha, utprabha, udīrṇadīdhiti, uddyota, uddyotita, kanakatālābha, kanakaprabha, kanala, kāśī, kāśīṣṇu, ketu, taijasa, dīdi, dīdivi, dīpta, dīptimat, dyotamāna, dhauta, punāna, prakhya, prabhāvat, bṛhajjyotis, bhāskara, bhāsura, bhāsvara, bhāsvat, bhāsayat, rukmābha, rucita, rucira, rucya, ruśat, roca, rocana, rocamāna, rociṣṇu, varcasvin, vidyotamāna, virukmat, vicakṣaṇa, virājamāna, śuklabhāsvara, śundhyu, śubhāna, śubhra, śubhri, śumbhamāna, śobha, śobhamāna, sutāra, suteja, sudīpta, sudyotman, supraketa, suprabha, suruk, suvibhāta, sphurat, hiraṇyanirṇij, hiraṇyanirṇig yasmin dīptiḥ asti athavā yasya varṇaḥ ābhāyuktaḥ asti। prācyadeśāt āgatena tena dūtena tat dyumat ratnaṃ rājasabhāyāṃ rājñe samarpitam।
mat	dṛḍhamati yaḥ svasya mate dṛḍhaḥ asti। dṛḍhamatiḥ puruṣaḥ sarvadā svasya matasya samarthanaṃ karoti।
mat	śaktimat, śaktiśālin, balaśālin, baliṣṭha yaḥ adhikaḥ balavān asti। aśokaḥ śaktimān rājā āsīt।
mat	kitavaḥ, unmattaḥ, dhūrtaḥ, kanakāhvayaḥ, mātulaḥ, mahanaḥ, dhattūraḥ, śaṭhaḥ, mātulakaḥ, śyāmaḥ, śivaśekharaḥ, kharjjūghnaḥ, khalaḥ, kaṇṭaphalaḥ, mohanaḥ, mattaḥ, śaivaḥ, dhusturaḥ, dhutturaḥ, dhustūraḥ, purīmohaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ kṣupaviśeṣaḥ tat kṣupaṃ yasya bījāni viṣayuktāni santi। śivāya kitavaḥ rocate।
mat	hṛ, apahṛ, muṣ, nirmuṣ, vipralup, vimath, abhyādā balapūrvakam āharaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। ātatāyinaḥ kaśmīrasya mantriṇaḥ putrīm aharan।/muṣāṇa ratnāni hara amarāṅganāḥ ।
mat	matsyakaṇṭakaḥ matsyaśarīre vartamānaṃ kaṇṭakasadṛśam asthi। rāmasya mukhe matsyakaṇṭakena vedhanaṃ kṛtam।
mat	palāvaḥ, śuṣkalam, matsyabandhanam, biliśaḥ, baliśam matsyabandhanārthe pāśaḥ। matsyaṃ baddhuṃ mohanena palāve pralobhanaṃ sthāpitam।
mat	kṛt, chid, nikṛt, niṣkṛt, parikṛt, vikṛt, vinikṛt, paricchid, saṃchid, paricchid, lū, vraśc, cho, viccho, do, vido, dā, vidā, chuṭ, chur, takṣ, vitakṣ, parivas, parivraśc, paryavacchid, paryavado, pracchid, pralū, pravraśc, vas, vibhaj, vimath, vihṛ, vyapahṛ, samucchid, samutkṛt, samuparuj, sampracchid tīkṣṇaiḥ sādhanaiḥ kartanapūrvakaḥ vibhajanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। saḥ kṣupān kartayati।
mat	yaśasvin, kīrtivat, kīrtimat yena yaśaḥ prāptam। munśī premacanda mahodayaḥ hindīsāhityasya yaśasvī racanākāraḥ āsīt।
mat	matsyaḥ, pṛthuromā, mīnaḥ, vaisāriṇaḥ, visāraḥ, śakalī, śandhalī, jhaṣaḥ, ātmāśī, saṃvaraḥ, mūkaḥ, jaleśayaḥ, kaṇṭakī, śaklī, macchaḥ, animiṣaḥ, śuṅgī, jhasaḥ jalajantuviśeṣaḥ,yaḥ śakalakaṇṭakādiyuktaḥ। matsyāḥ aṇḍajāḥ santi।
mat	matyam kṛṣṭasamīkṛte kṣetre mṛtpiṇḍān cūrṇīkṛtvā samatalīkaraṇasya upakaraṇam। kṛṣakaḥ kṛṣikṣetre matyaṃ pracālayati।
mat	matkuṇaḥ, uddāṃśaḥ, raktapāyī, raktāṅgaḥ, mañcakāśrayaḥ kīcaviśeṣaḥ maccāsau kuṇaśaceti। matkuṇāviva purā pariplavau sindhunāthaśayanā niṣeduṣaḥ gacchataḥ sma madhukaiṭabhau vibhoryasya naidrasukhavighnatāṃ kṣaṇam ।
mat	kadalī, tṛṇasārā, gucchaphalā, vāraṇavuṣā, rambhā, mocā, kāṣṭhīlā, aṃśumatphalā, vāravuṣā, suphalā, sukumārā, sakṛtphalā, hastiviṣāṇī, gucchadantikā, niḥsārā, rājeṣṭā, bālakapriyā, ūrustambhā, bhānuphalā, vanalakṣmīḥ, kadalakaḥ, mocakaḥ, rocakaḥ, locakaḥ, vāravṛṣā, vāraṇavallabhā phalaviśeṣaḥ tat phalam yad gurutaram madhuram tathā ca puṣṭam। saḥ kadalīm atti।
mat	kadalī, tṛṇasārā, gucchaphalā, vāraṇavuṣā, rambhā, mocā, kāṣṭhīlā, aṃśumatphalā, vāravuṣā, suphalā, sukumārā, sakṛtphalā, hastiviṣāṇī, gucchadantikā, niḥsārā, rājeṣṭā, bālakapriyā, ūrustambhā, bhānuphalā, vanalakṣmīḥ, kadalakaḥ, mocakaḥ, rocakaḥ, locakaḥ, vāravṛṣā, vāraṇavallabhā vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ-saḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya parṇāni dīrghāṇi tathā ca phalaṃ gurutaraṃ madhuraṃ puṣṭam asti। tasya prāṅgaṇe kadalī asti।
mat	bhakṣ(bhakṣati/te), bhakṣ (bhakṣayati), bhuj, khād, aś, ghas, khad, hu, carba, cham, cam (camati), vī, vevī, cam (camnoti), valbh, jakṣ, caṣ, (vi)cam, carv (carvati), carv (carvayati), kuḍ, am, (sam) añj, car, kūḍ, kruḍ, skhad, snus, (upa)yuj (upayunakti), (upa)yuj (upayuṅkte), bhrakṣ, bhlakṣ, plakṣ annasya gala-bilādhaḥ-saṃyogānukūla-vyāpāraḥ। bho māṇavaka, bhakṣaya etat phalam।
mat	tṛpta, santṛpta, tuṣṭa, santuṣṭa, tuṣṭimat, tṛptimat yaḥ ākāṅkṣānivṛttaḥ। tṛptaḥ puruṣaḥ nityaṃ sukhī bhavati।
mat	utsāhin, utsāhavat, sattvādhika, ojasvat, tavas, tviṣīmat, vājayu, ajaḍadhī yasmin ojaḥ asti। utsāhī vyaktiḥ kim api kāryaṃ śīghraṃ sampūrṇatāṃ nayati।
mat	paribhram, math kasya api piṇḍasya svamerūm anusṛtya cakravadāvartanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। pṛthvī merūm anusṛtya paribhramati।
mat	urmimat, bhaṅgura, bandhura, taraṅgita, unnatānata, cala yasmin taraṅgāḥ santi। urmimān sāgaraḥ janān sandeśaṃ yacchati।
mat	vismita, paramavismita, vismayin, kṛtavismaya, camatkārita, sādbhuta, hṛṣita, hṛṣṭa yaḥ vismayānvitaḥ। tasya kāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarve vismitāḥ।
mat	matadānam pratinidheḥ varaṇāya svamataprakāśanaṃ yat prāyaḥ guptarītyā bhavati। matadānasya adhikāraḥ vicāryaiva upayoktavyaḥ।
mat	ātmadānam, ātmatyāgaḥ, ātmotsargaḥ anyeṣāṃ kalyāṇāya svahitasya tyāgaḥ। dadhicinā devānāṃ kalyāṇārthe ātmadānaṃ kṛtvā mṛtyuḥ svīkṛtaḥ।
mat	janmatithiḥ kasyāpi saṃsthāyāḥ ārambhasya tithyāṃ pratisaṃvatsare bhavyamānaḥ utsavaḥ। eṣā saṃsthā adya pañcaviṃśatitamā janmatithiḥ sampadyate।
mat	saundarya, sundaratā, ramaṇīyatā, manoharatā, mohakatā, cārutā, abhirāmatā, lālitya, kamanīyatā, kāmyatā, suramyatā sundarasya avasthā bhāvo vā। kaśmirasya saundaryaṃ vilobhanīyam।
mat	dolāyamat yad hindolayati। vayaṃ dolāyamataḥ setoḥ sāhāyyena nadīm alaṅghāma।
mat	tulyatā, samānatā, samatā, sāmyam tulyasya avasthā bhāvo vā। bhavatā saha asmākaṃ tulyatā nāsti।
mat	jalāḍhya, jalaprāya, anūpa, bahūdaka, udanya, apavat, apas, aptya, ambumat, ammaya, ānūpa, āpya, udakala, udaja, udanvat, audaka, kaja, jāla, nārika, bahvap, bahvapa, vārya, sajala, sāmbhas, ambumatī yasmin adhikaṃ jalaṃ vartate। āpaṇikaḥ jalāḍhyaṃ dugdhaṃ vikrīṇāti।
mat	praskhalita, vimatta yaḥ sthiram avasthātuṃ calituṃ vā na śaknoti। praskhalitaḥ saḥ unmādena calati।
mat	matiḥ, buddhiḥ, dhī, prājñatā niścayātmikāntaḥkaraṇavṛttiḥ yasyāḥ balena cintayituṃ śakyate। dhanalābhārthe anyasya matyā jīvanād bhikṣāṭanaṃ varam।
mat	puttikā, matkoṭakaḥ, kaṇikā kīṭaviśeṣaḥ- śvetā pipilī yā kāṣṭha-kargajādīn bhakṣayati। asya pustakasya pṛṣṭhāni puttikābhiḥ ।
mat	dvyaṭṭālikamat aṭṭālikadvayena yuktaḥ। tasya gṛhaṃ dvyaṭṭālikamat asti।
mat	matādhikārin yasya matadānasya adhikāraḥ asti। matādhikāriṇaḥ puruṣasya anurodhaḥ asti yat matasya sadupayogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ।
mat	matadātā, matadātrī yatkartṛkaḥ nirvācanādhikāraḥ । nirvācanakāle matadātuḥ matārthe netāraḥ bhikṣayanti।
mat	sampradāyaḥ, śākhā, panthaḥ, mārgaḥ, matam dharme matāntaraṃ pakṣāntaram vā। vaidike dharme vividhāḥ sampradāyāḥ santi।
mat	pakṣin, pakṣamat yaṃ pakṣāḥ santi। sarve khagāḥ pakṣiṇaḥ santi।
mat	marakatam, rājanīlam, gārutmatam, aśmagarbham, harinmaṇiḥ, rauhiṇeyam, sauparṇam, garuḍodgīrṇam, budharatnam, aśmagarbhajam, garalāriḥ, vāpabolam haridvarṇamaṇiviśeṣaḥ। etad marakatasya aṅgulīyam।
mat	ādau, prathamam, prathamataḥ, ārambhataḥ, prāg, prāk, pūrvam, agre, purastāt, āditaḥ, agraśaḥ, āmūlam, āmūlāt, mūlataḥ ārambhe athavā mūle। kasminnapi dhārmikavidhau ādau śrīgaṇeśasya pūjā bhavati।/ pūjāyāṃ prathamaṃ gaṇeśaḥ eva pūjanīyaḥ।
mat	unmatta, pramatta, pramada, matta, unmattaka, unmadita, utkaṭa, udyuta, kuśa, dṛpta, nirdaṭa, nirdaḍa, madakala, momugha, vātahata, vātula, vātūla, sonmāda, ha, sonmāda, hatacitta, hatacetas, haripriya yasya buddhau ko'pi vikāraḥ asti। bhasmarāśīkṛtaṃ svaṃ gṛhaṃ dṛṣṭvā asahāyaḥ śyāmaḥ unmattaḥ abhavat।
mat	jyotiṣmatī, pārāvatāṅghrī, kaṭabhī, piṇyā, pārāvatapadī, nagaṇā, sphuṭabandhanī, pūtitailā, iṅgudī, svarṇalatā, analaprabhā, jyotirlatā, supiṅgalā, dīptā, medhyā, matidā, durjarā, sarasvatī, amṛtā latāviśeṣaḥ-yasyāḥ bījāt tailaṃ prāpyate tathā ca yā vātakaphahāriṇī asti। jyotiṣmateḥ bījasya tailaṃ bahu upayuktam asti।
mat	pauṣṭika, puṣṭikara, puṣṭida, poṣa, poṣaka, poṣin, kṣumat, paripoṣaka, puṣa, bhari, bhariman yaḥ puṣṭiṃ dadāti। bhṛtakānāṃ kṛte pauṣṭikam annaṃ durlabham asti।
mat	prajñā, medhā, pratibhā, matiprakarṣaḥ sā navanavonmeṣaśālinī buddhiḥ yayā manuṣyaḥ kasmin api kārye adhikāṃ yogyatāṃ sampādayati। svāmīvivekānandamahodayasya prajñā adbhu+tā āsīt।
mat	svargaḥ, suralokaḥ, nākaḥ, tridivaḥ, tridaśālayaḥ, suralokaḥ, dyoḥ, dyau, triviṣṭapam, mandaraḥ, avarohaḥ, gauḥ, ramatiḥ, phalīdayaḥ, svaḥ, aparalokaḥ, amaralokaḥ, indralokaḥ, devalokaḥ, devanikāyaḥ, paruḥ, puruḥ, ṣaḥ, sukhādhāraḥ, saurikaḥ, haḥ hindumatānusāreṇa saptalokeṣu tat sthānaṃ yatra puṇyātmā nivasati। satkarmaṇā manuṣyaḥ svarge gacchati।
mat	śaiva, śaivasaṃpradāya, śaivamata yaḥ śivam upāsati; saḥ api śaivaḥ abhavat
mat	bahumatam kasyāpi vargasya samūhasya vā ardhādhikānāṃ janānāṃ matam। asmin nirvācane kenāpi pakṣeṇa bahumataṃ na prāptam।
mat	matsyakanyā dhīvarasya kanyā। rājñā śāntanunā gaṅgayā tathā ca matsyakanyayā satyavatyā saha vivāhaḥ kṛtaḥ।
mat	asamatala bhūḥ sā bhūmiḥ yā na samānā। asamānāyāṃ bhūmau kṛṣikāryaṃ kaṭhinam।
mat	surāmatta, unmatta, pramatta, madoddhata, udriktacetas, madāḍhya, pramada, vimatta, madotkaṭa, unmada, surāpāṇaparikṣīva, unmādin, nirdaḍa, pramādin, mandasāna, pānamatta, madonmatta madonmattaḥsurāmattaḥ। madonmattaḥ vyaktiḥ jalpanam akarot।
mat	bhedaḥ, vyāvṛttiḥ, bhinnatā, vibhinnatā, viṣamatā, asamānatā asamānasya avasthā bhāvo vā। asmin vastuni mahān bhedaḥ asti।
mat	matam, abhiprāyaḥ, sammatiḥ, dṛṣṭiḥ, buddhiḥ, pakṣaḥ, bhāvaḥ, manaḥ, dhī, matiḥ, ākutam, āśayaḥ, chandaḥ keṣucit viṣayādiṣu prakaṭīkṛtaḥ svavicāraḥ। sarveṣāṃ matena idaṃ kāryaṃ samyak pracalati।
mat	matam nirvācanakāle kasyāpi pakṣe dattā sammatiḥ। asmin nirvācane saḥ ekam api mataṃ na prāpnoti।
mat	matsyāvatāraḥ, matsyaḥ viṣṇoḥ prathamāvatāraḥ। matsyāvatāraḥ daśāvatārāntargataprathamāvatāraḥ asti।
mat	madyam, surā, madirā, vāruṇī, halipriyā, hālā, pariśrut, varuṇātmajā, gandhottamā, prasannā, irā, kādambarī, pariśrutā, kaśyam, mānikā, kapiśī, gandhamādanī, mādhavī, kattoyam, madaḥ, kāpiśāyanam, mattā, sītā, capalā, kāminī, priyā, madagandhā, mādhvīkam, madhu, sandhānam, āsavaḥ, amṛtā, vīrā, medhāvī, madanī, supratibhā, manojñā, vidhātā, modinī, halī, guṇāriṣṭam, sarakaḥ, madhūlikā, madotkaṭā, mahānandā, sīdhuḥ, maireyam, balavallabhā, kāraṇam, tatvam, madiṣṭhā, pariplutā, kalpam, svādurasā, śūṇḍā, hārahūram, mārddīkam, madanā, devasṛṣṭā, kāpiśam, abdhijā mādakadravapadārthaḥ - yasya sevanaṃ pāpaṃ tathā ca nindanīyam iti manyante। saḥ pratidinaṃ sāyaṅkāle madyaṃ pītvā gṛham āgacchati।
mat	sādṛśyam, sajātitā, samānajātitā, bhāvasamatā, bhānasamānatā, jātisamatā tadbhinnatve sati tadgatabhūyodharmavattvam। candrabhinnattve sati tadgatāhlādakattvādimattvaṃ mukhe candrasya sādṛś.m darśayati
mat	āloḍanam, mathanam padārthānāṃ saṃmiśraṇāya vilayanasya kriyā। āpūpikaḥ miṣṭānnaṃ nirmātum āloḍanaṃ karoti।
mat	ratiḥ, manmathapriyā, kelikilā kāmadevasya patnī। ratiḥ rupavatī asti iti manyante।
mat	lubdha, lubdhaka, atilubdha, lolubha, lobhātman, lobhānvita, lampaṭa, māmaka, atilobha, āditsu, ādyūna, audarika, gardhana, gardhita, gardhin, gārdhra, nikāma, bhariṣa, matsara, lāṣuka, lola, vāyu yasmin lobhaḥ asti। saḥ lubdhaḥ asti।
mat	vadhaḥ, hatyā, hananam, ghātaḥ, māraṇam, nāśaḥ, niṣūdanam, hiṃsā, hiṃsanam, ālambhaḥ, viśasanam, vyāpādanam, pramāpaṇam, nibarhaṇam, nikāraṇam, viśāraṇam, pravāsanam, parāsanam, saṃjñapanam, nirgranthanam, nistarhaṇam, kṣaṇanam, parivarjanam, nirvāpaṇam, pramathanam, krathanam, ujjāsanam, piñjaḥ, viśaraḥ, unmāthaḥ saṃharaṇam yasmin prāṇaiḥ viyujyate। duṣṭānāṃ vadhaṃ kartuṃ īśvaraḥ avatarati।
mat	praṇāmaḥ, pramatiḥ, praṇipātaḥ avanamya kṛtaḥ namaskāraḥ। svarāṣṭrasya kṛte prāṇatyāginām asmābhiḥ sādaraṃ praṇāmāḥ।
mat	pramattacitta, avyavasāyin, pramādin yasya cittaṃ pramattam। pratyekasmin kārye pramattacittasya puruṣasya iva kimartham ācarasi।
mat	durbuddhiḥ, kubuddhiḥ, kumatiḥ kutsitā buddhiḥ। durbuddhyā bhavataḥ vāṇijyaṃ vipannam।
mat	sampradāyaḥ, śākhā, panthaḥ, mārgaḥ, matam kasmin api viṣaye siddhānte vā matāntarasya pakṣāntarasya vā anuyāyinaḥ। jainānāṃ sampradāyo dvividhaḥ śvetāmbaro digambaraśca।
mat	catura, caturaka, nipuṇa, niṣṇa, niṣṇāta, viśārada, paṭu, pravīṇa, prājña, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, paṭumati, paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, peśala, praṇata, pratīta, aṇuka, abhijña, ullāgha, ṛbhu, ṛbhumat, ṛbhuṣṭhira, ṛbhva, ṛbhvan, ṛbhvas, karaṇa, karmaṭha, karmaṇya, kalāpa, kaliṅga, kalya, kārayitavyadakṣa, kuśala, kuśalin, kṛtakarman, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kṛtnu, kriyāpaṭu, cheka, chekala, chekāla, tūrṇi, tejīyas, dhīvan, dhīvara, dhṛtvan, dhṛṣu, nadīṣṇa, nayaka, nāgara, nāgaraka, nāgarika, nirgranthaka, nirgranthika, proha, prauṇa, bahupaṭa, budha, budhda, matimat, manasvin, marmajña, vijña, viḍaṅga, vidura, vidvala, śikva, sudhī, suvicakṣaṇa, samāpta yaḥ cāturyeṇa kāryaṃ karoti। catureṇa ārakṣakeṇa aparāddhānāṃ ekaḥ saṅghaḥ gṛhītaḥ।
mat	sumatiḥ, sadbuddhiḥ śobhanā buddhiḥ। sarvebhyaḥ sumatiṃ pradadātu iti bhagavataḥ asmābhiḥ prārthanā।
mat	viguṇatā, apakṛṣṭatā, adhamatā viguṇasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā। etādṛśena ācaraṇena bhavān svasya viguṇatāṃ darśayati।
mat	ekamata yeṣāṃ mataṃ samānam asti। asmin viṣaye saṃsthāyāḥ sarve sadasyāḥ ekamatāḥ santi।
mat	klāntiḥ, śrāntiḥ, klamaḥ, āyāsaḥ, pariśramaḥ, tandrā, pariśrāntiḥ, glāniḥ, parikleśaḥ, avasādaḥ, klamathaḥ, liḥ, kaṣṭam śrāntasya avasthā। kṛṣakaḥ vṛkṣasya chāyāyāṃ klāntim apanayati।
mat	rājila, rājīva, rājīmat, rekhākāra rājibhiḥ yuktam। rameśena rājilam uttarīyaṃ dhṛtam।
mat	mattatā, madaḥ, kṣīyatā, unmādaḥ, pānadoṣaḥ, mādaḥ, aṅgajaḥ madyavijayādīnāṃ mādakānāṃ padārthānāṃ sevanena jāyamānā mānasikī avasthā। madyasevanena mattatāṃ prāptaḥ ārakṣakaḥ niraparādhinaṃ ravim atāḍayat।
mat	ṛju, ārjavam, akuṭilatā, ajihmatā, saralatā avakram। ṛjuḥ iti saccaritasya lakṣaṇam। / umāṃ sa paśyan ṛjunaiva cakṣuṣā [ku 5.32]
mat	śikhigrīvam, śikhikaṇṭham, kṛṣṇaḥ, vitunnakaḥ, tūtakam, hemasāram, nīlam, kāṃsyanīlī, amṛtāsaṅgam, hematāram, tutthakam tāmrasya lavaṇam। śikhigrīvam rañjane tathāca mudraṇe upayujyate।
mat	udāratā, udārabhāvaḥ, audāryam, dānaśīlatvam, vadānyatā, udārātmatā, mahānubhāvatā, mahānubhāvatvam udārasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā। seṭhakaroḍīmalamahodayaḥ svasya udāratāyāḥ kṛte prasiddhaḥ asti।
mat	haṭhāt, balāt, prasabham, sahasā, prasahya, rabhasā, sabalātkāram, svayaṃgrāham, nirmathya balam upayujya। tena mayā idaṃ kāryaṃ haṭhāt kāritam।
mat	bhānumatī kāmarūpadeśasya rājakumārī; bhānumatī duryodhanasya patnī
mat	bhīṣaṇatvam, bhīmatā, raudrībhāvaḥ, vikarālatā, augryam, dāruṇatā bhīṣaṇasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā। grāmasthāḥ plegarogasya bhīṣaṇatayā abibhayuḥ।
mat	apasmṛti, naṣṭasmṛti, pramatta, smṛtihīna, naṣṭadhī yasya vismaraṇasya prakṛtiḥ asti। pratimā bālyāt eva apasmṛtiḥ asti।
mat	dhīvaraḥ, dhīvā, śākunikaḥ, śākunī, kaivartaḥ, kaivartakaḥ, kevartaḥ, jālikaḥ, ānāyī, abdhijīvī, kupinī, choṭī, jalacarājīvaḥ, timighātī, dāśaḥ, dāsaḥ, dāśeraḥ, dāseraḥ, dāśerakaḥ, dāserakaḥ, puñjiṣṭhaḥ, matsyaghātī, matsyajīvā, matsyajīvī, matsyabandhaḥ, matsyahā, matsyopajīvī, mātsikaḥ, mātsyikaḥ, mīnaghātī, mīnāriḥ, mainālaḥ, vāryupajīvī, śākulikaḥ, śāpharikaḥ, salilopajīvī yaḥ matsyān jāle baddhvā krīṇāti। vārdalāt dhīvarāḥ samudre matsyabandhanārthe na gatāḥ।
mat	kuṭīraḥ, kuṭīram, kuṭī, kuṭiḥ, kuṭikā, gañjā, palliḥ, pallī, mathikā, vāṭī, vāṭikā, khadā mṛdā tathā ca tṛṇādibhiḥ nirmitaṃ nivāsasthānam। asyāḥ nadyaḥ taṭe dhīvarasya naikāni kuṭīrāṇi dṛśyante।
mat	matādhikāraḥ saṃsadaḥ saṃsthāyāḥ vā pratinidhīnāṃ nirvācanaṃ kartuṃ matadānasya adhikāraḥ। nirvācanasya samaye matadātrā svasya matādhikārasya prayogaḥ kartavyaḥ।
mat	matsyāṅganā, matsyastrī samudre vartamānaḥ ekaḥ kalpitaḥ jīvaḥ yasya sārdhaḥ bhāgaḥ striyaḥ sārdhaśca matsyasya bhavati। bālakāḥ mātāmahīṃ matsyāṅganāyāḥ kathāṃ śrāvayatu iti abhyarthanām akurvan।
mat	śrīmatī śrīmān iti śabdasya strīliṅgaṃ yat yoṣinnāmnaḥ pūrvam etad śabdo yojyaḥ। śrīmatī indirā gāndhī mahodayā asmākaṃ rāṣṭrasya prathamaḥ mahilā pradhānamantrī āsīt।
mat	sarvaśaktimat, sarvaśaktiśālin yaḥ sarvaṃ kartuṃ śaknoti। īśvaraḥ sarvaśaktimān asti।
mat	anujñapti, anumatipatram, ājñāpatram, anujñāpatram viśiṣṭa-kārya-sampādanāya tathā ca viśiṣṭa-vastu grahaṇasya upayogasya ca śāsanāt samprāptā sāvadhiḥ anujñā; vinā anujñapteḥ lohasuṣiḥ kadāpi na dhāraṇīyā
mat	apakṣayaḥ, apacayaḥ, upakṣayaḥ, kṣayaḥ, kṣīṇatā, bhraṃśaḥ, vināśaḥ, śīrṇatā, śīrṇatvam, avasādaḥ, kṣāmatā vāyuguṇādīnāṃ prabhāveṇa vastvādiṣu jāyamānaṃ vaikalyam। kālānusāreṇa bhavanānām api apakṣayaḥ bhavati।
mat	abhikṣamatā kasyāpi antarnihitā bauddhikayogyatā। udyogasya ādānāt prāk janāḥ adhikṣamatāṃ parīkṣante।
mat	alpamatam alpīyāṃsānāṃ janānāṃ matam। asmin varṣe mantrīmahodayāya alpamataṃ prāptam।
mat	rodhakṣamatā, parihāraḥ sā avasthā yasyāṃ vyādhiḥ na saṅkrāmyati। rodhakṣamatāyāḥ nyūnatāyāḥ kāraṇāt bālakāḥ śīghrameva vyādhigrastāḥ bhavanti।
mat	kuśalatā, yogyatā, kāryakauśalam, samarthatā, kṣamatā, samarthatvam, sāmarthyaḥ kāryasampādane śaktiḥ। maheśasya praudyogike viṣaye kuśalatā asti।
mat	jalajīvaśālā, matsyālayaḥ tat sthānaṃ yatra jalajīvāḥ sthāpyante। jalajīvaśālāyāṃ vividhāḥ matsyāḥ jalakeśāḥ ca draṣṭuṃ śakyate।
mat	nirṇāyakamatam tat mataṃ yad jayāpajayau nirdhārayati। giradhārīlālena nirṇāyakamataṃ dattvā grāmaṇīḥ jāyayitaḥ।
mat	buddhihīna, prajñāhīna, matihīna buddhyā vihīnaḥ। buddhihīnān bālakān samyak paripālayeyuḥ।
mat	ātmakṣamatā, ātmaśaktiḥ svasya kṣamatā। ātmakṣamatām anusṛtya eva kāryaṃ karaṇīyam।
mat	phalataḥ, pariṇāmataḥ, kāryataḥ, pariśeṣāt, pāriśeṣyāt asmāt kāraṇāt। ahaṃ prāyate phalataḥ adhikān guṇān alabhe।
mat	ṭippaṇī, abhimatam, ṭīkā, bhāṣyam, kathanam kasyāpi kāryasya guṇāguṇaviṣayīṇī uktiḥ। mahilā-ārakṣaṇa-vidheyaka-viṣaye bahubhiḥ ṭippaṇī kṛtā।
mat	carakamatsyaḥ matsyaprakāraḥ। dhīvaraḥ jāle carakamatsyaṃ prāptavān।
mat	mathurā yamunātaṭe vartamānam ekaṃ prācīnaṃ nagaram। kaṃsaḥ mathurāyāḥ rājā āsīt।
mat	matipūrvam, matipūrve, matipūrvakam, jñānapūrvam, kāmataḥ, bodhapūrvam, buddhipūrvam jānat api। saḥ matipūrvaṃ rohitam avāmanyata।
mat	mṛṇālam, visam, viśam, padmanālam, mṛṇālī, mṛṇālinī, padmatantuḥ, visinī, nalinīruham padmasya nālam। mṛṇālaṃ mṛdu tathā ca suṣiram asti।
mat	rajasvalā, ṛtumatī, ṛtumati, rajavatī, puṣpavatī yasyā rajaḥ pravahati। rajasvalā strī garbhaṃ dhāraṇaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।
mat	sūkṣmatā, saukṣmya sūkṣmasya avasthā bhāvo vā। vastrasya sūkṣmatāṃ sarve na jānanti।
mat	matapatram tat patraṃ yasmin nirvācane ciyanārhāṇāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ nāmāni nirvācanacihnādīniḥ mudritāni santi tathā ca yad cihnāṅkitaṃ kṛtvā matadātā kasya api pakṣe matadānaṃ karoti। yogye sthāne cihnaṃ na sthāpitam ataḥ naikāni matapatrikāṇi vyarthāni abhavan।
mat	sunnīmatānuyāyī yaḥ sunnīsampradāyasya anuyāyī asti। kadācit śīyāmatānuyāyinaḥ sunnīmatānuyāyinaśca parasparayoḥ yudhyete।
mat	prakāśita, dīptimat, pradīpta, ujvalita yad prakāśyate। sūryakiraṇaiḥ prakāśite śaśini taigmyaṃ nāsti।
mat	daṃś, khard vṛścikasya madhumakṣiṇāṃ vā dantaiḥ kṣetre mamatāṃ vṛścikaḥ adaśat. vṛścikasya madhumakṣikāyāḥ viṣayuktaiḥ daṃṣṭraiḥ tuditvā viṣasya praveśanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। kṣetre mamatāṃ vṛścikaḥ adaśat।
mat	smaraṇaśaktiḥ, smṛtiḥ, smaraṇam, cittam, ṛtiḥ, matiḥ vividhān viṣayān buddhau avadhāraṇasya kṣamatā। asya adhikāriṇaḥ smaraṇaśaktiḥ durbalā asti।
mat	satkṛtiḥ, śīlam, śīlatvam, dharmatvam sadvṛttyā ācaraṇam। idānīṃtane kāle jagati satkṛteḥ na kimapi mūlyam।
mat	unmatta yaḥ mādyati। unmattaṃ gajaṃ grahītuṃ prayatate।
mat	kṛṣ, prakṛṣ, pramath ghṛṣṭvā ākarṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। mātulaḥ mām bhūmau karṣati।
mat	kaṭī, kaṭiḥ, kaṭaḥ, śroṇī, śroṇiphalakam, śroṇiphalam, śroṇiḥ kakudmatī, kalatram, kaṭīram, kāñcīpadam, karabhaḥ manuṣyasya nābheḥ adhaḥ mūtrendriyasya upari vartamānaḥ bhāgaḥ। mama upasthe pīḍām anubhavāmi।
mat	mandabuddhi, matimanda yasya buddheḥ paripūrṇaḥ vikāsaḥ na abhavat। atra mandabuddhayaḥ bālikāḥ praśikṣyante।
mat	janamatam, lokamatam janānāṃ matam। janamatasya ādhikyaṃ kāṃgresapakṣasya kṛte vartate।
mat	sammata, anumodaka yasya matiḥ anyāvirodhinī vā anyaiḥ samānā vā vartate। bhavatāṃ kāryeṇa ahaṃ sammataḥ asmi।
mat	praveśanānumatiḥ kenacana rāṣṭreṇa pārapatre kṛtaṃ tat cihnaṃ yena pārapatradhārakaḥ tatra praveṣṭum anumatiṃ labhate। rāghavendraḥ praveśanānumatiṃ prāptuṃ amerikīdeśasya dūtāvāsam agamat।
mat	bhṛśam, atīvam, atitarām, ativelam, atiśayanam, udgāḍham, uccakaiḥ, atyantam, nikāmam, param, paramataḥ atyadhikamātrayā। śarīravedanā rugṇaṃ bhṛśam apīḍayat।
mat	bhānumatī vikramādityasya patnī māyājāle pravīṇā āsīt। bhānumatī māyājālena naikān āścaryān karoti sma।
mat	apatrapiṣṇu, anūḍhamāna, vrīḍita, savrīḍa, hrīmat, hlīka, hrīṇa, savyapatrapa, lajjāvat, lajjāśīla, lajjālu trapā iti śīlaṃ yasya। mohanaḥ atīva apatrapiṣṇuḥ asti।
mat	unmādaḥ, mattatā dhanasya vidyāyāḥ prabhutvasya ca darpaḥ। bhūsvāmitvasya unmādāt bhūsvāminā kṛṣakāḥ pratāḍitāḥ।
mat	ātmatuṣṭiḥ, ātmasantoṣaḥ ātmanaḥ ānandaṃ santoṣo vā। saḥ ātmatuṣṭyarthaṃ samājasevāṃ karoti।
mat	ātmatṛpta, ātmatuṣṭa, ātmasantuṣṭa yasya ātmā tuṣṭaḥ। yogī ātmatṛptaḥ asti।
mat	mataṅgaḥ paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiḥ। śabarī mataṅgasya śiṣyā āsīt।
mat	kuraraḥ, kuralaḥ, krauñcaḥ, kharaḥ, paṅkticaraḥ, matsyanāśakaḥ, matsyanāśanaḥ, samutkrośaḥ khagaviśeṣaḥ- saḥ jalakhagaḥ yasya adhobhāgaḥ śvetavarṇīyaḥ asti। cañcvāṃ matsyaṃ dhṛtvā kuraraḥ uḍḍīyate।
mat	araṇī, śrīparṇam, agnimanthaḥ, kaṇikā, gaṇikārikā, jayā, araṇiḥ, tejomanthaḥ, havirmanthaḥ, jyotiṣkaḥ, pāvakaḥ, vahnimanthaḥ, mathanaḥ, agnimathanaḥ, tarkārī, vaijayantikā, araṇīketuḥ, śrīparṇī, karṇikā, nādeyī, vijayā, anantā, nadījā himālayeṣu vartamānaḥ vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya khādyaṃ phalaṃ bhavati evaṃ tasya bījamapi upayogāya vartate। araṇī tu auṣadhavṛkṣaḥ bhavati।
mat	rāmatulasī tulasīprakāraḥ yasya daṇḍaḥ śvetayuktaḥ haritaḥ ca asti। mahātmā rāmatulaseḥ mālāṃ dhārayati।
mat	asammata yaḥ sammanyate। asya prastāvasya asammatāḥ janāḥ hastān unnayantu।
mat	asammata yat sammataṃ nāsti। kadācit asammataṃ prastāvam api svīkurvanti।
mat	śamī, saktuphalā, śivā, śaktuphalā, śaktuphalī, śāntā, tuṅgā, kacaripuphalā, keśamathanī, īśānī, lakṣmīḥ, tapanatanayā, iṣṭā, śubhakarī, havirgandhā, medhyā, duritadamanī, śaktuphalikā, samudrā, maṅgalyā, surabhiḥ, pāpaśamanī, bhadrā, śaṅkarī, keśahantrī, śivāphalā, supatrā, sukhadā, jīvaḥ vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ। śamyāḥ kāṣṭhasya upayogaḥ pūjākāryeṣu bhavati।
mat	brahmatālaḥ caturdaśamātrāyuktaḥ tālaḥ। brahmatāle daśa āghātāḥ tathā ca catvāraḥ kālāḥ santi।
mat	sumatināthaḥ jainadharmiyāṇāṃ caturviṃśatau tīrthaṅkareṣu ekaḥ। sumatināthaḥ jainadharmiyāṇāṃ pañcamaḥ tīrthaṅkaraḥ āsīt।
mat	bhīmatithiḥ. māghamāsasya śuklapakṣe vartamānā ekādaśī। manoharaḥ bhīmatithyāṃ jātaḥ।
mat	utkṛṣṭatā, uttamatā, śreṣṭhatā, guṇavattā, praśastatā, utkarṣaḥ, prakarṣaḥ, saṃpad atīva bhavyatāyāḥ avasthā। prakṛtyāḥ utkṛṣṭatāyāḥ jñātāraḥ vayam।
mat	satyavatī, matsyagandhā, matsyodarī, yojanagandhā, dāśeyī, mīnagandhā ekā dhīvarakanyā yasyāḥ vivāhaḥ rājñā śantanunā saha jātaḥ। satyavatyāḥ apekṣāpūrtyarthe bhīṣmaḥ vacanabaddhaḥ āsīt।
mat	apakvatvam, aparipakvatā, aparipakvatvam, apākatā, apākatvam, apariṇatatā, apariṇatatvam, āmatā, aparipākaḥ apakvatāyāḥ avasthā। bhūri paktvā api apakvatvaṃ vartate eva।
mat	kāmaya, sev, upasev, niṣev, āsev, gam, ācar, upaśī, praviś, ram, mithunāya, vraj, śī, saṃniviś, samabhigam, samupe, vicar, yabh, ratyā saṃyuj, grāmyadharmatayā saṃyuj, sākaṃ saṃram, saṃviś, saṃsṛj strīpuṃsayoḥ anyonyasaṃyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। saḥ gaṇikāṃ kāmayate।
mat	unmattatā, cittavibhramaḥ, jñānabhrāntiḥ, caitanyanāśaḥ, pralāpaḥ cittasya vibhramaḥ; cittavibhramāt saḥ asambaddhā vārtā karoti।
mat	pratibhāvān, pratibhāvatī, pratibhāśālī, dhīmān, dhīmatī, prajñaḥ, prajñā, sudhīḥ, guṇī, guṇinī, guṇavān, guṇavatī, dakṣaḥ, dakṣā pratibhāyuktaḥ। asmākaṃ prayogaśālāyāṃ pratibhāśālinām abhāvaḥ nāsti।
mat	jambumatiḥ ekā apsarāḥ। jambumatyāḥ varṇanaṃ grantheṣu vartate।
mat	tārāmatī rājā hariścandrasya patnī। kaṭhine kāle api tārāmatī rājā hariścandraṃ na atyajat।
mat	rucimatī śrīkṛṣṇasya mātāmahī। rucimatī ugrasenasya patnī āsīt।
mat	madhumatī madhunāmakasya daityasya kanyā। madhumatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।
mat	sudṛḍha, smṛtimat yasya smaraṇaśaktiḥ tīvrā asti। saḥ sudṛḍhaḥ bālakaḥ vidyālayasya gauravaḥ।
mat	pramāthaḥ, pramathaḥ, pramāthī dhṛtarāṣṭrasya ekaḥ putraḥ। pramāthasya varṇanaṃ bhāgavate vartate।
mat	matsaraḥ, svārthabuddhiḥ, mātsaryabhāvaḥ, ātmambharitvam, svalābhabuddhiḥ svārthinaḥ avasthā bhāvaḥ vā। lekhāpālasya matsarasya kāraṇāt janāḥ ghṛṇām akurvan।
mat	kṛśatā, kārśyam, kṣāmatā, śarīraśoṣaṇam, tanutā, sūkṣmatā kṛśasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā। tasya kṛśatā tasya kārye vighnaṃ na utpādayati।
mat	rajasvalā, ṛtumatī, puṣpitā, ṛtumatī, kusumavatī, udakyā, madhyamikā, puṣpavatī, puṣpahāsā, avi, dṛṣṭapuṣpā, brahmaghātinī, mlānāṅgī sā strī yasyāḥ rajaṃ pravahati। garbhasya dhāraṇāya akṣamā rajasvalā janaiḥ pīḍitā।
mat	bāghamatī, bāgamatī nadī nepāladeśasya samatale bhāge tathā ca bihārapradeśe pravahantī nadī। bāgamatī bihāraprānte mithilā kṣetre vartate।
mat	matsyadvādaśī mārgaśīrṣasya śuklapakṣasya dvādaśī। rāghavaḥ matsyadvādaśyāṃ jātaḥ।
mat	apramatta yaḥ pramattaḥ nāsti। apramattaḥ janaḥ pramattam abhyagṛhṇāt।
mat	sūkṣmatā, vistāraḥ kasyāpi vastunaḥ bahuvistaraṃ jñānam। asya yantrasya sūkṣmatāṃ mahyaṃ varṇayatu।
mat	abhimānī, garvitaḥ, avaliptaḥ, sagarvaḥ, sadarpaḥ, utsiktaḥ, sāṭopaḥ, sāhaṃkāraḥ, ahaṃmānī, mattaḥ, samunnaddhaḥ, dhṛṣṭaḥ, pratibhāvān, garvitacittaḥ, madoddhataḥ, darpādhmātaḥ, smayākulaḥ, ahaṃkṛtaḥ, abhimāninī, garvitā, avaliptā, sagarvā, sadarpā, utsiktā, sāṭopā, sāhaṃkārī, ahaṃmāninī, mattā, samunnaddhā, dhṛṣṭā, pratibhāvatī, garvitacittā, madoddhatā, darpādhmātā, smayākulā, ahaṃkṛtā yasya abhimānaḥ vartate। ahaṃ tasya abhimāninaḥ chāyāyāḥ api dūraṃ sthātum icchāmi।
mat	anukarṣaṇam, amatrakam jalaṃ pātuṃ pātraviśeṣaḥ। anukarṣaṇaṃ svacchaṃ kṛtvā sthāpayatu।
mat	kopalatā, ardhacandrikā, analaprabhā, kaṭabhī, kanakaprabhā, kukundanī, kaiḍaryaḥ, gīrlatā, jyotiṣkā, jyotirlatā, tīktakā, tīkṣṇā, dīptaḥ, niphalā, paṇyā, parāpatapadī, pītatailā, piṇyā, pūtitailā, bahurasā, matidā, lagaṇā, latā, latāpuṭakī, lavaṇaḥ, vāyasādanī, śṛṅgin, śleṣmaghnī, sarasvatī, supiṅgalā, suvegā, suvarṇalatā, svarṇalatā, sumedhas, sphuṭavalkalī, sphuṭaraṅgiṇī ekā latā। kopalatā oṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।
mat	rāmatāpaṇi-upaniṣad, rāmatāpaṇiḥ ekā upaniṣad। rāmatāpaṇi-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।
mat	madguḥ, matsyavedhanī, piculaḥ, pānīyakākikā ekaḥ jalīyaḥ pakṣī। madguḥ bhārate vaṅgadeśe pākisthāne ca dṛśyate।
mat	matsyendranāthaḥ ekaḥ prasiddhaḥ haṭhayogī mahātmā। matsyendranāthaḥ gorakhanāthasya guruḥ āsīt।
mat	khalatā, cāṃḍālatā, adhamatā, durvṛttatā, cāṇḍālatvam, khalatvam, adhavatvam, durvṛttatvam krūraḥ svabhāvaḥ। kaṃsasya khalatā parisīmānam aticakrame yadā tena svapitā bandīkṛtaḥ।
mat	kṛtrimatayā yat prakṛtyā na kṛtam। eṣā sthitiḥ kṛtrimatayā nirmitā।
mat	pramatta, surāmatta, unmatta, madoddhata, udriktacetas, madāḍhya, pramada, vimatta, madotkaṭa, unmada, surāpāṇaparikṣīva, unmādin, nirdaḍa, pramādin, mandasāna, pānamatta, madonmatta yena madirā pītā। saḥ pūrṇataḥ pramattaḥ āsīt।
mat	anujñāphalakam, anumatiphalakam, ājñāphalakam vāhane pratiṣṭhāpitaṃ saḥ phalakaḥ viśeṣataḥ agre athavā pṛṣṭhabhāge yasmin adhikārapūrvaṃ prāptā saṃkhyā likhitā। asya vāhanasya anujñāphalakaḥ truṭitaḥ।
mat	virodhakaḥ, virodhī, vimataḥ, bhinnamatiḥ yaḥ virodhaṃ karoti। asmākaṃ dale virodhakānāṃ antarbhāvaḥ sādhuḥ bhavet।
mat	unmattā, vātulā, hatabuddhiḥ, naṣṭabuddhiḥ, bhrāntā, vikṣiptacittā bhraṣṭabuddhiḥ mahilā। unmattā mārgasya madhyabhāge sthitvā kimapi jalpati ।
mat	dyumatsenaḥ satyavataḥ pitā। dyumatsenaḥ śālvadeśasya rājā asīt।
mat	śrīmat jyeṣṭhānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ kṛte sādaraṃ sambodhanam। śrīmat kuśalaṃ vartate vā।
mat	sābaramatī gujarātasya ekā mukhyā nadī। ahamadābādanagaraṃ sābaramatyāḥ ubhayataṭayoḥ sthitam।
mat	kālikā, kālimā, kṛṣṇatā, kṛṣṇatvam, kṛṣṇimā, nīlimā, mecakaḥ, śyāmatā, śyāmatvam, kārṣṇyam kṛṣṇavarṇasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā। adhunā mukhasya śyāmatvaṃ dūrīkartuṃ bhinnāni lepanāni dṛśyante।
mat	karavā-matsya matsyaprakāraḥ; jalāśaye karavā-matsyāḥ santi
mat	dhamatarīnagaram chattīsagaḍharājyasya nagaraviśeṣaḥ। dhamatarīnagarasya pārśve gaṅgarelanāmakaḥ setuḥ asti।
mat	yāmatūryam samayasya sūcanāṃ dātuṃ vāditā tūrī। purātane kāle sūcanāṃ dātuṃ kālena kālaṃ yāmaturyaṃ vādyate sma।
mat	dhamatarimaṇḍalam chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam। dhamatarimaṇḍalaṃ 6 julai1998 tame varṣe nirmitam।
mat	patanamatiṭṭānagaram keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram। patanamatiṭṭānagarasya samīpe sabarīmāla iti nāmnā prasiddhaṃ tīrthasthānam asti।
mat	patanamatiṭṭānagaram keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam। patanamatiṭṭāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ patanamatiṭṭānagare asti।
mat	svābhāvikatā, sahajatā, naisargikatā, akṛtrimatā svābhāvikasya avasthā athavā bhāvaḥ। mīrāyāḥ virahagīteṣu samakālīnānāṃ kavīnām apekṣayā adhikā svābhāvikatā dṛśyate।
mat	mathurāmaṇḍalam uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam। mathurāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ mathurāyāṃ vartate।
mat	himmatanagaram gujarātaprānte vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram। sābarakāṇṭhāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ himmatanagare vartate।
mat	madhumatī varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। madhumatyāṃ nagaṇau guruḥ ca bhavati।
mat	niṣkāmatā avasthāviśeṣaḥ yasyāṃ kayāpi kāmanayā vinā kāryaṃ kriyate। niṣkāmatayā manaḥ śuddhaḥ bhavati।
mat	jāmatāḍāmaṇḍalam bhāratadeśasya jhārakhaṇḍarājye vartamānaṃ maṇḍalam। jāmatāḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ jāmatāḍānagare asti।
mat	jāmatāḍānagaram bhāratadeśasya jhārakhaṇḍarājye vartamānaṃ nagaram। asya abhiyogaḥ jāmatāḍānagarasya nyāyālaye bhaviṣyati।
mat	praṇayin, premin, prītimat yaḥ kāmayate। grāmīṇaiḥ praṇayi yugmaṃ hatam।
mat	adbhutam, āścaryam, camatkāraḥ, vismayaḥ, kautukam, vismitiḥ āścaryajanyavastu। tejomahālayaḥ saptasu adbhuteṣu ekaḥ।
mat	somaḥ, candraḥ, śaśāṅkaḥ, induḥ, mayaṅkaḥ, kalānidhiḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, somaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ devatāviśeṣaḥ; patitaṃ somamālokya brahmā lokapitāmahaḥ[śa.ka]
mat	pṛthivī, bhūḥ, bhūmiḥ, acalā, anantā, rasā, viśvambharā, sthirā, dharā, dharitrī, dharaṇī, kṣauṇī, jyā, kāśyapī, kṣitiḥ, sarvasahā, vasumatī, vasudhā, urvī, vasundharā, gotrā, kuḥ, pṛthvī, kṣmā, avaniḥ, medinī, mahī, dharaṇī, kṣoṇiḥ, kṣauṇiḥ, kṣamā, avanī, mahiḥ, ratnagarbhā, sāgarāmbarā, abdhimekhalā, bhūtadhātrī, ratnāvatī, dehinī, pārā, vipulā, madhyamalokavartmā, dhāraṇī, gandhavatī, mahākāntā, khaṇḍanī, girikarṇikā, dhārayitrī, dhātrī, acalakīlā, gauḥ, abdhidvīpā, iḍā, iḍikā, ilā, ilikā, irā, ādimā, īlā, varā, ādyā, jagatī, pṛthuḥ, bhuvanamātā, niścalā, śyāmā martyādyadhiṣṭhānabhūtā। pṛthivī pañcamam bhūtam
mat	yogajaḥ, śṛṅgam, matam agaravṛkṣasya kāṣṭham। yogajaḥ sugandhivastunirmāṇe upayujyate।
mat	sumatiḥ rājñaḥ sagarasya patnīviśeṣaḥ। sumatiḥ rājñaḥ ariṣṭaneminaḥ putrī āsīt।
mat	matsyabandhanam ānandārthaṃ matsyagrahaṇam। asmin taḍāge naike paryaṭakāḥ matsyabandhanaṃ kurvantaḥ dṛśyante।
mat	matadātṛvargaḥ matadātṝṇāṃ samūhaḥ yaḥ nirvācanakṣetrāt kasyacit pratinidheḥ nirvācanaṃ karoti। matadātṛvargaṃ vimohayituṃ pratyāśinaḥ naikān upāyān prayuñjanti।
mat	gajaḥ, hastī, karī, dantī, dvipaḥ, vāraṇa-, mātaṅgaḥ, mataṅgaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, nāgaḥ, dviradaḥ, ibhaḥ, radī, dvipāyī, anekapaḥ, viṣāṇī, kareṇuḥ, padmī, lambakarṇaḥ, śuṇḍālaḥ, karṇikī, dantāvalaḥ, stamberamaḥ, dīrghavaktraḥ, drumāriḥ, dīrghamārutaḥ, vilomajihvaḥ, śakvā, pīluḥ, mahāmṛgaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, ṣaṣṭhihāyanaḥ vanyapaśuḥ , yasya vakṣo atha kakṣāvalayaḥ,ślathāśca lambodarasaḥ tvagbṛhatīgalaśca pecakena saha sthūlā kukṣiḥ asti। tathā ca yaḥ śuṇḍāvān asti। hayā jiheṣire harṣād gambhīraṃ jagajuḥ gajāḥ।
mat	vīramatsyaḥ ekā purātanīyā jātiḥ। vīramatsyasya varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe asti।
mat	viṣamatālaḥ saṅgītaśāstre tālabhedaḥ। saṅgītakāraḥ viṣamatālaṃ vādayati।
mat	mathita, vilodita, upamathita, vyāghaṭṭita mathanaṃ jātam iti। mathite dadhini navanītaṃ plavate।
mat	amatsaraḥ anyasya lābhe īrṣyāyāḥ abhāvaḥ। amatsaraḥ sulakṣaṇam asti।
mat	matsyarājaḥ rājñaḥ sudhanvanaḥ putraḥ। matsyarājaḥ matsyasya udarāt utpannaḥ।
mat	prāmatiḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ। prāmateḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।
mat	mattaḥ rākṣasaviśeṣaḥ। mattaḥ mālyavataḥ putraḥ āsīt।
mat	unmattaḥ rākṣasaviśeṣaḥ। unmattaḥ mālyavataḥ putraḥ āsīt।
mat	abhimatiḥ paurāṇikī mahilā। droṇasya putraḥ bhayaḥ abhimateḥ garbhāt jātaḥ।
mat	jambūmat paurāṇikaḥ vānaraḥ। jambūmataḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।
mat	vasumatī varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। vasumatyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe jagaṇaḥ sagaṇaḥ ca bhavati।
mat	sumatiḥ daityaviśeṣaḥ। sumateḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।
mat	brahmatithiḥ paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiḥ। brahmatitheḥ varṇanaṃ ṛgvede prāpyate।
mat	kṣatimat, kṣataḥ, parikṣataḥ, kṣatī, nividdhaḥ, vraṇitaḥ, viddhaḥ, anuviddhaḥ, abhividdhaḥ, pratividdhaḥ, abhighātitaḥ, abhyāhataḥ, nirviddhaḥ, aruṣkṛtaḥ, aruḥ, ātṛṇṇaḥ, āviddhaḥ, āhrutaḥ, riṣṭaḥ, riṣṭadehaḥ, vraṇabhṛt, vraṇabhṛd, vraṇayuktaḥ, vraṇavān, samarṇṇaḥ, savyāhṛtivraṇaḥ saḥ yasya śarīre kā api kṣatiḥ vartate। kṣatimataḥ satvaraṃ cikitsālaye praveśitāḥ।
mat	mataṅgaḥ dānavaviśeṣaḥ। mataṅgasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।
mat	matapeṭikā, matapatrapeṭikā sā peṭikā yasyāṃ matadātā svamatakhyāpanārthe matapatraṃ nidhāyati। matapeṭikāḥ surakṣāpūrvakaṃ matadānakendrān prati nīyante।
mat	mattamayūram pañcadaśaiḥ varṇaiḥ yuktaḥ varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। mattamayūrasya pratyekasmin caraṇe krameṇa magaṇaḥ, tagaṇaḥ, yagaṇaḥ, sagaṇaḥ tathā ca magaṇaḥ bhavati।
mat	mattamātaṅagalīlākaraḥ daṇḍakavṛttabhedaḥ। mattamātaṅgalīlākarasya pratyekasmin caraṇe nava ragaṇāḥ bhavanti।
mat	mattā chandoviśeṣaḥ। mattāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe krameṇa magaṇaḥ, bhagaṇaḥ, sagaṇaḥ tathā guruḥ bhavati।
mat	ātmaghnaḥ, ātmaghātī, ātmahā, ātmaghātakaḥ, ātmatyāgī, ātmadhruk, jīvitatyāgī svam eva hanyamānaḥ। ātmaghnaḥ kaḥ asti iti ito'pi na jñāyate।
mat	gambhārī, sarvatobhadrā, kāśmarī, madhuparṇikā, śrīparṇī, bhadraparṇī, kārśmarī, bhadrā, gopabhadrikā, kumudā, sadābhadrā, kaṭphalā, kṛṣṇavṛntikā, kṛṣṇavṛntā, hīrā, sarvatobhadrikā, snigdhaparṇī, subhadrā, kambhārī, gopabhadrā, vidāriṇī, kṣīriṇī, mahābhadrā, madhuparṇī, svarubhadrā, kṛṣṇā, aśvetā, rohiṇī, gṛṣṭiḥ, sthūlatvacā, madhūmatī, suphalā, medinī, mahākumudā, sudṛḍhatvacā dṛḍhakāṣṭhayuktaḥ vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya parṇāni pippalavṛkṣasya parṇānām iva bhavanti। gambhāryāḥ kāṣṭhena nirmitaḥ paṭahaḥ uttamaḥ āsīt।
mat	samānatāvādaḥ, samatāvādaḥ sarve samānāḥ iti siddhāntasya śāstrapūrvakaṃ svīkṛteḥ anantaraṃ tasya nirūpaṇāt prārabdhā vicāraśākhā। samānatāvādasya anukaraṇena viśve śāntiṃ prasthāpayituṃ śakyate।
mat	matsyabandhanam, jālakarma, dhīvarakarma matsyasya ākheṭanasya kriyā। asyāṃ nadyāṃ bhavān matsyabandhanaṃ kartuṃ śaknoti।
mat	reṇumat viśvāmitrasya putraḥ। reṇumataḥ mātuḥ nāma reṇuḥ āsīt।
mat	śāntiḥ, śāntaḥ, sthiratā, sthairyam, ekotibhāvaḥ, kṣemaḥ, nirvyākulatā, praśamaḥ, praśāntiḥ, praśāmaḥ, śamaḥ, śamathaḥ yuddhopadravādivirahitāvasthā। yuddhasya paścāt deśe śāntiḥ asti।
mat	amṛtamatiḥ chandoviśeṣaḥ। amṛtamateḥ udāharaṇaṃ kathayatu।
mat	viniṣpiṣṭa, nipiṣṭa, niṣpiṣṭa, avamardita, utpiṣṭa, kṣuṇṇa, prakṣuṇṇa, tṛḍha, śīrṇa, parāśīrṇa, piṣṭa, prapiṣṭa, paripiṣṭa, parimṛdita, pramardita, pramūrṇa, mṛdita, mūrṇa, lulita, vidaṣṭa, vipothita, vimathita, vimardita, vlīna, śūrta, samutpiṣṭa peṣaṇena ākṛtibhaṅgāt klītakībhūtam kim api। saḥ viniṣpiṣṭāni phalāni saṃvicinoti।
mat	kāntimattā, atisundaratā, aticārutā, surūpatā, abhirāmatā, anavadyarūpatā saundaryasya atiśayatā। muniḥ apsarasaḥ kāntimattāṃ dṛṣṭvā tapāt bhraṣṭaḥ।
mat	mattākrīḍā varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। mattakrīḍāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe krameṇa magaṇau tagaṇaḥ catvāraḥ nagaṇāḥ ante laghugurū ca bhavataḥ।
mat	mattebhavikrīḍitaḥ varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। mattebhavikrīḍitasya pratyekasmin caraṇe ekaviśaṃtiḥ varṇāḥ santi।
mat	muktimatīnadī paurāṇikī nadī। muktimatīnadyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate prāpyate।
mat	śaṅkumatī vaidikavarṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। śaṅkumatyāḥ prathame caraṇe pañca tathā anyeṣu caraṇeṣu ṣaḍadhikāḥ nyūnāḥ vā varṇāḥ santi।
mat	aikamatyam, ekavākyatā, ekacittatā kasmiñcit viṣaye vicāre vā sarveṣāṃ janānāṃ samānaṃ mataṃ vartate tādṛśī avasthā। tasya vyaktitvasya viṣaye vidvatsu aikamatyaṃ nāsti।
mat	sarvasammata, matabhedarahita sarvaiḥ svīkṛtam। ayaṃ sarvasammataḥ nirṇayaḥ nāsīt।
mat	dīrghamatā-ṛṣiḥ, pradveṣī paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiḥ। dīrghamatā-ṛṣeḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate prāpyate।
mat	dyutimat madradeśasya rājā। dyutimataḥ kanyāyāḥ vivāhaḥ sahadevena abhavat।
mat	samatālaḥ saṃgītasya aṣṭāsu tāleṣu ekaḥ prakāraḥ। saṃgīte samatālaḥ avādayat।
mat	ātmatattvam ātmanaḥ yathārthaṃ svarūpam। śrīmadbhagavadgītā ātmatattvaṃ pratipādayati।
mat	gomatīnadī, vāśiṣṭhī bhāratīyā nadī yā uttarapradeśarājye vahati tathā gaṅgānadyāḥ sahāyikā asti। gomatīnadyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu api asti।
mat	jalīya, ambumat jalasya athavā jalena sambaddhaḥ। pṛthivyāḥ prāyaḥ pratiśataṃ pañcasaptatiḥ bhāgaḥ jalīyaṃ kṣetram asti।
mat	matibhramaḥ, matibhrāntiḥ, mativibhramaḥ mānasikyāḥ asthiratāyāḥ kāraṇāt utpannā avasthā yasyāṃ kaścana tad śruṇoti paśyati vā yad vāstave tu na vidyate eva। vṛddhāvasthāyāḥ kāraṇāt pitāmahaḥ matibhrameṇa pīḍitaḥ bhavati।
mat	mathita yasya mathanaṃ jātam। mathite dadhini jalaṃ miśrayitvā takraṃ nirmīyate।
mat	indumatī rājñaḥ candravijayasya patnī। indumatī dhārmikī strī āsīt।
mat	indumatī rājñaḥ ajasya patnī। indumatyāḥ ullekhaḥ paurāṇikāsu kathāsu prāpyate।
mat	ikṣumatī pharrūkhābādanagarasamīpā nadī। ikṣumatyāḥ taṭe āryāṇāṃ nivāsaḥ āsīt।
mat	matakyam sarveṣāṃ sammatiḥ। idaṃ kāryaṃ mataikyena kṛtam।
mat	matagaṇanam matānāṃ gaṇanasya kāryam। matagaṇanasya ārambhānantaraṃ 2-3 ghaṇṭānantaraṃ pariṇāmāḥ āgatāḥ।
mat	viśvāsamatam kasminnapi viśvāsapradarśanārthaṃ tasya pakṣe vipakṣe vā dattaṃ matam। mantrī viśvāsamataṃ ajayat।
mat	rodhakṣamatā śarīre vartamānā sā kṣamatā yayā kasyāḥ api vyādheḥ śarīrasya saṃrakṣaṇaṃ bhavati। adhikayā rodhakṣamatayā yuktāḥ janāḥ vāraṃvāraṃ rogena pīḍitāḥ na bhavanti।
mat	ātmatāpatram, paricayapatram tad patraṃ yasmin kasyāpi ālekhena saha tasya paricayaḥ likhitaṃ bhavati। bhavān pūrvam ātmatāpatraṃ siddhaṃ karotu।
mat	sahamatipatram yasmin patre aikamatyasya viṣaye likhitam asti tathā janānāṃ hastākṣarāṇi bhavanti। sahamatipatrasya pratilipīḥ pratyekasmai dadātu।
mat	samatalabhūmiḥ parvatīyapradeśāt anyaḥ bhūbhāgaḥ yaḥ prāyaḥ samatalaḥ bhavati। parvatānāṃ madhye samatalabhūmau janāḥ vasanti।
mat	pūrvānumatiḥ, pūrvānujñā pūrvā gṛhītā anumatiḥ। pūrvānumatyā eva aham idaṃ kāryaṃ karomi।
mat	viśvāsamatam anumodanasya protsāhanasya vā abhivyaktiḥ। rājyaśāsanena viśvāsamataṃ jitam।
mat	kṣamatā kāryasampādanārtham āvaśyakaṃ sāmarthyam। karmakarāṇāṃ kṣamatāṃ vardhayitum udyogasaṃsthayā nūtanānāṃ praśikṣaṇavargāṇām āyojanaṃ kriyate।
mat	indumatī nadīvaśeṣaḥ । indumatyāḥ varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe vartate
mat	vāyasī, kākoḍumbārikā, kākamācī, mahājyotiṣmatī, kākanāmā, kākatuṇḍī vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ । rājanirghaṇṭaḥ iti granthe vāyasyāḥ varṇanaṃ prāpyate
mat	vāramathaḥ ekaḥ rājā । vāramathasya varṇanaṃ viṣṇupurāṇe prāpyate
mat	vibhavamatiḥ ekā rājakumārī । rājataraṅgiṇyāṃ vibhavamatyāḥ varṇanaṃ prāpyate
mat	śālaparṇī, śālaparṇaḥ, triparṇī, triparṇikā, sarivanā, śāliparṇī, dhavaniḥ, śālapatrā, tṛṇagandhā, pītinī, pītanī, rudrajaṭā, saumyā, śālānī, dīrghamūlā, niścalā, vātaghnī, dhruvā, granthaparṇī, kukuraḥ, pīlumūlaḥ, pīvarī, śālikā, śubhapatrikā, nīlapuṣpaḥ, parṇī, astamatī, pālindī, pālindhī ekaḥ kṣupaḥ । śālaparṇī bheṣajyarūpeṇa upayujyate
mat	vimatisamudghātī ekaḥ rājakumāraḥ । vimatisamudghātinaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe asti
mat	viśvacamatkṛtiḥ ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ । viśvacamatkṛteḥ ullekhaḥ kośe asti
mat	veṇumatī ekā nadī । veṇumatyā ullekhaḥ bṛhatsaṃhitāyām asti
mat	vedimatī ekā strī । vedimatyāḥ ullekhaḥ daśakumāracarite asti
mat	vairāmatī ekaḥ grāmaḥ । vairāmatyāḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti
mat	śaktimat ekaḥ parvataḥ । śaktimataḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate asti
mat	pramathanam indrajālaviśeṣaḥ । pramathanaṃ śastre eva bhavati
mat	pramathanaḥ ekaḥ rākṣasaḥ । pramathanasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate
mat	śākyamatiḥ ekaḥ vidvān । śākyamateḥ ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti
mat	vijayo madhumattaśca kāśyapo maṅgalaḥ kulaḥ eka: puruṣaḥ । kulasya varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe prāpyate
mat	ketumatī ekaḥ pradeśaḥ । ketumatyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate
mat	ketumatī sumālinaḥ patnī । ketumatyāḥ varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe samupalabhyate/sumālino'pi bhāryāsīt pūrṇacadranibhānanā nāmnā ketumatī rāma prāṇebhyo'pi garīyasī॥
mat	matiḥ ekaḥ rājā । mateḥ ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye vartate
mat	mattamayūraḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । mattamayūrasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate
mat	mattākrīḍā vṛttaviśeṣaḥ । mattākrīḍāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate
mat	mattebhavikrī vṛttaviśeṣaḥ । mattebhavikryāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate
mat	manmathaḥ ekaḥ cikitsakaḥ । manmathasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate
mat	manmathaḥ puruṣanāmaviśeṣaḥ । manmathaḥ iti naikeṣāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ nāma vartate
mat	śivarāmatīrthaḥ ekaḥ ācāryaḥ । śivarāmatīrthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
mat	śuktimatī ekā nadī । śuktimatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	śuklamathurānāthaḥ ekaḥ jyotirvid । śuklamathurānāthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
mat	potimatsakaḥ, pautimatsyakaḥ, yotimatsakaḥ ekaḥ rājaputraḥ । mahābhārate potimatsakaḥ samullikhita:
mat	pauṇḍramatsyakaḥ ekaḥ rājaputraḥ । pauṇḍramatsyakasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate
mat	pratimatsyaḥ, pratimāsyaḥ ekā jātiḥ । pratimatsyāḥ mahābhārate tathā ca vāmanapurāṇe varṇitāḥ prāpyante
mat	pramatakaḥ ekaḥ pūrvājinaḥ । mahābhārate pramatakaḥ varṇitaḥ prāpyate
mat	priyāsūyamatī ekā strī । rājataraṅgiṇyāṃ priyāsūyamatī samullikhitā
mat	bāhumatī ekā nadī । kośakāraiḥ bāhumatī iti nadī samullikhitā
mat	bindumatī ekaḥ padyaprakāraviśeṣaḥ । kādambarī iti prasiddha-abhijāta-saṃskṛta-vāṅmaya-kṛtyāṃ bindumatī varṇitā āsīt
mat	bṛhanmatiḥ ekaḥ kaviḥ । bṛhanmatiḥ kāścana ṛgveda-sūktānāṃ racayitā āsīt
mat	brahmatarkastavavivaraṇam ekā ṭīkā । brahmatarkastavaḥ iti vedāntī-racanāyāḥ brahmatarkastavavivaraṇam iti ṭīkā suvikhyātā
mat	brahmatuṅgaḥ ekaḥ parvataḥ । mahābhārate brahmatuṅga-parvatasya ullekhaḥ prāpyate
mat	vijayo madhumattaśca kāśyapo maṅgalaḥ kulaḥ eka: puruṣaḥ । kulasya varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe prāpyate
mat	ketumatī ekaḥ pradeśaḥ । ketumatyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate
mat	ketumatī sumālinaḥ patnī । ketumatyāḥ varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe samupalabhyate/sumālino'pi bhāryāsīt pūrṇacadranibhānanā/nāmnā ketumatī rāma prāṇebhyo'pi garīyasī
mat	bāhumatī ekā nadī । kośakāraiḥ bāhumatī iti nadī samullikhitā
mat	bindumatī ekaḥ padyaprakāraviśeṣaḥ । kādambarī iti prasiddha-abhijāta-saṃskṛta-vāṅmaya-kṛtyāṃ bindumatī varṇitā āsīt
mat	bṛhanmatiḥ ekaḥ kaviḥ । bṛhanmatiḥ kāścana ṛgveda-sūktānāṃ racayitā āsīt
mat	brahmatarkastavavivaraṇam ekā ṭīkā । brahmatarkastavaḥ iti vedāntī-racanāyāḥ brahmatarkastavavivaraṇam iti ṭīkā suvikhyātā
mat	brahmatuṅgaḥ ekaḥ parvataḥ । mahābhārate brahmatuṅga-parvatasya ullekhaḥ prāpyate
mat	kṣemataruḥ ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ । kṣemataruḥ varāha-mihirasya bṛhat-saṃhitāyāṃ varṇitaḥ asti
mat	khaḍonmattā ekā mahilā । khaḍonmattā pāṇininā śubhrādigaṇe parigaṇitā
mat	satyakāmatīrthaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । satyakāmatīrthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
mat	satyadharmatīrthaḥ ekaḥ vidvān । satyadharmatīrthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
mat	satyaparākramatīrthaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । satyaparākramatīrthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
mat	sadāmattaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । sadāmattasya ullekhaḥ yaskādi gaṇe asti
mat	sadāmattakaḥ ekaṃ nagaram । sadāmattakasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	sandhimatiḥ ekaḥ mantri । sandhimateḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	saptarṣimatam kṛtiviśeṣaḥ । saptarṣimatam iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi
mat	samataṭaḥ bhāratasya pūrvasyāṃ diśi vartamānaḥ ekaḥ deśaḥ । samataṭasya ullekhaḥ varāhamihirayoḥ bṛhatsaṃhitāyām asti
mat	samādhimatikā ekā strī । samādhimatikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ mālavikāgnimitre asti
mat	samudramathanam ekaṃ nāṭakam । samudramathanasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	sammatiḥ ekā nadī । sammateḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti
mat	vasumatī dvayoḥ vṛttayoḥ nāma । vasumatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyāṃ vartate
mat	vasumatī strīnāmaviśeṣaḥ । naikāsāṃ strīṇāṃ nāma vasumatī iti asti
mat	brahmamatiḥ ekaḥ rākṣasaḥ । brahmamatiḥ bauddhavāṅmaye ullikhitaḥ
mat	hematārakaḥ ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ । hematārakāṇām ullekhaḥ mārakaṇḍeyapurāṇe asti
mat	hematālaḥ ekaṃ parvatīyaṃ maṇḍalam । hematālasya ullekhaḥ varāhamihirasya bṛhatsaṃhitāyām asti
mat	hematilakasūriḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । hematilakasūryaḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
mat	śuktimatī cedīnām rājadhānī । śuktimatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	sadāmattaḥ vyomacārīṇāṃ vargaḥ । sadāmattānām ullekhaḥ divyāvadāne asti
mat	samudramathanaḥ ekaḥ daityaḥ । samudramathanaḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti
mat	sammatiḥ harṣasya putraḥ । sammateḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti
mat	kṣemataruḥ ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ । kṣemataruḥ varāha-mihirasya bṛhat-saṃhitāyāṃ varṇitaḥ asti
mat	khaḍonmattā ekā mahilā । khaḍonmattā pāṇininā śubhrādigaṇe parigaṇitā
mat	gavīdhumat ekaṃ nagaram । gavīdhumataḥ ullekhaḥ kāśikāyāṃ kṛtaḥ / gavīdhumataḥ sāṅkāśyaṃ catvāri yojanāni
mat	guṇamatiḥ ekaḥ bauddhasāhityasya śikṣakaḥ । guṇamateḥ ullekhaḥ lalitavistare samupalabhyate
mat	gomatī uttarasyāṃ diśi vartamānaḥ grāmaḥ । gomatī kośe ullikhitā asti
mat	gomatīputraḥ ekaḥ rājaputraḥ । gomatīputrasya varṇanaṃ viṣṇupurāṇe vartate
mat	gaurimatī ekā mahilā । gaurimatī kośe ullikhitā asti
mat	ghoṣamatiḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । ghoṣamateḥ varṇanaṃ saddharma-puṇḍarīke vartate
mat	harirāmatarkavāgīśaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । harirāmatarkavāgīśasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	harirāmatarkavāgīśabhaṭṭācāryaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । harirāmatarkavāgīśabhaṭṭācāryasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	harirāmatarkālaṅkāraḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । harirāmatarkālaṅkārasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	harirāmatarkālaṅkārabhaṭṭācāryaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । harirāmatarkālaṅkārabhaṭṭācāryasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	sthāṇumatī ekā nadī । sthāṇumatyāḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti
mat	mandamatiḥ ekaḥ rathakāraḥ । saṃskṛtasāhitye mandamatiḥ nāma rathakāraḥ ullikhitaḥ
mat	mandamatiḥ ekaḥ siṃhaviśeṣaḥ । saṃskṛtasāhitye mandamatiḥ nāma siṃhaḥ ullikhitaḥ
mat	karkandhumatī ekā strī । karkandhumateḥ ullekhaḥ madhvādigaṇe asti
mat	kamalamatiḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । kamalamateḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti
mat	kadāmattaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । kadāmattasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	kakudmatī ekaṃ chandaḥ । kakudmatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	kakudmatī pradyumnasya patnī । kakudmatyāḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti
mat	eramattakaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । eramattakasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti
mat	ekāgramatiḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । ekāgramateḥ ullekhaḥ lalita-vistare asti
mat	unmattāvantiḥ ekaḥ rājā । unmattāvanteḥ ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti
mat	unmattagaṅgam ekaṃ sthānam । unmattagaṅgasya ullekhaḥ siddhāntakaumudyām asti
mat	camatkāracandrikā ekaḥ vyākaraṇagranthaḥ । camatkāracandrikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe dṛśyate
mat	camatkāranagaram ekaṃ nagaram । camatkāranagarasya varṇanaṃ kośe vartate
mat	cārumatiḥ ekaḥ śukaḥ । cārumateḥ varṇanaṃ kathāsaritsāgare vartate
mat	vīramatī ekā strī । vīramatyāḥ ullekhaḥ hemacandrasya pariśiṣṭaparvan ityasmin granthe asti
mat	daṇḍamatsyaḥ matsyaviśeṣaḥ । daṇḍamatsyaḥ bhāvaprakāśe parigaṇitaḥ
mat	devamatiḥ ekā strī । devamatiḥ kathāsaritsāgare parigaṇitā
mat	devamatiḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । devamatiḥ pravaragranthe parigaṇitaḥ
mat	dyutimatī ekā strī । dyutimatyaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate
mat	kāntimatī ekaḥ vṛttaḥ । kāntimatyaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate
mat	kāntimatī strīnāmaviśeṣaḥ । kāntimatī iti naikāsāṃ striṇāṃ nāma vartate
mat	dhṛtimatī ekā nadī । dhṛtimatyāḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti
mat	dhruvānandamatavyākhyā dhruvānandasya kṛteḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ । dhruvānandamatavyākhyāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
mat	tigmātmanaḥ ullekhaḥ matsyapurāṇe asti tigmātman । ekaḥ rājaputraḥ
mat	devamatiḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । devamateḥ ullekhaḥ pravaragrantheṣu asti
mat	devamatiḥ ekā strī । devamatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti
mat	nāmatīrthaḥ ekaḥ lekhakaḥ । nāmatīrthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
mat	dyutimatī ekā strī । dyutimatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
mat	dhanasammataḥ ekaḥ rājaputraḥ । dhanasammatasya ullekhaḥ divyāvadāne asti
mat	dharmatantraḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । dharmatantrasya ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

Help

Credits